UPDATED 17 April 2013




George Carlin: The American Dream--You Don't Own This Country!


Once again, Mike Sparks rips back the curtain and exposes the Wizard of Oz. In his earlier book, James Bond Is Real, he revealed the real--but hidden history of British espionage during WW2 and the post-war years that followed.

This content requires Adobe Flash Player version 8.0.0 or greater. Get Flash

Mike revealed for the first time that Ian Fleming, despite his carefully crafted cover of being a "harmless journalist" after the war, was the highest-ranking British agent during and after WW2, and was the real James Bond, using his novels to disguise real-world events surrounding criminal corporate groups and their abuse of high-tech weaponry that threatened current society. These criminal corporations that Fleming featured in his novels were based on actual realities; portrayed as sophisticated rackets. He encoded the actual identities of these criminal corporate realities to conceal their identities which was required by his 50-year secrecy agreement with the Crown. Sparks cracked Fleming's secret code by following the clues that Fleming provided, and decoded the actual identities of those criminal enterprises Fleming wrote about; which has unlocked a whole new way of looking at corporate corruption--and which is well delineated in Racket Theory.

A very Angry Commander Ian Fleming after WW2 stayed in the Naval Reserves and worked for MI6 under the journalistic cover as the Foreign Manager for Kemsley Newspapers: he was James Bond!

In this book, Racket Theory, Sparks takes what Fleming revealed in his popular novels and expands on it, suggesting that the rackets described by Fleming which were limited to certain wealthy and renegade criminal corporate enterprises, have become generalized to many of the currently existing large international corporations. What Sparks describes as the model situation now is a newly emergent hybrid form of fascism; best described as a hybrid type of the merger of the corporation and the state. In Nazi Germany the state and corporation merged, but the state maintained control over the corporations. In this new hybrid form of fascism, the state and the corporations have merged--but the corporations have assumed and usurped control over the state, having essentially bought and sold the various elected officials to do their bidding, making the electorate i.e. the taxpayer a very low priority and subservient to their needs to always make a short-term profit--no matter what the cost to society in the long term.

Racket Theory is highly opinionated and significantly alarming. It is well worth the read for its unique approach providing realistic explanations for the current state of affairs in western society. Most citizens feel deeply that something is terribly wrong with the lack of service and concern they now receive from their own governmental officials and bureaucrats--but, they just can't seem to understand what it is. Racket Theory provides a realistic framework to explain what is wrong and how it can be fixed---if concerned citizens wake up and get involved.

--Jim Viken, Ph.D., Psychologist Emeritus


"He that thinks he is well needs not a physician"

--The Lord Jesus Christ

Our book is an alarm to America to wake up and change before its too late and we cease to exist. We will show that nearly all human endeavors are run by rackets and this theory explains universal human behavior. People don't want to do what's BEST for themselves and others because it pays more in the short-term to accept a less-than-optimal solution that can be milked perpetually. Problems demand solutions and partial solutions that keep problems around guarantee those providing the partial solutions employment. In a couple words, people like to be screwed-up. It gives them things to do and get paid for. In the first chapter, we define what a racket is and how money--certificates of guaranteed human cooperation the love of which enables them to form quickly. Rackets are like parasites that feed off the host organism and if allowed to grow will kill it off, in the case of American Corporation-Consumer racketeering which is global in its corruptive influence, its the entire Planet Earth's ability to sustain all life that could be destroyed by out-of-control, unwise consumption directed by the racketeers.

In Chapter 2, we describe how the U.S. Constitution was not prepared to deal with the exodus of citizens from family farms to corporation factories in cities after the civil war and failed to protect the representative democracy that the America experiment of societal freedom within rules of law was based on. In Chapter 3, we describe how a permanent dependency on THEY THE CORPORATIONS to provide the majority of the social fabric of America has ensued, robbing WE THE PEOPLE of much control over our own lives and no control or even steering inputs to the helm of the federal government.

Urbanized Americans had to buy into a set of powerful lies in order to get where we are today--enslaved to a myriad of corrupt rackets. They are:

Foundational American Sociological Lies

1. We need the Corporations, without their rackets, we die

2. If I play fair and conform to society, I will win in life--which is material success

3. Reality is what's presented by the media

4. The Federal Government is the expression of American society

5. America is the greatest nation and doesn't need reform

6. Don't think, only feel through experience

Today's American Sociological Fabric






THEY THE CORPORATIONS are actually now not just the businesses building widgets or providing services but both the government and the media that they have bought off with their massive pools of I-get, you-get (IGYGET) certificates (money). American corporations are run by the Satanic, Rockefeller Illuminati crime family; secret societies rule the world through banksters and intelligence agencies. These 3 levels are ABOVE nation-state governments--and corporations. The CIA is a sabotage agency for Wall Street to effect American Imperialism around the world. The CIA gains control of resources for the Rockefeller Illuminati abroad and mind controls the American public at home. This was even apparent back in 1968 when French intelligence operative Joseph Hepburn wrote Farewell America:

The CIA celebrated its twentieth anniversary in September 1967. It was created on September 8, 1947, by the same law that instituted a unified Defense Department and established the National Security Council.(6) Its mission was the coordination and evaluation of intelligence information, but it immediately branched out into special operations, which took on such importance that the Plans Division was organized in 1961 to plan and carry them out.(7) In 1949 a law was passed exempting the CIA from disclosing its activities, the names and official titles of its personnel, their salaries, and the number of persons it employed. The Director of the CIA was authorized to spend his entire budget(8) on the strength of his signature, without ever having to account for the way in which it was spent.

This provision enabled the CIA to become, during the Fifties, a sort of "invisible government" which expanded its authority when Allen Welsh Dulles became Assistant Director in 1951, then Director on February 10, 1953.(9) Six months later, in August 1953, the CIA proved to the world just how powerful it had become when General Fazollah Zahedi replaced Mossadegh as Prime Minister of Iran. In 1951, Mossadegh had nationalized the Anglo-Iranian Oil Company and confiscated the Abadan refinery with the support of Tudeh, the Iranian Communist Party. The CIA succeeded in having Mossadegh arrested, and the leaders of Tudeh were executed. A consortium of the major oil companies thereby signed a 25-year agreement with Iran granting 40% of the shares in the former Anglo-Iranian to Standard Oil of New Jersey, Gulf Oil, Standard Oil of California, Socony Mobil and Texaco. A few months later, in April 1955, nine other independent American companies were given a share in the operations. The CIA man who directed the operation was Kermit Roosevelt,(10) a State Department consultant for Middle Eastern and Communist affairs since 1947. When "Kim" Roosevelt left the CIA in 1958, he was hired by Gulf Oil as its "director for governmental relations." He became vice-president of Gulf in 1960. (He is also a consultant for Socony Mobil.)

Its Iranian success consolidated the power of the CIA, which in the years that followed multiplied its interventions and carried off some brilliant operations, the best-known of which took place in Guatemala and behind the Iron Curtain, where the CIA attempted to split up the Communist Bloc. It was the West German intelligence service, a step-child of the CIA, that set off the East German revolt of June 17, 1953, that was checked by Soviet intervention and caused 2,000 dead or wounded in East Berlin alone. In 1956, the CIA was behind the Hungarian uprising, which proved even more costly to the Hungarian people. The CIA established several intelligence rings in the USSR and multiplied its special missions. Between 1956 and 1960, its U-2 spy planes furnished valuable intelligence on airfields, the locations of planes and missiles, rocket experiments, special ammunitions dumps, submarine production and atomic installations.(11) In Egypt the CIA, under the cover of Ambassador Jefferson Caffrey, who was acting on instructions from John Foster Dulles, played an important role in the 1952 overthrow of King Farouk and the seizure of power by Colonel Neguib, and later in the latter's overthrow by Colonel Nasser.

In 1954, the CIA overthrew the Guatemalan regime of President Jacob Arbenz Guzman because of his "Communist leanings," and replaced him with one of their puppets, Colonel Castillo-Armas, who immediately denied illiterates (who made up 70% of the population) the right to vote and returned to Frutera(12) the 225,000 acres of land that President Arbenz had confiscated. One million acres which had already been distributed to the peasants were taken back, and a committee was created to fight communism in the country.(13)

The CIA also suffered failures -- in Indonesia against Sukarno in 1958, in Laos with Phoumi in 1960, in South Vietnam with Ngo Diem between 1956 and 1963,(14) or partial successes, as in West Germany.(15)

Nor did the CIA confine its activities to the hotspots of the world -- the Middle East, Southeast Asia, the Central and Latin American "protectorates," and the Iron Curtain countries. The CIA was naturally strongly established in the socialist countries such as Yugoslavia, and in neutral states like Austria and Switzerland, but it was also active, for economic and political reasons, in zones of international tension throughout the world. In some cases, for example in Algeria, these reasons were directly opposed.(16) In 1955, the CIA intervened in Costa Rica, one of the most stable and democratic of the Latin American nations, where it tried to overthrow the moderate socialist government of President Jose Figueres.

Thus, endowed with complete autonomy, a virtually unlimited budget, and a de facto co-directorship under the Eisenhower administration, the CIA in the period between 1953 and 1960 developed into a world power.(17) The CIA was represented in 108 different countries, commanded submarines and jet planes, and controlled 30,000 agents under the cover of diplomatic, commercial, industrial, journalistic, military, technical, labor, university and secret activities.

William Blum's book Killing Hope further details how the CIA is a treasonous outfit that does not work for WE THE PEOPLE. In other words, the CIA is enabler of RACKET THEORY to flourish for THEY THE CORPORATIONS--run by THE ILLUMINATI (secret society crime families). In this book, we will focus in on the RACKET THEORY behavioral psychology of the American people that is the cause for such evil elites to steer the ship of state to misdeeds. If the American people were not so lazy and eager to live as cogs-in-a-machine run on automatic pilot--but to instead actively live their lives by conscience & critical thinking; none of this would be happening.

The S.P.E.C.T.R.E. of the Illuminati: Levels Above Nation-State Governments

Commander Ian Fleming was the most influential officer in British Naval Intelligence during WW2--he was the 2IC of Admirals Godfrey and throughout. After the war as a naval reservist, his powers and influence are not known. When Fleming writes in his James Bond 007 novels about secret societies like S.P.E.C.T.R.E.--he is not conjuring this up as fantasy--as a family member of the Rothschild Illuminati he is warning us in code in his fiction. James Bond-style conspiracies happen--remember the JFK, RFK and MLK assassinations? The September 11, 2001 False Flag Attacks?


Prouty: There is no shortage of experienced writers who, for various reasons, allude repeatedly to, I like Churchill's term best, a "High Cabal." This is attributed to Churchill by Lord Denning in his very good book, A Family Affair. Lord Denning corresponds to our Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, the senior law officer in the United Kingdom. In the book he recounts a story about World War II and the heavy bombardment in England and in Europe. Denning states that his brother, who was an officer with British Naval Intelligence, was working on duty late at night in an underground subterranean area that was between Ten Downing Street and an underground shelter where Churchill used to stay during bombing attacks. The Navy, being as alert as ever, stocked this area where Commander Denning was working, with a few high-quality bottles of brandy.

When, on many occasions, Churchill would walk through their office, the Commander would invite the Prime Minister to sit down and have a brandy. One particular night, after there had been a heavy bombardment on London, and they knew that Rotterdam was under attack, Churchill was sitting there sipping his brandy and he said, almost as if speaking to himself, "You know, an all-out battle on land, and heavy battles in the sea, and this total bombardment over Rotterdam and over London, the High Cabal is operating here". And he referred to this being the wishes of the High Cabal.

He's not the only one. Buckminster Fuller, a rare individual, has spent more time, at the invitation of Congress, before Congressional hearings than any other individual, with the probable exception of Admiral Rickover, advising Congress on different issues relating to the government. But interestingly enough, he has spent more time in the Kremlin as an advisor to the Soviets than he has in our own Congress. He worked with President Kubitschek in setting up the new Brazil. A rare individual. A man who knows the world and knows the leaders of the world. He writes about a "power elite," and that the apparent leaders, as we see them throughout the world, are certainly national leaders, but they're not the top echelon, the High Cabal.

In history you will find that the Chinese, as far back as 2,000 years ago, speak of a High Cabal that they call the "Gentry" -- and that the Chinese seem to have accepted that as a fact of life. Even though they had their emperors and their monarchs and leaders, they realized there's an echelon above that which directs some of the events that other people know nothing about. It's Fuller who hits-the-nail-on-the-head. He says that the secret of the High Cabal is -- of course, it's control of power, but it is also the understanding that their most valuable asset is anonymity: that nobody can identify them. In that sense, you begin to talk, you begin to think: maybe they're just like angels or like ghosts, people say they're there, but, are they really?

I don't think it's that. In fact, I think that perhaps what people think of in terms of ghosts or angels, may be the reality that there is an echelon within our world, a small structure, that does really determine how things go. And I wouldn't argue the point. Because in my own experience in more than 80 countries -- and I have talked directly to presidents of countries and people on their level -- I have this feeling that they're taking their instructions from some other place. Now that may be personal, but I notice it in the writings of others as well.

Fritz Springmeier--himself a victim of framing says the following about the obviously false and absurd Mormon religious cult--anyone who believes in it has brains that don't function logically:


One of the things that the Illuminati has done is instill apathy in people toward resisting their wickedness. GOPidiot Presidential candidate Mitt Romney is an example of a typical Mormon whose brain doesn't function logically. A letter by an ex-Mormon says it better than I could;

"There are many reasons why these people (Mormons) will not come forth even though they know of the corruption in the Mormon church. One is due to their belief in Mormon scripture which they associate with the Mormon church. The leadership has usurped power and authority over this scripture. Thus, the members of the Mormon church think that God expects them to support their misguided leaders.

This is much the - rationalization that many Americans make about our government. They all know of the corruption, but rationalize that it is unpatriotic to talk against the government or ungrateful to complain when they enjoy superficial prosperity."

Thus, since the racket provides SOME SOCIAL FABRIC its not sporting to "bite-the-hand-that-feeds-you". This is classic Christ vs. the Moneychangers stuff--short-term security at the expense of a moral stance that might incur ETERNAL punishment. These lies and social fabric have been foisted upon urban American citizenry through the Thomas Dewey public school system beginning at the turn of the century--and finalized by the 24-hour television system in order to make them docile "sheeple" as each one of these lies enables racketeer elites to perpetuate and build myriad new rackets. Each one disarms the citizen from challenging a vital area of the status quo and basically sets him or her up as a victim-for-life--without them even knowing it. When they are miserable and defeated they assume its because they were personally lacking or just didn't get the necessary lucky breaks to "rise to the top"--they never consider that maybe the deck was stacked against them with no chance intended of a non-corrupt person to rise into a position strong enough to threaten the rackets.

In Chapter 4, we delve into how the majority of Americans are conned into playing by a BS set of rules and fair play and long hours of work to keep them distracted and unable to interfere while evil men do sub-rosa "white collar" criminal acts just under the radar screen of violent crimes and get the competitive advantage over law-abiding rival firms, we call this using the "Wedge of Evil". The next lie and Chapter 5 in our book is that reality is what the media says it is because the press are allegedly honest observers of some sort of "mythological scoreboard" that we are watching from our seats in a stadium of life. On the playing field of life is not just you or I--the star players and only true actors--are the Federal Government, the lie that Calamity (uncle) Sam is somehow "America" is covered in the succeeding Chapter 6. Not surprisingly, the corporation racketeers run the local, state and federal governments and they have brain-washed journalism teachers to inculcate into their offspring that ONLY A GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL can give birth to a "STORY". The national narrative of reality itself cannot be described by you or I--except as BS pandering "human interest" fluff; TRUTH is what the government says it is--or its "not a story". We don't exist. Physical, external reality does not exist. Only what the government says exists, exists. So the "scoreboard" only shows "scores" the government says are scored--regardless of what's really going on in reality on the playing field of life.

Chapter 7 describes the lie that America (AKA the Federal Government) is great and has no serious sins or flaws; to say otherwise is to make you un-patriotically correct, a communist, etc. you fill-in-the-blank for the in-vogue insult. The racketeers invoke all kinds of emotional Abraham Lincoln, George Washington stuff to smokescreen that all that's going on today would be violently disapproved by them but their good name is juxtaposed with all kinds of evil misdeeds to lull everyone into thinking somehow we'll just muddle through. The video below expresses the AmeroFascist mind control's effect upon Americans from our foundation.


The condition of Rome before the American empire offers similar parallels:


Empires have always succumbed to the same disease. With each new conquest, Rome thrust forward her frontiers and retreated from her principles. The first Romans were simple people, wholly devoted to their land and their gods, But the pilgrims, the settlers and the' sages were succeeded by a promiscuous mob that capitalized on the victories. The growing number of slaves and the afflux of the poor swelled the population. The patricians found their chances for survival considerably reduced as hordes of former slaves, freed and newly wealthy, fought over their estates.

For the Romans, all things reflected their greatness -- the victories of Marius, Pompey, and Caesar, but also the Empire, history, and the future of the Roman people. But there was neither justice in the courts nor honesty in the elections. Only one standard decided the merit of a candidate or the innocence of a defendant: gold.

The spectacles at the Circus served to distract the populace. The free wheat and olives distributed to the needy at the Forum served as a subterfuge for social reforms. The aristocracy purchased seats in the Senate. The magistracy of the empire and the spoils of victory went to the senators, the consuls, the praetors, the quaestors, the censors and their wives. Rome had become a corporation. The government was in the hands of a few opulent families of the world of finance, supported by the military junta. These families knew how to protect their interests: they disguised them as national necessities. The preservation of Rome was identified with that of the ruling families. "The Roman people consisted of a small oligarchy of landowners, bankers, speculators, merchants, artisans, adventurers, and tatterdemalions, avid for pleasure, excitement, and sudden gain, proud, turbulent, corrupted by the life of the city, and placing their own interests ahead of even the most salutary reform . . ."

The last lie in Chapter 8 is the one that is fatal; that you have no right to criticize a damn thing going on unless you are actively involved in it. You must take LSD to know its unhealthy. You must be a racketeer and "feel their pain" in order to "earn" the right to criticize---which means of course you must compromise yourself and become a racketeer at least for a time to do so. The racketeers know if you become one of them the chances are due to sunk costs of life effort you will become one of them and be disarmed. There is no COMMON sense because there's no way everyone can experience every walk of life---aka all the rackets to "earn" the right to have a sensibility about how that area of human life should be and should achieve for the BEST, greatest common denominator arrangement. Its the classic sin of PRIDE, the pride of life and godless French philosophers Sartre/Camus existentialistic narcissism.

For Chapter 9 we ask why do the ruling elites need us, anyway? What is it that they have against us? If they hare us so much why do they keep us around?

In Chapter 10, we begin to climb our way out of the hole we are in by using our last remaining powers as consumers to boycott corrupt products to get immediate damage control over the hemorrhaging global economic anarchy that is draining us dry. Chapter 11 describes the Brave American we need to be and the reforms we need to insist on to wrest control of our lives from they the corporations back to WE THE PEOPLE. Throughout Chapter, 12 we think positively to the date that collectively mankind recognizes and rejects rackets against selfish concerns and we anticipate possible problems and their solutions so the experiment doesn't fail due to not looking ahead.


"War is a racket"

--Major General Smedley Butler USMC


Racket: An organized, never-ending, self-perpetuating, self-serving, less-than-optimal "solutional" behavior to a societal need/want

The curse by man unto himself is that which is LESS THAN A SOLUTION.

The adage, "nobody works himself out of a job" is the cornerstone reality most people understand but have yet to connect-the-dots to realize if followed to its conclusion will kill all life on the surface of the earth through unbridled consumption through myriad of deliberately not solutional rackets. The myth and lie that humans wants what's the absolute BEST and is most efficient to take care of the basic needs of humans, shelter, water, food, transportation, defense is what's desired and longed for by either individuals themselves or collectively by accident through the free market or on purpose by governments does not happen because humans must be EMPLOYED. Humans must do things. If the solution gives them nothing to do, its not a solution. Never mind, that humans can and should move on to other endeavors that would break new ground, they'd rather have the devil they know than the one they don't know, so the solutional thing is rejected. The health "industry" doesn't want cancer cured. The schools don't want students to be able to think and find things out for themselves, the police and courts don't want criminal behavior to stop, governments don't want people to be out of debt and with free time to fight city hall, if at any time the human becomes healed he will not need these racketeers anymore and they will have no power, no prestige and be left with nothing to do. Deep down inside none of them wants to work themselves out of a job. The means are more important to than the end as we tinker and play with problems.

In high school and in college I competed in free-style wrestling. Still a young man without life's contradictions sorted out, I chose to never wrestle to pin my opponent. I just felt if the whistle blew and you pinned your opponent, there was no sport in it, no struggle, no "action", no "fun" so I constantly had matches go on for the whole time length as I gained points by elegant moves and countermoves. I was violating basic Sun Tzu The Art of War wisdom, "what matters in war is VICTORY--not prolonged operations, however brilliantly executed". What would happen as I played at wrestling was my more focused opponents would pin me if I didn't beat them on points. This is the dire danger of playing with problems in racketeering. I was a wrestling racketeer. Growing up as an unloved child out of 5, being on the mat was a way to be the center-of-attention so I racketeered the match to maximum length rationalizing it made me stronger when it actually diluted my strength. When I got pinned and lost the match, whatever adulation and respect from others that could have happened vanished, suffice it to say I didn't have any girl friends in high school. The danger of racketeering as the way humans exploit the earth for sustenance is that playing around with problems--instead of pinning them down and solving them--is that we are giving them a chance to PIN US and this could be fatal, the "pin" being the death of mankind in a life-imitating-art reprise of Charlton Heston's movie Soylent Green.


The Seven Rules of Bureaucracy

Mises Daily: Friday, March 23, 2012 by Loyd S. Pettegrew and Carol A. Vance

One of Wolfman Jack's favorite tongue-in-cheek commercials, delivered in his raspy voice, went like this: "You say ya kids ain't got no clothes, ya ain't got no food in the frigerator - THEN BUY YOURSELF A COLOR TV BABY!" This facetious admonition, spending way beyond ones means, is exactly how government at the federal, state, and local levels have been behaving over the past 50 years. Even worse, government at all levels has been enabling Americans to do the same.

Gone are the days when both the people and their government lived within their means. With 44 percent of households receiving some form of federal subsidy and the majority of Americans not paying any taxes, our country is now more the land of entitlements than the land of opportunity (Boskin, 2011; Heritage Foundation Report, 2011).

With the current challenge of reducing the run-away government spending and an entitlement mentality by citizens, it is quite possible to trim $4 trillion dollars by reining in just our federal bureaucracy. Thomas Sowell suggested that to do so, we must further examine and challenge the giant economic leviathan of our government bureaucracy. The Office of Management and Budget revealed that the executive branch of our federal government grew by 23 percent since President Obama took office. The Wall Street Journal (2012) opined that the president has "presided over the largest expansion of government since LBJ - health care, financial regulation," and in so doing has spent 24 percent of our nation's GDP.

Unfortunately, both taxpayers and the media get social amnesia, seldom holding bureaucrats' feet to the fire when programs they created fail or simply don't do what they were designed to do. Sowell (1995, p. 257) reveals part of this problem in The Vision of the Anointed: When the government creates some new program, nothing is easier than to show whatever benefits that program produces.... But it is virtually impossible to trace the taxes that paid for the program back to their sources and to show the alternative uses of that same money that could have been far more beneficial.

Even worse, bureaucrats and their supporters are loath to admit when their programs have harmful consequences and are inclined to double-down on a failing policy once it has proven its worthlessness. The classic example is Representative Barney Frank who as recently as 2009 announced that he was planning to introduce legislation that would increase the FHA loan ceiling by an additional $100,000 to $839,750 (New York Times, 2009).

Bureaucracy: A Root Evil

In order to understand the foundation of America's morass, we must examine bureaucracy. At the root of this growing evil is the very nature of bureaucracy, especially political bureaucracy. French economist Frédéric Bastiat offered an early warning in 1854 that laws, institutions, and acts - the stuff of political bureaucracy - produce economic effects that can be seen immediately, but that other, unforeseen effects happen much later. He claimed that bad economists look only at the immediate, seeable effects and ignore effects that come later, while good economists are able to look at the immediate effects and foresee effects, both good and bad, that come later. Both the seen and the unseen have become a necessary condition of modern bureaucracy. Max Weber, considered the father of modern bureaucracy largely in response to the Industrial Revolution, is credited with formalizing the elements of bureaucracy as a fundamental principle of organization. He was also painfully aware of the arbitrariness of bureaucratic decision processes. In a speech he gave to the German Association for Social Policy in 1909, he trumped his abiding commitment to bureaucracy with a decided uneasiness of its adoption by government and universities (Mayer, 1944).

That the world should know not me but these: it is in such an evolution that we are already caught up, and the great question is therefore not how we can promote and hasten it, but what we can oppose to this machinery in order to keep a portion of mankind free from the parceling-out of the soul, from this supreme mastery of the bureaucratic way of life. Free-market economists have challenged government bureaucracies since the 1920s. Ludwig von Mises, in the preface to his 1944 edition of Bureaucracy, asked if Americans should give away their individual freedom and private initiative for the guardianship of the bureaucratic state. He warned,

America is an old democracy and the talk about the dangers of bureaucracy is a new phenomenon in this country. Only in recent years have people become aware of the menace of bureaucracy, and they consider bureaucracy not an instrument of democratic government but, on the contrary, the worst enemy of freedom and democracy. (Mises, 1944, p. 44)

Harry Teasley warns us that U.S. history is full of examples of government bureaucracy arbitrarily passing out benefits and, in so doing, overriding and sometimes punishing the free market. The perfect example of this is the recent housing bubble, the grounds for which started with the Fair Housing Act and government underwriting of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Yet amid the chaos of the ensuing financial meltdown, Congress decided to punish banks and further regulate them to make risky mortgage loans in the name of social justice (see Sowell's The Housing Boom and Bust, 2009). Teasley concludes that the free market has historically done a better job of distributing benefits justly and adjusting to any unintended consequences efficiently and effectively. One of the truisms of bureaucracies, be they government or private sector, is that if left to their own devices, they will grow bigger, bolder, and less manageable over time. Teasley has seen this happen over and over again and put his considerable intellect to how its apparatus works. John Baden has offered us one of the most promising, yet ignored, solutions to the bureaucratic leviathan. Baden (1993) puts the problem at the feet of politicians concentrating benefits and dispersing costs and believes "predatory bureaucracies" would allow bureaucracies to feed on themselves with the most effective and efficient bureaucracy taking money and responsibility away from those that are less efficient and effective. While a provocative theory, the problem lies in the very rules that underpin bureaucracies. Despite the concept being nearly 20 years old, it has not been attempted, let alone enacted in any meaningful or widespread way.

Harry Teasley has spent his life confronting bureaucracy. This has given him superb insight into the dynamics that give rise and cover to bureaucracies. He has also fought governmental bureaucracies successfully. We argue that knowing these rules can help Americans set a course away from statism and political service as a profession and career, and lead our country back to fiscal solvency and exceptionalism through dismantling bureaucracy.

Rules of Bureaucracy

Rule #1: Maintain the problem at all costs!

The problem is the basis of power, perks, privileges, and security. Teasley correctly points out that problems, not solutions, are the basis of bureaucratic power, perks, privilege, and political security. In politics, the tougher the problem appears, the more resources must be devoted to it. Political careers have been made by bureaucrats promising to fix problems. Bureaucrats feign trying to fix problems while usually making them worse. This is because maintaining the problem creates constituent dependency and allows the bureaucrat to show tangible evidence that he or she is working hard for constituents and their cause. It also allows bureaucrats to spend lavishly and, seemingly endlessly, on new government programs and employees. Examining the three "wars against" created by politicians in the last 50 years provides ample illustration of rule #1. The War on Poverty

In 1964 President Lyndon Johnson declared the war on poverty. This led to an explosion of poverty programs including the Economic Opportunity Act, the Office of Economic Opportunity (OEO), the Job Corps, Volunteers in Service to America (VISTA), Upward Bound, Head Start, Legal Services, the Neighborhood Youth Corps, the Community Action Program (CAP), the College Work Study Program (CWSP), and recently the new White House Office of Urban Affairs. Texas A&M economics professor Edgar K. Browning estimates that 80 targeted federal, state, and local government programs comprise the legions in this war. US Census figures show that in 1964, the year this "war" began, the poverty rate was 15 percent and in 2010 it was 15.1 percent. Any fifth-grader can see that there hasn't been much progress on the poverty front, especially given the trillions of dollars spent since then. Not surprisingly, once started, most of these programs have never gone away and demand an ever-increasing amount of taxpayer dollars.

The War on Drugs

President Richard Nixon declared the war on drugs in 1971 to support the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970. With this war came the creation of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) and its head bureaucrat the Drug Czar, the National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign, and nearly three decades later, the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act of 1998 and the Drug Free Media Campaign Act the same year. In 1982 Vice President George H. Bush began pushing for the involvement of the US military and CIA in drug interdiction. As recently as 2009 the National Southwest Border Counternarcotics Strategy was announced by Homeland Security Chief Janet Napolitano. This was a coordination of counterterrorism and drug interdiction forces. This war has also spawned drug-enforcement divisions in most police departments across the United States. The apparatus grows larger while the problem grows worse.

Like many wars the nation fights, the war on drugs has been long term, costly, and ineffective. Articles in the Economist (April 16, 2011) and the Wall Street Journal (January 14, 2012) conclude that the U.S. war on drugs has thrown all of Latin America into the cartel drug-production and smuggling enterprise--increasing drug production and smuggling into this country and elsewhere around the world. Despite the expanding price tag, the National Institute for Drug Abuse concluded, "The decline in illicit drug use by the Nation's adolescents since the mid to late-1990s has leveled off." The unintended consequences of the war on drugs have been far worse. Through U.S. drug-interdiction efforts, the cost of naturally growing weeds (marijuana and opium poppies for example) has risen spectacularly, creating market wealth for the producers and smugglers that has attracted international terrorists and compromised the U.S. war on terror.

On the home front, America today is no less ravaged by drug trafficking and drug use despite more than a trillion dollars our government has spent waging this war. The National Institute of Drug Abuse reports that among 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-graders, lifetime, past-year, and current illicit drug use remained unchanged during the last decade.

The results of the 2001 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse and Addiction revealed that, while millions of Americans habitually smoke pot, drink alcohol, snort cocaine and swallow prescription drugs, most who need treatment fail to recognize they have a drug abuse problem. The figure of those "in denial" of their drug abuse is estimated at more than 4.6 million - a significantly higher number of individuals in need of professional help than had been previously thought. (U.S. No Drugs, 2009)

The growing cost of fighting the U.S. war on drugs amid mounting evidence of its ineffectiveness can be seen by tracking the recent annual budget increases. Between 2008 and 2012, the president's war-on-drugs budget increased by $1.7 billion (Office of National Drug Policy, 2012). For this extraordinary increase in local, state and federal bureaucracy and the attendant king's ransom of taxpayer dollars that feed it, Americans should expect a reasonable return on their tax dollar. But yet another federal drug agency says otherwise:

In 2007, 114 million Americans - 46% percent of the U.S. population over the age of 12 - reported having used illegal drugs at least once in their lifetime and about one-third of these individuals (36 million Americans) reported having used illegal drugs during the previous year, according to government estimates. (Substance Abuse and Mental Health Administration, 2008)

Rule #2: Use crisis and perceived crisis to increase your power and control.

The 2001 World Trade Center attack is the quintessential, but only the latest, in a series of crises that have been used to increase government power and control. Numerous terrorist attacks had been executed on U.S. sovereign interests before September 11, 2001. These include but are not limited to the 2000 USS Cole attack, the 1998 US embassy bombing in Kenya, the 1996 Kobar Towers bombing, housing the 4404th wing of the U.S. Air Force in Saudi Arabia, the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing of a federal building, the 1993 World Trade Center bombing in New York City, and Pan Am flight 103 over Lockerbie, Scotland.

On the heels of the first World Trade Center bombing, the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996, Pub. L. No. 104-132, 110 Stat. 1214 (a.k.a. AEDPA) was passed by a substantial majority of Congress and signed into law by President Bill Clinton. On October 26, 2001, having only minor opposition by Congress, the Patriot Act was quickly signed into law by President George W. Bush and abridges U.S. citizens' constitutional rights with little judicial review if you are suspected of terrorist activities or even of providing "material support" to terrorist groups. Muslims point to the fact that the Patriot Act diminishes one's Fourth Amendment rights against unlawful search and seizure and also directly abridges amendments 5, 6, and 8 (Ghazali, 2004).

The Department of Homeland Security is a new and expensive federal bureaucracy that increases the government's right to search airline passengers and their luggage, physically pat them down and confiscate items they believe may be hazardous, whether or not they have any links to terrorism. Travelers have no right to protest or to have a higher level of authority review a TSA decision. As a personal note, we were once traveling from my home in Tampa, Florida, to California. A TSA agent spotted the insulin pump I was wearing on my belt and called for a complete screening including swabbing my pump and my hands for traces of explosive, hand searched everything in my carryon bag, and frisked me. When he was finished, another TSA agent quietly apologized and told me that no other agent has authority to stop a TSA agent if he or she wants to execute a detailed and time-consuming search of a passenger. Even with the influence from a new president who criticized the Patriot Act during his election campaign, the law of the land remains securely in place--as does the prison in Guantanamo Bay.

Rule 2a. Force 11th-hour decisions, threaten the loss of options and opportunities, and limit the opposition's opportunity to review and critique.

In the first year of the Obama presidency, the fact that approximately 12 to 32 million Americans, depending on whose numbers were believed, were without healthcare coverage was turned into a crisis that the U.S. Congress rushed in to fix. Little if any attention was given to the fact that millions of Americans didn't have health insurance when they could afford it simply because they chose not to purchase it (Wall Street Journal, 2011). It turns out that emergency rooms across the United States treat a great many of these people when sick.

By all accounts of the legislative process, few if any members of Congress had fully read the bill before being forced to vote it into law. Congress and President Obama chose to ignore the pending collapse of Social Security and Medicare, both well-studied and acknowledged crises, to spend a trillion dollars on universal health coverage that the majority of Americans didn't want or need. The unintended consequences of this action are a flawed piece of legislation that several federal courts have struck down as unconstitutional. Its effects on the economic recovery were harshly negative, driving up the cost of healthcare and creating enough ambiguity among small-business owners to ensure any job creation is stifled.

Rule #3: If there are not enough crises, manufacture them, even from nature, where none exist.

Bureaucracies are always on the lookout for a new crisis. In his Guiding Principles of Politicians, Bureaucrats, and Bureaucracies, Harry Teasley points to three examples: The Gulf of Tonkin incident, where an alleged attack took place on two U.S. naval destroyers by a North Vietnamese torpedo boat, allowing President Johnson to deploy conventional military forces to Vietnam without congressional approval.

The attribution of Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMDs) to Saddam Hussein permitted President George Bush to invade Iraq (again, without the need of congressional approval), after which no WMDs were found.

Man-made global warming. The first two resulted in loss of life and a terrible toll of people maimed and injured. We are still in the throes of discovering the effects of the third crisis.

We do know that under President Obama the power of the EPA is at a zenith, growing in size and power as a regulatory agency with all the prosecutorial powers to fine and even imprison violators (and the latitude to ignore violations as fits their interest). Alternative and renewable fuels have become a lightning rod for the EPA. Bill Gates was quoted recently in the Wall Street Journal as saying this about EPA solar-energy subsidies:

"I think people deeply underestimate what a huge problem this day-night issue is if you're trying to design an energy system involving solar technology that's more than just a hobby. You know the sun shines during the day, and people turn their air conditioners on during the day, so you can catch some of that peaking load, particularly if you get enough subsidies. It's cute you know, it's nice. But the economics are so, so far from making sense.... And so unfortunately you get technologies that, no matter how much of them you buy, there's no path to being economical."

The EPA has also teamed up with the Justice Department and Fish & Wildlife in prosecuting musical-instrument manufacturers and musicians deemed to have endangered hardwoods in their instruments. Musicians who play older instruments that used such hardwoods before it was illegal can no longer safely take their instruments across U.S. borders without 'adequate' documentation and hope to return with the instruments back in to the United States without Customs agents seizing their instruments and fining or even imprisoning them. Gibson Guitars, makers of classic instruments, has been singled out in federal raids, and there is now a criminal case, "United States of America v. Ebony Wood in Various Forms" (Felten, 2011). The EPA has enlisted U.S. Customs to enforce problematic environmental policy.

Diversity is another example of creating a social crisis where none had existed. The ongoing need for diversity, never explicitly defined, haunts government bureaucracies particularly. James Taranto (2011) points to a "Diversity bureaucracy" that state universities continue to populate when teachers are laid off. No matter how much progress is made, there are new groups that emerge representing the nation's continued failure to embrace the crisis of diversity. On campuses these days we must spend scarce resources on glorifying the transgendered; international students (particularly graduate students, because they bring greater monetary reward); gays, lesbians, and bisexuals; Muslims, etc. Like political correctness, diversity has become a primary orthodoxy and a perpetual goal of government that simply cannot be achieved. Once crises are created, they become self-sustaining.

Despite monumental gains in the status of women and minorities in what has always been a diverse nation, the diversity crisis is perpetuated. A series of New York Times articles documents that on college campuses, where women outnumber men by 57 percent to 43 percent, female gender issues remain an imbedded hallmark of diversity worthy of sizable resource expenditure. The American Association of Medical Colleges reported that more than 20 years ago, the number of women equaled the number of men in America's 40 medical schools (AAMC, 1999). According to a story in the Boston Globe (2007), by 2007 women represented 79 percent of the students in American schools of veterinary medicine and the Journal of Accountancy (2011) reported that half of both undergraduate and masters students in accountancy were women. Despite the rise of women to now be the dominant gender in most professional schools, the government has allowed diversity to be whatever bureaucrats want it to be; no matter what the costs. Heather Mac Donald reported in the City Journal how an entrenched gender bureaucracy in the University of California system has grown despite the majority of students being female:

California's budget crisis has reduced the University of California to near-penury, claimed its spokesmen. "Our campuses and the UC Office of the President have cut to the bone...." Well, not exactly to the bone.... The University of California at San Diego, for example is creating a new full-time "vice chancellor for equity, diversity, and inclusion." This position would augment UC San Diego's already massive diversity apparatus, which includes the Chancellor's Diversity Office, the associate vice chancellor for faculty equity, the assistant vice chancellor for diversity, the faculty equity advisors, the graduate diversity coordinators, the staff diversity liaison, the undergraduate student diversity liaison, the graduate student diversity liaison, the chief diversity officer, the director of development for diversity initiatives, the Office of Academic Diversity and Equal Opportunity, the Committee on Gender Identity and Sexual Orientation Issues, the Committee on the Status of Women, the Campus Council on Climate, Culture and Inclusion, the Diversity Council, and the directors of the Cross-Cultural Center, the Lesbian Gay Bisexual Transgender Resource Center, and the Women's Center.

Race and gender not only continue to flourish at public universities, but often escape accountability. During the height of the 2000 recession, the president and provost of our university created a committee to look for ways to pare their academic budget. Every academic department and school had to produce a report from which cuts would be made that would allegedly save the university and state money. The lowest-scoring academic departments by these performance data, across a wide array of metrics, provided by their own faculty, were Women's Studies and Africana Studies. The president and provost quickly ignored the need to cut academic programs based on their performance and the two programs were retained.

Rule #4: Control the flow and release of information while feigning "openness".

It is telling that the term public relations is not used in government bureaucracies. This is not to say that governmental bureaucracies don't engage in public influence; it's just that they don't want to be seen as doing so. Ironically, they spend huge sums of money at all levels trying to persuade the public and media that they aren't persuading them. Instead you have "public affairs," "public information," "public communication & liaison," and "public engagement" to duck public criticism of their information-control efforts. The bottom line is that government bureaucracies don't want people to think that they are controlling the spin and flow of information, so the appearance is all about giving the public the information they want and need and making it sound benign, instead of persuasive.

During the Vietnam War, war correspondents brought death and destruction to television screens every night and kindled immense negative public opposition (see Meyrowitz, 1985). Since then, the government has been strategically engaged in efforts to co-opt the media by organizing carefully controlled combat sorties, led by the U.S. military and their Public-Relations (PR) staff. It is a testament to information control that Operation DESERT STORM received rave media reviews and that Operation IRAQI FREEDOM, despite its questionable validity, had mostly positive news until the war began to drag on and warriors from other Middle Eastern countries began using terrorist tactics.

One of the best examples of controlling information surrounds the information on Iraq's alleged Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) that was strategically released just before the United States and its allies invaded Iraq. Feeling the need to create widespread support for the invasion, the government strategically leaked a CIA report from 2002 that strongly presented the idea that Iraq did have WMDs (see CIA). While this was going on, Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld held multiple press conferences about the invasion and reported WMDs where he would routinely begin by stating the question--and then answering it before the press had a chance to probe further.

Another example of government information control comes from the economic recession that began in 2007. While President Obama certainly inherited the recession from President Bush, his administration's efforts to control the information about it and our progress through it are instructive. As employment continued to decline, the government's Bureau of Labor Statistics continued to release optimistic monthly reports that would subsequently prove to be wrong. What many people don't know is that government methods of data gathering are skewed to be much more positive that they ever are. For example, employed persons are anybody 16 years of age or older who did any work for pay or profit during the survey week and all persons who did at least 15 hours of work in a family-owned enterprise operate by someone in their household. Unemployment data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (2012) do not include retirees reentering the workforce, new college graduates looking for a job, non-deployed military personnel, or people who have been out of work for five months or more. It is instructive that the Department of Labor's little-known measure of unemployment, U-6, is ignored by the president, Congress, and the media in favor of the rate presented monthly. The U-6 unemployment rate is currently 16 percent.

Rule 4a: Deny, delay, obfuscate, spin, and lie.

There are two classic examples of this rule. The first was from the Nixon administration during the Watergate scandal. When the press called for the president's ouster after the Republican break-in to the Democratic Party's offices at the Watergate Hotel was confirmed by W. Mark Felt ("Deep Throat"), President Nixon came on national television and uttered the now famous, "I am not a crook." In all, six top-level administration officials were indicted and sent to prison. Bill Clinton, whose administration had honed the fine art of spin doctoring into a science, also spoke to the American people as well as Congress and his cabinet and said, "I did not have sexual relations with that woman, Miss Lewinsky." Hillary Clinton stood by him and attributed the commotion to the "vast right-wing conspiracy." After DNA evidence was presented by Miss Lewinsky to the federal prosecutor, most of Clinton's cabinet resigned (presumably for having been lied to by the president). Lying, cheating, obfuscating, and spinning are all tools of the accomplished bureaucrat who is caught doing something wrong.

Rule #5: Maximize Public-Relations exposure by creating a cover story that appeals to the universal need to help people.

Government bureaucracy is honed on populist rhetoric. Bureaucrats have become skilled at using the "helping the people" angle when making speeches, and especially when dealing with the press. It is a variation of the "people angle" taught in media relations training programs as the best method to attract media attention and promotion. Almost any government program, no matter what its cost in money or personal liberties, can be sold through the media by claiming it is for (1) the children, (2) the environment, (3) the elderly, (4) the poor, (5) the homeless, (6) the national defense, (7) homeland security, or (8) the sick.

For example, CNN (2003) reported that George W. Bush claimed the Medicare Part D pharmaceutical supplement he signed into law was the greatest advance in health care coverage for America's seniors since the founding of Medicare. With this law, we're giving older Americans better choices and more control over their health care, so they can receive the modern medical care they deserve. These reforms are the act of a vibrant and compassionate government.

He forgot to mention the actuarial fiscal liabilities of this law. From the 2009 Financial Report of the United States Government, the long-range unfunded cost projections of the Medicare Part D mandate is $7.2 trillion dollars. When bureaucrats of any ilk promote their new law or program as being "for the people," it is important to first look behind the curtain. "Social justice" is the veneer used by bureaucrats to gain positive media exposure while pursuing the building of more bureaucracy. It is so pervasive that your child can even pursue a major in social justice at institutions of higher learning like the University of California, Santa Barbara. Sowell points out in his book The Quest for Cosmic Justice that all justice is, by definition, social, and "social" is most often used in the populist sense of everyone but the wealthy. A cover story that seeks social justice or to right the wrongs of an unjust society is guaranteed media attention, yet very few in the media or the public are inclined to look beneath the veneer of social justice to examine the costs and the unintended consequences.

Rule #6: Create vested support groups by distributing concentrated benefits and/or entitlements to these special interests, while distributing the costs broadly to one's political opponents.

The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, signed into law by President Carter, established the federal government's role in providing affordable housing to the needy. Over the 33 years it has been in existence, its force has grown the size and reach of the Federal Housing Administration, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve, and the Departments of Justice and Housing & Urban Development. It has also given rise to the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae" and "Freddie Mac"). While the initial goal was to provide the less economically advantaged with an opportunity to purchase a home, no one bothered to look at the possible unintended consequences of helping people whose personal credit wouldn't qualify them to buy a home.

As Sowell (2009, pp. 31-56) points out, "affordable" became the ability for people to buy the home they wanted in the area they wanted and the government's role was to make it financially possible to purchase it. The Community Reinvestment Act ultimately led to the biggest financial crisis since the Great Depression, yet many of its proponents and even the media failed to see or understand the real problem or the long-term costs and market dislocation that would result.

Even more insidious are government laws that benefit for-profit corporations. These are the recipients of corporate welfare. The poster child of corporate welfare is Archer Daniels Midland (ADM), having received billions of tax dollars from more than 15 federal agencies over the past 50 years. As James Bovard (1995) and Chip Krakoff (2011) point out, to return the favor to the federal bureaucracy, ADM has also been funding reelection campaigns on both sides of the congressional aisle and for both Democratic and Republican presidential candidates. As a testament to ADM's political ecumenicalism, it has been a long-time sponsor/advertiser of National Public Radio, which attracts a large portion of the left-liberal minded. The EPA is planning to issue an edict to allow 15 percent ethanol to be blended into gasoline, which will result in a 50 percent market gain for ADM's ethanol-production facilities and a similar market grain in the sale of their dominant field-corn holdings used to make ethanol.

Chip Krakoff (2011) quotes ADM's Dwayne Andreas as justifying his corporate welfare history:

"There isn't one grain of anything in the world that is sold in a free market. Not one! The only place you see a free market is in the speeches of politicians. People who are not in the Midwest do not understand that this is a socialist country."

Our last example of Teasley's sixth rule of bureaucracy is Solyndra, one of three green-energy companies that received nearly $700 million in federal-government money and filed bankruptcy in the past two years. Solyndra is a photovoltaic-solar-energy-systems manufacturer in California. It has received huge loan guarantees ($535 million) through the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (itself a huge and expensive federal program to fix the mistakes of the Community Reinvestment Act) and the Federal Financing Bank, as well as being the beneficiary of federal and state policies mandating the use of renewable energy sources (US Department of Energy's ENERGY STAR Program and by the requirements of the California Title 24 Energy Standard, which prescribes cool roofs to be employed whenever low-slope commercial roofs are constructed or replaced).

The Wall Street Journal (2011) indicated that the company was also backed by the George Kaiser Family Foundation and, along with its founder, were big financial supporters of the Obama presidential campaign as a bona fide for his "green" stand. An additional $75 million loan was made to Solyndra, but the agreement with private investors, including Kaiser, placed them ahead of American taxpayers in case of default. Until the company announced its bankruptcy in August 2011, President Obama had hailed the company as "leading the way toward a brighter and more prosperous future" (Ibid). More than 20 trips were made by company officials, investors, and George Kaiser to the White House between March 2009 and April 2010, and despite reports from industry insiders about Solyndra's financial health, administration officials dismissed these reports as "B.S."

Rule #7: Demonize the truth tellers who have the temerity to say, "The emperor has no clothes."

There were plenty of people sounding alarms as early as 2003 about the housing bubble and growing deficits that led directly to the devastating economic downturn that lingers today, not only in America but around the world. Most in Washington, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD, the Federal Reserve, Congressman Barney Frank (head of the House Financial Services Committee) and Senator Dodd (head of the Senate Banking Committee), all refused to pay attention to the growing signs of the housing-market collapse and its risk to the US economy, railing against any warnings that Fannie and Freddie were in financial trouble.

Stephen Labaton (2003) of the New York Times quoted Mr. Frank as saying, "These two entities - Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac - are not facing any kind of financial crisis."

In the House of Representatives on June 25, 2007, Congressman Frank stated,

"We have, I think, an excessive degree of concern right now about home ownership and its role in the economy. Obviously speculation is never a good thing. But those who argue that housing prices are now at the point of a bubble seem to me to be missing a very important point. Unlike previous examples we have had where substantial excessive inflation of prices later caused some problems, we are talking here about an entity, home ownership, homes, where there is not the degree of leverage that we have seen elsewhere. This is not the dot com situation.... Homes that are occupied may see an ebb and flow in the price at a certain percentage level but you're not going to see a collapse that you see when people talk about a bubble. So those of us on our committee in particular will continue to push toward home ownership."

In 2010, Mr. Frank implicated foreign central banks, particularly China, when attacking a letter written by Republican economists to the Federal Reserve for joining a broad attack by the foreign central banks who insist that America somehow must subordinate our own legitimate economic needs to their currency requirements. What did disappoint me was to see conservative economists, high-ranking officials of previous Republican administrations, and Republican congressional leaders share the attack by these foreign banks not simply on the Federal Reserve's proposal, but on the very notion that America has a right to give a primary focus to our own economic need for growth at this time. (McDonald, 2010)

Of course, both political parties demonize the truth tellers who speak out against costly and wasteful policies and their unintended consequences. During the invasion of Iraq, Vice President Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, and even President Bush frequently took critics to task, asserting that there was "incontrovertible" evidence that Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction. CNN (2005) reported that President Bush said during a Veteran's Day speech in Pennsylvania,

"Some Democrats and anti-war critics are now claiming we manipulated the intelligence and misled the American people about why we went to war. They also know that intelligence agencies from around the world agreed with our assessment of Saddam Hussein. While it's perfectly legitimate to criticize my decision or the conduct of the war, it is deeply irresponsible to rewrite the history of how that war began."

Rule 7a: Accuse the truth teller of one's own defects, deficiencies, crimes, and misdemeanors.

One wag said, "Gall was divided into three parts and politicians have all three of them." We habitually find government bureaucrats, particularly politicians, trying to turn the tables of their accusers in misdeeds. Glen Johnson (2008), Associate Press writer, quoted Congressman Barney Frank, who attended a foreclosure symposium in Boston and challenged the critics of Fannie Mae, implying racism as the motive for the criticism:

"They get to take things out on poor people. Let's be honest: The fact that some of the poor people are black doesn't hurt them either, from their standpoint. This is an effort, I believe, to appeal to a kind of anger in people."

Former representative Charles Rangel was ultimately accused of 13 ethics infractions by the House of Representatives. Washington Post reporters Leoning & Kane (2010) reported that, after a news conference Mr. Rangel held about the ethics violations, he responded about the possibility of being removed as chairman of the House Ways and Means Committee:

"I don't see what purpose that would serve, I don't think reporters should be in the position to remove chairmen, not even temporarily, especially when the reporting is false."

When asked specifically about nearly $80,000 his son had received from his campaign to design a website, he replied, "The reporter should really crawl from under his rock and apologize to my son, a veteran, my friend, my son and a great American," Mr. Rangel said. "It's one of the crummiest deviations from the truth that I've seen in these recent stories."

The Road Less Traveled from Here

After presenting Teasley's rules of bureaucracy, asking where Americans can go from here is not a rhetorical question. Given an economy that is not responding to Keynesian stimulus, proffered by an authoritarian administration and a market-corrupting federal bureaucracy, there are several solutions that we believe will make a difference and take the wind out of the sails of bureaucracy. We offer a series of antidotes to the scourge of bureaucracy.

"Bureaucrat" should not be thought of as a career path. History has proven that "career bureaucrats" do much more harm than good and we must characterize such people as pariahs and scallywags, not saviors of this country. The Democratic and Republican parties will push back from this antidote in their faux political fight for power.[1] Knowing how to get things done in state capitols and in Washington is only an asset to law-making junkies and directly reflects the dark underbelly of the bureaucratic beast.

If Congress comes up with a new "war against," we should fight it, no matter what the war is against. The federal government's track record is abysmal and the equivalent of a taxpayer boat - a hole in the water that you sink your money in.

Send all newly elected officials to the state capitol or Washington with the specific goal to reduce legislation. America's bureaucracies have forgotten that resources are scarce, and most legislation builds bigger government and demands more tax dollars. Federal bureaucracy has grown at an alarming rate under Republican president George Bush and as much in just three years under Democratic president Barack Obama. While legislators keep an informal scorecard with how many pieces of legislation bear their names, does America need Sarbanes-Oxley or Dodd-Frank legislation? While it may inflate bureaucrats' self-worth and hubris, America must reduce the number of existing laws and agencies significantly.

To expose a specific bureaucratic racket, let's start with the U.S. military which many people wrongly think is America's last meritocracy. There is no meritocracy in America. All walks of life that are non-professions and bureaucracies are run by racketeering.

U.S. Military a Bureaucratic Racket--Not A Profession


Reading Professor Roger Thompson's new book, "Lessons not Learned" there is a constant theme of the U.S. Navy lying and denying its failures. So you ask yourself WHY would the USN not be interested in military efficiency excellence?

The answer that screams at you is BECAUSE THE NAVY IS A RACKET.

Admitting to errors would mean an end to that racket. The thing Americans do not understand about themselves--and life in general is that IT PAYS MORE INITIALLY TO BE INEFFICIENT WITH A PARTIAL SOLUTION THAN IT DOES TO BE EFFICIENT WITH A FULL SOLUTION. Military men do not need excellence on a daily basis; they are most of the time not at war against a human foe trying to kill them. In the air forces and navy the earth itself is trying to kill them--and this keeps a certain amount of efficiency in play--but it doesn't have to be the best means to defeat a future enemy; it can be a COUNTERFEIT set-up.

Essentially in ALL human militaries, the men involved are trying to justify their existence and pay parasitically taken from the civilian populace who have to earn this money (certificates guaranteeing reciprocal behavior) by creating tangible goods/services. This was a dire necessity for the USN's racketeers like Admiral King during the economically depressed 1930s--and he damn sure wasn't going to spoil their racket by a little thing like WW2. If the battleships can't be the lucrative cash cow, FINE he will demand Congress buys him a dozen large, ego-gratifying "fleet aircraft carriers" instead of the 100 escort carriers made from humble cargo ships actually required to fan out across the still very large planet Earth oceans to effect sea control from enemy submarines and surface ships, aircraft etc. that FDR ordered him to use to win the war. Its more greed and ego lucrative to have a COUNTERFEIT NAVY that inefficiently spends more money on inefficient means that never solves the problem that can then be milked for years and years than to have an efficient navy that gets the job done best, with least. There simply is no reward for EXCELLENCE in human behavior "that works itself out of a job" if an OK less-than-full-solutional racket offers counterfeit goods/services that pays off most people. You could say its better to run less-than-optimal solutional rackets in human affairs than to run perfect solutional human organizations because the former keeps more people busy and employed.

Think about it before reading further.

A lucrative, money-for-everyone bloated racket is OK as long as the less than optimal solution is unchallenged or is challenged only by minor crises where its "good enough" to get by. In other words, as long as everybody is fat and happy, why bother to change the racket? "If it ain't broke, don't fix it" is the folk saying. The mortal danger to a society is that as time goes on and there is no threat to force the racket to become more efficient, arrogance and smug delusions of "we are great" begin to grow as the reformers warning of future disaster due to fatal inefficiencies and fatal flaws are dismissed and more and more people want to get their piece of the growing racketeering pie. The fatal danger is that these series of minor successes smothered in years of no wars at all create a false sense of security that the less-than-optimal racket is "good enough" or even "the greatest military in the world" while dangerous vulnerabilities grow uncorrected and if exploited, KILLS THE ENTIRE CIVILIZATION. The parasites kill the host.

The American military refuses to look at any problems on their cause-effect merits to get EXCELLENCE because a series of small successes with the racket is used to justify not having any sense of urgency to fix this problems conclusively. The racketeers will tell you there is no sense of urgency, in fact if 6, 000+ are killed and 60, 000+ are wounded in Iraq/Afghanistan by military inefficiency they will immorally say its "not a problem" since we lost over 650, 000 dead in the Civil War or 385, 000 in WW2 ie; NO AMOUNT OF MILITARY FAILURE WILL DEMAND THE RACKET BE REFORMED BECAUSE WE HAVE TAKEN FAR GREATER LOSSES AND STILL CONTINUED TO EXIST AS A NATION-STATE etc. ad nauseum so the current losses due to military incompetence pose no IMMEDIATE "clear and present danger" to the survival of America, so SHUT-THE-FUCK-UP (STFU)...those all victim force people dying and being maimed for life KNEW WHAT THEY WERE GETTING INTO WHEN THEY VOLUNTEERED FOR THE RACKET. They knew that they could be sent on some fucked-up corporate war of convenience (AKA fool's errand) as part of a deliberately less-than-optimal military racket and die or be maimed in exchange for middle class wages, college benefits--and a chance to order people around and wear sexy looking uniforms. YOU SIGNED FOR THE RACKET so now you must forfeit your what's-best functional common sense and your conscience, THUS SAITH THE RACKETEERS.

This is utter BULLSHIT; YOU ARE ALWAYS A HUMAN BEING, PERIOD. And you NEVER abrogate your rights to do what's right and I do not give a flying you-know-what, what you scribble on anyone's piece of paper. There comes a time when you have to start acting like a moral human being and damn all the social consequences of the various racketeers you cross when you do so. We used to call this capability human FREEDOM. If you are not free to do what is right you are not free.

History is full of examples where sewers leading under the city are unguarded and enemy forces sneak in unopposed and wipe-out every man, woman and child without mercy, wiping out the entire society. I dare say, America is on such a collision course because the American people as a whole DO NOT UNDERSTAND HUMAN RACKETEERING BEHAVIOR. They have no clue about how a partial solution racket in any walk of human life will be milked by those doing it so it grows and grows like a cancer--until it stops working completely and shuts down society's vital organs, killing the nation-state.

The way to stop racketeering behavior is for the people involved to have the self-control and wisdom to CONSCIOUSLY CHOOSE efficiency over more lucrative inefficiency. In a word--we have to be SMART.

Smart enough to know the subtle nuances of human behavior that if you do not fight against it, rackets will develop. Rackets and less than optimal solutions MUST BE REJECTED AS A MATTER OF PRINCIPLE.

Right now, Americans have no such shared cultural principle of excellence, the "market" drives everything ie; GREED AND EGO to get the maximum cash for the least work to the most people because the more people corrupted by the racket, the more clout we have to keep the racket going. Americans are not smart; we tend to be FULL OF SELFISH EGO, PRIDE and GREED to make a lot of money quickly at the lowest personal effort possible. It's been that way in hypocritical, Puritanical America from the beginning--when we valued violence-for-wealth over allegedly "dirty" sex. MURDER is worse than sex as a sin; if you are DEAD it's too late to change; if you have un-marital sexual relations one can repent on it because at least one is still ALIVE. Having a sense of DECENCY comes from first having a sense of proportionality.

"Pride goeth before destruction and a haughty spirit before a fall" as God says.

In a nation-state, this means having a morality-based, logical CULTURE--which America does not currently have. Other nations have good culture and they have good military services because of it since they determine what they do from honest war games and experiments and when they go to war--they actually learn from it. In a smaller group like the U.S. military, some sense of what war realities are and to take what these demand to be done and do them---not factoring in what's best for the service bureaucracy racket. The Navy's SEa, Air Land (SEAL) teams recently have shown signs of objective adaptation; but they are the exception--not the rule. Without actual wars, war games and experiments could be the driving force like practice games and scrimmages are for football. However, the racketeers have learned to rig the games and lie about their results so as to not have to change their lucrative ego & greed rackets. A voluntary military attracts racketeers to its ranks so its the American people who do not have a cultural sense of themselves that are to blame for their less than optimal military. If a society does not have a self-control and excellence-seeking culture, then the next best thing is to not let volunteer greed & egotists take over the military services turning them into self-serving rackets but to force everyone in the nation to be involved to inject some get-the-job-done efficiency since these folks are not interested in "making the service a career" ie; being involved in a racket.

Professional = Racketeer? No, a Bureaucrat Under Illuminati Control

Uber bureaucrat Bormann wormed his way into the fascist dictator's "right-hand-man"--and actually ran Nazi Germany from the 1930s onwards--while Hitler played general--rescued by Commander Ian Fleming from Berlin in 1945, after the war he secretly funded and built the 4th Reich Nazi International consortium of corporations that have reunited with its Rockefeller Illuminati sponsors that runs America Today...

YOUTUBER TazJet 100, an amateur historian writes:

"Hitler was funded by John Rockefeller (Standard Oil) who despised the Rothschilds (who were Jewish) for developing oilfields in the Persian Gulf to challenge his monopoly. Also in 1920, the Bolsheviks seized the Caucasus's oilfields from Rockefeller and refused to pay compensation. Thus, Rockefeller literally funded Hitler to destroy the Jews in Europe and to attack Russia. WW2 was Rockefeller's private vendetta. I hope Rockefeller burns for eternity. Hitler was actually funded by Rockefeller, General Electric and Ford. Some of the British aristocracy who themselves were from the House of Battenburg wanted restoration of the German monarchy. Lord Louis Mountbatten was offered the Polish crown in an effort to avert War in early 1940, however except for Edward Duke of Windsor and also the Duke of Kent, the Royals shied away. Churchill chose the hard road.

Rockefeller had his oil fields in the Caucuses seized by the Bolsheviks and donated to the Nazis expecting Hitler to invade Russia and re-capture his oil fields. At the end of the war however, the [corrupt elements lead by Alan Dulles] OSS [later CIA]--if not Mi6 too, were cutting deals left right and centre with various Nazis to avert Soviet domination of Europe; so it is hard to tell the heroes from the bad guys by 1945.

Dornberger's Assistant SS Major Werner Von Braun

General Dornberger was interned after the war at CSDIC camp 11 in the UK where his conversations were bugged and recorded. Declassified summaries of conversations revealed him disclosing Hitler told him the V-2 was intended to carry a warhead more potent than just a ton of TNT [high explosives]. Dr. Eric Schumann and Dr. Walter Trinks developed a tactical nuclear weapon in 1942/43 which weighed just 5 kilograms with half a kiloton blast, using fusion-boosted fission.

Hitler's survival

I always dismissed Hitler's survival as a myth until it was anatomically established recently that the skull which Russia claimed was his, proved to be a woman's skull.

Now all bets are off. The suggestion which makes most sense to me is that of OpJB that the Western Allies had a vested interest in not allowing Hitler to fall into Soviet hands.

I think my discoveries of secret negotiations with Hitler from August 1944 tend to point to a big secret. Most likely Hitler had some cards-up-his-sleeve in April 1945 which gave him grounds to blackmail the west. [EDITOR: Henry Stevens in Dark Star reports Nazi U-Boats towing floating V-2 missile launch tubes into launch positions against the eastern U.S. while Admiral Doenitz was running the 3rd Reich in Hitler's absence--to buy time for more Nazis to escape. These U-Boats were discovered by British intelligence so the U.S. Navy was able to sink them by ASW means.]

I would suggest Hitler went to Spain--and not South America. Spain was ostracized from the world community until the late seventies and many flights escaped Nazi Germany for Spain in April 1945.

Mussolini was captured in company with a German column on his way to Switzerland on 27 April 1945 to catch a flight to Spain--therefore, I expect there was some offer of sanctuary not just for him, but Hitler too.

It is rumoured Hitler died in Spain from cancer in November 1947.

Nowadays I tend to accept that possibility.



Thus, "PLAN A" of the Rockefeller Illuminati in WW2 was for Hitler to go east and self-destruct Nazi Germany against Stalin's Communist Russia as per Hegelian Dialect gamemanship:

Hitler Wanted to Go East--We Wouldn't Let Him

However, British Prime Minister Chamberlain forced Hitler to go west by his absurd promise to somehow defend Poland--who should have let him pass on through---who made him do this?

Recent reports are some MI5 officers told him privately he was some kind of coward for appeasing Hitler and this lead to his absurd Poland aid promise that put Hitler-Stalin into a non-aggression pact that nearly ruined the world.

Who put Chamberlain up to this?

The mystery continues...

The original and pure definition of a professional was to be someone dedicating his entire life to the BEST outcomes for the people his profession serves. This has been rejected by many in favor of a selfish asshole who keeps his knowledge/skills to him or herself so as to create a dependency on him/her and who has no interest whatsoever of solving the societal need/want and working him/her out of a job. Today the word "professional" now means a self-serving racketeer...a milicrat or a bureo-phile if he's a peon--or a bureaucrat if he's a leader within the outfit, after all, a guy has got to eat, right?

The Illuminati Create and Control Bureaucracies: Who Are They? Are They United? Hegelian Dialect Gamemanship

Since 1945, America in the expected knee-jerk of the sheeple reacting against an unprecedented almost 13 years of the Presidency of Franklin D. Roosevelt (FDR-1932-1945) in close co-operation with the left-wing, sex-loving British Rothschild Illuminati has been increasingly dominated by the right-wing, violence-loving American Rockefeller Illuminati that put Hitler into power in the first place as per their Hegelian dialectical tactics of playing both sides.

The American Nazi CIA


See the chart above from Dr. Antony Sutton's book, The Order. Just 3 months before FDR's final re-election, the Illuminati removed morally-sound Vice President Henry Wallace--who would have actually propogated democracy around the world, replacing him instead with the-pretend-simpleton, 33rd degree Mason Harry S. Truman who was under the control of the military-industrial complex probably by some kind of deep blackmail. Once Truman was in place as 2IC, FDR was murdered by poisoning at Warm Springs, Georgia by a German agent under the employ of Rockefeller Illuminati lawyer-pretending-to-be-an-OSS-spy, Allen Dulles who FDR at war's end had the evidence to have him executed for treason helping the Germans in both World Wars I and II. This despicable coup d'etat of 1945 is discussed in detail in our book, James Bond is Real: The Untold Story of the Military Technological Threats Ian Fleming Warned Us About.

If you need a "visual" on how secret societies manipulate nation-states behind-the-scenes watch the video of the banned 1943 film below.


We-the-Sheeple need to DEMAND laws be enacted that that prohibit ANY U.S. Governmental service employee (this includes Presidents of the U.S.) being allowed to be a member of ANY secret society. Being a member of ANY secret society--Bohemian Grove, Skull & Bones, Bilderbergers, Masons etc. is TREASON that violates any oath to uphold the U.S. Constitution and serve WE THE PEOPLE--not they the corporations.

Young John Forbes Kerry with President Kennedy--He is Now our Secretary of State--and He Still Refuses to Sever All Ties to the Illuminati Skull & Bones Society He Takes Orders From--Does this Mean Nuclear War in the Middle East is Our Future?

The toleration of treason within all levels of American society is the ultimate cause of President John F. Kennedy's murder as we shall see. What the American sheeple have yet to grasp is that there are now 3 levels above the nation-state, federal government level that pull-the-strings of the President of The United States (POTUS) who had best be their figurehead--or else he will be wacked.

The Top of the Human Pyramid

Secret Societies


Intelligence Agencies

Chris Everard is out-to-lunch with his support for Extra-Terrestrial Hypothesis (ETH) aliens being behind UFOs and the silly reptilian shape-shifting stuff.

However when he describes more concrete realities like who the Illuminati are and how they are Satanic and talk to demons using witchcraft/magic for political and technological power, he is spot-on. His videos below are excellent introductions to who the Illuminati are.



The next casualty in the revenge of the Rockefeller Illuminati was the efficient, morally-sound Office of Strategic Services (OSS) that was anti-Nazi. Truman whined about not wanting a "gestapo" on American shores with the OSS when he was actually played by the enemies of General "Big Bill" Donovan who planted false stories about him flirting with Truman's daughter. Truman, a short man with a weak ego was always threatened by men who actually accomplished things and was easily manipulated to disband the hated OSS--the intelligence service America desperately needed at war's end to stop the Nazis from escaping to South America/Antarctica/Norway/Greenland and stop the flow of technology to the Soviet and Chinese Communists deliberately instigated by the Illuminati as part of their Hegelian gamemanship. 2 years later, Truman signed the disastrous National Security Act creating the selfish USAF and USMC bureaucracies to cause in-fighting so the American military could not fight efficiently again as it had by WW2's end, over-running the Rockefeller Illuminati's "Hitler Experiment"--but even worse signed into existence the despicable Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) that was 50% composed of actual Nazis and has ever since worked to expand Wall Street profits--not democracy, smearing the good name of America around the world.


With America becoming a Nazi police-state under successive corrupt, Rockefeller Illuminati Republican administrations of former Army 5-star General Dwight D. Eisenhower, by 1960 the sheeple hypnotized by broadcast television and suburban life consumerism were expected to continue the descent into violence-loving madness and Wall Street profits except the back-stabber CIA Director Allen Dulles ruined Ike's dream of peace with the Soviet Union communists by sabotaging Francis G. Powers' U-2 spy plane so it couldn't achieve its safe high altitude and was shot-down. Dulles thought he had everything covered to kill Powers as the patsy by rigging his ejection seat so it would explode upon activation. What an asshole. His name should be stricken from our history books and "redacted" with a black line with "TRAITOR" written over it. Powers not realizing his instruments were rigged to make it appear he was flying higher than he was, quickly however ascertained he was set-up and jettisoned his canopy and bailed out of his explosively booby-trapped ejection seat. Tragically, years later when Powers was getting ready to talk to the press, the CIA murdered him with the same rigged-instrument trick; in this case to not have him realize his news helicopter was out of fuel. POTUS Eisenhower had strayed-off-the reservation and violated the Illuminati Cold War script of Hegelian conflict. Why he did not fire Dulles right then and there is a question. Obviously, there were limits to his power before he suffered another "heart attack" since he had one in 1955--except this one would have been fatal. Eisenhower got his revenge and had his finest hour of public service with his farewell speech where he alerted WE THE SHEEPLE to what the MILitary-INDustrial COMPlex (MILINDCOMP) was--even though he wimped out and didn't include our Congress that deserves to be in the corrupt equation. Even when a paternal authority figure tells the American sheeple directly to dismantle their MILINDCOMP racket before it does the country in, there are still losers like Bill O'Reilly, Posners and fuktards like Mcadams acting in bad faith who want to eat whatever feces is fed them by the establishment. It's probable that his anti-MILINDCOMP speech helped JFK draw very close to VP Nixon in the election which was stolen thanks to Kennedy's father Joe Senior the Nazi sympathizer--throwing money around to buy votes with Mafia help. The Rockeffeller Illuminati thought they'd retain power with Nixon's election and were unprepared for a Rothschild POTUS. While unhappy about it, they thought as Joe Senior's second eldest son (Joe Junior was killed flying the first 9/11 suicide plane in WW2), JFK would keep at least to the generalized Illuminati crime family script of doing what's best for the secret elites--not the commoners as the oath to uphold the U.S. Constitution is supposed to effect .

Its our speculation that the Illuminati had the CIA do a thorough psychological analysis of POTUS JFK and discovered--to their horror--that he loved sex and wanted to live and let live. Not only that, he actually had a love for the common people. They no doubt, insisted on a lot of Republican Illuminati members in his cabinet to spy on him and if necessary sabotage his administration. When Joe Senior had a stroke and couldn't talk in 1961, JFK was free to be his own man and he began to stray from the Illuminati script in a dangerous fashion--he knew he was a sick man with Addison's disease who didn't possibly have long to live--and he decided to go-for-it and do the best he could for America--not the Illuminati assholes.

S.P.E.C.T.R.E. Rules: The Invisible Hand of Secret Society Rockefeller Illuminati Treason Detected Throughout JFK's Administration

Our favorite line in The Green Berets is when reporter Beckwith played by David Janssen asks George Takei playing a mobile force commander (Sulu in Star Trek) if he has seen any VC? George Takei tells him at 00:47:29 in the movie, "Mr. Beckworth, I have V.C. in my own strike force!"

This is a perfect description of how JFK's presidency was SABOTAGED from within by the Rockefeller Illuminati. Remember it was JFK that gave U.S. Army Special Forces their big boost by over-riding the snobby assholes within HQDA and having them authorized to wear their deserved green berets after seeing them during a visit to Fort Bragg, North Carolina. This was yet another example of JFK actually acting like he was POTUS--and not just an Illuminati figurehead. Remember, the Rockefeller Illuminati hated how the U.S. military under the leadership of gifted professionals like Gavin, Ridgway and Patton became efficient and smothered war and are always against anything that furthers military excellence. Similarly, the Rothschild Illuminati were alarmed at what their talented men like commander Ian Fleming could do to win wars quickly and efficiently and how they could warn the public about their evil plans in coded 007 James Bond spy fiction. A lot of half-wits only have half the Illuminati figured out and contend that its socialism/communism aka left-wing evil to worry about. They must have been in suspended animation on a rocket ship to Alpha Centauri the 8 years of the W. Bush administration. Right-wing evil of the Rockefeller Illuminati as expressed by mega-bitch Russian exile Ayn Rand is violently anti-Communist and pro-fascist. Her book Atlas Shrugged is the Illuminati bible of their smug superiority complex in action. Her fuck-you philosophy of life is make yourself happy and helping others for free is slavery.

A further illustration of Illuminati sabotage is seen in the movie From Russia with Love--where S.P.E.C.T.R.E. (RESPECT = Rockeller Nazis) explains its philosophy of letting the 2 superpowers exhaust themselves in Cold War--while they sit on the sidelines ready-to-strike and take-over in the synthesis aftermath. This is shown when former SMERSH Colonel Kleb and operations planner Kronstein appear before the SPECTRE leader. The shielded-from-view, No. 1 then lectures them using fish in a tank. At lecture's end, he feeds an exhausted goldfish to the cat on his lap. Watch at 6:19:


In James Bond is Real, we articulate the actual Rockefeller vs. Rothschild Illuminati rivalry that takes turns running the world's nation-state bureaucracies depending on what the shamocracy (false democracy) chooses when we all know that it's a rigged game where both candidates are Illuminati annointed.


The Illuminati Handbook by James Gavin Jr.

The Rockefeller Illuminati Created German Fascism AKA the "Nazis" = Industrial-Age Feudalism

The Rockefeller Illuminati created a new feudalism with the advent of the Industrial age: instead of working on a farm as a slave for the king, the sheeple work in factories for corporations under the guise of a glorious nation-state--all controlled by them, the secret elites. German fascism was created by the Rockefeller Illuminati in principle and by direct instigation through agents and funding. Thus, Mae Brussel gets it right that JFK was murdered by fascist forces but she failed to adequately connect-the-dots back to the Rockefeller Illuminati in a way that is accurate and makes sense to the sheeple who cannot see how like minded criminals co-operate. If the sheeple do not see a German swastika at say a Republican party gathering they will fail to see the connections--they naively think all of life is straight-forward, fair play like it were a football game where everyone wears a distinct uniform and colors--which is why they mock the operating concept of "conspiracy" as if their reality-denying, emotional outbursts are going to change the racketeering going on all around them daily.

YOUTUBE channel owner FederalJackTube writes:

Complacent Beverly Hills housewife Mae Brussell had quite an awakening in 1963 when President Kennedy was assassinated, and again when she read and cross-indexed the massive 26-volume Warren Commission Hearings. She saw that the international terrorist network that had made up the Axis powers during World War Two had gone underground and continued their world-wide fascist campaign, overthrowing one country after another. America was not exempt. Frustrated that this vitally important information was largely unknown to the American people, Mae went to her friend Henry Miller of Big Sur, California (with whom she would later brag to friends about an affair). He told her that people can do anything they want if they apply themselves; live anywhere, learn anything. And there is nothing worse than looking back and regretting not having done what was important to you. "Don't die before you're dead."

And with that advice Mae moved herself and the kids to Carmel, California and began the selfless, nonstop journey of political and history research that would soon rock the radio airwaves of Monterey and Santa Cruz counties from 1971 through 1988. Her listeners would never be the same.

While most of America slept:

Mae saw that most anything Americana was being infiltrated, murdered, infected, poisoned, or deregulated. As Mae stated at the University of California in Santa Cruz: "What is happening to us is a classical case of totally destroying us. And by the same people who've been at the top doing it since World War Two."

On May 29, 1968 Mae confronted Rose Kennedy at the Monterey Peninsula Airport and handed her a note telling her Robert Kennedy would soon be assassinated. A week later he was shot to death at The Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles.

Mae's first published article in Paul Krassner's The Realist was actually financed by John Lennon (Krassner couldn't afford the $5,000 printing cost).

Frank Zappa once gave her a computer for filing and cross-indexing her research (but she never used it).

Two weeks before Patty Hearst was kidnapped Mae told a Syracuse University audience that the SLA shooting of school superintendent Marcus Foster was the beginning of terror and psychological sabotage, in the same vein Germany had been subjected to in the 1930s.

In August 1977 (broadcast #282) Mae discussed Jim Jones and the Peoples Temple move to Guyana. She speculated it might be a training camp for assassination teams -- this was more than a year before 913 members of the church were massacred.

Much of Mae's March 29, 1981 broadcast was spent discussing the power- struggle within the Reagan Administration and asked who will kill off their team members first. The following morning President Reagan was shot in Washington D.C.

Her countless list of German and White Russian fascist fingerprints to President Kennedy's assassination reached its peak in May of 1988 when she discovered the name "Adolf H. Schicklgruber" handwritten in Marina Oswald's notebook of poetry in the Warren Commission exhibits.

There were times when death threats drove Mae off the air: once by Charles Manson family member Sandra Good in September 1975. Sometimes Mae resorted to recording her shows at home on her small cassette tape recorder and privately mailed out copies to her subscribers.

In 1983 Mae's show was picked up by listener-sponsored KAZU FM in nearby Pacific Grove. Five years later she was forced off the air, for the last time, from death threats but continued sending out her weekly tapes to subscribers until June 13, 1988 (tape #862).

Mae died of cancer on October 3rd of that year. She was 66.

Classic Rothschild-Centric Unified Illuminati Theory by Coleman


The following dissertation has a lot of truth to it, but it's fundamentally flawed in it's presentation that the Illuminati is united under Rothschild rule (also known as the popular British-centric conspiracy theory) when we know the main driving force in world evil is the AMERICAN Rockefeller Illuminati and Wall Street--which are RIVALS to the Rothschilds. The rivals will meet and coordinate for actions, but they do have competing views on how to bring about and run--the NWO. Coleman alleges that this steering committee is composed of 300 men and women. However, if you look at the names, why is Joseph Stiglitz listed when he wrote a book critical of the Rockefeller-instigated Iraq war and occupation racket (see picture above) and Ambassador Richard Holbrooke who died trying to end the Bush administration-concocted Afghanistan war occupation if the Illuminati were not in fact divided into two rivalries?



Abdullah II, King of Jordan
Abramovich, Roman
Ackermann, Josef
Adeane, Edward
Agius, Marcus
Ahtisaari, Martti
Akerson, Daniel
Albert II, King of Belgium
Alexander, Crown Prince of Yugoslavia
Amato, Giuliano
Anderson, Carl A.
Andreotti, Giulio
Andrew, Duke of York
Anne, Princess Royal
Anstee, Nick
Ash, Timothy Garton
Astor, William Waldorf
Aven, Pyotr
Balkenende, Jan Peter
Ballmer, Steve
Balls, Ed
Barroso, José Manuel
Beatrix, Queen of the Netherlands
Belka, Marek
Bergsten, C. Fred
Berlusconi, Silvio
Bernake, Ben
Bernstein, Nils
Berwick, Donald
Bildt, Carl
Bischoff, Sir Winfried
Blair, Tony
Blankfein, Lloyd
Blavatnik, Leonard
Bloomberg, Michael
Bolkestein, Frits
Bolkiah, Hassanal
Bonello, Michael C.
Bonino, Emma
Boren, David L.
Borwin, Duke of Mecklenburg
Bronfman, Charles
Bronfman, Edgar Jr.
Bruton, John
Brzezinski, Zbigniew
Budenberg, Robin
Buffet, Warren
Bush, George HW
Cameron, David

Camilla, Duchess of Cornwall
Cardoso, Fernando Henrique
Carington, Peter
Carl XVI Gustaf, King of Sweden
Carlos, Duke of Parma
Carney, Mark
Carroll, Cynthia
Caruana, Jaime
Castell, Sir William
Chan, Anson
Chan, Margaret
Chan, Norman
Charles, Prince of Wales
Chartres, Richard
Chiaie, Stefano Delle
Chipman, Dr John
Chodiev, Patokh
Christoph, Prince of Schleswig-Holstein
Cicchitto, Fabrizio
Clark, Wesley
Clarke, Kenneth
Clegg, Nick
Clinton, Bill
Cohen, Abby Joseph
Cohen, Ronald
Cohn, Gary
Colonna di Paliano, Marcantonio, Duke of Paliano
Constantijn, Prince of the Netherlands
Constantine II, King of Greece
Cooksey, David
Cowen, Brian
Craven, Sir John
Crockett, Andrew
Dadush, Uri
D'Aloisio, Tony
Darling, Alistair
Davies, Sir Howard
Davignon, Étienne
Davis, David
de Rothschild, Benjamin
de Rothschild, David René
de Rothschild, Evelyn
de Rothschild, Leopold

Deiss, Joseph
Deripaska, Oleg
Dobson, Michael
Draghi, Mario
Du Plessis, Jan
Dudley, William C.
Duisenberg, Wim
Edward, Duke of Kent
Edward, Earl of Wessex
Elizabeth II, Queen of the United Kingdom
Elkann, John
Emanuele, Vittorio, Prince of Naples
Ernst August, Prince of Hanover
Feldstein, Martin
Festing, Matthew
Fillon, François
Fischer, Heinz
Fischer, Joschka
Fischer, Stanley
FitzGerald, Niall
Franz, Duke of Bavaria
Fridman, Mikhail
Friso, Prince of Orange-Nassau
Gates, Bill
Geidt, Christopher
Geithner, Timothy
Georg Friedrich, Prince of Prussia
Gibson-Smith, Dr. Chris
Gorbachev, Mikhail
Gore, Al
Gotlieb, Allan
Green, Stephen
Greenspan, Alan
Grosvenor, Gerald, 6th Duke of Westminster
Gurría, José Ángel
Hague, William
Hampton, Sir Philip
Hans-Adam II, Prince of Liechtenstein
Harald V, King of Norway
Harper, Stephen
Heisbourg, François
Henri, Grand Duke of Luxembourg
Hildebrand, Philipp
Hills, Carla Anderson
Holbrooke, Richard
Honohan, Patrick
Howard, Alan
Ibragimov, Alijan
Ingves, Stefan
Isaacson, Walter
Juan Carlos, King of Spain
Jacobs, Kenneth M.
Julius, DeAnne
Juncker, Jean-Claude
Kenen, Peter
Kerry, John
King, Mervyn
Kinnock, Glenys
Kissinger, Henry
Knight, Malcolm
Koon, William H. II
Krugman, Paul
Kufuor, John
Lajolo, Giovanni
Lake, Anthony
Lambert, Richard
Lamy, Pascal
Landau, Jean-Pierre
Laurence, Timothy
Leigh-Pemberton, James
Leka, Crown Prince of Albania
Leonard, Mark
Levene, Peter
Leviev, Lev
Levitt, Arthur
Levy, Michael
Lieberman, Joe
Livingston, Ian
Loong, Lee Hsien
Lorenz of Belgium, Archduke of Austria-Este
Louis Alphonse, Duke of Anjou
Louis-Dreyfus, Gérard
Mabel, Princess of Orange-Nassau
Mandelson, Peter
Manning, Sir David
Margherita, Archduchess of Austria-Este
Margrethe II, Queen of Denmark
Martínez, Guillermo Ortiz
Mashkevitch, Alexander
Massimo, Stefano, Prince of Roccasecca dei Volsci
Massimo-Brancaccio, Fabrizio Prince of Arsoli and Triggiano
McDonough, William Joseph
McLarty, Mack
Mersch, Yves
Michael, Prince of Kent
Michael, King of Romania
Miliband, David
Miliband, Ed
Mittal, Lakshmi
Moreno, Glen
Moritz, Prince and Landgrave of Hesse-Kassel
Murdoch, Rupert
Napoléon, Charles
Nasser, Jacques
Niblett, Robin
Nichols, Vincent
Nicolás, Adolfo
Noyer, Christian
Ofer, Sammy
Ogilvy, Alexandra, Lady Ogilvy
Ogilvy, David, 13th Earl of Airlie
Ollila, Jorma
Oppenheimer, Nicky
Osborne, George
Oudea, Frederic
Parker, Sir John
Patten, Chris
Pébereau, Michel
Penny, Gareth
Peres, Shimon
Philip, Duke of Edinburgh

Pio, Dom Duarte, Duke of Braganza
Pöhl, Karl Otto
Powell, Colin
Prokhorov, Mikhail
Quaden, Guy
Rasmussen, Anders Fogh
Ratzinger, Joseph Alois (Pope Benedict XVI)
Reuben, David
Reuben, Simon
Rhodes, William R.
Rice, Susan
Richard, Duke of Gloucester
Rifkind, Sir Malcolm
Ritblat, Sir John
Roach, Stephen S.
Robinson, Mary
Rockefeller, David Jr.
Rockefeller, David Sr.
Rockefeller, Nicholas

Rodríguez, Javier Echevarría
Rogoff, Kenneth
Roth, Jean-Pierre
Rothschild, Jacob
Rubenstein, David
Rubin, Robert
Ruspoli, Francesco, 10th Prince of Cerveteri
Safra, Joseph
Safra, Moises
Sands, Peter
Sarkozy, Nicolas
Sassoon, Isaac
Sassoon, James
Sawers, Sir Robert John
Scardino, Marjorie
Schwab, Klaus
Schwarzenberg, Karel
Schwarzman, Stephen A.
Shapiro, Sidney
Sheinwald, Nigel
Sigismund, Grand Duke of Tuscany, Archduke of Austria
Simeon of Saxe-Coburg and Gotha
Snowe, Olympia
Sofía, Queen of Spain
Soros, George
Specter, Arlen

Stern, Ernest
Stevenson, Dennis
Steyer, Tom
Stiglitz, Joseph
Strauss-Kahn, Dominique
Straw, Jack
Sutherland, Peter
Tanner, Mary
Tedeschi, Ettore Gotti
Thompson, Mark
Thomson, Dr. James
Tietmeyer, Hans
Trichet, Jean-Claude
Tucker, Paul
Van Rompuy, Herman
Vélez, Álvaro Uribe
Verplaetse, Alfons
Villiger, Kaspar
Vladimirovna, Maria, Grand Duchess of Russia
Volcker, Paul
von Habsburg, Otto
Waddaulah, Hassanal Bolkiah Mu'izzaddin, Sultan of Brunei
Walker, Sir David
Wallenberg, Jacob
Walsh, John
Warburg, Max
Weber, Axel Alfred
Weill, Michael David
Wellink, Nout
Whitman, Marina von Neumann
Willem-Alexander, Prince of Orange
William, Prince of Wales
Williams, Dr. Rowan
Williams, Shirley
Wilson, David
Wolfensohn, James
Wolin, Neal S.
Woolf, Harry
Woolsey, R. James Jr.
Worcester, Sir Robert
Wu, Sarah
Zoellick, Robert


"Three hundred men, all of whom know one another, direct the economic destiny of Europe and choose their successors from among themselves."

--Walter Rathenau, 1909, founder of the mammoth German General Electric Corporation

The Committee of 300 is a product of the British East India Company's Council of 300. The East India Company was chartered by the British royal family in 1600. It made vast fortunes in the opium drug trade with China and became the largest company on earth in its time. Today, through many powerful alliances, the Committee of 300 rules the world and is the driving force behind the criminal agenda to create a "New World Order" (NWO), under a "Totalitarian Global Government". There is no need to use "they" or "the enemy" except as shorthand. We know who "they", the enemy, is. The Committee of 300 with its "aristocracy", its ownership of the U.S. Federal Reserve banking system, insurance companies, giant corporations, foundations, communications networks, presided over by a hierarchy of conspirators-this is the enemy. Secret societies exist by deception. Each is a hierarchy with an inner circle at the top, who deceives those below with lies, such as claiming a noble agenda; thus, duping them into following a web of compartmentalized complicity. The inner circle of the Committee of 300 is the Order of the Garter, headed by Queen Elizabeth Windsor II. It is interesting to note that the Windsor's changed their name from the Germanic Saxe-Coburg-Gotha during WWI, because of anti-German sentiment.

The enemy is clearly identifiable as the Committee of 300 and its front organizations, such as the Royal Institute for International Affairs (Chatham House), the Club of Rome, NATO, U.N., the Black Nobility, the Tavistock Institute, CFR and all its affiliated organizations, the think-tanks and research institutions controlled by Stanford and the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations and last, but certainly not least, the military establishment.

The Committee of 300 is the ultimate secret society made up of an untouchable ruling class, which includes the Queen of the United Kingdom (Elizabeth II), the Queen of the Netherlands, the Queen of Denmark and the royal families of Europe. These aristocrats decided at the death of Queen Victoria, the matriarch of the Venetian Black Guelphs that, in order to gain world-wide control, it would be necessary for its aristocratic members to "go into business" with the non-aristocratic but extremely powerful leaders of corporate business on a global scale, and so the doors to ultimate power were opened to what the Queen of England likes to refer to as "the commoners". Through their illicit banking cartel, they own the stock of the Federal Reserve, which is a private for-profit corporation that violates U.S. Constitution and is a root of the problem.

The decadent American families of the unholy partnership, thoroughly corrupted and wallowing in tainted opium money, went on to become what we know today as the "Eastern Liberal Establishment". [EDITOR: Note this is where Coleman goes astray and points solely at the Rothschild Illuminati. The American Rockefeller Illuminati are FASCISTS and control the Republican party. They are the ones who created the German Nazis and put Hitler into power.Coleman's conspiracy theory cannot account for all the right-wing evil that has dominated the world.] Its members, under the careful guidance and direction of the British Crown, and subsequently, its foreign policy executive arm, the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), now known as Chatham House, located in England (across St. James's Square from the Astors), ran the United States from top-to-bottom through their secret upper-level, parallel government, which is tightly meshed with the Committee of 300, the ultimate secret society. That secret, all-powerful government is now more in control of the United States than ever before.

In the Committee of 300, which has a 150-year history, we have some of the most brilliant intellects assembled to form a completely totalitarian, absolutely controlled "new" society only it isn't new, having drawn most of its ideas from the Clubs of Cultus Diabolicus. It strives toward a One World Government rather well described by one of its late members, H. G. Wells, in his work commissioned by the Committee which Wells boldly called: "The Open Conspiracy: Blue Prints for a World Revolution".

Most of the Committee of 300's immense wealth arose out of the opium trade with China and India. Obscene profits went straight into the royal coffers, and into the pockets of the nobility, the oligarchs and plutocrats, and made them billionaires. The ordinary people of China, India, and England profited nothing from "opium revenues". In the same way the people of South Africa, black and white, never profited from the gold mining industry, whose revenues were piped directly into the City of London banks and Merchant banks. The Committee of 300 is responsible for the phony drug wars here in the U.S. These phony drug wars were to get us to give away our constitutional rights. Asset forfeiture is a prime example, where huge assets can be seized without trial and no proof of guilt needed. Also the Committee of 300 long ago decreed that there shall be a smaller-much smaller-and better world, that is, their idea of what constitutes a better world. The myriad of useless eaters consuming scarce natural resources were to be culled by up to 99%. Industrial progress supports population growth. Therefore, the command to multiply & subdue the Earth found in Genesis had to be subverted. This called for an attack upon Christianity; the slow but sure disintegration of industrial nation states; the destruction of billions of people, referred to by the Committee of 300 as "surplus population," and the removal of any leader who dared to stand in the way of the Committee's global planning to reach the foregoing objectives. Not that the U.S. government didn't know, but as it was part of the conspiracy, it helped to keep the lid on information--rather than let the truth be known. Queen, Elizabeth II, is the head of the Committee of 300. The Committee of 300 looks to social convulsions on a global scale, followed by depressions, as a softening-up technique for bigger things to come, as its principal method of creating masses of people all over the world who will become its "welfare" recipients of the future.

The current criminal agenda of the Committee of 300 is further evidenced by recently leaked Club of Rome documents, as they describe how they will use drugs to help stifle resistance to their New World Order scheme: "...having been failed by Christianity, and with unemployment rife on every hand, those who have been without jobs for five years or more, will turn away from the church and seek solace in drugs. By then, full control of the drug trade must be completed in order that the government of all countries who are under our jurisdiction have a monopoly in place which we will control by controlling supplies reaching the market... Drug bars will take care of the unruly and the discontented. Would-be revolutionaries will be turned into harmless addicts with no will of their own..." The crowned cobras of Europe and their Eastern Liberal Establishment families will not tolerate any true war against drugs. The war on drugs, which the Bush administration was allegedly fighting, was for the legalization of all types and classes of drugs. Such drugs are not solely a social aberration, but a full-scale attempt to gain control of the minds of the people of the United States. At present, this is the principal task of the Committee of 300. Nothing has changed in the opium-heroin-cocaine trade. It is still in the hands of the same "upper class" families in Britain and the United States. It is still a fabulously profitable trade where what appear to be big losses through sometimes seizures of drug shipments are actually small interlopers trying to break into the preserves of the drug trade hierarchy, who sit in paneled board rooms in New York, Hong Kong and London over port and cigars and congratulate another success in the eradication of "competitors."

Included in the Committee of 300 membership are the old families of the European Black Nobility, the American Eastern Liberal Establishment (in Freemason hierarchy and the Order of Skull & Bone), the Illuminati, or as it is known by the Committee "MORIAH CONQUERING WIND," the Mumma Group, The National and World Council of Churches, the Circle of Initiates, the Nine Unknown Men, Lucis Trust, Jesuit Liberation Theologists, The Order of the Elders of Zion, the Nasi Princes, International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the United Nations (U.N.), the Central, British Quator Coronati, Italian P2 Masonry-especially those in the Vatican hierarchy-the Central Intelligence Agency, Tavistock Institute selected personnel, various members of leading foundations and insurance companies, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, the Milner Group-Round Table, Cini Foundation, German Marshall Fund, Ditchley Foundation, NATO, Club of Rome, Environmentalists, The Order of St. John of Jerusalem, One World Government Church, Socialist International, Black Order, Thule Society, Anenherbe-Rosicrucianists, The Great Superior Ones and literally HUNDREDS of other organizations.

In the case of John F. Kennedy, the assassination was carried out with great attendant publicity and with the utmost brutality to serve as a warning to world leaders not to get out-of-line. Pope John Paul I was quietly murdered because he was getting close to the Committee of 300 through Freemasons in the Vatican hierarchy. His successor, Pope John Paul II, was publicly humiliated as a warning to cease & desist-which he has done. As we shall see, certain Vatican leaders are today seated on the Committee of 300.

The Committee of 300 appears to base much of its important decisions affecting mankind on the philosophy of Polish aristocrat, Felix Dzerzinski, who regarded mankind as being slightly above the level of cattle. As a close friend of British intelligence agent Sydney Reilly (Reilly was actually Dzerzinski's controller during the Bolshevik Revolution's formative years), he often confided in Reilly during his drinking bouts. Dzerzinski was, of course, the beast who ran the Red Terror apparatus. He once told Reilly, while the two were on a drinking binge, that "Man is of no importance. Look at what happens when you starve him. He begins to eat his dead companions to stay alive. Man is only interested in his own survival. That is all that counts. All the Spinoza stuff is a lot of rubbish."

The roots of the East India Company (chartered by Queen Elizabeth I on December 31, 1600 and dissolved in 1873) sprout from the European Black Nobility. The Black Nobility are the oligarchic families of Venice and Genoa, who in the 12th century held the privileged trading rights (monopolies). The first of three crusades, from 1063 to 1123, established the power of the Venetian Black Nobility and solidified the power of the wealthy ruling class. The Black Nobility aristocracy achieved complete control over Venice in 1171, when the appointment of the doge was transferred to what was known as the Great Council, which consisted of members of the commercial aristocracy, a complete triumph for them. Venice has remained in their hands ever since, but the power and influence of the Venetian Black Nobility extends far beyond its borders, and today, is felt in every corner of the globe. In 1204 the oligarchic family parceled out feudal enclaves to their members, and from this epoch dates the great building-up of power and pressure until the government became a closed corporation of the leading Black Nobility families.

It is important to note that the European Black Nobility is responsible for the insidious entanglements of numerous secret societies, lodges, and organizations, which are backed with high finance and powerful political connections. Such organizations include: Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group (German version of CFR), Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), United Nations (founded by CFR), Illuminati order Skull & Bones (inner circle of the CFR), International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, Bank of International Settlement, Club of Rome, Chatham House (formally the Royal Institute of International Affairs - RIIA), Round Table, Tavistock Institute for Human Studies (England's psychological warfare think tank), Associated Press, Reuters (Rothschild-owned news monopoly used for brainwashing the masses), and many others, all of which, whether they are dupes or adapts, work in favor of Great Britain's aristocracy and their one world government agenda. [EDITOR: Reuters is owned and operated by British Military Intelligence aka MI6/SIS].

Although there is a wide cross-section, all roads lead to the Queen of England. The technique for keeping their illicit scheme secret is compartmentalization. Only the people in the inner circle, who are part of the capstone at the top of the pyramid, know the entire extent of the fraud. Adepts are few and dupes many. Typically, the dupes are told lies that their involvement is benevolent; thus, they become unwitting accomplices in crime. This is why it is imperative to expose this diabolical ring of power. Illicit secret societies cannot withstand the light of day. Once exposed, the cabal and their minions will fall like a house of cards.

The European Black Nobility earned its title through dirty tricks, so when the population revolted against the monopolies in government, as anywhere else, the leaders of the uprising were quickly seized and brutally hanged. They use secret assassinations, murder, the bankrupting of opposing citizens or companies, kidnapping and rape. All the families listed are connected with the House of Guelph, one of the original Black Nobility families of Venice from which the House of Windsor and thus the present Queen of the United Kingdom, Elizabeth II, descends.

What are the goals of the secret elite group, the inheritors of Illuminism (Moriah Conquering Wind), the Cult of Dionysius, the Cult of Isis, Catharism, Bogomilism? This elite group that also calls itself the OLYMPIANS (they truly believe they are equal in power and stature to the legendary gods of Olympus, who have, like Lucifer their god, set themselves above our true God) absolutely believe they have been charged with implementing the following by divine right:

1. A One World Government-New World Order with a unified church and monetary system under their direction. Not many people are aware that the One World Government began setting up its "church" in the 1920's/ 1930's, for they realized the need for a religious belief inherent in mankind to have an outlet and, therefore, set up a "church" body to channel that belief in the direction they desired.

2. The utter destruction of all national identity and national pride.

3. The destruction of religion and more especially the Christian religion, with the one exception, their own creation mentioned above.

4. Control of each and every person through means of mind control and what Brzezinski call "technotronics" which would create human-like robots and a system of terror beside which Felix Dzerzinski's Red Terror will look like children at play.

5. An end to all industrialization and the production of nuclear-generated electric power in what they call "the post-industrial zero-growth society." Exempted are the computer and service industries. United States industries that remain will be exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave labour is available. Unemployables in the wake of industrial destruction will either become opium-heroin and or cocaine addicts, or become statistics in the elimination process we know today as Global 2000.

6. Legalization of drugs and pornography.

7. Depopulation of large cities according to the trial run carried out by the Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. It is interesting to note that Pol Pot's genocidal plans were drawn up here in the United States by one of the Club of Rome's research foundations. It is also interesting that the Committee is presently seeking to reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia.

8. Suppression of all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Committee. Especially targeted is nuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion experiments presently being scorned and ridiculed by the Committee and its jackals of the press. Development of the fusion torch would blow the Committee's conception of "limited natural resources" right out of the window. A fusion torch properly used could create unlimited untapped natural resources from the most ordinary substances. Fusion torch uses are legion and would benefit mankind in a manner which is as yet not even remotely comprehended by the public.

9. Cause by means of limited wars in the advanced countries, and by means of starvation and diseases in Third World countries, the death of 3 billion people by the year 2000, people they call "useless eaters." The Committee of 300 commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how best to bring about such genocide. The paper was produced under the title the "Global 2000 Report" and was accepted and approved for action by President Carter, for and on behalf of the U.S. Government, and accepted by Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of State. Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the United States is to be reduced by 100 million by the year 2050.

10. To weaken the moral fibre of the nation and to demoralize workers in the labour class by creating mass unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the post-industrial zero growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, demoralized and discouraged workers will resort to alcohol and drugs. The youth of the land will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying the family unit. In this regard, The Committee of 300 commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how this could be achieved. Tavistock directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the direction of Professor Willis Harmon. This work later became known as "The Aquarian Conspiracy."

11. To keep people everywhere from deciding their own destinies by means of one created crisis after another and then "managing" such crises. This will confuse and demoralize the population to the extent where faced with too many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the United States, an agency for crisis management is already in place. It is called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose existence I first disclosed in 1980.

12. To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning which includes rock "music" gangsters such as the filthy, degenerate Mick Jagger's "Rolling Stones" (a gangster group much favoured by European Black Nobility) and all of the Tavistock created "rock" groups which began with "The Beatles." To continue to build up the cult of Christian fundamentalism begun by the British East India Company's servant, Darby, which will be misused to strengthen the Zionist state of Israel through identifying with the Jews through the myth of "God's Chosen People" and by donating very substantial amounts of money to what they mistakenly believe is a religious cause in the furtherance of Christianity.

13. To press for the spread of religious cults such as the Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to carry out experiments of the Jim Jones and "Son of Sam" type of murders. It is worth noting that the late Ayatollah Khomeini was a creation of British Intelligence Military Intelligence Division 6, commonly known as M16, as I reported in my 1985 work, "What Really Happened in Iran."

14. To export "religious liberation" ideas around the world so as to undermine all existing religions but more especially the Christian religion. This began with "Jesuit Liberation Theology" which brought about the downfall of the Somoza family rule in Nicaragua and which is today destroying EI Salvador, now 25 years into a "civil war," Costa Rica and Honduras. One very active entity engaged in so-called liberation theology is the Communist oriented Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts for the extensive media attention to the murder of four of Mary Knoll's so-called nuns in EI Salvador a few years ago.

The four nuns were Communist subversive agents and their activities were widely documented by the government of EI Salvador. The United States press and news media refused to give any space or coverage to the mass of documentation in possession of the Salvadorian government, documentation which proves what the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were doing in the country. Mary Knoll is in service in many countries, and played a leading role in bringing Communism to Rhodesia, Mozambique, Angola and South Africa.

15. To cause a total collapse of the world's economies and engender total political chaos.

16. To take control of all Foreign and domestic policies of the United States.

17. To give the fullest support to supranational institutions such as the United Nations (UN), the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the World Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions of lesser effect by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the mantle of the United Nations.

18. Penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from within them to destroy the sovereign integrity of nations represented by them.

19. Organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus and negotiate with terrorists whenever terrorist activities take place. It will be recalled that it was Bettino Craxi who persuaded the Italian and U.S. governments to negotiate with the Red Brigades kidnapers of Prime Minister Moro and General Dozier. As an aside, General Dozier is under orders not to talk about what happened to him. Should he break that silence, he will no doubt be made "a horrible example of" in the manner in which Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, Ali Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq.

20. Take control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it.

Much of these goals, which I first enumerated in 1969, have since been achieved or are well on their way to being achieved. Of special interest in the Committee of 300 program is the core of their economic policy, which is largely based on the teachings of Malthus, the son of an English country parson who was pushed to prominence by the British East India Company upon which the Committee of 300 is modeled.

Malthus maintained that man's progress is tied to the earth's natural ability to support a given number of people, beyond which point earth's limited resources would rapidly be depleted. Once these natural resources have been consumed, it will be impossible to replace them. Hence, Malthus observed, it is necessary to limit populations within the boundaries of decreasing natural resources. It goes without saying that the elite will not allow themselves to be threatened by a burgeoning population of "useless eaters," hence culling must be practiced. As I have previously stated, "culling" is going on today, using the methods mandated in the "Global 2000 Report."

-- Dr. John Coleman, former British MI6 Intelligence Officer, The Conspirator's Hierarchy: The Committee of 300, coleman300.com

The Exigent U.S. Power Structure

It is actually quite difficult for most to discover the exigent U.S. power control system which is the primary source of direct and indirect power to determine policy, law, regulations, elections and media propaganda programs and talking points. Difficult for middle-level government officials, law enforcement, bureaucrats, military and intel. And it is extremely difficult for the general public and only possible for these folks through many years of diligent study from good sources. This difficulty is the result of a massive secrecy lock-down which was instituted by the defense industrial complex which President Eisenhower warned about during his last speech in office. This lock-down was a reaction to several crashes of alleged alien Anti-Gravity Craft (AGCs) in the SW USA around the time period of 1947. This resulted in the passing of the National Security Act of 1947 and the formation of an invisible secret shadow government bilderberg.org/secret.htm.


Italian Supreme Court President Blames Bilderberg For Terrorist Attacks Document says secretive group was involved in "strategy of tension"

Paul Joseph Watson


April 11, 2013

Honorary President of the Supreme Court of Italy and former Senior Investigative Judge Ferdinando Imposimato, the man who prosecuted the case involving the assassination attempt against Pope John Paul II, has sensationally accused the Bilderberg Group of being behind terrorist attacks in Europe.

In an interview with the ArticoloTre website, Imposimato, who was also involved in the case involving the kidnapping and murder of former Italian Prime Minister Aldo Moro, said that he "found a document that left me appalled" implicating the Bilderberg Group in conspiring with the far right organization Ordine Nuovo to commit terror attacks.

Speaking of unsolved murders in Italy and the document in his possession, Imposimato stated, "When it comes to slaughter it also speaks of the Bilderberg Group. I believe this document. I did some tests and I can say that behind the strategy of tension and the slaughters there is also the Bilderberg group, a sort of Big Brother is over, maneuvering, using terrorists and Masons. "

The "strategy of tension" refers to a policy under the auspices of Operation GLADIO, a NATO cold war "stay behind" project that sought to create an expedient political climate in Europe by having its agents carry out terror attacks which were then blamed on both far left and far right political groups.

Gladio was designed to demonize political opposition and "force the public to turn to the state to ask for greater security," according to the testimony of former Gladio agent Vincenzo Vinciguerra. In 2000, an Italian parliamentary investigation found that the 1980 Bologna train bombing, which killed 85 people, was carried out by "men inside Italian state institutions and ... men linked to the structures of United States intelligence."

"You had to attack civilians, the people, women, children, innocent people, unknown people far removed from any political game," Vinciguerra explained in sworn testimony.

"The reason was quite simple. They were supposed to force these people, the Italian public, to turn to the state to ask for greater security. This is the political logic that lies behind all the massacres and the bombings which remain unpunished, because the state cannot convict itself or declare itself responsible for what happened," he added.

Imposimato stated that he was given the document by a former Ordine Nuovo terrorist. Members of Ordine Nuovo (Italian for "New Order") participated in numerous deadly terrorist attacks, including the 1969 Piazza Fontana bombing, the 1970 Rome-Messina train attack, the 1974 Piazza della Loggia bombing in Brescia, and the Italicus Express bombing in 1974.

The Bilderberg Group is an annual confab of around 120 of the most influential power brokers on the planet from the world of politics, business, banking, academia, media, and even royalty. The organization's yearly meeting is held in a plush hotel resort in either Europe, Canada or America, but despite a plethora of heavy hitters in attendance, the mainstream media affords the event scant coverage, labeling it a mere talking shop despite former NATO Secretary-General and Bilderberg member Willy Claes' 2010 admission that Bilderberg attendees are mandated to implement policy decisions that are formulated during the meeting.

There are innumerable other examples of how Bilderberg has influenced major global events ahead of time, picking Presidents and Prime Ministers on a regular basis with total contempt for the democratic process.

In 2009, Bilderberg chairman Étienne Davignon even bragged about how the Euro single currency was a brainchild of the Bilderberg Group.

Imposimato's broadside against Bilderberg follows in the footsteps of his compatriot Alfonso Luigi Marra, a prominent lawyer who recently requested that the Public Prosecutor of Rome investigate the Bilderberg Group for criminal activity, questioning whether the elitist organization's 2011 meeting in Switzerland led to the selection of Mario Monti as Prime Minister of Italy.

Labeling the group a "unique, illegal brotherhood" of elitists who consider themselves to be "above the law," Marra pointed the finger at Bilderberg for engineering wars, economic collapses, and arming dictators, activities which, "constitute an obvious, blatant violation, to say the least, of the articles of the Criminal Code." The precise date and location of the 2013 Bilderberg meeting is yet to be confirmed, although speculation has centered around the confab taking place somewhere near London in early June. ********************* Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

This article was posted: Thursday, April 11, 2013 at 9:01 am

Those who are quite diligent in researching this issue of who controls the invisible shadow government and how they do it typically discover two main apparent tracks of control, the esoteric secret societies (ESS) and the invisible shadow government (ISG). Some astute researchers believe that the esoteric secret societies ESS reign supreme over the ISG and others believe that the invisible shadow government reign over the ESS--and use them as a means to accomplish their goals, compromise top officials and to "do their dirty work".

The problem is that secrecy and anonymity is the stock and trade of those very top super-elites that are at the top of the control structure, which is actually a hierarchy which is organized into many substructures and interlocked bureaucracies and government bodies. The best evidence to date suggests that the very top super-elite controllers just happen to be criminal sadists and psychopaths that have been reported to relish pedophilia and ritualistic occult murder and that they are high ranking members of interlocked occult based secret societies which are based on Lucifer worship, occult religions which claim that Lucifer is the "real god" and runs the world. These individuals just happen to be either in the top control of the shadow government (ISG) which is not known or understood by the common man (thus "invisible" to him. An excellent description of the ISG has been provided by the research of Richard Boylan, Ph.D. When examining the ISG it is quickly apparent that it is based on secrecy top to bottom and uses it to camouflage it's actual work product and protect it from being prosecuted for almost every form of the most serious felonies imaginable, including mass murder as war profiteering, and many other acts of perversion and gross deviance best described as some of the most major crimes against humanity imaginable.


Recently former and current very high government sources have leaked information that the U.S. Congress is being manipulated by what they refer to "the alien agenda" and that this is classified at the "beyond black level", the highest type of special access program. Knowledge of this "alien agenda" (AA) has been used to scare top Congressional leaders (including those on the House and Senate Intelligence Committee) into complete cooperation with the administration's agenda to pass un-Constitutional draconian police state legislation such as the Patriot Acts, Military Commissions Act, Warner Defense Act, National Defense Authorization Act of 2012 and several un-Constitutional Presidential Directives (PDDs) including the latest one which is designed to authorize the declaration of Martial Law by the U.S. Military by the POTUS without Congressional approval (completely un-Constitutional) and a violation of Posse Commitatus Law.

Individuals have been told that if they talk publicly about this "beyond black" alien agenda (AA) being used to scare the top political leaders into complete compliance with no protesting at all why the Republic is publicly slaughtered by the administration, they will be severely and quickly sanctioned by the shadow government.

What exactly is the alien agenda (AA) and is it true or is it a big con job used to deceive and manipulate top politicians into betraying their country? Just how sinister a threat could this "alien agenda" involve which would be great enough to scare top politicians into compliance? And if there is no real alien agenda, that is, if it is a well crafted deception, it must be incredibly believable and be based on some actual objective evidence even if that evidence is presented and claimed to be something other than it actually is.

The "alien agenda" (AA) is the claim that the world is now being threatened by alleged alien beings who traveled here in Anti-Gravity Craft and for their own political reasons will not accept the direction that human society is going, stating that it is destructive to planetary health and health of the universe or star system because of nuclear weapon development and use. The story goes like this. Alien anti-gravity craft which were surveilling the U.S. Army atomic bomb tests and technology in the SW USA at White Sands were adversely affected by radar emissions and three of them crashed, some with live humanoid type aliens recovered. The most well known incident is known as Roswell, and leaked out temporarily (reported on radio news and in newspapers) before secrecy was imposed. This quickly led to a complete lock-down on all related information and the formation of the shadow government and the National Security Act of 1947 which created a complete shield of secrecy around it.

It has been alleged that the shadow government is nothing more than a whole new secret defense establishment built up around these aliens and their anti-gravity craft. Allegedly complete secrecy like the Manhattan project which produced the atomic bomb was imposed because it was feared that this knowledge would destroy the U.S. military's credibility and destabilize the U.S. Government (USG).

It is alleged that in 1952, a secret treaty was formed with certain [demon] alien representatives at an Air Force base and this treaty involved aliens sharing anti-gravity and other high technology in exchange for permission to covertly snatch and extract DNA samples from humans as long as their memories of such were erased and no harm was brought to these subjects. At least one joint underground base was built and there were other undisclosed conditions. Over time it became clear that the main group of aliens (there were allegedly 37 different types) were liars and did not keep their part of the agreement, with-holding much of the technology promised and also "disappearing" many humans and using them for sinister purposes. Several conflicts ensued which were alleged to be very serious. Alleged, after a period of time the most aggressive group of aliens approached their contacts who were the top leaders of the shadow government who they had communication channels to, supposedly those who run the equivalent of a Majestic 12 (MJ12 might be a hoax--but a small ruling council is not), the top control group of the shadow government, and delivered a most serious ultimatum to them. The ultimatum was that the top leaders of the world must set aside their differences and agree to set up a single global system, with a single electronic monetary system and coordinated means of control, so that a well developed program can be instituted to greatly reduce population, create massive new nature areas and "protect the Earth". And the ultimate threat was delivered, that several big "judgements" would be delivered by various means using their own high technology with the cooperation of secret groups already on board cooperating with these aliens, and these judgements would serve as evidence for the top world rulers and top politicians that these aliens have the power to back up their threats and mean business. What exactly is the most serious threat delivered by these aliens? The threat of complete destruction and depopulation of the earth using manufactured natural disasters from the use of alien technology.

The very top Congressional leaders who have been made privy to the alien [demon] agenda (AA) have been shown movies, photos of alien anti-gravity craft and alien bodies as proof and discussion of proven incidents of the alien AGCs being able to de-activate U.S. nuclear missiles. The alien agenda allegedly goes even further including claims that Chernobyl, the BP disaster, Fukashima were all "judgements" delivered by these aliens as mild depopulation means and as a warning of what will be done in the future world-wide in spades if world leaders do not immediately cooperate with this agenda and what it requires. Some of these leaders have been told that the top shadow government suggests we comply at least initially, creating time to continue the development of new high tech weapons which can match the alien's weapons and are being back engineered from their crashed AGCs. Some top leaders who have the proper intel classifications have been told or shown the secret AGCs that the USAF has built. It is rumored they have a fleet of them and that the USN does too, but so far no one has reported actually seeing any Navy AGCs.

Whether the alien agenda (AA) is true at face value there is ample evidence from information leaks inside the shadow government (ISG) that this alien agenda is being discussed as established fact and used to force compliance from Congressional officials and other world leaders to cooperate with these claimed demands of these aliens. In this sense, whether objectively true or not the alien agenda (AA) is being accepted as true by these leaders and is creating cooperation on a massive scale with legislation and policy which removes nation state sovereignty and promotes a NWO globalist system. Perhaps some of this cooperation is a "king's new clothes" phenomena, that is, leaders cooperate out of fear of the power of the intel ops employed and/or used by the shadow government. Many fear various serious sanctions, such as exposure for private crimes, sins or vices, or fear of being be moved out of power by various covert means including financing of a competitor of another political party or even termination with extreme prejudice such as was the case with Governor Carnahan, Senator John Tower and Senator Paul Wellstone. Top Congressional leaders have gotten the message--and many still remember these various terminations and the crack of the rifles in Dealey Plaza in the Fall of 1963. Over the years, top congressional leaders have learned that it is typically very dangerous to cross the shadow government and its intel assets. Their usual knee-jerk response is to comply to the blackmails.

Those who believe that the alien agenda is nothing but a king's new clothes type con used to manipulate top officials by engendering massive primal fear have substantial reasons for their beliefs. They point out that the very same folks who run the shadow government have long intergenerational family associations with interlocked occult groups which worship Lucifer and death to the masses via eugenics as a race purification creed. They also point out that those inside these death cults brag that "Lucifer is the real god" and all UFOs (ie; AGCs) are from him and under his power. They claim that these occult leaders who run the shadow government and the top power control groups of the world which are all part of the interlocked system of death cults, actually brag that there is a "Luciferian agenda" and the "alien agenda" is actually an illusion used to enact this Luciferian Agenda (LA). Some researchers have said this Luciferian agenda (LA) is actually a "demonic agenda" (DA) which is its current operational arm right now. (DA) and that flying saucers are manned or visual apparitions concocted by demons and involve supernatural forces and materials. These same researchers cite numerous references from historical documents and the Bible supporting their claims that UFOs have been seen by humans for many years. Some also refer to Bible verses on the Nephilim, Anakem, or Giants ("great men of old") and the verse reporting that some angels left their heavenly abode (sinned) and came to Earth to breed with women, producing hybrid children with their evil, fallen nature. And that these visitations have occurred again the last thousand years and now there are certain "bloodline families" which have been given the power to run the world by Lucifer.

It should be noted that when top officials consider both positions, it is infinitely easier to accept the idea of an alien agenda (AA) as taught and claimed by the shadow government, rather than attribute any plausibility to the demon agenda (DA) hypothesis. Plus, due to the serious sanctions for not believing and positive reinforcement for believing in the alien agenda (AA) threat, it is easy for these top officials to believe in the alien agenda--whether it is true or not. Lower level officials and non-ranking congressmen/women and senators are not told about the alien agenda because it is highly classified. But they have been told quite a supporting storyline (ie; narrative) that a massive NWO globalist agenda must be immediately put in place in order to save the world from impending overpopulation, energy and material resource shortages and uncontrolled diseases along with massive and complete worldwide economic breakdown and world war. This narrative has proven very convincing and has been quickly accepted by these officials.

Here is the tough question: does it really matter if the alien agenda (AA) is true or instead if the "demon agenda" is true?

The answer is an unequivocal YES.

Here's why.

If the "alien agenda" is a lie, then this means that the world is not under threat by aliens but is being manipulated by those who control the shadow government and these folks have created this con to spread their control and destroy nation states in order to globalize the world and form a one world government. If the demon agenda (DA) is true, then this means that those who control the shadow government are pawns of Lucifer and their claimed alien agenda is either their own personal agenda, or Lucifer's actual agenda if he is the god of this world as some in their ranks have claimed. If the demon agenda (DA) hypothesis is false, then the alien agenda (AA) has been concocted by those who control the shadow government as a huge lie to entrap the world's top officials and make them their personal tools. And these top controllers are likely blackmailing the world's leaders into compliance with their plan to globalize everything.

Even Non-Christian UFO Experts Conclude that Anti-Gravity Craft that Are Not Human are Demonic in Origin


UFO Books Sample, VALLEE Quotes: They're DEMONS not ETs by James Gavin Jr.

Limits of Racket Theory: Mass Murder Driven by Pure Evil, Not Monetary Greed

While Racket Theory accounts for about 90% of how humans behave, it cannot account for the mass murders that have taken place where keeping the people alive as work-slaves like Nazi Germany did during WW2 would make economic sense. As articulated above, the Malthus-driven Illuminati want to depopulate 6/7ths of the Earth population and they will use pure malicious snobbery evil to drive it. In other words, HATE is the more powerful motivator than GREED.

Death by Government

By R.J. Rummel

New Brunswick, N.J.: Transaction Publishers, 1994.

"Truth will come to light; murder cannot be hid long"

----Shakespeare, Merchant of Venice


Figures and Tables
Forward (by Irving Louis Horowitz)

1. 169,202,000 Murdered: Summary and Conclusions [20th Century Democide]


2. The New Concept of Democide [Definition of Democide]
3. Over 133,147,000 Murdered: Pre-Twentieth Century Democide


4. 61,911,000 Murdered: The Soviet Gulag State
5. 35,236,000 Murdered: The Communist Chinese Ant Hill
6. 20,946,000 Murdered: The Nazi Genocide State
7. 10,214,000 Murdered: The Depraved Nationalist Regime


8. 5,964,000 Murdered: Japan's Savage Military
9. 2,035,000 Murdered: The Khmer Rouge Hell State
10. 1,883,000 Murdered: Turkey's Genocidal Purges
11. 1,670,000 Murdered: The Vietnamese War State
12. 1,585,000 Murdered: Poland's Ethnic Cleansing
13. 1,503,000 Murdered: The Pakistani Cutthroat State
14. 1,072,000 Murdered: Tito's Slaughterhouse


15. 1,663,000 Murdered? Orwellian North Korea
16. 1,417,000 Murdered? Barbarous Mexico
17. 1,066,000 Murdered? Feudal Russia

References Index

IMPORTANT NOTE: Among all the democide estimates appearing in this book, some have been revised upward. I have changed that for Mao's famine, 1958-1962, from zero to 38,000,000. And thus I have had to change the overall democide for the PRC (1928-1987) from 38,702,000 to 76,702,000. Details here.

I have changed my estimate for colonial democide from 870,000 to an additional 50,000,000. Details here. Thus, the new world total: old total 1900-1999 = 174,000,000. New World total = 174,000,000 + 38,000,000 (new for China) + 50,000,000 (new for Colonies) = 262,000,000.

Just to give perspective on this incredible murder by government, if all these bodies were laid head to toe, with the average height being 5', then they would circle the earth ten times. Also, this democide murdered 6 times more people than died in combat in all the foreign and internal wars of the century. Finally, given popular estimates of the dead in a major nuclear war, this total democide is as though such a war did occur, but with its dead spread over a century.



Figure 1.1. Megamurderers and Their Annual Rates
Figure 1.2. Democide Lethality
Figure 1.3. Golgotha Among the Largest States
Figure 1.4. Golgotha's Racial/Ethnic Composition
Figure 1.5. Regional Origin of Golgothians
Figure 1.6. Democide Compared to War Battle-Dead
Figure 1.7a. Power Curve of Total Democide
Figure 1.7b. Power Curve of War Battle-Dead
Figure 1.7c. Power Curve of Democide Intensity
Figure 1.7d. Power Curve of War Intensity (Killed)
Figure 1.8. Democide Versus War Battle-Dead; Democracies Versus Non-democracies
Figure 1.9. Range of Democide Estimates for Regimes
Figure 4.1 Soviet Democide Components and War/Rebellion Killed 1917-1987
Figure 4.2. Soviet Democide and Annual Rate by Period.
Figure 5.1. PRC Democide and Annual Rate by Period
Figure 5.2. PRC Democide by Source
Figure 5.3. PRC Democide, Famine, and War/Revolution Deaths by Period
Figure 6.1. Nazi Democide Compared to That of Others
Figure 7.1. Nationalist Versus Communist Democide
Figure 8.1. Components of Japanese Democide in World War II
Figure 9.1. Estimated Cambodian Population Versus Predicted
Figure 9.2.. Estimated Regime Effects on the Cambodian Population
Figure 9.3. Sources of Unnatural Cambodian Deaths
Figure 9.4. Perpetrators of Cambodian Democide
Figure 9.5. Cambodian Democide Rates Compared to Others
Figure 10.1. Deaths From Turkey's Genocide, War, and Famine 1900-1923
Figure 11.1. Comparison of Vietnam War and Post-War Deaths in Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia 1954-1987
Figure 14.1. Democide Annual Rates: Yugoslavia Compared to Others


Table 1.1. Democratic Versus Non-democratic Wars 1816-1991
Table 1.2. 20th Century Democide
Table 1.3. Fifteen Most Lethal Regimes
Table 1.4. This Century's Bloodiest Dictators
Table 1.5. Some Major Episodes and Cases of Democide
Table 1.6. Democide and Power
Table 2.1. Sources of Mass Death
Table 3.1. Selected pre-20th Century Democide and Totals
Table 4.1. Overview of Soviet Democide
Table 5.1.. PRC Democide 1949-1987
Table 6.1. Selected Nazi Democide and European War Dead
Table 6.2. Nazi Democide Rates
Table 6.3.. Comparison of Nazi Democide to That of Other Regimes
Table 7.1. China's Democide, Famine, War and Rebellion Dead, 1928-1949
Table 7.2. Period and Annual Democide Rates %
Table 8.1. Japanese Democide in WWII
Table 9.1. Cambodian Dead 1967-1978
Table 9.2. Conditions of Life Under the Khmer Rouge
Table 9.3. Cambodian Democide Rates Compared to Others
Table 10.1. Turkey's Dead 1900-1923
Table 10.2. Turkey's Armenian and Greek Genocide
Table 11.1. Vietnam's War-Dead and Democide 1945-1987
Table 11.2. Vietnam War and Post-War Dead 1954-1987
Table 11.3. Vietnam: Comparative Democide Rates
Table 12.1. German Expulsion Democide
Table 12.2. German Expulsion Democide Rates
Table 13.1. Pakistan Dead March to December 1971
Table 14.1. Democide in Yugoslavia
Table 14.2. Comparison of Yugoslavian Democide and Democide Rates
Table 15.1. North Korean Democide 1948-1987
Table 16.1. Mexican Democide 1900-1920
Table 17.1. Russian Democide 1900-1917


This is my fourth book in a series on genocide and government mass murder, what I call democide. The previous works concentrated on the four regimes that have committed the most democide, specifically the Soviet Union, Nationalist China under Chiang Kai-shek, communist China, and Nazi Germany. [1] This study includes the core results of those works in addition to all other cases of democide in this century up to 1987. [2]

Given the extent and detail of these books, the reader may be surprised that the primary purpose was not to describe democide itself, but to determine its nature and amount in order to test the theory that democracies are inherently nonviolent. They should have no wars between them, the least foreign violence and government related or directed domestic violence (revolutions, coups, guerrilla war, and the like), and relatively little domestic democide. I have substantiated the war, foreign, and domestic violence parts of this theory in previous works [3] and took up the research associated with this book and its three predecessors in order to test the democide component. As will be seen, the results here clearly and decisively show that democracies commit less democide than other regimes. These results also well illustrate the principle underlying all my findings on war, collective violence, and democide, which is that the less freedom people have the more violence, the more freedom the less violence. I put this here as the Power Principle: power kills, absolute power kills absolutely.

In developing the statistics for this and the previous three volumes, almost 8,200 estimates of war, domestic violence, genocide, mass murder, and other relevant data, were recorded from over a thousand sources. I then did over 4,200 consolidations and calculations on these estimates and organized everything into tables of estimates, calculations, and sources totaling more than 18,100 rows.

My intent is to be as explicit and public as possible so that others can evaluate, correct, and build on this work. I give the appendices for the Soviet, Chinese, and Nazi democide in my books on them. The appendices for this book were too massive to include here (one appendix table alone amounts to over 50 pages) and are given in a supplementary volume titled Statistics of Democide. I also include therein the details and results of various kinds of multivariate analysis of this democide and related data. Then what is covered here? This book presents the primary results, tables, and figures, and most important, an historical sketch of the major cases of democide--those in which 1,000,000 or more people were killed by a regime. The first chapter is the summary and conclusion of this work on democide, and underlines the roles of democracy and power. Following this, chapter 2 in Part 1 introduces the new concept of democide. It defines and elaborates it, shows that democide subsumes genocidal killing, as well as the concepts of politicide and mass murder, and then tries to anticipate questions that the concept may arouse. It argues that democide is for the killing by government definitionally similar to the domestic crime of murder by individuals, and that murderer is an appropriate label for those regimes that commit democide. Readers that are satisfied with the thumbnail definition of democide as murder by government, including genocidal killing,4 can ignore this chapter. It is essential, however, for those with a professional interest in the results or wish to question the conclusions.

Following this chapter is a rough sketch of democide before the 20th century. Although hardly any historical accounting has been done for genocide and mass murder, as for the Amerindians slaughtered by European colonists or Europeans massacred during the Thirty Years War, a number of specific democidal events and episodes can be described with some historical accuracy and a description of these provides perspective on 20th century democide. I have in mind particularly the human devastation wrought by the Mongols, the journey of death by slaves from capture through transportation to the Old and New Worlds, the incredible bloodletting of the Taiping Rebellion, and the infamous Paris executions and relatively unknown genocide of the French Revolution. The upshot of this chapter is to show that democide has been very much a part of human history and that in some cases, even without the benefit of modern killing technology and implementing bureaucracy, people were beheaded, stabbed, or sliced to death by the hundreds of thousands within a short duration. In some cities captured by the Mongols, for example, they allegedly massacred over 1,000,000 men, women, and children.

Parts 2 to 4 present all the regimes murdering 1,000,000 or more people in this century, a chapter on each. These are written so as to show which regime committed what democide, how and why. The emphasis is on the connection between a regime, its intentions, and its democide. Although each of the case studies drives toward some final accounting of the democide, the specifics of such figures and the nature and problems in the statistics are ignored. These are rather dealt with in each appendix to a case study (given in Statistics of Democide), where each table of estimates, sources, and calculations is preceded by a detailed discussion of the estimates and the manner in which the totals were determined. The historical description of a case given here is only meant to provide an understanding of the democide. For this reason many specific examples will be given of the kind and nature of a regime's killing. I have generally avoided, however, tales of brutal torture and savage killing unless such were useful to illustrate an aspect of the democide.

These chapters are ordered from the greatest of these killers to the lesser ones, as one can see from the table of contents. Part 2 presents the four deka-megamurderers, beginning with a chapter on the Soviet Union's near 61,000,000 murdered, then including chapters on Communist China and Nazi Germany, and ending with a chapter on the now virtually unremembered killing of the Chinese Nationalist regime. Since these four regimes were the subjects of the previous three volumes,5 the four chapters simply summarize the democide and conclusions. I hope I will be excused for using Greek prefixes for labeling these regimes (deka- means ten or tens; mega- means million), but we need concepts for the various levels of government murder and there is no comparable English term ("murderer of tens of millions" is clumsy).

Part 3 presents in order the lesser-megamurders, those that have killed 1,000,000 to less than 10,000,000 citizens and foreigners. A chapter also is devoted to each. In some cases, as for Poland's murder of ethnic Germans and Reichdeutsch, a whole series of events spanning several countries was covered. In this case Poland's treatment of these Germans was part of a pattern of expulsion from Eastern Europe after World War II. In some cases also, several successive regimes for the same country had committed democide and these were therefore treated together, as for the Sihanouk, Lon Nol, Pol Pot, and Samrim regimes of Cambodia.

There were three regimes--those of the Czar in Russia, North Korea's, and Mexico's from 1900 to 1920--for which the estimates were not sufficient in number or quality to make a final determination of their democide. What estimates there were total over 1,000,000 murdered, but I treat this total as only an indictment for murder. These three are described in Part 4 as suspected megamurders.

In summary chapter 1 and in each of the case studies I present democide totals of one sort or another. With the exception of those that are directly cited from other works, how have I determined these figures, such as that Khmer Rouge regime likely murdered 2,000,000 Cambodians? The prior question is: how should these democide figures I give, totals or otherwise, by looked at? As, with little doubt, wrong! I would be amazed if future archival, historical research, and confessions of the perpetrators came up with this figure or one within 10 percent of it. Regimes and their agents often do not record all their murders and what they do record will be secret. Even, however, when such archives are available, such as after defeat in war, and they are kept by the most technologically advanced of regimes with a cultural propensity for record keeping and obedience to authority, and a bureaucratic apparatus doing the murders systematically, the total number of victims cannot be agreed upon. Consider that even after all the effort over forty-five years by the best scholars of the Holocaust to count how many Jews were killed by the Nazis, even with total access to surviving documents in the Nazi archives and the first hand reports of survivors and participants, the difference between the lowest and highest of the best estimates is still 41 percent.[6]

All the totals and figures in this book should therefore be viewed as rough approximations, as suggestive of an order of magnitude. This gross uncertainty then creates a rhetorical problem. How does one assert consistently and throughout a book such as this that each democide figure, as of the Khmer Rough having killed 2,000,000 Cambodians, is really a numerical haze--that we do not know the true total and that it may be instead 600,000 or even 3,000,000 that they killed? Except in cases where it is difficult to assert without qualification a specific figure (as in the chapter titles), or space and form do not allow a constant repetition of ranges, as in the summary chapter, I will give the probable range of democide and then assert a "most likely" (or "probable" or "conservative") mid-estimate. Thus, I will conclude in chapter 9 that the Khmer Rouge likely killed from 600,000 to 3,000,000 of their people, probably 2,000,000 (this mid-value is simply a subjective probability and will be discussed shortly). All the appendices will develop and discuss such a range. For sub-totals in the historical description of a case I usually simply mention the mid-value, qualified as mentioned.

The how and why of an alleged democide range then is critical and it is not determined casually. Now, I have elsewhere published the methods that I use7 to assess the democide of a regime, and should point out here summarily that this is an attempt to bracket the unknown and precisely unknowable democide by seeking a variety of published estimates, and most important, the highest and lowest ones from pro and anti-government sources.8 I then consolidated these for different aspects of a regime's democide, such as for summary executions, prison deaths, or disappearances, into low to high ranges. To get an overall range for a regime, as of that for the Khmer Rouge, I then sum all the consolidated lows to get an overall low democide, the consolidated highs to get an overall high.

The value of this approach lies in the great improbability that the sum of all the lowest estimates for a regime would be above the true total; or that the sum of all the highs would be below it. The fundamental methodological hypothesis here is then that the low and high sums (or the lowest low and highest high where such sums cannot be calculated) bracket the actual democide. This of course may be wrong for some events (like a massacre), an episode (like land reform), or an institution (like re-education camps), but across the years and the many different kinds of democide committed by a regime, the actual democide should be bracketed.

Within this range of possible democide, I always seek a mid-range prudent or conservative estimate. This is based on my reading of the events involved, the nature of the different estimates, and the estimates of professionals who have long studied the country or government involved. I have sought in each case the best works in English on the relevant events so that I would not only have their estimates along with the others, but that their work would guide my choice of a prudent overall estimate. The details of this effort for each case is given in the relevant appendix in the related volume, Statistics of Democide.

Given my admission that I can only come within some range of an actual democide, a range that may vary from low to high by thousands of percent, why then will I so precisely specify a democide? For example, in the chapter for communist China I will give the range of its democide as 5,999,000 to 102, 671,000, most likely 35, 236,000 people killed. Why such apparent and misleading accuracy? Why not simply make the range 5,000,000 to 105,000,000, with a mid-value of 35,000,000? This I would like to do (and have been urged by colleagues to do), but for many cases the democide figures result from calculations on or consolidations of a variety of estimates for different kinds of democide (such as for "land reform," labor camps, and the "Cultural Revolution"). When all calculations or consolidations are added together the sum comes out with such apparent precision. That is, the low and high and 35,236,000 mid-democide for communist China's democide are sums. To then give other than these sums can create confusion between the discussion of the cases and the appendices in which the estimates and calculations are given in detail.

I handle this presentation problem in this way. Where specification of the final democide figures calculated in an appendix is necessary, as in a table, I give them with all their seeming exactitude. Where, however, such is unnecessary, I will then round off to the first or second digit and use some adjective such as "near" or "around" or "about." Thus, communist China's democide was about 35,000,000.

After eight-years and almost daily reading and recording of men, women, and children by the tens of millions being tortured or beaten to death, hung, shot, and buried alive, burned or starved-to-death, stabbed or chopped into pieces, and murdered in all the other ways creative and imaginative human beings can devise, I have never been so happy to conclude a project. I have not found it easy to read time and time again about the horrors innocent people have been forced to suffer. What has kept me at this was the belief, as preliminary research seemed to suggest, that there was a positive solution to all this killing and a clear course of political action and policy to end it. And the results verify this. The problem is Power. The solution is democracy. The course of action is to foster freedom.


*This is a pre-publisher edited version of the "Preface" in R.J. Rummel's Death By Government, New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 1994

1. Rummel (1990, 1991, 1992).

2. I started this research in 1986 and the cutoff year for the collection of data was made 1987. For consistency in comparing different cases and to avoid constantly having to change total figures as new democides occurred, I have stuck to the 1987 cut-off. This means that post-1987 democides by Iraq, Iran, Burundi, Serbia and Bosnian Serbs, Bosnia, Croatia, Sudan, Somalia, the Khmer Rouge guerrillas, Armenia, Azerbaijan, and others have not been included.

I start the 20th century with year 1900. I realize that by our calendar the 20th century really begins with year 1901. However, I was uncomfortable with including 1900 in the previous century.

3. See Rummel (Understanding Conflict and War, 1975-81; "Libertarianism and International Violence," 1983; "Libertarianism, Violence Within States, and the Polarity Principle," 1984; "Libertarian Propositions on Violence Within and Between Nations: A Test Against Published Research Results," 1985). While that democracies don't make war on each other has been verified by others and well excepted by students of international relations, that democracies have the least foreign violence has been controversial and a number of studies allege they find no difference between regimes on this. But this has been due to different and in my view inappropriate methods. I argue that the more democratic (libertarian) a regime, the more the inhibition to war or foreign violence. This therefore should be tested in terms of war's severity-by the number of people killed either in total or as a proportion of the population. However, other's have tested this by correlating type of regime with the number of wars it has fought. One should not be surprised, therefore, that they find hardly any correlation between regime and war, since they are treating all wars as alike, where even the tiny democratic wars such as the American invasion of Grenada and Panama or the British Falkland Islands War are given the same weight as World War I or II for Germany or the Soviet Union. In any case, one of the side results of this study is to further substantiate that democracies have the least foreign violence, i.e., that even in war democracies suffer far fewer deaths than other regimes (see Table 1.6 and Figures 1.6, 1.7b, 1.7d, and 1.8).

4. By the Genocide Convention, genocide can refer to other than killing, such as trying to destroy a group in whole or in part by taking away its children.

5. See Note 1.

6. Rummel (1992, p. 5).

7. See Rummel (1990, Appendix A; 1991, pp 309-316).

8. This has caused some misunderstanding among readers. That I use biased or ideological sources, as of communist publications on American atrocities in Vietnam or official Iraq statistics for the death toll among Kurds during the civil war, is part of my attempt to get at the lowest or highest democide or war-dead estimates. There are therefore many items in my references that no self-respecting scholar would list normally. I include them because I use their estimates and not because I believe them objective or of high quality. Moreover, the omission of a particular work from the references does not mean that I have not used it. I have consulted, read, or studied for this work many times more publications than the references list here. I have only included those I have cited in writing a chapter or those from which I have taken the estimates listed in the appendix tables. Those references listed in the Soviet, China, and Nazi democide books are not repeated here unless they also have been cited in this book.

For citations see the Death By Government REFERENCES


Many colleagues, students, and readers of previous drafts contributed to this effort through their ideas, comments and suggestions, recommendation of sources, estimates, or material they passed on to me. In particular I want to thank Rouben Adalian, Belinda Aquino, Dean Babst, Yehuda Bauer, Douglas Bond, Israel Charny, William Eckhardt, Wayne Elliott, Helen Fein, Irving Louis Horowitz, Hua Shiping, B. R. Immerzeel, Benedict Kerkvliet, Milton Leitenberg, Guenter Lewy, Heath Lowry, John Norton Moore, J. C. Ramaer, Rhee Sang-Woo, Max Singer, Spencer Weart, Christine White, and J. A. Willinge. I am especially indebted to my colleagues Manfred Henningsen and George Kent for their help and support throughout this work. I hasten to add that I alone am responsible for any errors or misconceptions that appear here.

I also am indebted to the United States Institute of Peace for a grant to my project on comparative genocide, of which this book is a part. The views expressed here are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of the Institute or its officers.

Finally and not least, my ability to complete this work and the form it took owes much to my wife Grace, much more than she knows. Thanks sweetheart.

One must ask, WHY are all the warnings to not buy into Satanic deception falls on not necessarily deaf ears--but is rejected in the MINDS of listeners? We can get totally caught up in the downstream details of why a thing is true but if we ignore the UPSTREAM problems that sets the PARAMETERS of how TRUTH is to be accepted--all of this factual evidences will fail to sway the hearts/minds of the people we want to change for the better. Francis Schaeffer repeatedly warned that its the WORLD-VIEW of the listener that drives how all information will be processed. An expert explains:

"When considering the great difficulty so many supposedly well informed 911 researchers have accepting that secret high technology was used to create images and/or sounds of airliners flying into the Twin Towers, it is helpful to understand why this effect exists and what exactly it is as a social psychological phenomena.

Technically this all comes under the subject, the "Social Construction of Reality". As many police experts and criminal attorneys will state, witnesses have been wrong in many cases and sent innocent folks to prison and this can be due to several different social psychological factors which shape their perceptions and memory. These include cultural predispositions, prejudices, prior experiences, societal expectations (whether true or not) and subcultural proscriptions ie expectations that a person is an illegitimate (ie) invalid member of society. All this involves societal and subcultural norms and expectations which are conditioned and often related to class and even race or education and occupation of place of residence. How folks view so-called "evidence" is almost always, at least initially based on how they perceive the storyline dispensed in the news by the major mass media talking heads, which typically comes from news services which edit and control all stories to some extent. Even local live reporting is pushed aside and ignored at higher levels and dies a natural death--if it veers from the scripts of these news editors who run such systems.

We now live in a society where the government has worked very hard to dispense a culture of lies, which over time have been accepted and believed by most Americans, and this forms the "normative base" to which most folks compare any claims made by researchers of elite deviant and RICO crime, to which they typically respond as such claims being merely "conspiracy stuff by whacky nutcases".

The normative base has been carefully crafted such that it is now a series of layered lies woven into a set of societal expectations which are little more than the king's new clothes, and yet most citizens evaluate all claims against this normative base of lies. Since WW2 the government has never told the truth in full--even once--and such layers of lies have become not only the norm, but are accepted as truth by most members of society at least to one degree or another.

The areas which are not accepted such as the government lies about the JFK Assassination, rather than waking up the sheeple, simply serve to impress folks just how powerful the government really is and serves as notice to scare folks into submission. In fact, government experts relish in this use of pre-planned or controlled "leaks" to enhance the public's fear of their tyranny.

So now the situation exists where those researchers that declare hard core truth find their statements evaluated by naive listeners as crazy, crackpot or even disrespectful to the government or criminal. And to add insult to injury, even those elite deviance researchers who have already discovered that the media dispensed storyline is actually a government dispensed lie, often reject and ridicule the researchers who have violated or crossed the boundaries of their own "normative base" which has been expanded by their own research and participation in subcultures with other similar researchers. The real question is how can the elite deviance researcher who has discovered important key findings by default reasoning ie elimination of all other possibilities, have any credibility attributed to his work when it violates the "normative base" of these other researchers, even at their extended or "stretched level"?

Answer, the normative base of these other researchers must be carefully and strategically expanded or stretched further in small baby steps. This is difficult when the information that would normally be used to expand that base in unavailable (except as rumor) since it has been classified as secret, top secret, above top secret or beyond black. It is even made more difficult when any such expansions to the normative knowledge base must be based on "informed speculations" and inductive reasoning.

The most difficult advances in research of elite deviance are those which penetrate the 30 to 60 year wall of secrecy surrounding beyond black projects and high technology. This penetration must be done by evaluation of rumors set up as hypotheses to evaluate, and inductive construction of possible new combinations of well-known earlier developed technologies, viewing some beyond black high technology as composite derivatives of such in combination. When those hypotheses that remain pass an elimination test, a go/no go evaluation of at face plausibility scientifically, they must be carefully considered no matter how improbable they seem in comparison to the normative knowledge base of fellow researchers or not.

1. There is good reason to believe that a major gap exists in what the public knows about high technology and what the Shadow government has, and this "technology gap" has been estimated to be a minimum of twenty years to a maximum of 50 years or more.

2. When folks hear this and reject the notion that such a huge "technology gap" can exist and claim it could never be kept secret, one only has to look at the complete secrecy lock-down attained during the Manhattan Project during WW2, and the numerous secret DoD and intel programs which have been acknowledged from leaked and declassified documents many years later, ops those who ran and participated in kept quiet about, such as Operation NORTHWOODS--which was rejected by JFK.

3. When folks say, "well, what force could ever be strong enough to keep people from talking?", knowledgeable experts will discuss how lethal threats of extra-judicial terminations with prejudice are the norm for these programs and such is well understood by those in such secret programs. All persons involved in these deep black programs which are based on the highest technology know for a fact that surveillance by certain intel groups everyday, 24/7 is a fact of life. Phone tapping and surveillance has been used since telephones were first manufactured and put into use.

All sources of communication are surveilled constantly by the highest technology available and a great deal of the results are now recorded, auto-transcribed and data processed by multiple regression analysis to show statistical associations and some goes to a live ear if close surveillance is underway.

4. Because the "technology gap" between public and secret is so great, it is almost impossible for the public to imagine or conceive what type of technology is deployed in the most sophisticated deep black covert ops such as the 911 false flag, stand-down attacks. In fact this gap is so great that some experts have claimed that the big secrets are easily protected from dissemination and acceptance by the public at large even when leaked because the large technology gap is so great that it creates "instant incredulity" by the public.

5. When all the available evidence is carefully examined and evaluated at face value (AFV) without drawing unjustified conclusions, it becomes obvious that the official cover story deployed in the main stream media as propaganda is completely impossible and what really had to have happened will be hard to discover, and that sophisticated inferential techniques will have to be used to create a possible explanation that is really possible.

6. Actually there have been many leaks about the highest technology, but these are almost always portrayed as rumors, since any other claims would constitute a clear violation of ones secrecy agreement and likely would result in severe sanction. Besides since the major mass media are controlled by the Shadow government, they would not cover any such disclosures unless instructed to from those in the Shadow government who make those decisions.

7. Inferential research can be used to estimate what types of high technology would have to have been used to attain the actual results on 911, and this can be done with relative accuracy as long as no unwarranted assumptions about the actual evidence are used. And certainly an honest appraisal of the actual "raw evidence" shows that it is very sparse compared to what has been claimed and extrapolated from it in the major mass media.

8. Working hypothesis of what high technology would have to exist and would have to have been deployed can be compared to what information has been leaked and in this way an approximate explanation can be carefully crafted which will probably be far from what is claimed by the Government and Major Mass Media and which will likely be very close to what actually happened.

9. This process of inferential research about the use of secret high technology in deep black covert operations such as 911 will yield conclusions that stretch any normal persons credulity to its extreme, including those that are very sophisticated in their knowledge of high technology development but who aren't privy to the highest technology secrets. The best hypotheses of the high technology deployed will be extremely difficult to consider, even more difficult to accept and many will react with anger and disgust because their expectations are violated. When all possibilities are considered and only the most improbable remains possible after careful analysis using the scientific method, that possibility must be considered to be the most likely of what happened.

As some scattered individuals have found out over the years due to leaks from those involved, there is a beyond black agenda that the shadow government operates by and this has been discussed only in very hushed tones as the "alien agenda". Very hushed tones are used and most is discussed as rumors because folks working in beyond black have special access security credentials which require 24/7 around-the-clock surveillance to make sure that they do not leak or sell information about the highly classified special access programs (ie; special compartmented info) they work with. They all know that any leaks are immediately sanctioned with prejudice (permanent, irrevocable) "extra-judicial termination". Because the highest government secrets have been transferred to offshore-based private defense contractors who work with this special access technology, these DOD contractors have actually become more powerful than the USG. Knowledge-is-power and the higher the technology--the more power. Over 80% of U.S. intel functions have been transferred to these private DoD contractors who are usually issued USG intel credentials and often operate under color of various USG intel agencies of the different parts of the military. So now we have a situation where offshore based private DoD contractors have absorbed all top intel functions, essentially control the leaders of the military (and thus the military) and have essentially become a secret government to themselves. The key to understanding their actual level of power (which is much higher than most citizens have any idea of) is to understand the scope of the beyond black technology they control and what it is capable of and where it came from.

Intel classifications come in four basic categories: Secret, top secret, above top secret and beyond black. Many programs are called special access and are highly compartmented with such access allowed only on a "need to know" basis, that is how much is needed to know to complete the narrowly assigned tasks, and no more. Any documents, paper or electronic have floating errors and inserted "non-essential misinformation" which are time traceable to the user, thus allowing sophisticated leak tracing. It is pretty generally understood in the beyond black areas, that if you leak--you will die suddenly and this policy has been enforced over the years making many public example out of leakers who are labeled "suicides" when such is obviously impossible to anyone who hears of the general circumstances of their death. Such terminations with extreme prejudice ie; murders during the Mena, Arkansas flap were so frequent and notorious that the phrase "Arkensided" was coined and used to describe them. And yet will all these implicit threats and a long history of "public and non-public" murders by U.S. intel and DoD contract enforcers, high-technology secrets from these special access programs does leak out on a regular basis and as the system is becoming more and more unstable; old intel ops are leaking massive amounts of info and many are not being sanctioned. Also, it is interesting to note that Standard Pperating Procedure (SOP) for many very high-level intel ops and officers is to have special time-delayed data dumps pre-arranged which will be automatically released from several foreign and domestic locations if they are harassed, sanctioned or upon their deaths. Many of these caches are now being released and a great deal of information is now in the hands of numerous "conspiracy researchers" who are now leaking this information through various alternative media operations, many via the world-wide Internet and by direct self-published book sales. Through the natural process of diffusion, much of this information about beyond black technology is now being leaked to those interested.

The public at large cannot and will not accept much of it unless it is first portrayed in the movies or reported on in the controlled major mass media which is their main source of the information they base their world view and personal beliefs on, unfortunately. As you can imagine, the controlled major mass media (6) are not going to allow reporters to investigate these stories or report on them.

Educator John Hankey on his http://thedarklegacy.com/ web site thinks eventually the facts of reality will force even the sheeple to admit the truth that the world is run by evil secret conspiracy groups. I wouldn't hold your breath on this. The sheeple want to be sheeple.

"But I think History does have a lot in common with physical science. For example, I can remember when 'Continental Drift', the idea that Africa and America were once stuck together, was very much considered 'just a theory'; ridiculed by some, and regarded with amusement by many, and promulgated as likely by a tiny minority. But as time goes by, the evidence accumulates; and the meaning of old evidence begins to settle in; and ideas that were once considered outrageous gradually get worn in and start to be regarded as obvious common sense. Part of this process is the continual accumulation of new evidence. New pieces are added to the puzzle and the picture becomes more clear. And sometimes the hidden meaning of old evidence, that has been lying around for years, suddenly jumps out. Evidence of the fossils and minerals that can be found on the east coast of Africa, and on the west coast of Brazil, may have been lying around for years, before someone decided to look and see if they matched, and found that they did; and proved conclusively that west Africa and Brazil were once attached."

Nazi General Gehlen: 1/2 of the Original CIA was Composed of His Nazis

It is now known beyond any shadow-of-a-doubt that the Nazi scientists had access to anti-gravity and high tech alien technology including various mindkontrol methods including that based on hypnosis, drugs and psychotronics. These programs were run by General Kammler who cut a secret deal with U.S. Army intel before the war ended, a deal allowing a promise of a complete transfer of the alien technology from the Nazis to the American Army Air Force. Of course Operation PAPERCLIP, the final product of this deal with the devil, actually was more one-sided, allowing Kammler, Mueller, Gehlen and Mengele to hijack U.S. intel under Alan Dulles (a closet Nazi) and set up a secret space program and mindkontrol and breeding program using private defense contractors under the new U.S. Air Force. Of course the key UFO crashes in the SW USA in 1947 (Roswell the most prominent because it leaked into the news before national security was invoked), created a huge stir in the U.S. defense establishment and guaranteed the setting up of a sort of Majestic Twelve inside the new Shadow government as the head of the Shadow government and also resulted in the quick preparation and passage of the National Security Act of 1947 which essentially locked down all such UFO secrets and destroyed the rule of law through the U.S. Constitution and its Bill of Rights, creating the world's biggest false cover for every criminal act imaginable by what was now becoming the largest crime syndicate in the world, the anonymous, Invisible Shadow Government. This new Shadow Government was set-up with the original intent to protect the national security of the U.S. at all costs from an expected alien invasion; allowing the use of secret, desperate measures which would never normally be allowed by the masses (ie taxpayers). But the actual result was the creation of a large criminal syndicate with the ability to use national security as false cover for any crimes committed and as a means to be able to access any resources from the U.S. society or the world deemed necessary. Because the Nazi intel system under PAPERCLIP provided a means for these Nazi intel operatives to hijack the U.S. by being the key folks who set up and ran the Shadow government, this gave them a means of rapidly and secretly expanding their power base through the development of new drug cartels, especially in South America. They entered into deals with the top hidden power rulers of the old black nobility of Europe and merged their drug trafficking networks, often using specific ethnic groups as cut-outs, some specializing in banking and finance, some specializing in street rackets, etc. What you see in films like "The Boys from Brazil" are more FACT than fiction. The Rockefeller Illuminati that created the 3rd Reich and brought PAPERCLIP scientists back here to America has re-united with the 4th Reich Nazis that run South America.


Some who have been inducted into the beyond black compartments have leaked information that they have been told the hidden history of UFOs and that they are actually IFOs (identified flying objects and anti-gravity craft too ie; AGCs). Some have been told that those who later became Nazis were approached in the early 1920's by the Vril girls (beautiful alien seductresses) who shared anti-gravity secrets with them as well as mindkontrol technology--some of the same technology to shape the masses thinking as used and promoted by advertising guru Bernays in America. Some of these folks were told that alien beings, alleged extra-terrestrials (ETs), appeared to key Nazi's during their worship of the Black Sun rituals and made treaties with them.

Of course at the end of WW2, only the German military surrendered, not the Nazi party which had years before started to make secret deals with thir Wall Street bankers and U.S. defense contractors. These folks were also told during training that in 1952, the USG entered into a secret treaty with alleged aliens to share technology in exchange for allowed genetic sampling studies done on civilians who would not be harmed and would have their memories erased of such encounters. Mutual underground bases were allegedly constructed and later on it became obvious that some of these aliens creatures were evil, frank liars and deceivers and broke their agreement, kidnapping and murdering numerous civilian victims. It was also becoming clear that the USG had been deceived and that these aliens had a agenda which apparently was to depopulate the Earth by at least 80%--and set up massive nature areas. This was called the "alien agenda", and the top shadow government controllers were the key individuals who took control of the USG and through which all policy decisions were now being made.

The Shadow Government told certain congressional leaders on certain committees including intel about the alien agenda and that we had to gear up as rapidly as possible to fight these aliens which were going to invade the world at some point. Actually, the shadow government leaders were embellishing matters and using these beliefs to gain even more complete power and wealth, hoping to get world control by bringing all top world leaders into a consolidated effort to globalize. In fact it is alleged that they told top government officials all over the world that the alien leaders had threatened the Earth and stated that unless they globalized and created a one world church and government run out of Jerusalem, they would start destroying the whole world with major geophysical disasters.

The Holy Land As Seen From Space

There have been doubters who believe that the shadow government has gained the power to control the weather to a certain extent and even create weather catastrophes at will using high-tech, Tesla-type technologies. These folks distrust the shadow government leaders and believe they have been mind-kontrolled and now acts as front men for the aliens essentially abandoning any loyalties to the human race while misusing their beyond-black, [demon] alien-provided technologies to tyrannize and dominate the world in order to create their own one-world government.

Others believe that there are no real aliens, but only demons masquerading as aliens, that in fact they have always been around as parasites on mankind, various forms of demons presenting in various forms, some in their flesh, and some looking like humans such as the notorious "Aryans" or tall thin Caucasian appearing ones, of whom the Vril girls were supposedly related to. And these same folks believe that the NWO plan is nothing but a Luciferian deception that only those key Illuminati who control the shadow government leaders understand, an attempt to create a world wide Luciferian world government which will seat the final antichrist as the world leader. The Bible and many other documents from history portray and describe not only UFO craft, but claims that the "sons of God" left their heavenly abode and came and mated with human women.

Some researchers have claimed that insiders have leaked that there is now an ongoing attempt to cross-breed alien blood with human blood and this has gone on since biblical times, but is now accelerating in an attempt to destroy the regular human race and replace it with trans-human hybrids which have no conscience at all and demonic powers. This is allegedly the real "alien agenda".

Each must decide for himself/herself what is true, based on the evidence which has been leaked. It all depends of what one considers credible or not. We can all be sure on several things however. First, it is a well established fact that the shadow government exists and has national security cover and power. It has been well-described by Richard Boylan, Ph.D. and cross-checked and approved by experts who have looked at his model. Second, we know for a fact that anti-gravity craft have crashed and been recovered with small strange bodies inside. We do not know for sure what they are exactly other than they were alive, and at least one survived and lived in captivity for awhile, and we do not know where they come from. We know that the Nazi's had anti-gravity technology and have shared it with the U.S. military at least to some degree. We know that the USAF has a fleet of Anti-Gravity Craft (AGCs).

We also know that the USG has privatized over 80% of all intel to DoD contractors which are based offshore and have no special allegiance to the USA or the USG. It is suspected and highly likely that the USG entered into beyond black secret treaties with alien entities, whatever they are, and set up technology exchanges. It is now apparent that the shadow government is run by foreign based leadership who have used intel and national security as false cover to allow massive criminal acts against the citizens of the USA and numerous peoples of the world, and that the shadow government has hijacked the USG and the United States of America and is now the biggest, most evil criminal syndicate in the world. It is suspected that the leaders of the shadow government have for whatever reasons adopted a completely anti-human alien or demon agenda to murder most of the world populations by high-tech eugenics, biowarfare, cancer and other disseminated man made epidemics. Bottom line, the Shadow Government has locked-down the whole western world and perhaps the whole world using the false cloak of "national security". It has continued and extended the Nazi way of life and is now taking it global with the creation of a global Nazi/Stasi hybrid system, a new form of fascism where a large confederacy of the world biggest international offshore corporations are fused with the various governments of the world--but remain completely in charge, different than the Nazi system where the state remained in charge.

The Esau Effect: Why People Don't Say "NO!" to Poisoned Bowls of Porridge

"Our lives begin to end the day we become silent about things that matter."

"In the End, we will remember not the words of our enemies, but the silence of our friends."

"The ultimate measure of a man is not where he stands in moments of comfort, but where he stands at times of challenge and controversy."

"Cowardice asks the question, 'Is it safe?'

Expediency asks the question, 'Is it politic?'

Vanity asks the question, 'Is it popular?'

But, conscience asks the question, 'Is it right?'

And there comes a time when one must take a position that is neither safe, nor politic, nor popular, but one must take it because one's conscience tells one that it is right."

--Dr. Martin Luther King

The reason why people buy into the RACKET of any human corrupt enterprise is because they, like Esau GET A BOWL OF PORRIDGE NOW. Nevermind, that they sold their birth right which will have devastating long-term, fatal consequences; they are HUNGRY NOW and if real food is delivered and it makes them feel full, this short-term positive benefit is hard to shake off and not embrace. Jesus warns us to "not live by bread alone", but when you're hungry its hard to say "NO!" to food even if its laced with POISON. The reason the Esau Effect is NOT preached as a warning in Christian churches is because it trashes the hero worship of the "good" Jacob who the self-righteous Churchians reserve for themselves as Pharisees. Thus, an important warning about human nature does not get put out to the Church because it reminds everyone that even "heroes" sin.

Let's look at the false ExtraTerrestrial Hypothesis (ETH) thing. The U.S. government has gained tangible technological advancements from the alleged "ETs"--a form of poisoned Esau porridge that they simply cannot shake off in their minds that its BAIT to lure them in and destroy them. Its like the concept of desirable BAIT is foreign to the current generation. Or the concept of STRINGS ATTACHED. Or "beware of Greeks bearing gifts". This receiving of downstream scientific benefits is so strong that they just cannot say "NO!" or even ask the question of whether they are being had.

UFOs: When Not HUMAN Anti-Gravity Craft (AGC)--They are ITs--not ETs: Demons as Warned about in the Bible for Centuries


As Christians we need to go UPSTREAM and warn and educate everyone we can that we must consciously guard against poisoned bowls of Esau porridge and vote in our minds to refuse the favors from an enemy as a good prisoner of war would (unlike songbird John McCain). We have to consciously chose not to receive the technological or supernatural New Age empowerment by realizing its a trap and that we can do without them by finding non-poisoned, honest porridges to eat. Maybe the real lesson to learn in fasting is to deny self hungers when the mind tells us its absolutely necessary like if stranded at sea NOT to drink sea water.

As the jaded public is increasingly weary of concocted wars, it will take something far more sinister to fear them into accepting the NWO---man-made anti-gravity craft (AGC) have existed since the Nazis invented them in WW2--and flew them afterwards from secret South American bases--before we created our own. Will we use these AGC to stage a false flag "alien" attack or use them as "arks" to ferry the Illuminati to an off-planet location to sit-out some doomsday catastrophe? Read more below:

Ian Fleming by Air

America is increasingly overcome by Evil Deeds by Evil Men

Investigative reporter Benjamin Fulford has done more than anyone else to reveal the Rockefeller vs. Rothschild Illuminati rivalry--here he poses with David Rockefeller after an interview

America's conduct since the end of WW2 has increasingly been more and more evil as the WE THE PEOPLE vs THEY THE GOVERNMENT divide grows fed by mass mind-control by 24/7/365 TV and mass-produced consumerism creating a docile populace that doesn't fight evil men and women from doing enormous evil in our name for themselves. America is a nation of individual consumer machines addicted to material consumption who to feed its greed habit will go into their neighbor's house to steal resources that is placing its very survival at risk at the hands of those capable of defending themselves who are growing as we alienate ourselves from the rest of the world as a lawless, immoral nation-state.

America's population grows by 1, 000, 000 people each year, making our 300, 000, 000 total population increasingly hungry and unmanageable in the event the comfortable consumerism fed by cheap oil should collapse as the Hurricane Katrina societal collapse in Louisiana showed. Evil men beginning at the turn of the century with the advent of the industrial age learned quickly how to brain-wash the masses to consume their mass-produced widgets and maximize their profits on orders of magnitude the family-owned, rural America founding fathers in 1789 simply could not anticipate and place adequate safeguards into our form of government to prevent evil from corrupting the entire nation.

Can We Reason with the American People to Consciously Choose Against Racketeering?


The Milgen experiment showed that 65% of the populace would murder another human being if an authority figure told them to do so. This means only 35% of the populace has a strong moral conscience willing to defy authority to stay true to an internal compass of values. Ponerologists conclude that 25% of any human population have NO CONSCIENCE whatsoever; with their conclusions leading that these people are BORN THAT WAY. These unpleasant truths are staggering and warn us that we Americans are long over-due for a serious wake-up to realities before a minority of evil people---but by no means a small number of evil men and women destroy the nation and perhaps the world with it. What this means is that 1 in every 4 Americans has no conscience at all--and the FIRST thing anyone should ask when meeting any person is if that person is a psychopath/sociopath? Milgen teaches us that another 40% has such a weak conscience that they will do whatever they are told by whoever is ruling over them--if the 25% psycho/sociopaths are in charge as we see in the current Bush/Obama neocon administrations, you will suddenly see "Tom Brokaw wanting to kill ragheads"--which is exactly what happened after the false flag September 11, 2001 attacks which were actually done by psycho/sociopaths within the U.S. government. These conscience-less murderers have gotten bolder and bolder with each year beginning with the Kennedy assassination in 1963 which did not result in any massive work-place strikes by the people demanding justice be done. This is why its a matter of national survival that we reform our government so psycho/sociopaths cannot be in our executive, legislative or judicial branches at all and this include our military, police, and teaching organizations all of whom need to be PROFESSIONS where individual conscience drives all actions--not bureaucracies where lying to please the boss to get promoted is the norm. If the moral 35% segment of the population comprises our governmental functions its possible that we have the other 40% participate in a morally-sound national life but the 25% will fight against it lusting to "kill ragheads" or "make a great society" of welfare recipients that can be exploited for racketeering ends.

The problem is the 25% psycho/sociopaths would still populate our corporations doing the "business" of creating the fabric of life in the society--and these evil men know how to be pied pipers to the 40% so together both create a 65% majority that wants the "bread & circuses" consumerist racket to continue which can be used to put their puppets into the government if no anti-psycho/sociopath barriers are in place--which is exactly what has happened since 1913 when the U.S. Constitution's balance of powers was ruined by the direct election of Senators in state-wide election campaigns fed by corporate dollars.


Add in to this the creation of the (non) Federal Reserve bank taking over our currency to profit the Jekyll Island, Georgia bankster conspirators who even murdered fellow Illuminati who opposed them--the Astors on the RMS Titanic to take-over America for proto-fascism.

David Icke has a lot of non-sense views especially when he tries to reverse-engineer copycat Zeitgeist into everything; but on the Illuminati being divided and fighting within each other for the helm, in The Biggest Secret he is spot-on:


In summary, a race of interbreeding bloodlines, a race within a race in fact, were centered in the Middle and Near East in the ancient world and, over the thousands of years since, have expanded their power across the globe. A crucial aspect of this has been to create a network of mystery schools and secret societies to covertly introduce their Agenda while, at the same time, creating institutions like religions to mentally and emotionally imprison the masses and set them at war with each other. The hierarchy of this tribe of bloodlines is not exclusively male and some of its key positions are held by women. But in terms of numbers it is overwhelmingly male and I will therefore refer to this group as the Brotherhood.

Even more accurately, given the importance of ancient Babylon to this story, I will also call it the Babylonian Brotherhood. The plan they term their 'Great Work of Ages' , I will call the Brotherhood Agenda. The present magnitude of Brotherhood control did not happen in a few years, even a few decades or centuries: it can be traced back thousands of years. The structures of today's institutions in government, banking, business, military and the media have not been infiltrated by this force, they were created by them from the start. The Brotherhood Agenda is, in truth, the Agenda of many Millennia. It is the unfolding of a plan, piece by piece, for the centralized control of the planet.

Any group which is so unbalanced as to covet the complete control of the planet will be warring within itself as different factions seek the ultimate control. This is certainly true of the Brotherhood. There is tremendous internal strife, conflict and competition. One researcher described them as a gang of bank robbers who all agree on the job, but then argue over how the spoils will be divided. That is an excellent description and through history different factions have gone to war with each other for dominance. In the end, however, they are united in their desire to see the plan implemented and at the key moments they overwhelmingly join forces to advance the Agendawhen it comes under challenge.

So the answer to the question is NO---as long as there's a weak conscience 40% of the populace that the evil 25% psycho/sociopaths can exploit to create rackets--the only people we can reason with against this are the 35% moral minority who probably already agree with us anyway! As a matter of saving ourselves from imminent national destruction, we must immediately weed out and block psycho/sociopaths from our nation's governments. Then, we must increase the numbers of people with strong consciences from 35% to over 50% so we can by choice--operate professional, family and community responsibly run businesses that will not feed greed and consumptive excess nor destroy the life-giving capacity of our planet. In a nutshell, we need to come to our collective senses before its too late. To do this, we need to THINK about what the hell we are doing and you cannot do this if you are watching TV programs numbing you into a false reality of somehow being a part of something bigger when really you are on the sidelines doing nothing as the psycho/sociopaths feed you their programs to keep you consuming for their rackets. TV qualitatively in itself is not evil if its content is morally sound--but quantitatively if its on 24/7/365 and you watch it for several hours daily even if it was all quasi-moral "Little House on the Prairie" it would be still a great evil as it has taken you out of the fight against evil in reality making you a house-embedded "couch potato". The greatest difference between the WW2 "Greatest Generation" that beat the Great Depression and won WW2 by direct, personal participation in external reality and our sorry, introverted, current generation is that we have TV. The internet is TV by the individual's choice that can be either very good or very evil in the content chosen; but corporate TV is all evil by its intrinsic temptation to occupy all of one's time and its qualitative content that is made to brain-wash you to feed your lusts--which you cannot control if its turned on. Americans need to turn their minds ON by turning their TVs OFF.

The Drug Racket: Chemical Warfare on the Populace

An example of how an occasional audio/visual program can inspire us is the recent movie "American Gangster" has this exact theme and could be better titled "American Racketeer". The evil, old, black gangster played by George Stanford Brown in the beginning of the movie expresses the consumerist decay of an 1960s America that has grown too large with no one on duty looking out as symbolized by him dying of a heart attack in an impersonal appliance store with no clerks on duty to call an ambulance. Protege' Denzel Washington takes over his racket and makes it significantly more evil by flooding Harlem with cheap drugs from South East Asia under-cutting the Italian mafia by minimalist layers of handling bureaucracy and a twisted ideal of product excellence. The monies from this lucrative drug trade are so great that the final line of defense of society from self-destruction--the police are easily bought off. Then the pivotal scene in this movie based on real-life events occurs. A man--one man of the 35% with a moral compass so strong happens to somehow join the police force and not get ousted by all the corrupt cops around him. Played by Russell Crowe, he and his under cover partner discover a parked car with $1, 000, 000 of illegal drug money, enough money to live well-off for the rest of their lives if they chose to take it and not report it to anyone as most cops would do. Crowe says no. He grabs the money and turns it into his police department making him and his partner un-trusted outcasts with the rest of the NYC police department leading to his partner eventually getting killed as he's hooked on drugs himself. Crowe himself has to face his own immorality at his son's custody hearing when his wife played by the gorgeous Carla Gugino accuses him of being a moral hypocrite going after crooks when he himself was a womanizer. In a heart-wrenching scene, he says, "You are right" and he gives her custody of their son. The last line stand against drug money bribery by Crowe is just enough leverage that a similar morally sound Federal agent discovers him and places him in charge of an anti-drug task force that "discovers" Denzel's racket and brings him in to justice. Then an amazing thing happens. Crowe reasons with him; explaining to him why its wrong all the people his cheap drugs have destroyed. Denzel asks him, "Is it true you turned in $1 MILLION dollars instead of taking it?". When Crowe says its true, this is the life-changing moment when Denzel's character comes to his senses and realizes that good men do exist and goodness is worth fighting for. We also learn at this point, why he was a racketeer in crime in the first place--in his childhood the police as representatives of society at large--had thrown him and his mom out of their house and brutalized them. Denzel then assists Crowe in ridding the police department of corrupt cops.

Vietnam = Afghanistan, Drugs Again

It's no surprise that the Afghanistan-Pakistan (AFPAK) problem has gotten worse and the military racketeers have refused to close the borders with a sensor-security fence system like the highly successful French Morice Line. There is a HUGE drug trade emanating from AFPAK that the Illuminati does not want stopped.


One of the long-standing goals of the Rockefeller Illuminati--read the nauseating "Georgia Guidestones"--is to depopulate 6/7ths of the world.


For The Record: Rockefeller Soft Kill Depopulation Plans Exposed

The possibility of administrating hormone preparations to reduce fertility was also mentioned, although- states the report- they have been known to "cause bleeding problems, which may limit their usefulness."

"A semipermanent or renewable subcutaneous implant of these hormones has been suggested, but whether or not the same difficulties would result has not been determined."

Saying that research thus-far had been too low-grade to produce any substantial results, the report was adamant:

"The Foundation will endeavour to assist in filling this important gap in several ways:

1- Seeking out or encouraging the development of, and providing partial support to, a few centres of excellence in universities and research institutions in the United States and abroad in which the methods and points of view of molecular biology are teamed with the more traditional approaches of histology, embryology,and endocrinology in research pertinent to development of fertility control methods;

2- Supporting research of individual investigators, oriented toward development of contraceptive methods or of basic information on human reproduction relevant to such developments;

3- Encouraging, by making research funds available, as well as by other means, established and beginning investigators to turn their attention to aspects of research in reproductive biology that have implications for human fertility and its control;

4- Encouraging more biology and biochemistry students to elect careers in reproductive biology and human fertility control, through support of research and teaching programs in departments of zoology, biology, and biochemistry."

The list goes on and on. Motivation for these activities, according to the RF?

"There are an estimated five million women among America's poverty and near-poverty groups who need birth control service (...). The unchecked fertility of the indigent does much to perpetuate poverty, under-education, and underemployment, not only in urban slums, but also in depressed rural areas."

It wasn't long before all the Foundation's efforts began to have effect. In its annual report of 1988, The RF was happy to report the progress made by the Foundation's Population Division in the field of anti-fertility vaccines:

"India's National Institute of Immunology successfully completed in 1988 the first phase of trials with three versions of an anti-fertility vaccine for women. Sponsored by the government of India and supported by the Foundation, the trials established that with each of the tested vaccines, at least one year of protection against pregnancy could be expected, based on the levels of antibodies formed in response to the immunization schedule."

In its 1997 review of anti-fertility vaccines, Indian-based International Centre for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology didn't forget to acknowledge its main benefactor:

"The work on LHRH and HCG vaccines was supported by research grants of The Rockefeller Foundation, (...)."

In the 1990s the work on anti-fertility vaccines went in overdrive, especially in third-world nations, as did the funding provided by the deep pockets of the Rockefeller Foundation. At the same time, the target-population of the globalists- women- began to stir uncomfortably with all this out-in-the-open talk of population reduction and vaccines as a means to achieve it.

Betsy Hartman, Director of the Population and Development Program at Hampshire College, Massachusetts and "someone who believes strongly in women's right to safe, voluntary birth control and abortion", is no supporter of the anti-fertility vaccine, as brought into being by the Rockefeller Foundation. She explains in her essay "Population control in the New World Order":

"Although one vaccine has been tested on only 180 women in India, it is being billed there as 'safe, devoid of any side effects and completely reversible'. The scientific community knows very well that such assertions are false - for instance, many questions still remain about the vaccine's long-term impact on the immune system and menstrual cycle. There is also evidence on film of women being denied information about the vaccine in clinical trials. Nevertheless, the vaccine is being prepared for large-scale use."

The Women's Global Network for Reproductive Rights based in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, quoted "a leading contraceptive researcher" as saying:

"Immunological birth control methods will be an 'antigenic weapon' against the reproductive process, which left unchecked, threatens to swamp the world."

Animal rights activist Ms. Sonya Ghosh also expressed concerns about the Rockefeller-funded anti-fertility vaccine and its implementation:

"Instead of giving individual women more options to prevent pregnancy and protect against AIDs and sexually transmitted diseases, the anti fertility vaccine is designed to be easily administered to large numbers of women using the least resources. If administered to illiterate populations the issues of user control and informed consent are further cause for concern."

To avoid such debates, the Foundation has in the last couple of decades consorted to its long-practised and highly successful methods of either outright lying through its teeth or using deceptive language to hide the fact that it continues to work tirelessly toward its long-stated mission. If you think the RF and others have abandoned their anti-fertility efforts with the help of vaccines, think again or read this article.

2: Global Distribution of Rockefeller-Funded Anti-Fertility Vaccine Coordinated by WHO

In addition to the recent PrisonPlanet-exclusive Rockefeller Foundation Developed Vaccines For "Mass-Scale" Fertility Reduction- which outlines the Rockefeller Foundation's efforts in the 1960s funding research into so-called "anti-fertility vaccines"- another series of documents has surfaced, proving beyond any doubt that the UN Population Fund, World Bank and World Health Organization picked up on it, further developing it under responsibility of a "Task Force on Vaccines for Fertility Regulation".

Just four years after the Rockefeller Foundation launched massive funding-operations into anti-fertility vaccines, the Task Force was created under auspices of the World Health Organization, World Bank and UN Population Fund. Its mission, according to one of its members, to support:

"basic and clinical research on the development of birth control vaccines directed against the gametes or the preimplantation embryo. These studies have involved the use of advanced procedures in peptide chemistry, hybridoma technology and molecular genetics as well as the evaluation of a number of novel approaches in general vaccinology. As a result of this international, collaborative effort, a prototype anti-HCG vaccine is now undergoing clinical testing, raising the prospect that a totally new family planning method may be available before the end of the current decade."

In regards to the scope of the Task Force's jurisdiction, the Biotechnology and Development Monitor reported:

"The Task Force acts as a global coordinating body for anti-fertility vaccine R&D in the various working groups and supports research on different approaches, such as anti-sperm and anti-ovum vaccines and vaccines designed to neutralize the biological functions of hCG. The Task Force has succeeded in developing a prototype of an anti-hCG-vaccine."

One of the Task Force members, P.D. Griffin, outlined the purpose and trajectory of these Fertility Regulating Vaccines. Griffin:

"The Task Force has continued to coordinate its research activities with other vaccine development programmes within WHO and with other international and national programmes engaged in the development of fertility regulating vaccines."

Griffin also admitted to the fact that one of the purposes of the vaccines is the implementation in developing countries. Griffin:

"If vaccines could be developed which could safely and effectively inhibit fertility, without producing unacceptable side effects, they would be an attractive addition to the present armamentarium of fertility regulating methods and would be likely to have a significant impact on family planning programmes."

Also, one of the advantages of the FRVs over "currently available methods of fertility regulation" the Task Force states, is the following (179):

"low manufacturing cost and ease of delivery within existing health services."

Already in 1978, the WHO's Task Force (then called Task Force on Immunological Methods for Fertility Regulation) underlined the usefulness of these vaccines in regards to the possibility of "large scale synthesis and manufacture" of the vaccine:

"The potential advantages of an immunological approach to fertility regulation can be summarized as follows: (a) the possibility of infrequent administration, possibly by paramedical personnel; (b) the use of antigens or antigen fragments, which are not pharmacologically active; and (c) in the case of antigens of known chemical structure, there is the possibility of large-scale synthesis and manufacture of vaccine at relatively low cost."

In 1976, the WHO Expanded Programme of Research, Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction published a report, stating:

"In 1972 the Organization (...) expanded its programme of research in human reproduction to provide an international focus for an intensified effort to improve existing methods of fertility regulation, to develop new methods and to assist national authorities in devising the best ways of providing them on a continuing basis. The programme is closely integrated with other WHO research on the delivery of family planning care by health services, which in turn feeds into WHO's technical assistance programme to governments at the service level."

Although the term "Anti-Fertility Vaccine", coined by the Rockefeller Foundation, was replaced by the more bureaucratic sounding "Fertility Regulating Vaccine" (FRV), the programme was obviously the same. Besides, the time-line shows conclusively that the WHO, UN Population Fund and World Bank continued on a path outlined by the Rockefellers in the late 1960s. By extension, it proves that all these organization are perfectly interlocked, best captured under the header "Scientific Dictatorship". The relationship between the WHO and the Rockefeller Foundation is intense. In the 1986 bulletin of the World Health Organization, this relationship is being described in some detail. While researching the effectiveness of "gossypol" as an "anti-fertility agent", the bulletin states:

"The Rockefeller Foundation has supported limited clinical trials in China and small-scale clinical studies in Brazil and Austria. The dose administered in the current Chinese trial has been reduced from 20 mg to 10-15 mg/day during the loading phase in order to see if severe oligospermia rather than consistent azoospermia would be adequate for an acceptable, non-toxic and reversible effect. Meanwhile, both the WHO human reproduction programme and the Rockefeller Foundation are supporting animal studies to better define the mechanism of action of gossypol."

In August of 1992, a series of meetings was held in Geneva, Switzerland, regarding "fertility regulating vaccines". According to the document Fertility Regulating Vaccines (classified by the WHO with a limited distribution) present at those meetings were scientists and clinicians from all over the globe, including then biomedical researcher of the American Agency for International development, and current research-chief of USAID, Mr. Jeff Spieler.

In 1986, Mr. Spieler declared:

"A new approach to fertility regulation is the development of vaccines directed against human substances required for reproduction. Potential candidates for immunological interference include reproductive hormones, ovum and sperm antigens, and antigens derived from embryonic or fetal tissue.(...). An anti-fertility vaccine must be capable of safely and effectively inhibiting a human substance, which would need somehow to be rendered antigenic. A fertility-regulating vaccine, moreover, would have to produce and sustain effective immunity in at least 95% of the vaccinated population, a level of protection rarely achieved even with the most successful viral and bacterial vaccines. But while these challenges looked insuperable just a few years ago, recent advances in biotechnology- particularly in the fields of molecular biology, genetic engineering and monoclonal antibody production- are bringing antifertility vaccines into the realm of the feasible."

"Vaccines interfering with sperm function and fertilization could be available for human testing by the early 1990s", Spieler wrote.

In order for widespread use of these vaccines, Spieler writes, the vaccine must conquer "variations in individual responses to immunization with fertility-regulating vaccines".

"Research", he goes on to say,"is also needed in the field of 'basic vaccinology', to find the best carrier proteins, adjuvants, vehicles and delivery systems."

In the 1992 document, the problem of "variations in individual responses" is also discussed:

"Because of the genetic diversity of human populations", states the document, "immune responses to vaccines often show marked differences from one individual to another in terms of magnitude and duration. These differences may be partly or even completely overcome with appropriately engineered FRVs (Fertility Regulating Vaccines) and by improvements in our understanding of what is required to develop and control the immune response elicited by different vaccines."

The picture emerging from these facts is clear. The WHO, as a global coordinating body, has since the early 1970s continued the development of the Rockefeller-funded "anti-fertility vaccine". What also is becoming clear, is that extensive research has been done to the delivery systems in which these anti-fertility components can be buried, such as regular anti-viral vaccines. It's a mass-scale anti-fertilization programme with the aim of reducing the world's population: a dream long cherished by the global elite.

3: On Top of Vaccines, Rockefeller Foundation Presents Anti-Fertility Substance Gossypol for "Widespread Use"

It seems there is no limit to the Rockefeller Foundation's ambitions to introduce anti-fertility compounds into either existing "health-services", such as vaccines, or- as appears to be the case now- average consumer-products.

The 1985 Rockefeller Foundation's annual report underlined its ongoing dedication towards finding good use for the anti-fertility substance "gossypol", or C30H30O8 - as the description reads.

Indeed, gossypol, a toxic polyphenol derived from the cotton plant, was identified early on in the Foundation's research as an effective sterilant. The question was, how to implement or integrate the toxic substance into crops.

"Another long-term interest of the Foundation has been gossypol, a compound that has been shown to have an antifertility effect in men, By the end of 1985, the Foundation had made grants totaling approximately $1.6 million in an effort to support and stimulate scientific investigations on the safety and efficacy of gossypol."

In the 1986 Rockefeller Foundation annual report, the organization admits funding research into the use of fertility-reducing compounds in relation to food for "widespread use":

"Male contraceptive studies are focused on gossypol, a natural substance extracted from the cotton plant, and identified by Chinese researchers as having an anti-fertility effect on men. Before widespread use can be recommended, further investigation is needed to see if lowering the dosage can eliminate undesirable side-effects without reducing its effectiveness as a contraceptive. The Foundation supported research on gossypol's safety, reversibility and efficacy in seven different 1986 grants."

In the RF's 1988 annual report, gossypol as a contraceptive was also elaborated upon (page 22):

"Gossypol, a natural substance found in the cotton plant, continues to show promise as an oral contraceptive for men. Because it suppresses sperm production without affecting sex hormone levels, it is unique among the experimental approaches to fertility control in men. Foundation-funded scientists worldwide have assembled an aray of information about how gossypol works, and studies continue on a wide variety of its clinical applications. Dose reduction is being investigated to reduce health risks associated with the use of gossypol."

The following year, according to the annual report, funds were allocated to several research institutions to see how this "'dose reduction' could best be accomplished without interfering with the ant-fertility effects of gossypol.

(1988- $ 400,000, in addition to remaining funds from prior year appropriations) To support research on gossypol, its safety, reversibility, and efficacy as a contraceptive for use by men (...)."

Mention is made on money allocated to the University of Texas, "for a study of gossypol's effects on DNA replication (...)."

The last mention of gossypol in the Foundation's annals we find in the 1994 annual report, where funds were appropriated to the University of Innsbruck of Austria "for a study at the Institute of Physiology on the molecular action of gossypol at the cellular level."

It seems that the funded scientists have indeed found a way of "lowering the dosage" of gossypol, circumventing the toxicity of the substance, so as to suppress or even eliminate these "undesirable side-effects", which include: low blood potassium levels, fatigue, muscle weakness and even paralysis. If these effects could be eliminated without reducing the anti-fertility effects, the Foundation figured, it would be a highly effective and almost undetectable sterilant.

Although overtly, research into and development of gossypol as an anti-fertility compound was abandoned in the late 1990s, the cottonseed containing the substance was especially selected for mass distribution in the beginning of the current decade. Around 2006 a media-campaign was launched, saying the cottonseed could help defeat hunger and poverty.

In 2006, NatureNews reported that RNA interference (or RNAi) was the way to go. On the one hand it would "cut the gossypol content in cottonseeds by 98%, while leaving the chemical defenses of the rest of the plant intact." Furthermore, the article quoted Dr. Deborah P. Delmer, the Rockefeller Foundation's associate director of food security, who was quick to bury any concern:

"Deborah Delmer, associate director of the Rockefeller Foundation in New York City and an expert in agricultural food safety, points out that a benefit of using RNAi technology is that it turns off a gene process rather than switching on a novel function. So instead of introducing a new foreign protein, you're just shutting down one process," Delmer says. "In that sense, I think that the safety concerns should be far less than other GM technologies."

A 2006, National Geographic article Toxin-Free Cottonseed Engineered; Could Feed Millions Study Says, quotes the director of the Laboratory for Crop Transformation (Texas A&M University), Keerti Singh Rathore as saying:

"A gossypol-free cottonseed would significantly contribute to human nutrition and health, particularly in developing countries, and help meet the requirements of the predicted 50 percent increase in the world population in the next 50 years."

"Rathore's study", states the article, "represents the first substantiated case where gossypol was reduced via genetic engineering that targets the genes that make the toxin."

I bring into recollection the statement made by the Rockefeller Foundation in its 1986 annual report, which reads:

"Before widespread use can be recommended, further investigation is needed to see if lowering the dosage can eliminate undesirable side-effects without reducing its effectiveness as a contraceptive."

In the 1997 Foundational report, Rathore is mentioned (page 68). A post-doctoral fellowship-grant was given to a certain E. Chandrakanth "for advanced study in plant molecular biology under the direction of Keerti S. Rathore, Laboratory for Crop Transformation, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas."

Compromising connections, in other words, for someone who claimed academic objectivity in regards to gossypol and its sterilizing effects. Rathore explained the workings of RNAi in a 2006 issue of the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

"Cottonseed toxicity due to gossypol is a long-standing problem", Rathore said, "and people have tried to fix it but haven't been able to through traditional plant breeding. My area of research is plant transgenics, so I thought about using some molecular approaches to address this problem."

Rathore also mentioned the desired main funder of his work without actually saying the name:

"we are trying to find some partners and will probably be looking at charitable foundations to help us out in terms of doing all kinds of testing that is required before a genetically engineered plant is approved for food or feed. We are in the very early stages and have a lot of ideas in mind, but we need to pursue those. Hopefully, we can find some sort of partnership that will allow us to do them."

He also expressed the final adaptation of the cottonseed for widespread use is something of the long term:

"(...) right now there are many hurdles when you are dealing with a genetically modified plant. But I think in the next 15 or 20 years a lot of these regulations that we have to satisfy will be eliminated or reduced substantially."

The Foundation, as is evident from the statements of Rockefeller's own Deborah Delmer, is more than interested. Even worse, through the process of readying gossypol for mass-distribution in food, the fulfillment of their longstanding goal of sterilizing the populous into oblivion comes into view.

4: Rockefeller Foundation Conceptualized "Anti-Hormone" Vaccine in the 1920s and 30s, Reports Reveal

Rockefeller Foundation minion Max Mason, who acted as president in the mid-1930s, on multiple occasions expressed his master's desire for an "anti-hormone" that would reduce fertility worldwide. Now keep in mind, this is more than 35 years before the Foundation actually mentioned funding "anti-fertility vaccines" in subsequent annual reports from 1969 onward.

Having traveled far beyond the realm of rumor and speculation, research into the admitted funding of anti-fertility vaccines has uncovered more and more sinister revelations along the way.

By the mid-1930s, Mason of the Rockefeller Foundation thought that "the ultimate solution of the problem [of birth control] may well lie in the studies of endocrinology, particularly antihormones." The Foundation's 1934 annual report states:

"The Rockefeller Foundation has decided to concentrate its present effort in the natural sciences on the field of modern experimental biology, with special interest in such topics as endocrinology, nutrition, genetics, embryology, problems centering about the reproductive process, psychobiology, general and cellular physiology, biophysics, and biochemistry."

"(...) research work is being conducted on the physiology of reproduction in the monkey. This work was begun at the Johns Hopkins University in 1921, and since 1923 has been continued at the University of Rochester. It involves observational and experimental studies of the reproductive cycle in certain species of the higher primates, in which this cycle closely resembles that of the human species. The effect of the various interrelated reproductive hormones is being studied."

In the annual report of the previous year (1933), the Foundation stresses the fact that work on the reproductive hormones of primates serves to experiment on man in the future:

"(...) much work has been done in the formulation and solution of basic problems in the general biology and physiology of sex in organisms other than man. It was essential that this fundamental work on infra-man pave the way for that on man."

In the book Discipling Reproduction by Adele E. Clarke, the roots of Rockefeller-funded "anti-hormones" is being described in some detail, pointing out that the family's ambitions to control man's fertility date back even further than the 1930s. Clarke writes:

"On a cold morning in 1921, George Washington Corner, a physician and fledgling reproductive scientist, awoke in Baltimore to discover that it was snowing."

"By 1929", Clarke writes a bit further on, "Corner had mapped out the hormonal action of progesterone, an essential actor in the menstrual cycle and subsequently an actor in birth control pills."

The 1935 Rockefeller Foundation annual report acknowledges funding Dr. Corner's research:

"To the University of Rochester, for research on the physiology of reproduction under the direction of Dr. G. W. Corner during the three-year period beginning July 1, 1935, and ending June 30, 1938, there has been appropriated the sum of $9,900. Dr. Corner's activities are concentrated on a study of the oestrus cycle, using monkeys as the experimental animals. A colony of about thirty monkeys has been maintained, and experiments have furnished information on the normal histology of the reproductive cycle, the time of ovulation, the relation of ovulation to menstruation and other anatomically detectable correlations of the oestrus cycle. Work is continuing on two main lines: normal sex reproduction in the monkey, including the histology of ovary and uterus, and, secondly, the effects of the ovarian hormone."

Again, never forget that the Foundation in 1933 stated outright that "It was essential that this fundamental work on infra-man pave the way for that on man."

Another essential problem which arises, of course, is how exactly the funding-mechanism worked by which Corner's research could be made ready for mass-consumption. Clarke mentions that officially the National Research Council, an arm of the National Academy of Sciences (NAS), was the institute responsible for the task of doing so. More specific: the Committee for Research in Problems of Sex (CRPS):

"The NRC itself was founded in 1916 as an agency to inventory research toward enhanced military preparedness."

"The NRC", states the author, "was a prestigious organization from its inception, thanks to its early association with the NAS, the Carnegie Corporation, and the Rockefeller Foundation. Kohler (1991:109) has argued that the NRC essentially served as an intermediary between the foundations and scientists in the interwar years.(...). The NRC/CRPS itself was funded almost exclusively by Rockefeller monies, initially through the Bureau of Social Hygiene and, after 1931, through the Rockefeller Foundation."

On the subject of so-called "current immunological contraceptive research", Clarke channels Rockefeller-president Max Mason:

"Other lines of current immunological contraceptive research continue to seek what, during the 1930s, Max Mason of the Rockefeller Foundation called 'anti-hormones': vaccines to block hormones needed for very early pregnancy and a vaccine to block the hormone needed for the surface of the egg to function properly."

In a February 1934 "progress report" written by Warren Weaver (director of the Natural Sciences Division of the Rockefeller Foundation) once again underlined the endgame:

"Can man gain an intelligent control of his own power? Can we develop so sound and extensive a genetics that we can hope to breed, in the future, superior men? Can we obtain enough knowledge of physiology and psychobiology of sex so that man can bring this pervasive, highly important, and dangerous aspect of life under rational control?"

The same Warren Weaver wrote a "biographical Memoir" in honor of his friend Max Mason, revealing some more interesting facts. Weaver, who describes himself as a great personal friend of Mason, gives a general description of him as Rockefeller-minion:

"He had by that time developed a consuming interest in behavioral research, and particularly in the possibility that the physical sciences, working with and through the biological sciences, could shed new and revealing light on the normal and abnormal behavior of individuals, and ultimately on the social behavior of groups of men."

Here we have it. The blueprint for sterilizing vaccines has been first conceptualized way back in the 1920s and 1930s by social scientists of the Rockefeller Foundation. Although later the eugenic language ("anti-fertility vaccine") was polished up with the help of some linguistic plastic surgery producing the term "immunological contraceptive", the ultimate goal remains the same.

So the question arises, what if there are no Russell Crowe types in American society at the critical moment to stop us from collectively going over-the-edge into destruction?

What if the bureaucracies have so strangled our governmental functions that its simply intolerable for any 35% moral person to stay involved?

America needs to come to its collective senses not just over drugs--but over our entire national life. We need to face head-on the unpleasant realities of the true extent of evil which is growing and not being checked in any way. Later in this book we propose exactly how to do this.

Life's Rackets

The following is a great essay excepting on liberal bullshit pet peeves which I struck a line through. Homosexuality is an intolerable civilization-killer like the crime of murder. The Israelis would leave their enemies alone if they'd leave them alone.


The Corporate State and the Subversion of Democracy

Posted on May 31, 2008

By Chris Hedges

Note: Chris Hedges gave this keynote address on Wednesday, May 28, in Furman University's Younts Conference Center. The address was part of protests by faculty and students over the South Carolina college's decision to invite George W. Bush to give the May 31 commencement address.

When it was announced in May that President Bush would deliver the commencement address, 222 students and faculty signed and posted on the school's Web site a statement titled "We Object." The statement cites the war in Iraq and the administration's "obstructing progress on reducing greenhouse gases while favoring billions in tax breaks and subsidies to oil companies that are earning record profits."

"We are ashamed of the actions of this administration. The war in Iraq has cost the lives of over 4,000 brave and honorable U.S. military personnel," the statement read. "Because we love this country and the ideals it stands for, we accept our civic responsibility to speak out against these actions that violate American values."

I used to live in a country called America. It was not a perfect country, God knows, especially if you were African-American or Native American or of Japanese descent in World War II or poor or gay or a woman or an immigrant, but it was a country I loved and honored. This country gave me hope that it could be better. It paid its workers wages that were envied around the world. It made sure these workers, thanks to labor unions and champions of the working class in the Democratic Party and the press, had health benefits and pensions. It offered good public education. It honored basic democratic values and held in regard the rule of law, including international law, and respect for human rights. It had social programs from Head Start to welfare to Social Security to take care of the weakest among us, the mentally ill, the elderly and the destitute. It had a system of government that, however flawed, was dedicated to protecting the interests of its citizens. It offered the possibility of democratic change. It had a media that was diverse and endowed with the integrity to give a voice to all segments of society, including those beyond our borders, to impart to us unpleasant truths, to challenge the powerful, to explain ourselves to ourselves. I am not blind to the imperfections of this America, or the failures to always meet these ideals at home and abroad. I spent 20 years of my life in Latin America, Africa, the Middle East and the Balkans as a foreign correspondent reporting in countries where crimes and injustices were committed in our name, whether during the Contra war in Nicaragua or the brutalization of the Palestinians by Israeli occupation forces. But there was much that was good and decent and honorable in our country. And there was hope.

The country I live in today uses the same words to describe itself, the same patriotic symbols and iconography, the same national myths, but only the shell remains. America, the country of my birth, the country that formed and shaped me, the country of my father, my father's father, and his father's father, stretching back to the generations of my family that were here for the country's founding, is so diminished as to be nearly unrecognizable. I do not know if this America will return, even as I pray and work and strive for its return. The "consent of the governed" has become an empty phrase. Our textbooks on political science are obsolete. Our state, our nation, has been hijacked by oligarchs, corporations and a narrow, selfish political elite, a small and privileged group which governs on behalf of moneyed interests. We are undergoing, as John Ralston Saul wrote, "a coup d'etat in slow motion." We are being impoverished-legally, economically, spiritually and politically.

And unless we soon reverse this tide, unless we wrest the state away from corporate hands, we will be sucked into the dark and turbulent world of globalization where there are only masters and serfs, where the American dream will be no more than that-a dream, where those who work hard for a living can no longer earn a decent wage to sustain themselves or their families, whether in sweat shops in China or the decaying rust belt of Ohio, where democratic dissent is condemned as "treason"--and ruthlessly silenced.

The Rockefeller Illuminati (violence-obsessed) control the Republican GOP; the (sex-obsessed) Rothschilds the Democratic Party; Americans love violence more than sex

I single out no party. The Democratic Party has been as guilty as the Republicans. It was Bill Clinton who led the Democratic Party to the corporate watering trough. Clinton argued that the party had to ditch labor unions, no longer a source of votes or power, as a political ally. Workers, he insisted, would vote Democratic anyway.

They had no choice. It was better, he argued, to take corporate money. By the 1990s, the Democratic Party, under Clinton's leadership, had virtual fundraising parity with the Republicans. Today the Democrats get more. In political terms, it was a success. In moral terms, it was a betrayal.

The North American Free Trade Agreement was sold to the country by the Clinton White House as an opportunity to raise the incomes and prosperity of the citizens of the United States, Canada and Mexico. NAFTA would also, we were told, staunch Mexican immigration into the United States.

"There will be less illegal immigration because more Mexicans will be able to support their children by staying home," President Clinton said in the spring of 1993 as he was lobbying for the bill.

But NAFTA, which took effect in 1994, had the curious effect of reversing every one of Clinton's rosy predictions. Once the Mexican government lifted price supports on corn and beans for Mexican farmers, they had to compete against the huge agribusinesses in the United States. The Mexican farmers were swiftly bankrupted. At least 2 million Mexican farmers have been driven off their land since 1994.

And guess where many of them went? This desperate flight of poor Mexicans into the United States is now being exacerbated by large-scale factory closures along the border as manufacturers pack up and leave Mexico for the cut-rate embrace of China's totalitarian capitalism. But we were assured that goods would be cheaper. Workers would be wealthier. Everyone would be happier. I am not sure how these contradictory things were supposed to happen, but in a sound-bite society, reality no longer matters. NAFTA was great if you were a corporation. It was a disaster if you were a worker.

Clinton's welfare reform bill, which was signed on Aug. 22, 1996, obliterated the nation's social safety net. It threw 6 million people, many of them single mothers, off the welfare rolls within three years. It dumped them onto the streets without child care, rent subsidies and continued Medicaid coverage. Families were plunged into crisis, struggling to survive on multiple jobs that paid $6 or $7 an hour, or less than $15,000 a year. But these were the lucky ones.

In some states, half of those dropped from the welfare rolls could not find work. Clinton slashed Medicare by $115 billion over a five-year period and cut $25 billion in Medicaid funding.

The booming and overcrowded prison system handled the influx of the poor, as well as our abandoned mentally ill. And today we stand in shame with 2.3 million of our citizens behind bars, most for nonviolent drug offenses. More than one in 100 adults in the United States is incarcerated and one in nine black men ages 20 to 34 is behind bars. The United States, with less than 5 per cent of the global population, has almost 25 percent of the world's prisoners.

The growing desperation across the United States is unleashing not simply a recession-we have been in a recession for some time now-but the possibility of a depression unlike anything we have seen since the 1930s. This desperation has provided a pool of broken people willing to work for low wages and without unions or benefits. This is good news if you are a corporation. It is very bad news if you work for a living. For the bottom 90 percent of Americans, annual income has been on a slow, steady decline for three decades. The majority's income peaked at $ 33,000 in 1973. By 2005, according to New York Times reporter David Cay Johnston in his book Free Lunch, it had fallen to a bit more than $29,000, this despite three decades of economic expansion.

And where did that money go? Ask ExxonMobil, the biggest U.S. oil and gas company, which made a $10.9-billion profit in the first quarter of this year, leaving us to pay close to $4 a gallon to fill up our cars. Or better yet, ask Exxon Mobil Corp Chief Executive Rex Tillerson, whose compensation rose nearly 18 percent to $21.7 million in 2007, when the oil company pulled in the largest profit ever for a U.S. company. His take-home pay package included $1.75 million in salary, a $3.36-million bonus, and $16.1 million of stock and option awards, according to a company filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. He also received nearly $430,000 of other compensation, including $229,331 for personal security and $41,122 for use of the company aircraft. In addition to his pay package, Tillerson, 56, received more than $7.6 million from exercising options and stock awards during the year. Exxon Mobil earned $40.61 billion in 2007, up 3 percent from the previous year. But Tillerson's 2007 pay was not even the highest mark for the U.S. oil and gas industry. Occidental Petroleum Corp. CEO Ray Irani made $33.6 million and Anadarko Petroleum Corp. chief James Hackett took in $26.7 million over the same period.

For each dollar earned in 2005, the top 10% got 48.5 cents. That was the top 10th's greatest share of the income pie, Johnston writes, since 1929, just before the Roaring '20s collapsed in the Great Depression. And within the top 10 percent, those who made more than $100,000, nearly all the gains went to the top 10th of 1 percent, people like Tillerson, or Irani or Hackett, who made at least $1.7 million that year. And until we have real election reform, until we make it possible to run for national office without candidates kissing the rings of Tillersons, Iranis and Hacketts to get hundreds of millions of dollars, this rape of America will continue.

While the Democrats have been very bad, George W. Bush has been even worse. Let's set aside Iraq-the worst foreign policy blunder in American history. George Bush has also done more to dismantle our Constitution, ignore or revoke our statutes and reverse regulations that protected American citizens from corporate abuse than any other president in recent American history. The president, as the Boston Globe reported, has claimed the authority, through "signing statements," to disobey more than 750 laws enacted since he took office, asserting that he has the power to set aside any statute passed by Congress when it conflicts with his interpretation of the Constitution. Among the laws Bush said he can ignore are military rules and regulations, affirmative-action provisions, requirements that Congress be told about immigration services problems, ''whistle-blower" protections for nuclear regulatory officials, and safeguards against political interference in federally funded research.

The Constitution is clear in assigning to Congress the power to write the laws and to the president a duty ''to take care that the laws be faithfully executed." George Bush, however, has repeatedly declared that he does not need to ''execute" a law he believes is unconstitutional. The Bush administration has gutted environmental, food and product safety, and workplace safety standards along with their enforcement.

And this is why coal mines collapse, the housing bubble has blown up in our face and we are sold lead-contaminated toys imported from China. Bush has done more than any president to hand our government directly over to corporations, which now get 40 percent of federal discretionary spending. Over 800,000 jobs once handled by government employees have been outsourced to corporations, a move that has not only further empowered our shadow corporate government but helped destroy federal workforce unions. Everything from federal prisons, the management of regulatory and scientific reviews, the processing or denial of Freedom of Information requests, interrogating prisoners and running the world's largest mercenary army in Iraq has become corporate. And these corporations, in a perverse arrangement, make their money off of the American citizen.

Halliburton in 2003 was given a no-bid and non-compete $7-billion contract to repair Iraq's oil fields, as well as the power to oversee and control Iraq's entire oil production. This has now become $130 billion in contract awards to Halliburton. And flush with taxpayer dollars, what has Haliburton done? It has made sure only 36 of its 143 subsidiaries are incorporated in the United States and 107 subsidiaries (or 75 percent) are incorporated in 30 different countries. Halliburton is able through this arrangement to lower its tax liability on foreign income by establishing a "controlled foreign corporation" and subsidiaries inside low-tax, or no-tax, countries known as a "tax havens." They take our money. They squander it. And our corporate government not only funds them but protects them. Halliburton-and Halliburton is just one example-is the engine of our new, rogue corporate state, serviced by people like George Bush and Dick Cheney, once the company's CEO.

What the Oil-Rich Nation of Dubai is Doing with U.S. Petro-Dollars: Fantasy Island--For Real



The disparity between our oligarchy and the working class has created a new global serfdom. Credit Suisse analysts estimates that the number of subprime foreclosures in the United States over the next two years will total 1,390,000 and that by the end of 2012, 12.7 percent of all residential borrowers in the United States will be forced out of their homes. The corporate state, which as an idea is an abstraction to many Americans, is very real when the pieces are carefully put together and linked to a system of corporate power that has made this poverty, the denial of our constitutional rights and a state of permanent war inevitable. The assault on the American working class-an assault that has devastated members of my own family- is nearly complete. The U.S. economy has 3.2 million fewer jobs today than it did when George Bush took office, including 2.5 million fewer manufacturing jobs. In the past three years, nearly one in five U.S. workers was laid off. Among workers laid off from full-time work, roughly one-fourth were earning less than $40,000 annually.

A total of 15 million U.S. workers are unemployed, underemployed or too discouraged to job hunt, according to the Labor Department. There are whole sections of the United States which now resemble the developing world. There has been a Weimarization of the American working class. And the assault on the middle class is now under way.

Anything that can be put on software-from finance to architecture to engineering-can and is being outsourced to workers in countries such as India or China who accept a fraction of the pay and work without benefits. And both the Republican and Democratic parties, beholden to corporations for money and power, allow this to happen.

Take a look at our government departments. Who runs the Defense Department? The Department of Interior? The Department of Agriculture? The Food and Drug Administration? Who runs the Department of Labor? Corporations. And in an election year where we are numbed by absurdities we hear nothing about this subordinating of the American people to corporate power. The political debates, which have become popularity contests, are ridiculous and empty. They do not confront the real and advanced destruction of our democracy. They do not confront the takeover of our electoral processes.

We have watched over the past few decades the rise of a powerful web of interlocking corporate entities, a network of arrangements within subsectors, industries or other partial jurisdictions to diminish and often abolish outside control and oversight. These corporations have neutralized national, state and judicial authority.

They dominate, for example, a bloated and wasteful defense industry which has become sacrosanct and beyond the reach of politicians, most of whom are left defending military projects in their districts, no matter how redundant, because they provide jobs. This has permitted a military-industrial complex, which contributes lavishly to political campaigns, to spread across the country with virtual impunity. Defense-related spending for fiscal 2008 will exceed $1 trillion for the first time in history.

The U.S. has become the largest single seller of arms and munitions on the planet. The defense budget for fiscal 2008 is the largest since the Second World War even as we have more than $400 billion in annual deficits. More than half of federal discretionary spending goes to defense.

This will not end when Bush leaves office. And so we build Cold War relics like $ 3.4-billion submarines and stealth fighters to evade radar systems the Soviets never built and spend $8.9 billion on ICBM missile defense that will be useless in stopping a shipping container concealing a dirty bomb. The defense industry is able to monopolize the best scientific and research talent and squander the nation's resources and investment capital.

These defense industries produce nothing that is useful for society or the national trade account. Melman, like President Eisenhower, saw the defense industry as viral, something that, as it grew, destroyed a healthy economy. And so we produce sophisticated fighter jets while Boeing is unable to finish its new commercial plane on schedule, and our automotive industry tanks.

We sink money into research and development of weapons systems and starve technologies to fight against global warming and renewable energy.

Universities are awash in defense-related cash and grants, and struggle to find money for environmental studies.

This massive military spending, aided by this $3-trillion war, is hollowing us out from the inside. Our bridges and levees collapse, our schools decay and our safety net is taken away.

The corporate state, begun under Ronald Reagan and pushed forward by every president since, has destroyed the public and private institutions that protected workers and safeguarded citizens. Only 7.8 per cent of workers in the private sector are unionized. This is about the same percentage as in the early 1900s. There are 50 million Americans in real poverty and tens of millions of Americans in a category called "near poverty."

Our health care system is broken. Eighteen thousand people die in this country, according to the Institute of Medicine, every year because they can't afford health care. That is six times the number of people who died in the 9/11 attacks, and these unnecessary deaths continue year after year.

But we do not hear these stories of pain and dislocation. We are diverted by bread and circus. News reports do little more than report on trivia and celebrity gossip. The FCC, in an example of how far our standards have fallen, defines shows like Fox's celebrity gossip program "TMZ" and the Christian Broadcast Network's "700 Club" as "bona fide newscasts." The economist Charlotte Twight calls this vast corporate system of spectacle and democratic collapse "participatory fascism."

How did we get here? How did this happen? In a word, deregulation-the systematic dismantling of the managed capitalism that was the hallmark of the American democratic state. Our political decline came about because of deregulation, the repeal of antitrust laws, and the radical transformation from a manufacturing economy to a capital economy.

This understanding led Franklin Delano Roosevelt on April 29, 1938, to send a message to Congress titled "Recommendations to the Congress to Curb Monopolies and the Concentration of Economic Power." In it, he wrote:

"The first truth is that the liberty of democracy is not safe if the people tolerate the growth of power to a point where it becomes stronger than the democratic state itself. That, in its essence, is Fascism-ownership of Government by an individual, by a group, or by any other controlling private power. The second truth is that the liberty of a democracy is not safe if its business system does not provide employment and produce and distribute goods in such a way to sustain an acceptable standard of living."

The rise of the corporate state has grave political consequences, as we saw in Italy and Germany in the early part of the 20th century. Antitrust laws not only regulate and control the marketplace, they serve as bulwarks to protect democracy. And now that they are gone, now that we have a state that is run by and on behalf of corporations, we must expect inevitable and perhaps terrifying political consequences.

I spent two years traveling the country to write a book on the Christian right called American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on America. In depressed former manufacturing towns from Ohio to Kentucky it was the same. There are tens of millions of Americans for whom the end of the world is no longer an abstraction. They have lost hope.

Fear and instability has plunged the working class into personal and economic despair, and not surprisingly into the arms of the demagogues and charlatans of the radical Christian right who offer a belief in magic, miracles and the fiction of a utopian Christian nation. And unless we re-enfranchise these Americans back into the economy, unless we give them hope, our democracy is doomed.

As the pressure mounts, as this despair and desperation reaches into larger and larger segments of the American populace, the mechanisms of corporate and government control are being bolstered to prevent civil unrest and instability.

It is not accidental that with the rise of the corporate state comes the rise of the security state. This is why the Bush White House has pushed through the Patriot Act (and its renewal), the suspension of habeas corpus, the practice of "extraordinary rendition," the warrantless wiretapping on American citizens and the refusal to ensure free and fair elections with verifiable ballot-counting. It is part of a package. It comes together. It is not about terrorism or national security. It is about control. It is about their control of us.

Sen. Frank Church, as chairman of the Select Committee on Intelligence in 1975, investigated the government's massive and highly secretive National Security Agency.

He wrote:

"That capability at any time could be turned around on the American people and no American would have any privacy left, such is the capability to monitor everything: telephone conversations, telegrams, it doesn't matter. There would be no place to hide. If this government ever became a tyranny, if a dictator ever took charge in this country, the technological capacity that the intelligence community has given the government could enable it to impose total tyranny, and there would be no way to fight back, because the most careful effort to combine together in resistance to the government, no matter how privately it was done, is within the reach of the government to know.

Such is the capability of this technology. ... I don't want to see this country ever go across the bridge. I know the capability that is there to make tyranny total in America, and we must see to it that this agency and all agencies that possess this technology operate within the law and under proper supervision, so that we never cross over that abyss. That is the abyss from which there is no return. ..."

When Sen. Church made this statement the NSA was not authorized to spy on American citizens. Today it is.

In a military brig in Charleston an American citizen, Ali Saleh Kahlah al-Marri, is being held in a black hole set up on American soil. He was stripped on June 23, 2003, by George Bush of his constitutional rights and declared an "enemy combatant." He is being detained without charge, interrogated without a lawyer and held indefinitely.

Lawyers for the Bush administration claim that the president can send the military into any neighborhood, any town or suburb, capture a citizen and hold him or her in prison without charge. They base this claim on the Authorization for Use of Military Force, passed by Congress after 9/11, that gives President Bush the power to "use all necessary and appropriate force" against anyone involved in planning, aiding or carrying out the attacks. But Al-Mari was not captured in Afghanistan or Iraq. He was arrested in Peoria, Ill., in December 2001. And if the president can declare American citizens living inside the United States to be enemy combatants and order them stripped of constitutional rights, what does this mean for us? How long can we be held without charge? Without lawyers? Without access to the outside world? Maybe Al-Mari is, as the government claims, a terrorist. I don't know. But I do know that if this becomes a precedent, if it is not overturned by the courts, habeas corpus, the most important bulwark of our democratic state, will be dead.

We are fed lie after lie to mask the destruction the corporate state has wrought in our lives. The consumer price index, for example, used by the government to measure inflation, has become meaningless. To keep the official inflation figures low the government has been substituting basic products they once measured to check for inflation with ones that do not rise very much in price. This trick has kept the cost-of-living increases tied to the CPI artificially low. The disconnect between what we are told and what is actually true is worthy of the old East German state.

The New York Times' consumer reporter, W.P. Dunleavy, wrote that her groceries now cost $587 a month, up from $400 a year earlier. This is a 40 percent increase. California economist John Williams, who runs an organization called Shadow Statistics, contends that if Washington still used the CPI measurements applied back in the 1970s, inflation would be in the 10 percent range. The advantage to the corporations is huge.

A false inflation rate, one far lower than the real rate, keeps equitable interest payments on bank accounts and certificates of deposit down. It masks the deterioration of the American economy. The Potemkin statistics allow corporations and the corporate state to walk away from obligations tied to real adjustments for inflation.

These statistics mean that less is paid out in Social Security and pensions. It has reduced the interest on the multi-trillion-dollar debt. Corporations never have to pay real cost-of-living increases to their employees. The term "unemployment" has also been steadily redefined. This has rendered official data on employment worthless. In real terms about 10 percent of the working population is unemployed, a figure that is, over the long run, unsustainable.

The economy, despite the official statistics, is not growing. It is shrinking. And as the nation crumbles we are awash with the terrible simplicity of false statistics. We confuse our emotional responses, carefully manipulated by advertisers, pundits, spin doctors, television hosts, political consultants and focus groups, with knowledge. It is how we elect presidents and those we send to Congress, how we make decisions, even decisions to go to war. It is how we view the world. Four media giants-AOL-Time Warner, Viacom, Disney, and Rupert Murdoch's NewsGroup-control nearly everything we read, see and hear. This growing disconnect with reality is the hallmark of a totalitarian state.

"Before they seize power and establish a world according to their doctrines," Hannah Arendt wrote, "totalitarian movements conjure up a lying world of consistency which is more adequate to the needs of the human mind than reality itself; in which, through sheer imagination, uprooted masses can feel at home and are spared the never-ending shocks which real life and real experiences deal to human beings and their expectations.

The force possessed by totalitarian propaganda-before the movements have the power to drop iron curtains to prevent anyone's disturbing, by the slightest reality, the gruesome quiet of an entirely imaginary world-lies in its ability to shut the masses off from the real world."

So what do we do? Voting is not enough. If voting was that effective, to quote the activist Philip Berrigan, it would be illegal. And voting in an age when elections are stolen by rigged ballot machines and a stacked Supreme Court willing to overturn all legal precedent to make George Bush president, will not work.

I am not saying do not vote. We should all vote. But that has to be the starting point if we want to reclaim America. We must lobby, organize and advocate for the dissolution of the World Trade Organization and NAFTA. The WTO and NAFTA have handcuffed workers, consumers and stymied our efforts to create clean environments.

These agreements are beyond the control of our courts and have crippled our weakened regulatory agencies. The WTO forces our working class to compete with brutalized child and prison labor overseas, to be reduced to this level of slave labor or to go without meaningful work.

We need to repeal the anti-worker Taft-Hartley law of 1947. The act obstructs the organization of unions. We need to transfer control of pension funds from management to workers. If these pension funds, worth trillions of dollars, were in the hands of workers the working class would own a third of the New York Stock Exchange.

The working class has every right to be, to steal a line from Obama, bitter with liberal elites. I am bitter. I have seen what the loss of manufacturing jobs and the death of the labor movement did to my relatives in the former mill towns in Maine. Their story is the story of tens of millions of Americans who can no longer find a job that supports a family and provides basic benefits. Human beings are not commodities. They are not goods. They grieve, and suffer and feel despair. They raise children and struggle to maintain communities.

The growing class divide is not understood, despite the glibness of many in the media, by complicated sets of statistics or the absurd, utopian faith in unregulated globalization and complicated trade deals. It is understood in the eyes of a man or woman who is no longer making enough money to live with dignity and hope.

George Bush, who will be here on Saturday, has done more to shred, violate or absent the government from its obligations under domestic and international law. He has refused to sign the Kyoto Protocol, backed out of the Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty, tried to kill the International Criminal Court, walked out on negotiations on chemical and biological weapons, and defied the Geneva Convention and human rights law.

He has set up offshore penal colonies where we deny detainees basic rights and openly engage in torture. He launched an illegal war in Iraq based on fabricated evidence we now know had been discredited even before it was made public. And if we as citizens do not hold him accountable for these crimes, if we allow the Democratic majority in Congress to get away with its refusal to begin the process of impeachment, which appears likely, we will be complicit in the codification of a new world order, one that will have terrifying consequences.

For a world without treaties, statutes and laws is a world where any nation, from a rogue nuclear state to a great imperial power, will be able to invoke its domestic laws to annul its obligations to others. This new order will undo five decades of international cooperation-largely put in place by the United States-destroy our own constitutional rights and thrust us into a Hobbesian nightmare. We are one, maybe two, terrorist attacks away from a police state. Time is running out.

We must not allow international laws and treaties-ones that set minimum standards of behavior and provide a framework for competing social, political, economic and religious groups and interests to resolve differences-to be discarded.

The exercise of power without law is tyranny. And the consequences of George Bush's violation of the law, his creation of legal black holes that can swallow American citizens along with those outside our borders, run in a direct line from the White House to Abu Ghraib, Guantanamo and military brigs in cities such as Charleston.

George Bush-we now know from the leaked Downing Street memo-fabricated a legal pretext for war. He decided to charge Saddam Hussein with the material breach of the resolution passed in the wake of the 1991 Gulf War. He had no evidence that Saddam Hussein was in breach of this resolution. And so he and his advisers manufactured reports of weapons of mass destruction and disseminated them to a frightened and manipulated press and public. In short, he lied. He lied to us and to the rest of the world.

There are tens of thousands, perhaps a few hundred thousand people, who have been killed and maimed in a war that has no legal justification, a war waged in violation of international law, a war that under the post-Nuremberg laws is defined as "a criminal war of aggression."

We have blundered into nations we know little about. We are caught between bitter rivalries and competing ethnic groups and leaders we do not understand. We are trying to transplant a modern system of politics invented in Europe characterized, among other things, by the division of earth into independent secular states based on national citizenship in a land where the belief in a secular civil government is an alien creed. Iraq was a cesspool for the British when they occupied it in 1917. It will be a cesspool for us as well. We can either begin an orderly withdrawal or watch the mission collapse.

A rule-based world matters. The creation of international bodies and laws, the sanctity of our constitutional rights, have allowed us to stand pre-eminent as a nation-one that seeks at its best to respect and defend the rule of law. If we demolish the fragile and delicate domestic and international order, if we permit George Bush to create a world where diplomacy, broad cooperation, democracy and law are worthless, if we allow these international and domestic legal safeguards to unravel, our moral and political authority will plummet. We will erode the possibility of cooperation between nation-states, including our closest allies. We will lose our country. And we will, in the end, see visited upon us the evils we visit on others.

Read Antigone, when the king imposes his will without listening to those he rules or Thucydides' history. Read how Athens' expanding empire saw it become a tyrant abroad and then a tyrant at home. How the tyranny the Athenian leadership imposed on others it finally imposed on itself. This, Thucydides wrote, is what doomed Athenian democracy; Athens destroyed itself.

For the primary instrument of tyranny and empire is war and war is a poison, a poison which at times we must ingest just as a cancer patient must ingest a poison to survive. But if we do not understand the poison of war-if we do not understand how deadly that poison is-it can kill us just as surely as the disease.

"Hope, St. Augustine wrote, has two beautiful daughters. They are anger and courage. Anger at the way things are and the courage to see they do not remain the way they are." We stand at the verge of a massive economic dislocation, one forcing millions of families from their homes and into severe financial distress, one that threatens to rend the fabric of our society.

We are waging a war that devours lives and capital, and that cannot ultimately be won. We are told we need to give up our rights to be safe, to be protected. In short, we are made afraid. We are told to hand over all that is best about our nation to those like George Bush and Dick Cheney who seek to destroy our nation.

A state of fear only engenders cruelty; cruelty, fear, insanity, and then paralysis. In the center of Dante's circle the damned remained motionless. If we do not become angry, if we do not muster within us the courage, indeed the militancy, to challenge those in the Democratic and Republican parties who herd us towards the corporate state, we will have squandered our courage and our integrity when we need it most.

America's Crumbling Social Fabric: Built by Evil Potters--Not George Baileys

THE BEST MOVIE, ever made, of ALL TIME is Frank Capra's "It's a Wonderful Life". IT IS NOT A CHRISTMAS MOVIE. It's a DIRE WARNING of what was to come to America in the aftermath of WW2. It's even more than this. It's a metaphysical statement of REALITY with a plausible explanation of WHY GOD TOLERATES SUCH EVIL TO RUN RAMPANT IN THE WORLD. WATCH IT!



The above picture while humorous, does in a true fashion show racketeering at a low level. The family should not be a racket, but mostly it is. What is absolutely the BEST should be what drives everything the family does--but this is no longer the case. Essentially, two young people fall in love and have sex. Whether by accident or on purpose, they make new humans. At this point, the racket they gain is NOT HAVING TO FACE WHO THEY ARE OR WHAT LIFE IS ALL ABOUT. The life of their children become the driving force for everything, even though all parents are doing is passing on the unsolved problem of existence on to their children; who will do the same to their children and so on, so the troubling question hopefully doesn't have to be answered. Its a sure-fire escape from reality--for at least 80-100 years.

This is why the premature death of parent's children strikes such an emotional response from today's aging, Post-WW2 "baby boomers". Their entire comfort zone of not having to face self has been stripped away and their own mortality is in their face--yet again. Children are death's consolation prize that we are somehow going to live on.


The church should be THE place where the TRUTH is researched and examined and propagated to not even allow the racketeers to take control; but as you can see the church has failed. The typical rant against the church is it "got all fat and happy" and the Lord Jesus Christ does say this is a contributing factor in the book of Revelation in the Bible. However, this is not it--its the rejection of the love of TRUTH being our first love in favor of comfortable consumerism rackets that has caused the church to become its own peace-of-mind, God-isn't-mad-at-me racket.

You can say, "hey! waita minute! I always hear social commentary in church condemning this or that" etc. etc.

In America, the church has created a save-machine racket. Basically, even though Christ forgives us of ALL sins when we accept his pardon ONE TIME, the church makes one constantly feel inadequate over myriad sins of the flesh dating back to 19th century revivalism and one has to keep going forward in altar calls each Sunday--which of course keeps the full-time ministry staff employed and buildings built and maintained, so there you have it--another racket. Most Americans think church is a BUILDING when actually its supposed to be a GROUP OF PEOPLE WHO BELIEVE. Jim Baumgaertel writes:

The Evangelical Subculture

Two Different Conversions

When I became a follower of Jesus Christ I underwent two different conversions, although I didn't realize it at the time. First, I was converted from my old life into the Body of Christ by reconciliation with God through Jesus. Hallelujah! At about the same time I bought into the Evangelical Subculture under the false impression that it WAS the Body of Christ. It took me years to realize the difference between the two.

I had been aware of "Christendom": that worldly religious structure consisting of political and economic empires and bureaucracies, both Protestant and Catholic, that had fought religious wars and undertaken crusades to retake the "Holy Land", that had burned people at the stake, that continued to preach false Christs and false gospels of works, and that continues to talk about the counterfeit unity called Ecumenicalism.

But I had not understood the nature of the Evangelical Subculture, that is a part of the worldly structure of "Christendom". This subculture has its own organizations and institutions, denominations, parachurch organizations; its own magazines and radio stations and TV networks; its own schools and colleges and universities; its own celebrities; its own music industry and book stores; its own marketing and advertising worlds.

Like Joining a Club

The tragedy of the Evangelical Subculture is that people who have a sincere desire to follow Jesus get side tracked into a zeal for being a part of this worldly system. It is like joining a club. The club member begins to wear the clothes and trinkets bought at the "Christian" book stores; watch "Christian" TV and listen to "Christian" radio; buy the latest fad books that sweep the "Christian media"; subscribe to the "Christian" magazines; worship the "Christian" celebrities; use all the latest jargon promoted in the latest books by the celebrity authors.

A cult-like mentality develops among people who see this Evangelical system as identical to the Body of Christ. Their zeal is for the trappings of the subculture. It is its own religion. If someone tries to point out the unbiblical nature of some aspect of this subculture people will take offense because you are criticizing their religion. The subculture becomes the message. The "gospel" that people preach is for conversion to the system, not really to Jesus Christ.

The Subculture, Institutionalism, and Deception

The pop culture of Evangelicalism feeds on institutionalism, denominationalism, "non-denominational" institutional church organizations, and the professional clergy system. The professional clergy and their church organizations, in turn, find an indoctrinated constituency to fill their pews and programs. Both the subculture and the institutional churches turn a relationship with Jesus and his people into a participation in a religion and a lifestyle.

This Evangelical Subculture has played a major role in setting professing Christians up for deception. It seduces people to think and act like the subculture--instead of reading the Bible for themselves and deriving their understanding from the Bible. It has been this subculture that has infected the Evangelicals with psychology, self-esteem, political action and social activism, unity at the expense of sound doctrine, mysticism, and cult attachments to gurus, movements, and organizations. Ultimately, the end of this deception is a merging of the Evangelical Subculture with the global counterfeit religious vision.

We ought to be content with the simplicity of following Jesus and being the Body of Christ together with those the Lord provides for fellowship, according to the teachings of the Apostles in the New Testament.

Jim Baumgaertel

Proclamation, Invitation, and Warning



Jim has done a brilliant job of describing the CHURCH RACKET.

A racket is a less-than-optimal, never-ending "solutional" good/service that can be milked indefinitely for gain of the racketeers.

In the Church Racket you never fully get "saved" you are always dirty and in need of an altar call which keeps the Church Racket going and the racketeers fed.

His analysis was great until the end. His conclusion that all we need to do is be pious on our own and be oblivious to all that's going on around us so as not to be in the Church Racket is wrong. Read Francis Schaeffer's works.

"Jesus was a carpenter".

He built things, he offered TANGIBLE things to the world and he also assembled together a Special Forces "A" Team of 12 disciples to DO THINGS.

What we need are small units of REAL CHRISTIANS taking on REAL world problems to be the salt preservative of society as well as preaching the gospel to get their loyalty established to God's team via the pardon of Christ. If you or anyone does nothing tangible in regards to the world we live in and only take part in a save machine you are an accomplice to the evil world order that sustains you. If all Christianity is a bunch of people waiting to die, we are violating Jesus Christ's example to be a carpenter and do tangible things. Here is my take on what Christians should do:



The rise of the mass media at the turn of the century has been paid for by corporations to make the people hunger for their products with increasingly evil psychological manipulations. CIA operative and Freud relative Edward Bernays taught American corporations how to pervert the American public to become consumers driven by their urges--instead of citizens driven by their conscience. The way television (TV)--a one-way medium without accountability--in contrast to the previous 2-way written words on paper documents and books has damned America from the early 1950s into a vegetable state of tired people coming home from work hypnotized by its programming and commercials--no accident instigated by the CIA's mind control folks at Stanford Research Institute and other locations as part of Operation MOCKINGBIRD--the illegal treason instigated against the American people for the Illuminati.

A word to the wise about "social media" that some claim acts as a counterweight to what the Illuminati are doing as expressed by the "Arab Spring" revolt began by a freedom fighter's self-immolation.

If the social media means are used to further narcissism--then its another tool for population control by absorbing up individual's time with which to think or possibly "fight city hall"--exactly like the weak ego-driven Germans were in the 1930s/40s. Illuminati historian Carroll Quigley ironically makes the warning in his for many years, secret book: Tragedy & Hope:



"A second notable carryover from childhood to adult German life was egocentricity. The whole world seems to any child to revolve around it, and most societies have provided ways in which the adolescent is disabused of this error. The German leaves childhood so abruptly that he rarely learns this fact of the universe, and spends the rest of his life creating a network of established relationships centering on himself. Since this is his aim in life, he sees no need to make any effort to see anything from any point of view other than his own. The consequence is a most damaging inability to do this. Each class or group is totally unsympathetic to any point-of-view except the egocentric one of the viewer himself. His union, his company, his composer, his poet, his party, his neighborhood are the best, almost the only acceptable, examples of the class, and all others must be denigrated. As part of this process a German usually chooses for himself his favorite flower, musical composition, beer, club, painting, or opera, and sees little value or merit in any other. Yet at the same time, he insists that his myopic or narrow-angled vision of the universe must be universalized, because no people are more insistent on the role of the absolute or the universal as the framework of their own egocentricity. One deplorable consequence of this has been the social animosities rampant in a Germany which has loudly proclaimed its rigid solidarity."


The corporation is a new invention in human history. At first, human governments granted them only a TEMPORARY right to exist and then they had to show they were working for the public good. The British East India company had nothing the Chinese wanted, so they foisted off drug poison onto them leading to the Opium wars. The British government failed to curtail drug smuggling and the corporations were off to the races so to speak, realizing that when providing a social fabric--even an immoral one--governments would look the other way so long as they got paid off with their own cut of the profits.


The classic feudal system of the rich land owner having a walled castle with which peasant farmers could flee to in case of attack is not much different from today's situation where only the rich have the CAPITAL to set-up economic activities that can provide a steady employment for those without capital and/or are less motivated-talented to come up with a compelling goods/services. Frank Capra's George Bailey (Jimmy Stewart) in the most important movie ever made, It's a Wonderful Life demonstrates modern life's battle against evil men in vivid detail; the moral man who sees his duty as providing a livelihood for others around him is always up against the Illuminati (Potter) who despise the simpletons who need some economic co-dependence relationship.


With the Rockefeller Illuminati taking over the social fabric of American life making us into the defacto 4th Reich, it's hard to differentiate what is public and what is private. It doesn't matter to the evil elites; all they want is a free hand to do whatsoever they will without any public scrutiny least of all any intelligent, logical, moral scrutiny. The corruption of the American political system has taken place over many years since in the beginning it was a beautifully balanced arrangement that enabled enlightened citizens to actually steer the country if they elected a moral President of the United States (POTUS). Others will disagree and conclude America has always been a greedy and murderous nation. Regardless, the key departure point for the helm of America being lost has to be the 1912-1913 time frame when the direct election of Senators and automatic income tax abominations were foisted upon us. Details:

The Brave American


Many idiot sheeple vote for the Republican party because they bitch about "the lazy welfare blacks who make crack babies"--which is exactly the infighting the Rockefeller Illuminati want us to do so we never realize who THEY ARE--the High Cabal and take effective action against their greater evils. Blue collar people whine about their consumerism vis-a-vis their neighbors and this envy is perfect cover for the elites to go about destroying the social fabric of our country--take a look at Detroit--no jobs so there's no hope--but this began by first bringing in low-life black gangsta culture so no one would ever want to be in Detroit much less operate a company there. Black gagsta culture is pure Illuminati hedonism as witnessed by Beyonce' and others who blatantly signal Illuminati Satanism in their music lyrics and visuals. Black hate for white culture was created by the Illuminati murdering Dr. Martin Luther King in 1968 which sent the signal that behaving like normal people with appetites in control will not result in societal success.


To further destroy black people, government assistance was offered to make them weak co-dependents upon the government and voting for the liberal Democratic party. Compressing these people into government housing so their despair and hedonism spreads adds to the drug addictions of many which are ways for the Illuminati to recover their welfare monies back--as well as create property crimes and murders throughout the rest of the city.

There are many ways out of this mess as LTG James Gavin and Major Arthur Hadley outline in 1968 in their book Crisis Now:

Crisis Now

Moreover, we should stop glorifying crap music like rap that exalts hating whitey and violence. The same goes for whiny red-neck self-loathing crap country music, too. Stop listening to this crap. Don't let your kids listen to it, either. Don't let them wear baggy pants or any of the gangsta BS. Throw out any music CDs with Satanic artwork and logos that will hex your house with curses. It's called idolatry.

We should mandate that NO ONE GETS A DRIVER'S LICENSE UNLESS HE/SHE PASSES A DRUG TEST. Sorry, you have no right to get behind the wheel of a 2, 000+ pound object full of highly volatile gasoline and help murder 50, 000 Americans each year:

Unsafe Personally-Owned Vehicles

To get people off welfare, we should first mandate 2 years of national service to get these young people away from assholes in the "hood". Show them there's more to life than BS drugs and bling. This way, they can learn self-control and learn some things about life and show to the rest of society they can be trusted. After national service with some money in their pockets, they can launch into college or pay for an apartment and work a decent job wherever they can find it.

The point is that our black and other nationality ethnic citizens are NOT THE ENEMY; they are the victims in the mess hatched by the Illuminati. The best anti-dote to welfare is DECENT JOBS offering DECENT WAGES run by DECENT PEOPLE--not assholes. This means WE HAVE TO DO THIS; otherwise the Illuminati will continue to make up our corrupted social fabric.

Being Anonymous in a Bureaucracy/Corporation/Secret Society Brings out the Worst Human Behaviors Possible


"What my model adds to the mix of what is needed to get good people to engage in evil deeds is a focus on the role of cognitive controls that usually guide behavior in socially desirable and personally acceptable ways. It can be accomplished by knocking out these control processes, blocking them, minimizing them, or reorienting them. Doing so, suspends conscience, self-awareness, sense of personal responsibility, obligation, commitment, liability, morality and analyses in terms of costs/ benefits of given actions. The two general strategies for accomplishing this objective are: to reduce cues of social accountability of the actor (no one knows who I am, nor cares to), and reducing concerns for self evaluation by the actor. The first cuts out concerns for social evaluation, for social approval, and does so by making the actor feel anonymous. It works when one is functioning in an environment that conveys anonymity and diffuses personal responsibility across others in the situation.

I now feel that any environmental, societal conditions that contribute to making some members of society feel that they are anonymous, that no one knows who they are, that no one recognizes their individuality and thus their humanity, makes them potential assassins and vandals, a danger to my person and my property -- and yours (Zimbardo, 1976)."

--Philip G. Zimbardo, A Situationist Perspective on the Psychology of Evil: Understanding How Good People are Transformed Into Perpetrators american-buddha.com/911.zimbardosituationistperspective.htm

Full-Blown Anonymity

Who they are and what they are doing?--Hidden from sheeple

Examples: UAVs, Nazi/Stalin Death Camps

Psycho/Socipoaths get off on being in ananonymous human societal nightmares: think USMC boot camp


A Situationist Perspective on the Psychology of Evil: Understanding How Good People are Transformed Into Perpetrators, by Philip G. Zimbardo

Before moving on, I would like to share parts of a letter sent to me recently (email communication Oct. 18, 2002) by a young psychology student, recently discharged from military service. It outlines some of the direct parallels between the aversive aspects of our simulated prison many years ago and current despicable practices possible in some military boot-camp training. It also points up the positive effects that research and education can have.

"I am a 19 yr. old student of psychology [who watched] the slide show of your prison experiment. Not too far into it, I was almost in tears... I joined the United States marine corps, pursuing a childhood dream. To make a long story short, I had become the victim of repeated illegal physical and mental abuse. An investigation showed I suffered more than 40 unprovoked beatings. Eventually, as much as I fought it, I became suicidal, thus received a discharge from boot camp....

The point I am trying to make is that the manner in which your guards carried about their duties and the way that Military Drill Instructors do is unbelievable. I was amazed at all the parallels of your guards and one particular D.I. that comes to mind. I was treated much the same way and even worse in some cases.

One incident that stands out was in an effort to break platoon solidarity, I was forced to sit in the middle of my squad bay (living quarters) and shout to the other recruits 'if you guys would have moved faster, we wouldn't be doing this for hours' referencing every single other recruit holding over their heads very heavy foot lockers. The event was very similar to the prisoners saying #819 was a bad prisoner. After my incident and after I was home safe some months later, all I could think about was how much I wanted to go back to show the other recruits that as much as the D. I.'s told the platoon that I was a bad recruit, I wasn't.

Other behaviors come to mind like the push-ups for punishment, shaved heads, not having any identity other that being addressed as and referring to other people as 'Recruit So-and-so' which replicates your study. The point of it all is even though your experiment was conducted 31 yrs. ago, my reading the study has helped me gain an understanding I was previously unable to gain before, even after therapy and counseling. What you have demonstrated really gave me insight into something I've been dealing with for almost a year now. Although, it is certainly not an excuse for their behavior, I now can understand the rationale behind the D. I.'s actions as far as being sadistic and power hungry."

...anonymity promotes destructive behavior-when permission is also given to behave in aggressive ways that are ordinarily prohibited.

...any environmental, societal conditions that contribute to making some members of society feel that they are anonymous, that no one knows who they are, that no one recognizes their individuality and thus their humanity, makes them potential assassins and vandals, a danger to my person and my property -- and yours (Zimbardo, 1976).

One key finding was that people are less likely to help when they are in a group, when they perceive others are available who could help, than when those people are alone. The presence of others diffuses the sense of personal responsibility of any individual.

Functional Anonymity

They admit to who they are--if you ever find out about what they are doing to identify them. If you do can you punish them for what the bureaucracy/corporation/SS actions? When they misbehave the buck stops nowhere--no one is forced to admit fault and take corrective action much less get removed from power and go to prison.

Examples: SecState Kerry belligerent statements unknown to U.S. sheeple has provoked NK--as per his orders from his Skull & Bones secret society--as predicted


Secrecy is just an adjunct to anonymity for psycho-sociopaths to do evil and get away with it. This again is why we must have a MORALLY-SOUND OSS and not the crap, evil Nazi-fascist CIA we have now.

Why do we still have MANY SECRETS from WW2?

Why can't we read German Abwehr (military intelligence chief) Admiral Canaris' diary after all these years?

The ULTRA SECRET was kept until 1975---30 years after the alleged "end" of WW2.

Don't give me this crap that the secrets behind the 9/11 False Flag Attacks couldn't be kept hidden.

They are. Remember the 70+ video cameras whose footage of the explosion at the Pentagon are being kept from us?


Someone Would Have Talked? Someone Would Be Crazy

Posted by truther on April 17, 2012 // Leave Your Comment

By Russ Baker

Would covert operatives whose work involves subverting democratic governments abroad-including violent coups such as the one that brought down Chilean President Salvador Allende in 1973-hesitate when ordered to participate in comparable activities at home?

We're constantly told that no such thing could happen in the good 'ole USA (certainly not in the deaths [murders] of JFK, RFK, MLK, for example), if for no other reason than that it is impossible to keep such plots secret.

Or, in the common parlance: "Someone would have talked."

The logic goes: since no one has come forward to describe their role in such plots, therefore no plot has existed.

In fact, nothing could be further from the truth. People are coming forward all the time to provide, if not the whole story, crucial bits and pieces that together would lead us to awareness of a variety of covert doings, some clearly nefarious. [EDITOR: and the sheeple don't-give-a-damn they want to believe in the USG fairy tale] For example, scores, perhaps hundreds of credible eyewitnesses have cast doubt on the official "lone kook" scenario that is a staple of every domestic assassination.

But these whistle-blowers are quickly discredited, suppressed, or worse [EDITOR: they are often murdered by the USG]. From time-to-time people even come out of the national security establishment to testify to such wrongdoing, but they almost always pay a heavy price -which of course discourages others from bearing witness.

How many remember the story of Philip Agee?

Phil was a loyal American who served in the Central Intelligence Agency abroad. Eventually, he could no longer stomach the ugly work he and colleagues were doing to subvert the affairs of other countries, and he became a critic and a fugitive. You can read about his hair-raising adventures as the might of the U.S. government came down upon him wherever he went, in his book On the Run.

The Waterboard Whisperer

In the years since, there have been numerous other examples of "someone" who did talk, only to suffer a variety of unpleasant circumstances. The most recent case is that of former CIA officer John Kiriakou, who faces up to 45 years in prison for statements he has made.

Kiriakou first attracted the Agency's ire when, in 2007, the ex-agent told ABC News that while he believed that waterboarding could be effective, it was morally the wrong thing to do. He was quickly ousted from his job as a security risk analyst for the [CIA front company] accounting firm Deloitte.

He later, the government charges, spoke to journalists who were seeking confirmation of the identity of agency personnel involved with the controversial interrogation program that used methods tantamount to torture. Kiriakou faces 4 counts related to leaking classified information, each carrying a penalty of 10 years imprisonment.

He is also accused of having told the CIA that material in a book he was writing would "fictionalize" a high-tech CIA scanning device known as a "magic box" while in fact he went ahead to describe it accurately. The charge of making false statements could earn him an additional 5 years imprisonment.

The bottom line here is that public servants can go to jail for trying to inform the public about the truth of what their government does-and, bizarrely, for lying to the government by falsely promising to lie about government secrets--while actually telling the truth about what they had seen from the inside.

As for "someone would have talked"......baloney. Almost nobody talks. And for good reason. Just ask John Kiriakou.

Courageously, Commander Ian Fleming was able to fictionalize many warnings to us in his 007 fiction and evade death from the Official Secrets Act (OFSA)....however he may have pushed his luck too far in the 1964 book, The Man with the Golden Gun which details how even James Bond could be mind-controlled to murder good people against his will.


Some like legendary JFK researcher Jim Marrs suspect Fleming was murdered by inducing a fatal heart attack in 1964 he suffered after having lunch at a golf course. If you doubt the existence of MKULTRA mind control just watch the videos below of Brittany Spears losing it during a TV interview and the BBC program by Derren Brown - "The Experiments: The Assassin" where they took a random person and hypnotized him to shoot a a person in public with a toy gun--not unlike Sirhan Sirhan who was too far away to actually cause the fatal shot less than 2" away that security guard Thane Cesar did.


Psychological warfare operative George Estabrooks explained how U.S. intelligence agencies could create the perfect spy: "We start with an excellent subject ... we need a man or woman who is highly intelligent and physically tough. Then we start to develop a case of multiple personality through hypnotism. In his normal waking state, which we will call Personality A, or PA, this individual will become a rabid communist. He will join the party, follow the party line and make himself as objectionable as possible to the authorities. Note that he will be acting in good faith. He is a communist, or rather his PA is a communist and will behave as such. Then we develop Personality B (PB), the secondary personality, the unconscious personality, if you wish, although this is somewhat of a contradiction in terms. This personality is rabidly American and anti-communist. It has all the information possessed by PA, the normal personality, whereas PA does not have this advantage ... My super spy plays his role as a communist in his waking state, aggressively, consistently, fearlessly. But his PB is a loyal American, and PB has all the memories of PA. As a loyal American, he will not hesitate to divulge those memories."

Estabrooks never explained what would happen if the programming were to go haywire and Personality B were to become the conscious personality, but my guess is that such a person would be considered a severe liability and would be treated accordingly. They might even be find themselves swinging from the end of a rope. Phil Ochs was 35 at the time of his death.

USG: Hijacked by the Rockefeller or Rothschild Illuminati Using the High Cabal's Anonymity & Secrecy

With the American sheeple asleep conned into thinking the ship-of-state can be flown on automatic pilot via bureaucracies, the psycho-sociopaths can do anything they want and mere laws and regulations will not stop them anymore than a flight manual will prevent an aircraft full of sleeping passengers slamming into a mountain (think New Zealand Air TE901). Good people are blocked and forced out of America's evil bureaucracies by BS like polygraph tests, evaluation reports and the intrinsic ability to talk trash (libelous lies, smears) about you using bureaucratic anonymity.

Polygraph Tests: Identify Who Cares About Lies and Keep Them Out of Psycho-Sociopathic Organizations

People who give-a-damn cannot remain un-emotional when questioned about evil during polygraph tests and are not hired by police departments, FBI, CIA, SS etc. damning those bureaucracies to being filled exclusively by assholes who don't give-a-damn about things and are very pliable to Illuminati control. Here is a LINKEDIN ad for recruiting DoD personnel gloating over their polygraph examinations being passed like being an asshole is some kind of badge of honor.

Group: Department of Defense
Subject: An Invitation to Two High-Level Professional Hiring Events

The Nation's leading defense companies are looking to meet with the region's most experienced Polygraph Tested professionals at the hiring event of choice: TECHEXPO Top Secret Polygraph Only.

If you posses an active TS/SCI with CI or Full Scope Polygraph and are a seasoned, experienced professional within the defense & intelligence industries; we invite you, your polygraph tested colleagues & friends to the most serious & prestigious events this April.

Wednesday April 17th • 10am - 3pm
BWI Marriott
1743 West Nursery Road
Baltimore, MD 21090
Reston, VA 20191
Directions Only: (410) 859-8300
Pre-Register: www.TECHEXPOUSA.com


Thursday, April 18th • 10am - 3pm
Sheraton Reston
11810 Sunrise Valley Drive
Reston, VA 20191
Directions Only: (703) 620-9000
Pre-Register: www.TECHEXPOUSA.com

Complimentary Hors d'oeuvres & Refreshments shall be served.

Admission: An active TS/SCI with CI or Full Scope Polygraph issued by the US Federal Government or Military is REQUIRED to attend (or clearance last used within past 24 months.)

Interviewing in Maryland on 4/17:

Abraxas Corporation
ClearEdge IT Solutions
Honeywell Technology Solutions
i_SW Corp.
Intelligent Decisions
Kimmich Software Systems
Lockheed Martin
MacAulay - Brown
ManTech International
National Security Partners
Northrop Grumman
The Josef Group
The Kenjya Group
The SI Organization
Ventura Solutions
Vital Management & Engineering
World Wide Technology

Virtual Exhibitors Include: SAGE Management, The Josef Group...and more!

Interviewing in Virginia on 4/18:

Abraxas Corporation
Agilex Technologies
BAE Systems
BMC Software
General Dynamics Information Technology
Hewlett Packard
L-3 Communication Systems - East
LMN Solutions
Lockheed Martin
Northrop Grumman
OG Systems
QVine Corporation
The Boeing Company
The Buller Group
Unisys Corporation
Verizon Communications

Virtual Exhibitors Include: Avid Technology Professionals, Tad PGS...and more!

Positions for:

• Network Engineers
• Java Developer
• Acquisition Logistics Support Analyst
• Hadoop System Administrator
• Database Administrators
• Software Engineers
• Web Developers
• Systems Engineer, Administrators
• Project Managers / Program Managers
• Linguists
• Malware Analyst
• Technical Writers
• Information Analyst
• Security Analyst
• Network Technician
• Strategic Planning Officer & much more...

On-site career coaching & resume evaluation at our hiring events sponsored by CI & HUMINT TTP, LLC.

• Join our professional group: The TECHEXPO Top Secret Linkedin group in a great way to stay connected with local recruiters & hiring managers. linkedin.com/company/techexpo-top-secret

• Stay active through social media with us as we update you with current events, industry news, companies actively hiring, open houses & more!

Like us on Facebook - facebook.com/techexpotopsecret
Follow us on Twitter - twitter.com/TechExpoJobFair

Thank you once again for your interest in our hiring event. Remember, if it's not a TECHEXPO Top Secret hiring event, it's just a job fair!
Posted By Bill Branstetter

It takes no stretch of the imagination to see people who have no trouble passing polygraph tests because they-don't-give-a-damn being eager to blow-up civilians they deem to be low-lifes in UAV drone strikes hiding behind anonymity. Now you might say I'm being "unfair and there are good people surely amongst the folks above" yadda yadda. First 25% of all human beings have no conscience, PERIOD. Thus, at least 25% of the smug polygraph test passers above are psycho-sociopaths. The question is HOW MANY OF THE REMAINING are also derived from the 25% by being culled from the general population taking positions from those with consciences who can't pass a polygraph? And why are We the People letting this BS polygraph test be allowed as a yes/no hiring discriminator? Again, its a BS Nazi CIA-derived gimmick to keep moral people out of the bureaucracy that other bureaucracies have jumped on the band wagon so they can be immoral Fascists, too. Polygraph testing didn't stop John Walker, Aldrich Ames, Clayton Lonetree etc. from commiting treason, did it? They passed their polygraph tests. Polygraphs are inadmissable in court because THEY ARE BULLSHIT. They should also NOT be used as a criteria for hiring, but our Nazi fascist America has has you can see embraced this BS as yet another way to keep people with consciences out of corporations and public service so they can be free to be mega assholes.

I know for a fact from personal experience that polygraphs are BS and hardly "lie detector tests" as seen on the horrid Steve Wilkos talk show and know several people who have "failed" them for a police jobs while TELLING THE TRUTH! Sadly, I heard a horror story recently from a mom about her daughter who didn't get her "dream job" with the FBI because she couldn't pass her polygraph test because she was too passionate. It's the FBI's loss since they could really use some people who have some morality--and maybe a blessing for her to not have to experience her dream turn into a nightmare of bureaucrat assholes all around her. Sometimes getting what you want isn't a good thing.

Brown-Noser Evaluation Reports: Identify Who Has a Moral Compass and Keep Them Out of Psycho-Sociopathic Organizations

People with consciences--a built-in moral compass will not tell their bosses they are wearing a 3-piece suit when they are naked. The evaluation report driven almost entirely by the subjective whim of the boss as seen in the USMIL has resulted in over the years with a complete Illuminati take-over. The USMIL is the most expensive, immoral and incompetent military bureaucracy ever created. Since 1945 this has been the Illuminati plan to prevent moral maverick Gavins, Ridgways and Flemings from ever running the show again for WE THE PEOPLE instead of they the Illuminati.

A simple fix to the current USMIL eval report would be to make over 50% of the evaluation come from THE FOLLOWERS that leader has working for him so they can weigh-in on if he is a selfish asshole or not.

USG Spending America into Bankruptcy

One of the first things the Illuminati fought for was control of America's money supply via their privately-owned banks printing money at an interest rate that courageous President Andrew Jackson successfully resisted. Watch the video below on how all today's paper money really is are certificates of debt--I do this for you, you give me this back.

The Real Meaning of the Wizard of Oz


To visualize how the Illuminati print money and charge us, review the excellent demonocracy web page below:


Now some have said that the answer is to back American dollars by actual precious metals like gold and silver. As the Oz video warns us there isn't enough gold in the world to back up all the economic activities of 7 BILLION people--but it would be very welcome by the evil Illuminati as a way to better control the sheeple.



Gold Heist by Real Goldfingers: Does America Really Have 8, 135 Tons of Gold--or Has it Been Stolen by the Rockefeller Illuminati? Would this gold valued at $813 BILLION be able to pay-off the $16, 000 BILLION national debt?

Of course not.

However, visualize why even if we had 8, 135 tons ($813B) in gold it cannot even begin to cover all the economic activity of the U.S.--which in taxes alone is $4, 000 BILLION.

So while America ignores gold because there's not enough of it to cover our paper money, the Rockefeller Illuminati steal it by switching out real gold bars with fake ones made of tungsten.


How much gold does the USG really have? According to Dr. Beter nothing like the feel-good amount the demonocracy web page depicts...


Commander Ian Fleming warns us in Goldfinger about the dangers of gold--and how it can be stolen from us by DECEPTION. As we speak the Germans have had their gold supplies STOLEN by the Illuminati in their American and French banks by fake gold bars filled with tungsten.


Again, with no one looking, the sheeple sleep as the USG spends roughly $10B each day while borrowing $5B each day.


When America goes to wars for Wall Street profits, they certainly eat up the maximum monies for Soldier combat pay but the actual way we fight is not materially improved so we can survive the conflict: we are still stuck in wheeled trucks damned to roads/trails where land mines await.




USG Collects MORE MONEY from 300, 000, 000 Citizens than it does from Corporations.




Individuals: 2, 303, 466 million = 2.3 trillion
Corporations: 1, 737, 678 million = 1.737 trillion


4.037 trillion


Individuals: 1, 091, 473 million = 1.091 trillion
Corporations 181, 085 million = 181 billion


1.272 trillion

WTFO? Look how much the USG refunds corporations!



If the USG had a BALANCED budget amendment, if WE THE PEOPLE were willing to TEMPORARILY sacrifice our tax refunds--and corporations were to forgo their refunds, too we could pay-off the National Debt of $16 trillion within 4 years....

U.S. National Debt


Moreover, if we printed debt-free money instead of paying Illuminati bankers at interest to do it, we could pay-off our national debt faster...


Illuminati apologist Edward Flaherty says "We can see from the table that the Fed's chief source of income is interest on government bonds. However, we can also see that 97% of the Fed's net income goes back to the Treasury....The Fed owns only about 8.7% of the total national debt, so the vast bulk of the interest payments are going elsewhere."

Excuse me, but the Fed "owning" 8.7% of a $16 Trillion dollar national debt is [math.com/students/calculators/source/3percent.htm] is

$1.392 Trillion

Flaherty continues by offering the figures below for how much the Fed gets from printing money.

1999 Combined Statements of Income of the Federal Reserve Banks (in millions)

Interest income

Interest on U.S. government securities $28,216
Interest on foreign securities 225
Interest on loans to depository institutions 11 Other income 688


Total operating income 29,140 [$29.14B]

Operating expenses

Salaries and benefits 1,446 [$1.446B]
Occupancy expense 189
Assessments by Board of Governors 699
Equipment expense 242
Other 302


Total operating expenses 2,878 [$2.878B]

Net Income Prior to Distribution $26,262

Distribution of Net Income

Dividends paid to member banks 374
Transferred to surplus 479
Payments to U.S. Treasury 25,409


Total distribution 26,262

Source: 86th Annual Report of the Board of Governors, p.335.

Notice the suspicious expenses in BOLDFACE.

Of the $1.446 BILLION in salaries how much of this is for Rockefeller Illuminati executives and how much for necessary security guards? What are these "assessments" by Board of Governors? And WTFO is the $302M in "other" expenses? Is this air fares to travel to the bohemian Grove orgies and Bilderberger confabs in Europe?

Clearly, $374M is no small amount that is being paid to the Illuminati banksters to print our money--the 3% Flaherty tries to sweep-under-the-rug.

If you add up the bold-faced suspicious expenses above---and cut-out 1/2 of the salaries since it's highly likely a few Illuminati fat cats are hogging up at least 50% of these monies to themselves, leaving the salaries of the actual necessary workers, the figure is $2.098B what the Fed is potentially robbing from us annually. This is on top of the $1.79 Trillion of the national debt they "own". Since these figures are from 1999 the damage is no doubt far worse today.

According to the superb researchers at demonocracy.info, the Fed prints $85B each month--but this money does NOT go to create jobs or consumers to boost spending despite their lies about embracing Keynesian economics. These paper dollars go to BANKS who buy stocks on the stock market.


According to [tradingeconomics.com/united-states/unemployment-rate] there were 11.2M unemployed American citizens in march 2013. $85B of paper money in 1 month could employ over 20, 000 citizens @$50, 000/year. The same money could also employ 40, 000 Americans @$20, 000/year, too. This money could create actual companies producing goods/services that would have an entire year to operate and become self-sustaining. In other words, if the Illuminati gave-a-damn-about-you (they don't) unemployment could be ended immediately by 275 months (23 years) cash infusion to WE THE PEOPLE instead of to THEY THE ASSHOLES. We have wasted billions and 20+ years on the typical bloated Pentagon weapon system like the F-22 so this timeline is not unusual. Its focus on uplifting the entire country and not just a few war mongers is sadly new.

Full Employment Solution: High-Speed TRAINing

America should decide on a 20-year program to FULLY employ the 11 million unemployed Americans by TRAINing them to build and operate a comprehensive 200+ mph train system to move us around the country in safety, efficiency and style. All we would have to do is eliminate the private bankster Federal Reserve con-job and print the money that would be given out as small business loans to new employee-run corporations that would train and lead the 11, 000, 000 American "black sheep" unemployed to do what snobby asshole Ayn Rand types would think impossible. If we gave the unemployed HOPE and lead them by James Gavin and Ian Fleming-types we could not only solve unemployment once-and-for-all and get move the country at high speeds to raise our intellectual and social maturity ending the daily massacres we suffer each day on our highways. Once up & running, the high speed train system will quickly make huge profits to pay back the loans that created it.

In 1953 at the end of the Korean War, with Rockefeller Illuminati assholes taking over from their false democrat puppet Truman, unemployment was just 3.5%. Unemployment could be 0% if the plutocracy wanted it. People with jobs and money are empowered and pose a threat to the Illuminati who want us dead--if they can't instigate that right away, being debt-slaves is their next choice for us.


Most people will not have the love and trust of America to do without a tax refund for 4 years to pay-off the national debt which is actually $17.29 Trillion according to the web site below:


And certainly the anonymous corporations run secretly by asshole psycho-sociopaths wouldn't be willing to give up their tax refunds, either.

So, if the USG by a balanced budget amendment were forced to only spend what they took in, the $17 trillion deficit would still remain and would grow. What we would have to do is actually operate several years with budget surplusses so the debt can be paid off. What could we cut to create an annual surplus?

Most Americans today have bought into the Illuminati corrupt values system and are snobby mini-assholes. They want everyone to pull themselves-up-by-their-own-boot-straps--even though there are fewer and fewer living wage jobs out there because Illuminati Ayn Rand assholes run the economy aka social fabric because we let them do our own dirty work. When you look at the USG budget, the biggest expenses are for what the sheeple-snobs would view as lazy welfare people and old farts who in their mind's eye should be mercy killed because they are just existing and consuming resources. The anti-war pacifists will rightly condemn the MILINDCOMP which has perverted America's values and reputation around the world into AmeroFascism. How the Illuminati look-down on the sheeple is in ( ).

$430B Welfare (Poor White Trash/Minorities)
$866B Pensions/Social Security (Senile)
$882B Health Care (Caring for the Lazy and Old Farts)
$856B Defense (Asshole Killers We Adore)

The bottom line is that the amount the USG is spending too much is $972B.

If we cut defense waste by 50%, $425B eliminates 1/2 of the deficit right there.

If you look closely at the USG budget there are unexplained expenses of $141B and $60B for "protection" tied no doubt to the BS non-existent GWOT on imaginary Islamist ragheads the CIA concocts. This totals up to $201B. Disbanding the CIA which works for Wall Street, the FBI which spies and smears innocent American citizens instead of fighting organized crime conspiracies and the wannabe concentration camp guards of FEMA-DHS would be a great place to start cutting away budgetary cancerous tumors.


With about $200B left to cut, this could be achieved by across-the-board cuts of the remaining, legitimate social functions though they are corrupted by their own forms of racketeering that need to be systemically eliminated. To get a driver's license and receive welfare; food stamps etc. the person must pass a drug test. ALL Americans must pass a drug test to operate a motor vehicle. Monies saved from eliminating the 50, 000 murdered on our roads should be spent to create a comprehensive 200+ mph high speed train system so people don't have to inefficiently drive unsafe gasoline-powered cars that the Rockefeller Illuminati want us to use and burn up in. The first step after demanding balanced budgets is to make it illegal for ANY USG employee and/or elected official to be a member of ANY secret society so we would have non-Illuminati persons willing to carry out righting the American budget. Even Rothschild Illuminati POTUS Clinton had surplus budgets--so there is no excuse.

After Eliminating Treasonous Intel Bureaucracies, Reduce the MILINDCOMP

To save over $400B from the USG budget deficit by cutting useless defense costs we have to 1.) eliminate obsolete bureaucracies/military methods and 2.) reform what we must have so its efficient to win wars rapidly by excellence not prolong them for Wall Street profits ie; not be deliberately wasteful. Obsolete Bureaucracy/Methods must be eliminated before we suffer more disasters like Iraq/Afghanistan but on a larger-scale in a major war we actually have to win.

Eliminate Needless Commands and Reduce Drastically the Number of 3 and 4 Star Generals/Admirals

Reducing commands to eliminate these bureaucratic layers that not only siphon off huge amounts of funds--but act as tyrant-assholes opposed to any morality and combat excellence developing within the ranks. Many are secret society members or bribed corporate shills whose loyalty to the U.S. Constitution and WE THE PEOPLE is questionable.

End the Bloated FOB Rackets Overseas

Build 2 Mobile Off-Shore Bases (MOBs) and run security assistance and raids from them instead of costly, populace-infuriating land bases.

Scrap Large Aircraft Carriers

Large aircraft carriers are vulnerable sitting ducks in a space and guided missile age and can't even put up enough aircraft to defend themselves. We do not need 12 of them costing us $5B to build and $1B a year to operate. Mothball 10 and operate 2--one on west and east coasts for peacetime military saber-rattling, raids and evacuations. The mothballed 10 can be used by naval reservists in event of a major war requiring oil tanker and container cargo ship escorts.

Disband the USMC

We do not need to pack thousands of loud-mouthed, trash-talking narcissist assholes into vulnerable surface ships that will be easily exploded in a real war against foes who know who to use guided munitions. Put back into service 2 x Iowa class battleships that can survive on water surface and have USN SEALs act as commandos from them.

Scrap Vulnerable Surface Ships

The majority of the USN's yacht club of PGM-bait surface ships should be disbanded and replaced by 1/4 the current number of actually heavily armored and stealthy ships that can survive. ALL current amphibious surface ships should be sold off to other countries who could make use of them in permissive environments.

Make the Entire Army Strategically Mobile

Half of the Army's 500, 000 should be fired and the 250K that remain need to be completely BATTLEBOXed and in a state of immediate rapid deployment readiness. BATTLEBOXes can be camouflaged and dug-in to evade high explosive weapons targeting and in the long run save the American tax payers $BILLIONS because they are re-usable instead of having our troops go overseas and have flimsy buildings built for them that once we leave are lost. The Army NG and Reserves should be cut in half and given the ultimatium to be either ready-to-deploy instantly or stop playing. Reserve system would be changed to 30 days of active duty each year to get health care and 1 weekend 24-hour period a month. Reservists should rotate in/out to man a comprehensive border fence security system like Israel successfully uses yo stop the flow of illegal immigrants and drugs murdering our young people. Wing-In-Ground (WIG) effect seaplanes would transport Army Macgregor-style groups to anywhere in world to beaches and drop/landing zones first secured by either Navy SEALs or Army Paratroops. The entire Army is light mechanized at the very least in v-hulled, cross-country mobile, stealthy, band-tracked affordable M113 StealthGavin-type light tanks. ALL obsolete wheeled trucks and non-protective tents discarded. Inefficient helicopters replaced whenever possible by fixed-wing ESTOL aircraft with air cushion landing systems. Throway UAV and anonymous drone murder madness stopped and reduced to only those tasks that can't be done better (morally and efficiently) by human pilots.

Detach the Unwanted Aircraft/Missions from the USAF

Unloved tactical A-10 attack aircraft and C-130 airlift should be detached from the USAF and assigned to the Army to own/operate. USAF personnel will remain a part of the USAF while operating these aircraft for their Army owners as new Army aircrew are trained to take-over. The Army treats its weak, co-dependent Soldiers like shit and adult USAF personnel will not likely want to transfer to the Army. This must end. The Army must become a profession and stop being an asshole bureaucracy.

Break-up Defense Company Monopolies that Offer us Crap Weapons at Death Spiral Prices

In 1945, we were making a P-51 Mustang, 300+ mph fighter-bomber 1 per hour. Read that again. Every hour we produced from-scratch a complete P-51! Cost was $50, 000 ($0.050M) each.

Today, we can buy an equivalent Super Tucano 300+ mph trainer/attack plane 1 per MONTH at $47, 000, 000 ($47M) each. WTFO? The F-35 Joint Strike Fighter will cost over $100M each--costs rising daily. Let's look at the Super Tucano as a way of comparison because its equivalent to a WW2 P-51 in what we are physically getting.


$47M = 1, 000 people employed for 1 year @ $50, 000 each

Would the Super Tucano factory need 1, 000 people to build one aircraft-per-month? Let's say they do for sake of argument. Wouldn't $50, 000 per person be a kingly salary? However, they would build 1 plane in January and 11 others the rest of the year. Their salaries are already paid. Where does the rest of the 11 x $47M = $517M go towards? It can't be materials for something the same size as a WW2 P-51 fighter plane.

No, the majority of this money is going to Illuminati executive salaries--psycho-sociopaths with a smug, Ayn Rand attitude that they are superior beings to the rest of us because they cooked the economic lunch up and thus, deserve executive compensation. And in case you were wondering, Super Tucanos are made in BRAZIL--whose defense industry got jump-started in the first place--you guessed it--by the Nazis.

It's not about soak-the-rich envy here.

We need NUMBERS as well as qualitative overmatch to win wars. 12 x Super Tucanos could be easily shot-down in 1 hour in an all-out war like WW2 where we did lose sometimes more than a (12) dozen Mustangs per 24 hours (day). If we start a war with only a (12) dozen of something we will be unilaterally disarmed by our own stupidity in a war against a competent foe: why having a handful of bloated super carriers that can't even put enough quantity and quality of aircraft into the sky to defend itself is madness. Former USAF Pentagon analyst Chuck Spinney called rising prices for less and less systems the "death spiral" when really its a greed spiral that could bring about our national death by economic collapse as well as defeat in war.

The Army has 4, 000 M1 Abrams heavy and 4, 000 M2/M3 Bradley medium tanks it lusts to replace with a new prom dress design GCV that will cost $17M each. Let's say that notional plant has 2, 000 employees for 1 year @ $50, 000 each at a cost of $100M. With current production methods we can at best make 1 x GCV per day. This means in 365 days = just 365 x GCVs. We need 4, 000. It will take 11 years to build enough GCVs to replace our M1 Abrams and another 11 years for a total of 22 years--to replace all of our Bradleys. If this is actually done, we still will have Army heavy brigades that are 50% truck handicapped and the Army's light brigades 100% wheeled truck damned. Nothing has changed except the failed status quo has been replicated on a 1-for-1 basis with slightly improved prom dresses.

It should not happen. America cannot afford to replace 8, 000 tanks with new GCV tanks at $17M each. Period.

Producing 30 x GCVs per month would cost $510M--half a BILLION dollars. By year's end we would have a mere Brigade's worth of 360 x GCVs at a cost of $6B employing a mere 2, 000 people while 11, 000, 000 are unemployed. So much for the pro-MILINDCOMP pork argument. These funds would be far better used hiring and training the 11 M unemployed Americans to build and operate a 200+ mph high-speed train system than to have 360 x 70+-ton heavy tanks sit in the motor pool in sitzkrieg most of the time just to accomodate the lust of Army heavy tankers who want a new toy to play with.

The GCV boondoggle should be cancelled--as well as the AMPV to replace M113 Gavin light tanks con job. Instead, ALL of the Army's existing tracked tanks should be upgraded with v-hulls to deflect land mine blasts, improved external road arm suspensions, infared camouflage and Active Protection Systems (APS) at a reasonable cost of $2M each. The 3, 000+ M113A3 Gavins in storage should also be upgraded and outfit the Army's light infantry brigades who have no tanks whatsoever--so we actually IMPROVE our force structure. Light infantry needs light tanks. No unit of the Army needs or should be damned to using wheeled trucks. After every single M113 Gavin we have is upgraded, the production line should be re-opened and all Army units equipped with variants so the whole Army is cross-country mobile in the face of enemy fires--not Humvee or JLTV trucks restricted to roads/trails and ever bigger land mines that will explode them into flaming coffins. Throwing money at the Army that doesn't want to actually fight or tangibly improve itself results in boondoggles like Humvees, FCS, Stryker trucks, GCVs and JLTVs. More money is a curse if its going to be wasted on BS.

How Much Should We Pay for a Weapon System?

While a pro-Nazi asshole, Henry Ford would answer this question by another question: how long and how much effort does it take to build one? Using the P-51 mass-production set-up as the standard, start with a WW2 reality check and ascertain how much human effort is being done and then add up the materials cost. Call this the WW2 "Dollar-a-Day" model where sometimes there were no asshole corporate executives--but patriots who voluntarily received only $1-a-day for their work to win the war.

Next to facilitate cost reductions by mass production, assembly line methods, DoD would pay to have the weapons built in the following time tables:

Production Rate Minimums that Create a Force Size with Qualitative Overmatch Adequate to Defend America

Ships = 10 a year for 10 years = 100 total
Planes = 100 a year for 10 years = 1, 000 total
Tanks = 1, 000 a year for 10 years = 10, 000 total
Guns = 10, 000 a year for 10 years = 100, 000 total

If the greedy corporation offering the widget via a monopoly charges so much that we can't get the numbers above, then the contract shouldn't even be signed and alternative contractors sought for. A heavily armored combat ship should cost no more than $100M and take 1 month not several years to build. A combat plane should cost no more than $10M each and be produced at least 1 every other day. Tanks should cost no more than $1M each and be produced 3 per day. Hand weapons shouldn't cost more than $100 each and 1, 000 should be created per month (30 per day).

With a 200+ mph high-speed train system fulling employing ALL Americans plus an efficient MILINDCOMP that has steady-rate and affordable production of innovative weapon systems, no one would be going hungry or being burned-to-death in fiery car crashes to the glee of the Illuminati. America would be run by Americans for Americans, not secret elites. The USMIL would be professional and thrifty in a constant state of continuous kaizen improvement. If called on to win a war, they do it quickly and smother the violence so the belligerents can move on and get-a-life.


There are dozens of books and movies retelling the daily horrors that take place in our public school system that brutalizes our children to conform to society--or else. However, there are no Hollywood movies depicting how if one conforms to the school's lemming formula how the result is death in a concocted corporate war or a life of meaningless consumption and irrelevance. Oliver Stone's Born on the 4th of July hints at the former, but at best we have several movies calling on youth to non-conform--which is actually a form of conformity since it's merely REACTING against the initiatives of the Illuminati which is what they want a segment of the populace to do.

Until such time that the public schools can be reformed from the current evolutionary man-is-an-animal BS, parents should home school their kids and have them participate in private sports and art clubs for social inter-action without the corrupt secular materialism conformity.


Freedom of speech doesn't work if TANGIBLE ACTIONS don't follow...

As if you need ANY proof that America's courts are corrupt, just look at how they have REFUSED to bring ANY of the 9/11 False Flag Attack treason criminals to justice. It's an open secret that the Bush administration did 9/11 to rev-up the mil-industrial complex for the Rockefeller Illuminati Nazi Neocons, yet when FACTS are presented, the legal powers of tell-the-truth or be imprisoned for perjury are not used to depose such criminals like Dick Cheney and his stooge, George W. Bush.


Physically Weak RMA Mentalism Fails Globally for Neocons by James Gavin Jr.

Who Did 9/11?


What Really Happened on 9-11?

The events of 9-11 are seared into the collective psyche of this generation. We have all been affected by the catastrophes of that fateful day, but what really happened on 9-11?

Some people believe an outlandish conspiracy theory involving 19 Arab hijackers who allegedly: commandeered four commercial jets with nothing more than their cunning, wit, resolve, hatred of America, and some box cutters; then proceed to fly these aircraft around U.S. airspace unfettered for a total lapsed time of over an hour; on three of the planes, pulled stunning flight maneuvers beyond the capability of even expert pilots; and, managed to cause damage to their targets - one of which just happens to have been the most heavily defended building in the world - so extreme as to be in clear violation of several well understood laws of Physics, Chemistry, and Thermodynamics. This amazing conspiracy theory is even more suspicious and bizarre in that it is the one proffered by the United States Government (USG) and the 9-11 Cover-Up Omission Commission. In the 9-11 Truth Movement we call it the Official Conspiracy Theory (OCT).

Thankfully, despite the best efforts of the corporate-controlled media and virtually the entire U.S. Congress, there are literally millions of people in this country and millions more around the world who do not believe that these 19 Arabs, as clever as they purportedly were, could have somehow suspended the laws of Physics on 9-11.

Are There Competing Conspiracy Theories?

We just observed that the official story of 9-11 is in fact a "conspiracy theory"...and a wacky one at that, one that happens to be physically impossible!

There must be another explanation, one that doesn't require us to rewrite most of Newtonian Physics. There is, in fact, another explanation that is supported by the empirical evidence, the observed events of the day. It is more than a "conspiracy theory" at this point. It has been sufficiently verified, tested, and refined to be rightly called a "conspiracy reality".

True, there are competing conspiracy "theories", but they only compete with the OCT not the conspiracy reality, as they all have anomalies, inconsistencies, improbabilities, and out right impossibilities that will keep them forever in the realm of "theory" unsupported by fact. These conspiracy "theories" that eschew the OCT only to embrace other utter nonsense (like: planes didn't hit the WTC, holograms and "video trickery" were used instead; the 3 WTC skyscrapers demolished on 9-11 were destroyed by exotic, space-based, directed-energy beam weapons; a commercial jet really did hit the Pentagon) are in reality all part of a concerted COINTELPRO-style USG disinformation campaign designed to splinter and marginalize those of us who have solved the Rubik's Cube of 9-11. These "theories" don't compete with what is known to be true by the vast majority of the 9-11 Truth Movement, they are deliberate and elaborate disinformation campaigns designed to make those of us who do know the truth look foolish by association. [EDITOR: there is a precedent for this in the 1960s the Hippes were created by the CIA to discredit the anti-Vietnam War Peace Movement]

What Is The Real Conspiracy?

Here is a synopsis of what the best and brightest researchers around the world have gleaned over the past five-plus years from the best evidence available:

* yes, 9-11 was a "terrorist" attack, but it was not perpetrated by "angry Arabs", it was a State-sponsored "inside job", a "false flag" operation planned, executed, and covered up by elements of the USG and operatives from at least two other countries... it was the greatest act of psychological warfare ever perpetrated;

* the alleged 19 Arab "hijackers" were "patsies", several are still alive, several were under the care and feeding of USG operatives and were being "trained" at CIA-operated flight schools;

* FBI field agents who discovered the plot were told by their superiors not to investigate the "suspicious Arabs in flight schools";

* no interceptor jets were launched in a timely manner on 9-11 because of the five to seven overlapping war games - "games" simulating a simultaneous hijacking of several planes - that were taking place on 9-11;

* the planes that hit the Twin Towers were most likely remotely controlled to their intended targets;

* WTC 1 and 2 (the Twin Towers) and WTC 7 were all destroyed by pre-planted charges - a combination of Thermate and high-powered explosives - in controlled demolitions;

* the Pentagon was hit by a military drone painted to look like American Airlines Flight 77, possibly in combination with a cruise missile;

* the cell-phone calls allegedly made from the "hijacked" flights were not possible with the technology available on 9-11 from the altitude and speed at which the jets were traveling, these calls were faked to help sell the OCT;

* the fate of United flight 93 is still up for debate at this time, it seems to have been intended to hit Congress and was likely shot down by a "rogue" air force interceptor, but some reports claim it landed in Cleveland (one way or another, all passengers are dead).

Why Kill Your Own People?

This is the toughest part for the uninitiated to understand. The people who planned and executed the treasonous, heinous crimes of 9-11 are largely drawn from a handful of people known as [Nazi] NeoCons. Many of these are current or former members of PNAC (Project for the New American Century). Many are disciples of Leo Strauss, a German-born, fascistic, political philosopher who taught at the University of Chicago. Strauss thought that the average person was too stupid to decide what is in their best interest and that a ruling elite should govern all of humanity.

Taking a long-term perspective, 9-11 was conceived as a "stepping stone" to eventually enable the creation of a New World Order (NWO), the ultimate goal of the ruling elite - one global, fascistic, police state in perpetual war against an unseen enemy... terrorism.

There were also several short-term objectives of 9-11: to push the USA Patriot Act through a compliant and complicit Congress; to declare war on Afghanistan and Iraq; to create a "siege mentality" in the USA and around the world; to eliminate the Constitution and in doing so eliminate Constitutional Rights and civil liberties; to dramatically increase military and "security" spending; to further divide the country; to rapidly militarize local police; to set the stage for the next "9-11"; and, ultimately, to prepare for martial law.

How Could They Keep It Secret?

Most people assume that for insiders to have pulled off 9-11 would have taken so many people that someone would have talked by now.

First of all, it seems likely that there were as few as roughly 140 people who were intimately involved in the details of 9-11. On this site, you can see pictures and a short bio of the 90 people who are highly likely to be the top criminal co-conspirators guilty of the planning, execution, and subsequent cover-up of the treason and mass murder that took place on 9-11.

As far as why no one has confessed, look at it this way: everyone involved in 9-11, even those only involved in the cover-up, are guilty of crimes for which they could possibly receive a death sentence if convicted. If that isn't enough incentive to remain silent, i don't know what is! How many times has a criminal ever confessed to a crime for which they were not even a suspect?! Criminals will only confess if they're convinced they've been caught and they're willing to make a deal for leniency if they reveal their cohorts.

Furthermore, when you read the names on the list of suspected perpetrators, you'll see right away what a tight-knit little group it is. If there were even a shadow of a doubt about someone's loyalty, they would not have been invited into this cabal. About the List of Suspected 9-11 Criminal Coconspirators.

This list was compiled after many hours of research. Many, if not most, of the people named here were very likely criminally involved in the planning, execution, and cover-up of the crimes of 9-11 - crimes which include mass murder, accessory to mass murder, and treason. There is a slim possibility that a few people named here should not be on this list. If evidence surfaces that would exonerate someone named here, their name will be removed.

Clearly, there are people who were involved who are not on this list; for instance, the people on the small team of demolition experts who actually wired WTC 1, 2, and 7 for demolition. We won't have a final verdict on all of the perpetrators until a new and fully independent 9-11 investigation is launched that has the ability to subpoena documents and question suspects under oath.

If you would like to offer someone to be added to the list of suspected perpetrators, you can submit pertinent information to contact@whodidit.org.

Please note: In an effort to reclaim the meaning of certain highly-charged words, the word "defense" has been replaced by the word "war" in all USG department names, position titles, and policy boards. For instance, "Secretary of Defense" is retitled "Secretary of War" to more accurately reflect the true nature of the position.

Analysis of the Suspected 9-11 Criminal Co-conspirators.

Of the 103 people named on the list of Suspected 9-11 Criminal Coconspirators there are:

22 current or former members of George W. Bush's White House (21.4%);

4 current or former members of Congress (3.9%);
6 current or former FBI agents or officials (5.8%);
6 current or former CIA agents or officials (5.8%);
6 current or former officials of New York (5.8%);
12 current or former high-ranking USG military commanders (11.7%);
13 current or former USG officials (not included above) (12.6%);
12 current or former members of PNAC (11.7%);
16 consultants, lobbyists, or members of a "think tank" (not including PNAC) (15.5%);
12 engineers (11.7%);
34 current or former corporate executives (33.0%);
4 senior "statesmen" (3.9%);
5 members of the Bush family (4.9%);
1 Canadian (1.0%);
1 Pakistani (1.0%);
2 Arabs (1.9%);
2 Brits (1.9%);
4 known or suspected MOSSAD agents (3.9%);
14 people who hold "dual citizenship" (13.6%); and
27 Israelis and Zionists (including people with "dual citizenship" noted above) (26.2%).

Note: Since the same person can be counted in more than one category, the tally above will not add up to 103 and the percentages will not total to 100%.

9/11: Zionism-Did-It: Uber BS

We start with 9/11 to make crystal clear that AMERICANS DID THIS TREASONOUS ACT UNDER THE FALSE FLAG OF MOSLEM TERRORISTS. This flag is now discredited and the false flag has passed on to the CIA's current cut-outs, the MOSSAD by taking advantage of the universal hate for pushy, intellectual Jewish people who are indeed God's chosen people and the rest of mankind resents it. All this means is that God has used these people as guinea pigs and thank him that at least one family, Noah's was upright at the time of the universal flood and he didn't just wipe us all out and start over.

Blaming Da-Jews is a convenient scapegoat to divert attention to the FACT (see list above) that 9/11 was done by good ole' flag-waving American Rockefeller Illuminati Nazis in the MILINDCOMP. The Rothschild Illuminati based in the UK were not the leaders of 9/11 so they cannot and should not be blamed via code-words like "Da Jews" and "Zionism". Most 9/11 researchers are frankly idiots who do not carefully consider the military intelligence deception game being played. They do not think on the necessary multiple levels to realize when they are fed MOSSAD cut-out details that this is a LIMITED HANG-OUT to keep them diverted from the real Rockefeller Illuminati perps. They don't even know what cut-outs and limited hang-outs are because they are so eager to "solve 9/11" and have their "Banacek moment". Banacek was an insurance fraud investigator on the 1970s NBC Mystery Movie anthology TV show (they neglect to show the cool opening for the series with the Mancini music and the other sleuths when they replay episodes of say the irritating Columbo). At the end of the typical Banacek show, say the missing airliner (very appropriate to 9/11 the perps might have got idea from ther show!) George Peppard who plays him, wraps up the mystery and reveals how they did it--the plane landed somewhere else and the signs were changed etc. And everyone drools over how smart Banacek is. This is the intended goal of most 9/11 researchers.


We already have far enough evidence even though the crime scene was ruined to grand jury indict the people above starting with Ted Olson. Get him to talk and the whole conspiracy unravels. The point of 9/11 truth is to get JUSTICE not an ego trip of who is the smartest researcher-of-all. If you want to play mirror-mirror, I say Charlize Theron wins hands-down so let's get on with our civic duty.

The best place to begin to understand how the 9/11 deception is being played is by reading Anthony Cave Brown's book, Bodyguard of Lies. If you haven't read this then you have no business even attempting to unravel 9/11. The entire book is posted below for you to read.

Bodyguard of lies


BS laws like "sovereign immunity" that somehow when acting as a high governmental official they can perpetrate high crimes must be stricken from the books forever. No one should be above MORAL LAWS--to include the nation-state government. Means must be established that when a crime is perpetrated by possibly the USG, an OUTSIDE agency from an allied country should investigate and report its findings to both Congress and the American people so justice is not obstructed by the criminals themselves.


New York Times openly admits domestic terror plots masterminded by the FBI

Sunday, May 13, 2012 by: J. D. Heyes

(NaturalNews) If it seems as though the FBI is making a large number of terror busts these days, maybe it's because the agency itself is at least partly responsible for hatching the plots. That has some political observers wondering if the FBI's strategies are making the best use of the nation's limited counterterrorist resources.

In recent months, FBI agents have arrested suspects who were planning a range of terrorist attacks, from shooting Stinger missiles at military aircraft to driving vanloads of explosives into crowded events. But these amazing cases might not have ever been made if the FBI itself wasn't themselves planning the attacks.

A number of these cases were profiled recently in a New York Times op-ed column, which noted that the so-called plots were devised by an agency that seems to be operating as if the nation is so devoid of legitimate threats that it needs to manufacture some in order to seem relevant.

Withstanding legal scrutiny, but still questionable

Consider the case of Oregon college student Mohamed Osman Mohamud. He thought about using a car bomb to attack a well-attended, festive Christmas tree-lighting ceremony in Portland. The FBI gave him a van packed with inert explosives consisting of some real, but inactive, detonators and six 55-gallon drums, along with a gallon of diesel fuel. An FBI agent even drove the van. When Mohamud called the cell phone number that was supposed to trigger the explosion, nothing explosive happened, except that he got arrested.

Was Mohamud seriously considering such an attack prior to the FBI involvement? If so, could he have put it together by himself? Was he working with someone else the FBI doesn't know about who is more of a legitimate threat?

It's hard to say. Obviously Mohamud was at least having bad thoughts, and that's disconcerting in and of itself (though not criminal). But if the FBI had not manufactured an attack, would he have gone through with anything?

Mohamud's case is far from the only one manufactured by the FBI, and it is certainly not the only one that has held up in court. In fact, such operations are not only legal but they are a common counter-terrorism tactic employed by the agency in the post-9/11 world. Terror defendants most often try to claim entrapment, but they also most often lose because the law says as long as they showed at least some intent to commit a terrorist act, even if tempted to do so by undercover agents, they are guilty.

Using even the weak-minded to make a case

"Many times," says Dean Boyd, a Justice Department spokesman, "suspects are warned about the seriousness of their plots and given opportunities to back out." But, the Times report indicates recorded conversations show that the warning is not always given, and that in some cases suspects are even encouraged to continue.

Inventing such cases isn't as easy as, say, manufacturing a sting operation where an alleged drug dealer or arms trafficker sells to an undercover agent. That's because those kinds of crimes occur regularly in the United States. But David Raskin, a former federal prosecutor told the Times, "There isn't a business of terrorism in the United States, thank God." [EDITOR: there IS a business of FALSE TERRAISM in the U.S.]

"You're not going to be able to go to a street corner and find somebody who's already blown something up," he said. "So the goal is to find someone who isn't engaged in terrorism yet but is looking for a real terrorist who could provide them with an opportunity."

You can sometimes get the impression that maybe the FBI is operating off of some sort of counter-terrorism quota. Consider one of the most recent cases of thwarting a planned attack:

Of five so-called anarchists who were arrested for ostensibly planning to destroy a bridge in Ohio in late April, three of them had documented mental health issues. One was even talked out of committing suicide in February, right before he was enticed to join in the plot by an FBI informant.



Since the FBI is in collusion with the 9/11 treason (80 videos from around Pentagon they refuse to release to public) we need either a honest foreign agency or a GRAND JURY OF THE UNITED STATES be created to actual start hauling people in under oath to bring these treasonous criminals to justice.



"there are about 150 retired and active U.S. military and federal intelligence officers who will come forward and testify regarding government involvement in the September 11 attacks--but only if there is a serious criminal grand jury."

All of this Banacek arguing over what happened on 9/11 is getting us nowhere fast.

Grand Jury of the United States of America: Prevention of Reality Fraud in Crime Cases of National Importance


How do we know ANY kids were murdered in Sandy Hook?
Have YOU seen the bodies? Any bodies?
WHO is going to investigate the USG government bureaucracies themselves if they are likely the perpetrators of nationally significant crimes?

Local grand juries and Law Enforcement Organizations (LEOs) are not up to the task of say going after the CIA which has instigated several massacre shootings by hypnosis and drugs (MKULTRA)--and its high time that as a 21st century nation connected by television and computer media must have a reality fraud prevention mechanism to act as our eyes and ears to insure JUSTICE comes from these tragedies.

The Grand Jury of the United States of America (GJO-USA) would have arrest and subpoena powers and would conduct their own independent investigations of any prominent national crime event simultaneously as the current mechanisms go through their motions. GJO-USA would be not only be a watch dog over the DOJ-FBI's investigations by being directly involved and observing them, but if the latter fails, can do their own investigation and bring their case to the public as well as to a federal court for RESOLUTION.

GJO-USA would be composed by definition of prominent anti-government whistle-blowers with national reputations. People like the following:

Former Minnesota Governor/Navy SEAL Jessie Ventura
Medical Examiner Cyril Wecht
Legendary Attorney Mark Lane
Investigative Journalist Jim Marrs
JFK/911 Truth Founder Dr. James Fetzer
Psychologist Dr. James Viken
Military Contractor Gordon Duf

Assisting them would be a picked competent staff of researchers and muscle who are not going to let others push them around and try to obstruct justice. Think Kevin Costner in "The Untouchibles" and "JFK".

The GJO-USA would have long-term cold cases like the JFK, RFK, MLK assassinations and 9/11 that could be long-term projects--in addition to current events like the Sandy Hook Hoax which is a blantant attempt by the plutocracy to con the American people into accepting firearms disarmament to pave the way for more governmental and corporate tyranny.

Its time WE THE PEOPLE go on OFFENSE instead of playing reactive DEFENSE to these string of obviously group conspired national tragedies.

America is Now a Nazi Police-State: Thanks to YOU, Sheeple

The speech in the movie "V for Vendetta" sums up exactly what has happened here in the U.S. DRIVEN BY THE 9/11 HOAX--and no we don't need to vandalize anything to stand up for justice. Please watch it below:


The main problem with America today is that most of our people are functional ATHEISTS. They live their lives as if there is no God Almighty who they will have to account for the selfish, despicable way they lived their lives. They think when they die, it's lights out! and non-existence follows. I hope for their sake they are right. However, prudence and a good examination of the complex nature of reality showing INTELLIGENT DESIGN screams otherwise. Moreover, I could write a book that perfectly describes my thoughts--you are reading it here. Thus, if I as a flawed and imperfect human can accurately portray my thoughts, you damn well know the creator of reality, God Almighty can. Which books could possibly be then from him? The King James Bible (KJB) fits-the-bill as coming from God himself. Next, you take what he says AT FACE VALUE (AFV) then he clearly warns you that after our lives are over there will be hell-to-pay. I'm not happy about it. I wouldn't throw anyone into eternal hell, even Hitler. It seems to me a punishment way out-of-proportion to the crime of at the most 100 years of evil. Therefore, burn Hitler in hell for the 56 years he murdered and did evil on the Earth--not for eternity 55+55+55+55+55++++. However, scholars will say its not a QUANTITATIVE measure its a LEGAL POSITIONING issue. If you do not accept Christ's pardon for your sins, then legally YOU AS A SUPERNATURAL BEING living in a temporal body are subject to eternal punishment. Again, I'm not happy with this and pray God will be more lenient and just de-exist evil doers. My 2 cents to remind you I'm writing honestly here in good faith and am not an asshole eager to see people burn in Hell.


And our planet is full of assholes these days who act like God were dead and they are being fools when there is a preponderence of evidence around that they will be judged for their BS.

A corollary to not believing in God is a complete and utter disregard for THE TRUTH in America. In America, the libel laws are weak because the American sheeple don't give-a-damn about the TRUTH since they don't think details matter. This is how reality frauds like 9/11s and Sandy Hooks get foisted upon them. If Americans had HONOR---and this means a value for the TRUTH--not a vanity over-concern about what others think of them---then anyone who LIES about another person should be sued and if found guilty go to prison REGARDLESS IF THE PERSON THEY LIED about with BULLshit suffers "monetary damages" or not. Its this way in the UK. You talk crap there, at least they take libel seriously and that person can be made to stop.

Domestic Terraism Racket: Smear the Wholly Innocent


August 13, 2012 at 18:10:34

Criminalizing Dissent

By Chris Hedges

"Dissent is the highest form of patriotism."

-Thomas Jefferson

I was on the 15th floor of the Southern U.S. District Court in New York in the courtroom of Judge Katherine Forrest last Tuesday. It was the final hearing in the lawsuit I brought in January against President Barack Obama and Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta. I filed the suit, along with lawyers Carl J. Mayer and Bruce I. Afran, over Section 1021 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA). We were late joined by 6 co-plaintiffs including Noam Chomsky and Daniel Ellsberg.

This section of the NDAA, signed into law by Obama on Dec. 31, 2011, obliterates some of our most important constitutional protections. It authorizes the executive branch to order the military to seize U.S. citizens deemed to be "terrorists or associated with terrorists". Those taken into custody by the military, which becomes under the NDAA a domestic law enforcement agency, can be denied due process and habeas corpus and held indefinitely in military facilities. Any activist or dissident, whose rights were once protected under the First Amendment, can be threatened under this law with indefinite incarceration in military prisons, including our offshore penal colonies. The very name of the law itself -- the Homeland Battlefield Bill -- suggests the totalitarian credo of endless war waged against enemies within "the homeland" as well as those abroad.

"The essential thrust of the NDAA is to create a system of justice that violates the separation of powers," Mayer told the court. ...[The Obama administration has] "taken detention out of the judicial branch and put it under the executive branch."

In May, Judge Forrest issued a temporary injunction invalidating Section 1021 as a violation of the First and Fifth amendments. It was a courageous decision. Forrest will decide within a couple of weeks whether she will make the injunction permanent.

In last week's proceeding, the judge, who appeared from her sharp questioning of government attorneys likely to nullify the section, cited the forced internment of Japanese-Americans during World War II as a precedent she did not want to follow. Forrest read to the courtroom a dissenting opinion by U.S. Supreme Court Justice Robert Jackson in Korematsu v. United States, a ruling that authorized the detention during the war of some 110,00 Japanese-Americans in government "relocation camps."

"[E]ven if they were permissible military procedures, I deny that it follows that they are constitutional," Jackson wrote in his 1944 dissent. "If, as the Court holds, it does follow, then we may as well say that any military order will be constitutional, and have done with it."

Barack Obama's administration has appealed Judge Forrest's temporary injunction and would certainly appeal a permanent injunction. It is a stunning admission by this president that he will do nothing to protect our constitutional rights. The administration's added failure to restore habeas corpus, its use of the Espionage Act six times to silence government whistle-blowers, its support of the FISA Amendment Act -- which permits warrantless wiretapping, monitoring and eavesdropping on U.S. citizens -- and its ordering of the assassination of U.S. citizens under the 2001 Authorization to Use Military Force, or AUMF, is a signal that for all his rhetoric, Obama, like his Republican rivals, is determined to remove every impediment to the unchecked power of the security and surveillance state. I and the six other plaintiffs, who include reporters, professors and activists, will most likely have to continue this fight in an appellate court and perhaps the Supreme Court.

The language of the bill is terrifyingly vague. It defines a "covered person" -- one subject to detention -- as "a person who was a part of or substantially supported al-Qaeda, the Taliban, or associated forces that are engaged in hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners, including any person who has committed a belligerent act or has directly supported such hostilities in aid of such enemy forces." The bill, however, does not define the terms "substantially supported," "directly supported" or "associated forces."

In defiance of more than 200 earlier laws of domestic policing, this act holds that any member of a group deemed by the state to be a "terrorist" organization, whether it is a Palestinian charity or a Black Bloc anarchist unit, can be seized and held by the military. Mayer stressed this point in the court Wednesday when he cited the sedition convictions of peace activists during World War I who distributed leaflets calling to end the war by halting the manufacturing of munitions. Mayer quoted Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes' dissenting 1919 opinion. "We need to "be eternally vigilant against attempts to check the expression of opinions that we loathe," the justice wrote.

The Justice Department's definition of a "potential terrorism suspect" under the Patriot Act is already extremely broad. It includes anyone with missing fingers, someone who has weatherproof ammunition and guns, and anyone who has hoarded more than seven days of food. This would make a few of my relatives in rural Maine and their friends, if the government so decided, prime "terrorism suspects".

EDITOR: Let me interject here. THIS IS BULLSHIT! A Terrorist is a person who uses violence to terrorize someone. Having guns, ammo or food is NOT VIOLENCE and are NOT TERRORIST ACTS. The FBI's definition of terrorism is below:


"Terrorism" is defined in the Code of Federal Regulations as "the unlawful use of force and violence against persons or property to intimidate or coerce a government, the civilian population, or any segment thereof, in furtherance of political or social objectives" (28 C.F.R. Section 0.85).

So unless the Feds have ESP or Tom Cruise "Minority Report" ability to see into the future, they need to stop projecting their prejudicial desires upon inanimate objects and the actions of people that has not actually taken place and probably never will.

Assistant U.S. Attorney Benjamin Torrance argued in court that the government already has the authority to strip citizens of their constitutional rights. He cited the execution of Nazi saboteur Richard Quirin during World War II, saying the case was "completely within the Constitution." He then drew a connection between that case and the AUMF, which the Obama White House argues permits the government to detain and assassinate U.S. citizens they deem to be "terrorists". Torrance told the court that judicial interpretation of the AUMF made it identical to the NDAA, which led the judge to ask him why it was necessary for the government to defend the NDAA if that was indeed the case. Torrance, who fumbled for answers before the judge's questioning, added that the United States does not differentiate under which law it holds military detainees. Judge Forrest, looking incredulous, said that if this was actually true the government could be found in contempt of court for violating orders prohibiting any detention under the NDAA.

Forrest quoted to the court Alexander Hamilton, who argued that judges must place "the power of the people" over legislative will.

"Nor does this conclusion by any means suppose a superiority of the judicial to the legislative power," Hamilton, writing under the pseudonym Publius, said in Federalist No. 78. "It only supposes that the power of the people is superior to both; and that where the will of the legislature, declared in its statutes, stands in opposition to that of the people, declared in the Constitution, the judges ought to be governed by the latter rather than the former. They ought to regulate their decisions by the fundamental laws, rather than by those which are not fundamental."

Contrast this crucial debate in a federal court with the empty campaign rhetoric and chatter that saturate the airwaves. The cant of our political theater, the ridiculous obsessions over vice presidential picks or celebrity gossip that dominate the news industry, effectively masks the march toward corporate totalitarianism. The corporate state has convinced the masses, in essence, to clamor for their own enslavement.

There is, in reality, no daylight between Mitt Romney and Obama about the inner workings of the corporate state. They each support this section within the NDAA and the widespread extinguishing of civil liberties. They each will continue to funnel hundreds of billions of wasted dollars to defense contractors, intelligence agencies and the military.

They each intend to let Wall Street loot the U.S. Treasury with impunity. Neither will lift a finger to help the long-term unemployed and underemployed, those losing their homes to foreclosures or bank repossessions, those filing for bankruptcy because of medical bills or college students burdened by crippling debt. Listen to the anguished cries of partisans on either side of the election divide and you would think this was a battle between the forces of light and the forces of darkness. You would think voting in the rigged political theater of the corporate state actually makes a difference. The charade of junk politics is there not to offer a choice but to divert the crowd while our corporate masters move relentlessly forward, unimpeded by either party, to turn all dissent into a "crime".


Chris Hedges spent nearly two decades as a foreign correspondent in Central America, the Middle East, Africa and the Balkans. He has reported from more than 50 countries and has worked for The Christian Science Monitor, National Public Radio, The Dallas Morning News and The New York Times, for which he was a foreign correspondent for 15 years.

Hedges was part of the team of reporters at The New York Times awarded a Pulitzer Prize in 2002 for the paper's coverage of global terrorism. He also received the Amnesty International Global Award for Human Rights Journalism in 2002. The Los Angeles Press Club honored Hedges' original columns in Truthdig by naming the author the Online Journalist of the Year in 2009, and granted him the Best Online Column award in 2010 for his Truthdig essay "One Day We'll All Be Terrorists."

Hedges is a senior fellow at The Nation Institute in New York City and has taught at Columbia University, New York University and Princeton University. He currently teaches inmates at a correctional facility in New Jersey.

Hedges began his career reporting the war in El Salvador. Following six years in Latin America, he took time off to study Arabic and then went to Jerusalem and later Cairo. He spent seven years in the Middle East, most of them as the bureau chief there for The New York Times. He left the Middle East in 1995 for Sarajevo to cover the war in Bosnia and later reported the war in Kosovo. Afterward, he joined the Times' investigative team and was based in Paris to cover al-Qaida. He left the Times after being issued a formal reprimand for denouncing the Bush administration's invasion of Iraq.

He has written 9 books, including Empire of Illusion: The End of Literacy and the Triumph of Spectacle (2009), I Don't Believe in Atheists (2008) and the best-selling American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on America (2008). His book War Is a Force That Gives Us Meaning (2003) was a finalist for the National Book Critics Circle Award for Non-fiction. His latest book is Death of the Liberal Class (2010).

Hedges holds a B.A. in English literature from Colgate University and a Master of Divinity degree from Harvard University. He was awarded an honorary doctorate from Starr King School for the Ministry in Berkeley, Calif. Hedges speaks Arabic, French and Spanish and knows ancient Greek and Latin. In addition to writing a weekly original column for Truthdig, he has written for Harper's Magazine, The New Statesman, The New York Review of Books, Adbusters, Granta, Foreign Affairs and other publications.

LIBEL has now migrated to governmental bureaucracies cashing-in on the 9/11-by-ragheads lie. Right now, the USG can take any rumor or false accusation some asshole who doesn't like you feeds them and they will secretly black-list you on some computer data base where the libel smears can be spread to other agencies punishing innocent American citizens extra-legally without due process. Of course, the American sheeple don't give-a-damn because all they want is to be safe and if the USG cons them again with a huge list of innocent people smeared and falsely accused as "extremists" and "militia" members they will buy it. The documents below from EPIC show how the FBI smears innocent citizens onto their black lists without even fact-checking or consulting them.


USG Corruption: Innocent American Citizens Put on No-Fly List Without a Trial (Due Process) 1 by James Gavin Jr.


USG Corruption: Innocent American Citizens Put on No-Fly List Without a Trial (Due Process) 2 by James Gavin Jr.


USG Corruption: Innocent American Citizens Put on No-Fly List Without a Trial (Due Process) 3 by James Gavin Jr.

Read the Electronic Privacy Information Center's (EPIC) report on how any American citizen can be arbitrarily and without any due process--be placed on a no-fly list by a FBI agent filing a FD930 form and sending it into the TREX fusion center: http://epic.org/foia/fbi_watchlist.html America has indeed become a Nazi-like police state in violation of our Constitution and intent of our founding fathers.



Nazi German Fascism: An U.S. Wall Street Creation by James Gavin Jr.

Moreover, if you find yourself on one of these secret black-lists the USG will lie and use a convenient loophole in the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) 5 U.S. Code Section 552 law to not disclose what these libels are so you can't clear your name and attain JUSTICE. You will not find out you're on their BS list until you try to fly somewhere as this USAF veteran found out.


Muslim U.S. Air Force veteran barred from flight

By DAN HOLTMEYER | Associated Press - 15 hrs ago

Video: Man on no-fly list describes being followed by FBI 2:04

OKLAHOMA CITY (AP) - A Muslim U.S. Air Force veteran, who had trouble entering the country last year to visit his ailing mother, was barred Wednesday from boarding a flight in Oklahoma City to return to his home in Qatar. Saadiq Long, an American citizen, told The Associated Press he attempted to board a Delta flight at Will Rogers [Irony, huh?] World Airport but was denied a boarding pass. "I think about 3 police officers arrived after that," Long said. "It was very, very strange, by the way, and very intimidating." Lt. Jay Barnett, a spokesman for the Oklahoma City Police Department reached after business hours, couldn't confirm that police were sent to the scene, but said officers assigned to the airport would be summoned for a security concern. After the police encounter, a U.S. Transportation Security Administration agent told Long he couldn't board a plane but did not give him a specific reason, Long said. Adam Soltani, director of the Oklahoma chapter of the Council on American-Islamic Relations, who had joined Long for his departure, said they asked, "Well, who do we contact?" They then were referred to the FBI, Soltani said. Long said his lawyer has attempted to reach the FBI, which maintains a no-fly list.

FBI spokesman Rick Rains in Oklahoma City declined comment when reached by the AP. And Delta Air Lines did not return a call for comment. TSA spokesman David Castelveter said: "It's my understanding this individual was denied a boarding pass by the airline because he was on a no-fly list. The TSA does not confirm whether someone is or is not on the no-fly list, as that list is maintained by the FBI."

Long said he had been visiting his mother, who suffers from congestive heart failure, for several months. He was attempting to return to Qatar, where he lives with his wife and children and teaches English. He intended to travel via Amsterdam. Long said last year he also had difficulty entering the country and that the FBI harassed him and his sister after his arrival. The harassment stopped after Long requested a Department of Justice inquiry, Soltani said. Long's lawyer, Gadeir Abbas, sent a letter to the FBI in January informing an agent of Long's plans to return home. "Mr. Long requests that he be accorded the same right given to millions of American citizen travelers every day: the right to board a plane," Abbas wrote. "It is Mr. Long's sincere hope that, by informing the FBI in advance of his departure from the U.S., he will avoid the travel difficulties that have caused his family so much hardship already." Long said he plans to stay in Oklahoma City until the FBI instructs him on what he can do to fly. He said he needs to get back soon to support his family. "Two months and they still can't tell me why I can't fly," he said. "Of course, I'm willing to go through whatever it takes."

""No man is above the law and no man is below it--nor do we ask any man's permission when we require him to obey it".

--President Teddy Roosevelt

A terrorist--as defined by the FBI--is someone who USES ILLEGAL VIOLENCE to further some cause. This grandmother and grand daughter have NOT done any illegal violence = they are not terrorists. This is yet another example of an U.S. military narcissistic asshole at work using our tax dollars to harass American citizens. It is further proof that the bogus 9/11 terra threat has created loopholes and means for assholes to illegally and extralegally punish innocent Americans that happen to cross their weak egos.


Granny Can Sue U.S. for Calling Her a Terrorist


HOUSTON (CN) - A Texas grandmother can push ahead with her emotional-distress complaint alleging that a Navy recruiter added her name to Homeland Security's terrorist watch list, a federal judge ruled.

In a pro se federal lawsuit filed in October 2010, Vivian Chisholm asked the Southern District of Texas to declare "that she is not a terrorist" and remove her name from Homeland Security's terrorist watch list.

The complaint primarily attributes Chisholm's distress to the actions of Humble, Texas-based recruiter Petty Officer Lancelot Coley [Major Asshole], but Coley is not named as a defendant.

She claimed her granddaughter, Maigan Brewer, joined the Navy's Delayed Entry Program in high school but requested an entry-level separation from the program five months later, as was her right to do.

In response to the student's request for the separation, Petty Officer Coley yelled "vulgar remarks" at Brewer, according to the complaint. He allegedly threatened to alter Brewer's Social Security card to limit where she could work, arrest her for breach of government contract and report her as AWOL.

Brewer became frightened and asked her cancer-stricken mother to intercede, but Coley simply responded with more "verbal threats, yelling and hostile screaming," according to the complaint. Chisholm said that is when she stepped in.

After confirming her granddaughter's right to a separation with the office of state Sen. Glenn Hager, Chisholm said she called the petty officer. Coley "became very irate," called Chisholm a liar, and began "yelling verbal threats that he was going to file dishonorable discharge, charges of failure to fulfill a governmental contract, and would disable plaintiff's granddaughter from working in any field and blemish her record for life," according to the complaint.

Chisholm said she tried to speak to Coley's supervisor when the petty officer called her daughter on her cellphone during cancer treatments and yelled some more.

"Plaintiff got down on her knees and fervently begged Petty Officer Lancelot C. Coley for his supervisor's name and phone number for several minutes," the complaint says, noting that Coley "provided plaintiff with the requested information only after his ego was satisfied."

But the supervisor, Chief Petty Officer Steve Crawford, was also "vulgar, rude, and disrespectful," according to the complaint.

After Chisholm tried to reach Crawford's supervisor, Coley allegedly threatened to involve the Humble Police Department and the Montgomery Sheriff's Department, and to have Homeland Security arrest the grandmother as a terrorist.

Chisholm said she made calls to the Navy's offices in Austin and San Antonio, while Coley repeatedly insisted that her name was on the terrorist watch list.

The Naval Inspector General eventually sent Chisholm a letter confirming that it verified her claims and had taken corrective actions, according to the complaint.

Chisholm said she has "nightmares of being arrested by Homeland Security and placed in a cell with actual terrorists." She lists this among numerous other symptoms that plague her in a 12-page complaint.

The United States moved for summary judgment, but U.S. District Judge Melinda Harmon refused on Aug. 12.

Tasked with the burden of demonstrating that Chisholm's complaint lacked a genuine issue of material fact, the United States came up short, according to the eight-page ruling.

"Chisholm alleges Officer Coley threatened to ruin Maigan's career," Harmon wrote. "He threatened to have Chisholm arrested by the Humble Police Department, threatened to have the Montgomery Sheriff's Department issue a warrant for her arrest, and claimed to have placed her on Homeland Security's terrorist watchlist."

"The United States does not deny these allegations," she added.

"The court finds that, in a post-September 11th world, a naval officer's unreasonable threat to place a private person on Homeland Security's terrorist watchlist may be considered extreme and outrageous, exceeding 'all possible bounds of decency,'" Harmon wrote.

"Chisholm maintains she suffers depression, anxiety, fear of going to airports, and short term memory loss," Harmon wrote. "Chisholm's fear is directly connected to Officer Coley's threat to place her on the terrorist watchlist."

"Drawing all reasonable inferences in Chisholm's favor, the court finds the United States has failed to meet its burden of showing that there is no genuine issue of material fact for trial," Harmon concluded.

Chisholm is now represented by Stephen Schechter of Boerne, Texas.


New York Times openly admits domestic terror plots masterminded by the FBI

Sunday, May 13, 2012 by: J. D. Heyes

(NaturalNews) If it seems as though the FBI is making a large number of terror busts these days, maybe it's because the agency itself is at least partly responsible for hatching the plots. That has some political observers wondering if the FBI's strategies are making the best use of the nation's limited counterterrorist resources.

In recent months, FBI agents have arrested suspects who were planning a range of terrorist attacks, from shooting Stinger missiles at military aircraft to driving vanloads of explosives into crowded events. But these amazing cases might not have ever been made if the FBI itself wasn't themselves planning the attacks.

A number of these cases were profiled recently in a New York Times op-ed column, which noted that the so-called plots were devised by an agency that seems to be operating as if the nation is so devoid of legitimate threats that it needs to manufacture some in order to seem relevant.

Withstanding legal scrutiny, but still questionable

Consider the case of Oregon college student Mohamed Osman Mohamud. He thought about using a car bomb to attack a well-attended, festive Christmas tree-lighting ceremony in Portland. The FBI gave him a van packed with inert explosives consisting of some real, but inactive, detonators and six 55-gallon drums, along with a gallon of diesel fuel. An FBI agent even drove the van. When Mohamud called the cell phone number that was supposed to trigger the explosion, nothing explosive happened, except that he got arrested.

Was Mohamud seriously considering such an attack prior to the FBI involvement? If so, could he have put it together by himself? Was he working with someone else the FBI doesn't know about who is more of a legitimate threat?

It's hard to say. Obviously Mohamud was at least having bad thoughts, and that's disconcerting in and of itself (though not criminal). But if the FBI had not manufactured an attack, would he have gone through with anything?

Mohamud's case is far from the only one manufactured by the FBI, and it is certainly not the only one that has held up in court. In fact, such operations are not only legal but they are a common counterterrorism tactic employed by the agency in the post-9/11 world. Terror defendants most often try to claim entrapment, but they also most often lose because the law says as long as they showed at least some intent to commit a terrorist act, even if tempted to do so by undercover agents, they are guilty.

Using even the weak-minded to make a case

"Many times," says Dean Boyd, a Justice Department spokesman, "suspects are warned about the seriousness of their plots and given opportunities to back out." But, the Times report indicates recorded conversations show that the warning is not always given, and that in some cases suspects are even encouraged to continue.

Inventing such cases isn't as easy as, say, manufacturing a sting operation where an alleged drug dealer or arms trafficker sells to an undercover agent. That's because those kinds of crimes occur regularly in the United States.

But David Raskin, a former federal prosecutor told the Times, "There isn't a business of terrorism in the United States, thank God." [EDITOR! Au contraire, mon frere! there IS a business racket of phony terraism going on in the U.S.]

"You're not going to be able to go to a street corner and find somebody who's already blown something up," he said. "So the goal is to find someone who isn't engaged in terrorism--yet--but is looking for a real terrorist who could provide them with an opportunity."

You can sometimes get the impression that maybe the FBI is operating off of some sort of counterterrorism quota. Consider one of the most recent cases of thwarting a planned attack:

Of five so-called anarchists who were arrested for ostensibly planning to destroy a bridge in Ohio in late April, three of them had documented mental health issues. One was even talked out of committing suicide in February, right before he was enticed to join in the plot by an FBI informant.


nytimes.com infowars.com http://cornellsun.com

Making up crimes is an actual crime. Just like fabricating evidence to smear innocent people.

Overseas--Got Occupation Racket?

First, you have to keep the Islamic bogeymen in play as per Hegelian dialect gamemanship.

As I explained to you guys before, the Illuminati's Hegelian Dialect demands that they KEEP OPPOSITION IN PLAY for their "synthesis" to occur. See the wire diagram from Sutton's book.

One of the major themes of James Bond is Real is that WW2 was deliberately instigated and pro-longed as per Illuminati Hegelian Dialectics.


At the time, Airborne plans that would have sealed the AFPAK border with thousands of paratroopers were deliberately scrapped in order to keep the problem in play as per Illuminati Hegelian Gamemanship Racket Theory.


The "Airlift of Evil": Why did we let Pakistan pull "Volunteers" out of Kunduz?

By Michael Moran MSNBC


NEW YORK, Nov. 29, 2001 - The United States took the unprecedented step this week of demanding that foreign airlines provide information on passengers boarding planes for America. Yet in the past week, a half dozen or more Pakistani air force cargo planes landed in the Taliban-held city of Kunduz and evacuated to Pakistan hundreds of non-Afghan Soldiers who fought alongside the Taliban and even al-Qaida against the United States. What's wrong with this picture?

THE PENTAGON, whose satellites and drones are able to detect sleeping guerrillas in subterranean caverns, claims it knows nothing of these flights. When asked about the mysterious airlift at a recent Pentagon briefing, Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld and Gen. Richard Myers, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, denied knowledge of such flights. Myers backpedaled a bit, saying that, given the severe geography of the country, it might be possible to duck in and out of mountain valleys and conduct such an airlift undetected.

But Rumsfeld intervened. With his talent for being blunt and ambiguous at the same time, he said: "I have received absolutely no information that would verify or validate statements about airplanes moving in or out. I doubt them."


Western reporters actually in Kunduz in the days after it fell this week found much to dispel that doubt. Reports first appeared in the Indian press, quoting intelligence sources who cited unusual radar contacts and an airlift of Pakistani troops out of the city. Their presence among the "enemy" may shock some readers, but not those who have paid attention to Afghanistan. Pakistan had hundreds of military advisers in Afghanistan before Sept. 11 helping the Taliban fight the Northern Alliance. Hundreds more former Soldiers actively joined Taliban regiments, and many Pakistani volunteers were among the non-Afghan legions of al-Qaida.

Last Saturday, The New York Times picked up the scent, quoting Northern Alliance soldiers in a Page 1 story describing a two-day airlift by Pakistani aircraft, complete with witnesses describing groups of armed men awaiting evacuation at the airfield, then still in Taliban hands.

Another report, this in the Times of London, quotes an alliance soldier angrily denouncing the flights, which he reasonably assumed were conducted with America's blessing.

"We had decided to kill all of them, and we are not happy with America for letting the planes come," said the Soldier, Mahmud Shah.


The credibility gap between these reports from the field and the "no comments" from the U.S. administration are large enough to drive a [bloated] marine expeditionary unit through. Calls by MSNBC.com and NBC News to U.S. military and intelligence officials shed no light on the evacuation reports, though they clearly were a hot topic of conversation. "Oh, you mean 'Operation EVIL AIRLIFT'?" one military source joked. "Look, I can't confirm anything about those reports. As far as I know, they just aren't happening." Three other military and defense sources simply denied any knowledge.

Something is up. It certainly appears to any reasonable observer that aircraft of some kind or another were taking off and landing in Kunduz's final hours in Taliban hands. Among the many questions that grow out of this reality:

Was the passenger manifest on these aircraft limited to Pakistani military and intelligence men, or did it include some of the more prominent zealots Pakistan contributed to the ranks of the Taliban and al-Qaida?

What kind of deal was struck between the United States and Pakistan to allow this?

What safeguards did the United States demand to ensure the evacuated Pakistanis did not include men who will come back to haunt us?

What was done with the civilian volunteers once they arrived home in Pakistan? Where they arrested? Debriefed? Taken to safe houses? Or a state banquet?


The answers remain elusive. If the passengers were simply Pakistani military and intelligence men, and not civilian extremists, what possible motive is there for concealing the truth about their evacuation? Pakistan may believe that no one has noticed the warmth of its intelligence ties to the Taliban and even al-Qaida, but surely the Pentagon isn't operating under this illusion, is it? This news organization has quoted U.S. intelligence sources as far back as 1997 as saying that ties between Pakistan's intelligence service and al-Qaida, and links to the Taliban - a movement nurtured by Pakistan - are undeniable.

Furthermore, the United States can easily explain why it would have allowed a military ruler under intense pressure at home to adopt an unpopular pro-American stance in this war to evacuate some elite intelligence and military forces from a chaotic battlefield. But only if, in fact, the planes were limited to evacuating those people.

The lack of a forthright answer to this question suggests otherwise, and that is a great shame. The history of American policy in Southwest Asia, from the shah of Iran to Saddam Hussein to Afghanistan and Pakistan, is marred by one example after another of short-term decisions that stored up enormous trouble for later. We failed for decades to find common ground with the world's largest democracy, India. We failed to temper the shah's domestic abuses in Iran in the name of anti-communism and wound up with the ayatollahs. We decided not to rile our Gulf War coalition allies by pushing onto to Baghdad and find ourselves a decade later wondering how to deal with Saddam Hussein. We pumped Afghanistan and Pakistan with billions of dollars worth of weapons and military know-how to fight the Soviet invasion, but then adopted the Pontius Pilate approach in victory, washing our hands of these struggling nations as soon as Moscow withdrew.

Now, are we careening down the same road with a nuclear-armed Pakistan? Are we allowing an army of anti-American zealots to live and fight another day for the sake of our convenient marriage with Pakistan's current dictator? I wish I could quote Rumsfeld. I wish I could say "I doubt it." I can't.

Then, if the locals get wise to the occupaton racket, collude with your Taliban cut-outs.

Just as folks like Citizens for legitimate Government (CLG) have asserted ('al-CIAduh') from the get-go: Taliban, U.S. colluding on bombings to create 'need' for foreign troops to stay beyond 2014 - Karzai 10 Mar 2013 Afghan President Hamid Karzai on Sunday accused the Taliban and the U.S. of working in concert to convince Afghans that violence will worsen if most foreign troops leave, an allegation the top American commander in Afghanistan rejected as "categorically false." [LOL!] Karzai said two suicide bombings that killed 19 people on Saturday -- one outside the Afghan Defense Ministry and the other near a police checkpoint in eastern Khost province -- show the insurgent group is conducting attacks to demonstrate that international forces will still be needed to keep the peace after their current combat mission ends in 2014. "The explosions in Kabul and Khost yesterday showed that they are at the service of America and at the service of this phrase: 2014. They are trying to frighten us into thinking that if the foreigners are not in Afghanistan, we would be facing these sorts of incidents," he said during a nationally televised speech.


Afghan leader alleges U.S., Taliban are colluding

By RAHIM FAIEZ and KIMBERLY DOZIER | Associated Press - 11 hrs ago

KABUL, Afghanistan (AP) - Afghan President Hamid Karzai on Sunday accused the Taliban and the U.S. of working in concert to convince Afghans that violence will worsen if most foreign troops leave - an allegation the top American commander in Afghanistan rejected as "categorically false."

Karzai said two suicide bombings that killed 19 people on Saturday - one outside the Afghan Defense Ministry and the other near a police checkpoint in eastern Khost province - show the insurgent group is conducting attacks to demonstrate that international forces will still be needed to keep the peace after their current combat mission ends in 2014.

"The explosions in Kabul and Khost yesterday showed that they are at the service of America and at the service of this phrase: 2014. They are trying to frighten us into thinking that if the foreigners are not in Afghanistan, we would be facing these sorts of incidents," he said during a nationally televised speech about the state of Afghan women.

Karzai is known for making incendiary comments in his public speeches, a tactic that is often attributed to him trying to appeal to Taliban sympathizers or to gain leverage when he feels his international allies are ignoring his country's sovereignty. In previous speeches, he has threatened to join the Taliban and called his NATO allies occupiers who want to plunder Afghanistan's resources.

U.S. and NATO forces commander Gen. Joseph Dunford said Karzai had never expressed such views to him, but said it was understandable that tensions would arise as the coalition balances the need to complete its mission and the Afghans' move to exercise more sovereignty.

"We have fought too hard over the past 12 years, we have shed too much blood over the last 12 years, to ever think that violence or instability would be to our advantage," Dunford said.

The Karzai government's latest comments and actions come during U.S. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel's first visit to Afghanistan since becoming the Pentagon chief, a trip made in part to meet with Karzai. Hours after Karzai's speech, their joint news conference was canceled by officials citing security concerns, though officials said the two men still planned to meet privately.

The two men had plenty of contentious issues to discuss. The Afghan and U.S. government are negotiating a security pact for the long-term presence of American forces in Afghanistan - the difficulty illustrated when a deal to transfer a U.S. prison outside of Kabul to Afghan authority on Saturday fell through at the last moment.

U.S. and Afghan officials are also at odds over a Karzai demand that U.S. special operations forces withdraw from a province neighboring Kabul by Monday over allegations they participated in torture and extrajudicial killing - charges U.S. officials deny. As the deadline approached, Dunford told reporters he spoke to Karzai about the issue on Saturday and told him the U.S. is working on a plan to hand over security in the Wardak region to Afghan forces. He would not directly say whether the commandos will stay in Wardak when the deadline to leave comes on Monday.

Karzai raised another difficult issue when he denounced the alleged seizure of a university student Saturday by Afghan forces his aide said were working for the CIA. It was unclear why the student was detained.

Presidential spokesman Aimal Faizi said in an interview with The Associated Press that the CIA freed the student after Karzai's staff intervened, but that Karzai wants the alleged Afghan raiders arrested. The president issued a decree on Sunday banning all international forces and the Afghans working with them from entering universities and schools without Afghan government permission.

The CIA declined to comment. NATO spokesman Lt. Col. Les Carroll said that no NATO forces "harassed a university student" as described by the President's office.

In the incident at the Kandahar university Saturday, presidential spokesman Faizi said the raiders fired shots as they grabbed student Abdul Qayoum, and blindfolded him before taking him for interrogation at a CIA post that Taliban leader Mullah Omar once used as a home.

The CIA has trained an Afghan counterterrorist force several thousand strong, known as the Counterterrorism Pursuit Team, which works mostly in insurgent strongholds in southern and eastern Afghanistan. U.S. officials say they work in concert with the Afghan intelligence service, but Karzai frequently complains he lacks oversight over their operations.

Karzai said in his speech that any foreign powers that want to keep troops in Afghanistan need to do so under conditions set forward by Afghanistan.

"We will tell them where we need them, and under which conditions. They must respect our laws. They must respect the national sovereignty of our country and must respect all our customs," Karzai said.

Karzai offered no proof of coordination, but said the Taliban and the United States were in "daily negotiations" in various foreign countries and noted that the United States has said that it no longer considers the insurgent group its enemy. The U.S. continues to fight against the Taliban and other militant groups, but has expressed its backing for formal peace talks with the Taliban to find a political resolution to the war.

Karzai said he did not believe the Taliban's claim that they launched Saturday's attacks to show they are still a potent force fighting the United States. "Yesterday's explosions, which the Taliban claimed, show that in reality they are saying they want the presence of foreigners in Afghanistan," Karzai said.


Associated Press writers Lolita C. Baldor and Heidi Vogt contributed to this report from Kabul.

Follow Dozier on Twitter at: http://twitter.com/KimberlyDozier; Baldor at http://twitter.com/lbaldor; and Vogt at http://twitter.com/HeidiVogt.

Note: this is not the first time Illuminati secret society members have played the Hegelian dialect gamemanship game. "Tricky Dick" Richard Nixon played this game to ruin the POTUS Johnson peace plan with the North Vietnamese to get elected as POTUS in 1968. Notice while Nixon was back-stabbing, fellow JFK conspiracy murderer LBJ the FBI was illegally listening in on his and his agent's conversations but LBJ said nothing--lest the public realize the FBI does this un-Constitutional spying. NEWS FLASH! We all know the FBI is not doing its damn job of fighting crime and corruption and instead spies and smears political enemies for the Illuminati. They act like they are above the law. Like the CIA, the corrupt FBI should be disbanded and we should start over with a new internal security agency that works for WE THE PEOPLE and has citizens oversight.


15 March 2013 Last updated at 21:09 ET

The Lyndon Johnson tapes: Richard Nixon's "Treason"

By David Taylor Archive On 4

In a series of remarkable White House recordings we can hear Johnson's reaction to the news. In one call to Senator Richard Russell he says: "We have found that our friend, the Republican nominee, our California friend, has been playing on the outskirts with our enemies and our friends both, he has been doing it through rather subterranean sources. Mrs Chennault is warning the South Vietnamese not to get pulled into this Johnson move."

He orders the Nixon campaign to be placed under FBI surveillance and demands to know if Nixon is personally involved.

When he became convinced it was being orchestrated by the Republican candidate, the president called Senator Everett Dirksen, the Republican leader in the Senate to get a message to Nixon.

The president knew what was going on, Nixon should back off and the subterfuge amounted to treason.

Publicly Nixon was suggesting he had no idea why the South Vietnamese withdrew from the talks. He even offered to travel to Saigon to get them back to the negotiating table.

Johnson felt it was the ultimate expression of political hypocrisy but in calls recorded with Clifford they express the fear that going public would require revealing the FBI were bugging the ambassador's phone and the National Security Agency (NSA) was intercepting his communications with Saigon.

So they decided to say nothing.

The president did let Humphrey know and gave him enough information to sink his opponent. But by then, a few days from the election, Humphrey had been told he had closed the gap with Nixon and would win the presidency. So Humphrey decided it would be too disruptive to the country to accuse the Republicans of treason, if the Democrats were going to win anyway.

Nixon ended his campaign by suggesting the administration war policy was in shambles. They couldn't even get the South Vietnamese to the negotiating table. He won by less than 1% of the popular vote.

Once in office, he escalated the war into Laos and Cambodia, with the loss of an additional 22,000 American lives, before finally settling for a peace agreement in 1973 that was within grasp in 1968.

The White House tapes, combined with Wheeler's interviews with key White House personnel, provide an unprecedented insight into how Johnson handled a series of crises that rocked his presidency. Sadly, we will never have that sort of insight again.

Listen to the Archive On 4 programme: Wheeler: The Final Word, on BBC Radio 4 at 20.00 GMT on Saturday or for seven days afterwards on the BBC iPlayer.

We Need Public Servants Not LEO Bureaucrats

The sad truth we are finding is that Law Enforcement Organizations (LEOs) are filled with psycho/sociopaths who look down on WE THE SHEEPLE and think we are there to serve THEM--they are not public servants. Because we have relegated the dirty work of stopping criminals to a small elite of egomaniacs, they disrespect the Joe 6-pack sheeple who have not gone to the Police Academy like them or have ever confronted dangerous criminals. So many LEOs think THEY ARE THE LAW when they should like everyone else NOT BE ABOVE THE LAW. Due process and trials, knowing the charges and facing your accusers were hard-learned lessons our Founding Fathers realized back in corrupt and tightly-packed old Europe which is what lead them to come here. As America has gotten crowded, old Europe's evils have crept back in, where its not what you do that matters its WHO YOU KNOW and WHO you are in cahoots with that matters to the corrupt LEO. If you doubt this read the web site below and see how THOUSANDS of innocent Americans are in jail/prisons feeding this RACKET due to police playing the BS game of your-word-against-their-word.

Read the horror stories of innocent Americans being screwed-over by our corrupt bureaucracies:

Truth in Justice.Org

Truth in Justice is an educational non-profit organized to educate the public regarding the vulnerabilities in the U. S. criminal justice system that make the criminal conviction of wholly innocent persons possible.

When we say "wholly innocent," we mean a person who had absolutely no part in the crime charged. An innocent person is deprived of life, liberty and the opportunity to contribute to society, while the guilty party is free to commit more crimes against unsuspecting victims. In many instances, no crime was committed in the first place -- a suicide is charged as homicide, or an accidental fire is mistaken for arson. How does this happen? Faulty eye witness identification, tunnel vision investigators, over zealous prosecutors, bad science, compromised experts and a politicized judiciary are major factors, along with a credulous public.

Why should you be concerned about wrongful conviction? The cases here make the answer clear: it can happen to anyone, including you. What can you do? Educate yourself. Ask questions. Think. Stop rewarding malfeasance. It starts with just one person. It starts with YOU.

The disgusting thing is that you should NEVER TALK TO THE COPS--THEY ARE NOT YOUR FRIENDS since they have long ago rejected their proper role as public servants who are under the law--not above it. All they are trying to do is find an exacuse--any excuse--to blame you for someone else's crime. If they can't twist your words during interogation like a scrabble game then they will plant evidence and make up lies about you. Again, BECAUSE THEY DON'T GIVE A DAMN ABOUT THE TRUTH. Our binary legal system where defense tries to get their client off and the prosecutor trying to get the person punished means NEITHER SIDE IS INTERESTED IN THE SIMPLE TRUTH--they are both gaming the system to get a "win". Disregard what you see on TV and movies like Perry Mason where a sudden realization "Banacek moment" before there was a Banacek--all that can be commented on is what's admitted before hand into evidence, and the assholes in LEO have no concern about "exculpatory" evidence translation: what proves you innocent. If you say something accidentally or can be twisted to make you appear guilty, its allegedly hard evidence. Anything that comes out that proves your innocence is "hearsay" ie; ignored by the police. What a pile of FUCKING BULLSHIT. Who in the hell made up this BS rule? If the TRUTH mattered ALL evidence should be considered. And cops wonder why they are resented and not respected? Take a good hard look in the mirror.

What should matter is THE TRUTH.

If there is evidence showing innocence, then the prosecutors damn well better pay attention to it and get off their asses and do some actua.l detective work instead of relying on liars making up stories to try to divert attention from themselves or the LEOs themselves playing word scrabble with interogations. How long has American injustice been this way? How long has it been somehow AOK for LEOs to LIE to you? Try 1945. Supreme Court Justice Jackson as far back as in 1945 warned citizens NOT TO TALK TO POLICE. PERIOD. They are not interested in the truth. This is disgusting beyond words. However, it does explain partially why America is covered in organized crime rackets today. LEO are punishing innocent meek people because they don't fight back to con us that they are doing their jobs--when really they are not--while real, dangerous criminals who fight back and would be dangerous to them--continue unabatted. Easier to call grandma a "terrorist" than to put-down drug cartels and street gangs.


Mr. James Duane, a professor at Regent Law School and a former defense attorney, tells you why you should never agree to be "interviewed" by the police.

Its NOT that you don't want to get-to-the-bottom of an event. It's not about YOU and your decency. It's about their indecency and corruption. THEY ARE NOT INTERESTED IN THE TRUTH. They are assholes. They just want to somehow BLAME YOU for the crime so they don't have to do so much work. Again, totally disgusting and un-American. Straight from Nazi Germany or Stalinist Russia. News Flash here, boys and girls! AMERICA IS SCREWED UP. The whole court system "racket" where MONEY $$$ drives who gets off or due to the lack of it who gets punished coupled with LEOs forgetting that they are supposed to be PUBLIC SERVANTS sworn to defend our U.S. Constitution needs to stop, forever. If we don't, then the American police state will grow and grow and eventually YOU will be its next victim if you haven't been already. We are already well down the slippery slope and are indeed a clone of Nazi Germany in red, white and blue--begun by our own "Reichstag" fire (9/11) to fear-mong the sheeple.

In light of the fact that like the CIA, the FBI has committed many acts of treason, it is clear that we should DISBAND THE FBI AND START-OVER with a National Organization Against Criminal Conspiracies or words to that effect to keep the outfit focused on its mission--not to act like a bunch of snooping gossip-hound papparazis trying to find petty dirt on American's private lives. The FBI has been complicit in many treasons dating as far back as the 1963 JFK assassination:

The JFK Research Site



We should create from-scratch with lots of civilian oversight a National Investigation Service for Justice (NIS-J) whose purpose will always be focused on upholding the U.S. Constitution and defending American Citizens and not act to persecute enemies of the ruling political elite and just average Joe citizens to pad their lists to con us that they are doing something. Justice? Remember what that it? It means finding out the TRUTH which requires ALL the facts be valued--not just what can be fabricated to frame and lie innocent people to smear and ruin them.

American Citizens Being Murdered are Next--And Already Happening Overseas

Its not surprising that once TRUTH is disregarded, then follows LIBELS, and after that government SMEARS that innocent people are IMPRISONED and MURDERED.

This is what happens when the sheeple don't-give-a-damn about the truth and from this pool of losers are drawn governmental bureaucrats who are psycho/sociopaths (25% of the populace) who then think THEY ARE ABOVE THE LAW. They delude themselves that they ARE THE LAW. Total Nazi/Commie BS. The document below shows that the USG now thinks it can murder people without any due process. At least the Israelis will hold a private trial and at least present some contrary evidence before they go out murdering people. America obsessed with material wealth is full of haters filled with envy who long to stab-thy-neighbor in the back. "Thou shalt not bear false witness" means nothing to them.


AmeroNazis Claim Immoral Murder of U.S. Citizens Without Trial is OK by James Gavin Jr.

A young man in the UK is thinking in the right direction: building cities so BS drones cannot fly overhead to surveil and murder citizens. Another good idea would be to put manned observation/attack aircraft into the air and SHOOT THE UAVS DOWN.



An Architectural Defense From Drones by AJKohn

Military murders based on unjust, illegal wars segues into the next racket--the "war" racket.



General Butler's book is remarkable in many ways. Essentially he's calling on WE THE PEOPLE through our federal government to do 3 things; one take-over all war industry corporations and put them on a private E1's salary, two to have ALL the military service eligible men to VOTE on whether to go to war or not, and three, restrict the U.S. military to operations no farther than 200 miles to shore.

The tragedy is that Butler is right about steps 1 and 2. We should amend the U.S. Constitution to enable these measures. We have to be clever so DoD doesn't work around the military age male vote by going to push-button, robotic wars. The problem is Butler is wrong about step 3 the 200 mile limit and this is used by his nay-sayers to overthrow the first two sound measures. Its too bad Butler died before WW2 began to comment on it, even better if he could have hung on past 1945 to comment like H.G. Wells did. I would not be surprised if Butler was murdered. The 200 mile offensive/defensive limit sadly is not adequate in an age of long-range ballistic missiles with nuclear warheads aptly explained by LTG Gavin in his 1958 book, War and Peace in the space Age:


We need to advocate a "Butler Modified" Plan. This would be his first two points and the third point replaced by a military that can launch punitive raids and regime change wars if the threat of a genuine Hitler threat appears who is capable or is already attacking us indirectly with sub-national conflict means. Phony threats like Al-CIAduh do not count.


Iran for example, would have to be shown as being such a threat to first the Congress and then the military age males for a vote before we went to war. IMHO, we should do away with the all volunteer/victim force/farce so the corporations do not have a group of weak egolings eager to self-validate and/or cash-in financially from corporate wars of convenience. America should have a mandatory 2-year active duty and perpetual reserve service thereafter national service of ALL its citizens and those in the military service would get to vote on wars.

An EXCELLENT new film on war is "Shooter" starring Mark Wahlberg. Aside from being technotactically accurate on current weaponry and fieldcraft, it presents a compelling case for Butler's racket theory of wars being started by corporations and Wahlberg's character as a retired marine gunnery sergeant missing the action being drawn into the role of Lee Harvey Oswald patsy/fall guy. The movie then poses the situation of what if? LHO was COMPETENT and escaped the ring of security during the assassination event? The film also at the end of the journey arrives at an U.S. Senator played with Academy Award-worthy skill by Ned Beatty bought off by the corporations telling Wahlberg that the ends justify the means because the corporations provide jobs for the people ie, the social fabric otherwise they'd be still living in grass huts. Another scoundrel Wahlberg encounters explains its not the actual shooters that matter since like him, they are expendable to the corporate interests, its BASIC HUMAN NATURE to racketeer that is to blame and its a cancer impossible to pinpoint just on one group or individuals and get rid of them as it will pop up again. Since metaphysically its basic human ego and greed we are fighting, our SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT must be first restored to its original founding father's intended checks and balances but then IMPROVED ON to account for the industrial age creating massive pools of money from making widgets/gallons of goop used to RACKETEER.

Another remarkable thing about Butler is that HE REFERS TO HIMSELF AS A SOLDIER not a "marine". He is clearly not like today's narcissistic egomaniac gyrenes full of their own circular illogic and incompetences. The technical advisor for "Shooter" former sniper Pat Garrity appears to be of the same humble professional mindset as Butler judging from the behind-the-scenes segment on how the movie was made. Its too bad the majority of today's marines are not like Butler and Garrity and instead are caught up in their own ego racket.

Major General Smedley Butler & The Fascist Takeover Of The USA - A Warning From History


War is a Racket was published in 1935 by Round Table Press, Inc., New York. It was condensed in Reader's Digest as a book supplement, with an introduction by Lowell Thomas, who praised Butler's "...moral as well as physical courage... "

Hans Schmidt, in his 1987 biography of Butler, Maverick Marine: General Smedley D. Butler and the Contradictions of American Military History, offers the following assessment: "Much of War is a Racket was stock antiwar, anti-imperialist idiom, part of an American tradition dating back to the eighteenth century. Butler's particular contribution was his recantation, denouncing war on moral grounds after having been a warrior hero and spending most of his life as a military insider. The theme remained vigorously patriotic and nationalistic, decrying imperialism as a disgrace rooted in the greed of a privileged few."

Chapter One


WAR is a racket. It always has been.

It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives.

A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small "inside" group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes.

In the World War a mere handful garnered the profits of the conflict. At least 21,000 new millionaires and billionaires were made in the United States during the World War. That many admitted their huge blood gains in their income tax returns. How many other war millionaires falsified their tax returns no one knows.

How many of these war millionaires shouldered a rifle? How many of them dug a trench? How many of them knew what it meant to go hungry in a rat-infested dug-out? How many of them spent sleepless, frightened nights, ducking shells and shrapnel and machine gun bullets? How many of them parried a bayonet thrust of an enemy? How many of them were wounded or killed in battle?

Out of war nations acquire additional territory, if they are victorious. They just take it. This newly acquired territory promptly is exploited by the few - the selfsame few who wrung dollars out of blood in the war. The general public shoulders the bill.

And what is this bill?

This bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones. Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken hearts and homes. Economic instability. Depression and all its attendant miseries. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations.

For a great many years, as a Soldier, I had a suspicion that war was a racket; not until I retired to civil life did I fully realize it. Now that I see the international war clouds gathering, as they are today, I must face it and speak out.

Again they are choosing sides. France and Russia met and agreed to stand side by side. Italy and Austria hurried to make a similar agreement. Poland and Germany cast sheep's eyes at each other, forgetting for the nonce [one unique occasion], their dispute over the Polish Corridor.

The assassination of King Alexander of Jugoslavia [Yugoslavia] complicated matters. Jugoslavia and Hungary, long bitter enemies, were almost at each other's throats. Italy was ready to jump in. But France was waiting. So was Czechoslovakia. All of them are looking ahead to war. Not the people - not those who fight and pay and die - only those who foment wars and remain safely at home to profit.

There are 40,000,000 men under arms in the world today, and our statesmen and diplomats have the temerity to say that war is not in the making.

Hell's bells! Are these 40,000,000 men being trained to be dancers?

Not in Italy, to be sure. Premier Mussolini knows what they are being trained for. He, at least, is frank enough to speak out. Only the other day, Il Duce in "International Conciliation," the publication of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, said:

"And above all, Fascism, the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite apart from political considerations of the moment, believes neither in the possibility nor the utility of perpetual peace... War alone brings up to its highest tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the people who have the courage to meet it."

Undoubtedly Mussolini means exactly what he says. His well-trained army, his great fleet of planes, and even his navy are ready for war - anxious for it, apparently. His recent stand at the side of Hungary in the latter's dispute with Jugoslavia showed that. And the hurried mobilization of his troops on the Austrian border after the assassination of Dollfuss showed it too. There are others in Europe too whose sabre rattling presages war, sooner or later.

Herr Hitler, with his rearming Germany and his constant demands for more and more arms, is an equal if not greater menace to peace. France only recently increased the term of military service for its youth from a year to eighteen months.

Yes, all over, nations are camping in their arms. The mad dogs of Europe are on the loose. In the Orient the maneuvering is more adroit. Back in 1904, when Russia and Japan fought, we kicked out our old friends the Russians and backed Japan. Then our very generous international bankers were financing Japan. Now the trend is to poison us against the Japanese. What does the "open door" policy to China mean to us? Our trade with China is about $90,000,000 a year. Or the Philippine Islands? We have spent about $600,000,000 in the Philippines in thirty-five years and we (our bankers and industrialists and speculators) have private investments there of less than $200,000,000.

Then, to save that China trade of about $90,000,000, or to protect these private investments of less than $200,000,000 in the Philippines, we would be all stirred up to hate Japan and go to war - a war that might well cost us tens of billions of dollars, hundreds of thousands of lives of Americans, and many more hundreds of thousands of physically maimed and mentally unbalanced men.

Of course, for this loss, there would be a compensating profit - fortunes would be made. Millions and billions of dollars would be piled up. By a few. Munitions makers. Bankers. Ship builders. Manufacturers. Meat packers. Speculators. They would fare well.

Yes, they are getting ready for another war. Why shouldn't they? It pays high dividends.

But what does it profit the men who are killed? What does it profit their mothers and sisters, their wives and their sweethearts? What does it profit their children?

What does it profit anyone except the very few to whom war means huge profits?

Yes, and what does it profit the nation?

Take our own case. Until 1898 we didn't own a bit of territory outside the mainland of North America. At that time our national debt was a little more than $1,000,000,000. Then we became "internationally minded." We forgot, or shunted aside, the advice of the Father of our country. We forgot George Washington's warning about "entangling alliances." We went to war. We acquired outside territory. At the end of the World War period, as a direct result of our fiddling in international affairs, our national debt had jumped to over $25,000,000,000. Our total favorable trade balance during the twenty-five-year period was about $24,000,000,000. Therefore, on a purely bookkeeping basis, we ran a little behind year for year, and that foreign trade might well have been ours without the wars.

It would have been far cheaper (not to say safer) for the average American who pays the bills to stay out of foreign entanglements. For a very few this racket, like bootlegging and other underworld rackets, brings fancy profits, but the cost of operations is always transferred to the people - who do not profit.

Chapter Two


The World War, rather our brief participation in it, has cost the United States some $52,000,000,000. Figure it out. That means $400 to every American man, woman, and child. And we haven't paid the debt yet. We are paying it, our children will pay it, and our children's children probably still will be paying the cost of that war.

The normal profits of a business concern in the United States are six, eight, ten, and sometimes twelve percent. But war-time profits - ah! that is another matter - twenty, sixty, one hundred, three hundred, and even eighteen hundred per cent - the sky is the limit. All that traffic will bear. Uncle Sam has the money. Let's get it.

Of course, it isn't put that crudely in war time. It is dressed into speeches about patriotism, love of country, and "we must all put our shoulders to the wheel," but the profits jump and leap and skyrocket - and are safely pocketed. Let's just take a few examples:

Take our friends the du Ponts, the powder people - didn't one of them testify before a Senate committee recently that their powder won the war? Or saved the world for democracy? Or something? How did they do in the war? They were a patriotic corporation. Well, the average earnings of the du Ponts for the period 1910 to 1914 were $6,000,000 a year. It wasn't much, but the du Ponts managed to get along on it. Now let's look at their average yearly profit during the war years, 1914 to 1918. Fifty-eight million dollars a year profit we find! Nearly ten times that of normal times, and the profits of normal times were pretty good. An increase in profits of more than 950 per cent.

Take one of our little steel companies that patriotically shunted aside the making of rails and girders and bridges to manufacture war materials. Well, their 1910-1914 yearly earnings averaged $6,000,000. Then came the war. And, like loyal citizens, Bethlehem Steel promptly turned to munitions making. Did their profits jump - or did they let Uncle Sam in for a bargain? Well, their 1914-1918 average was $49,000,000 a year!

Or, let's take United States Steel. The normal earnings during the five-year period prior to the war were $105,000,000 a year. Not bad. Then along came the war and up went the profits. The average yearly profit for the period 1914-1918 was $240,000,000. Not bad.

There you have some of the steel and powder earnings. Let's look at something else. A little copper, perhaps. That always does well in war times.

Anaconda, for instance. Average yearly earnings during the pre-war years 1910-1914 of $10,000,000. During the war years 1914-1918 profits leaped to $34,000,000 per year.

Or Utah Copper. Average of $5,000,000 per year during the 1910-1914 period. Jumped to an average of $21,000,000 yearly profits for the war period.

Let's group these five, with three smaller companies. The total yearly average profits of the pre-war period 1910-1914 were $137,480,000. Then along came the war. The average yearly profits for this group skyrocketed to $408,300,000.

A little increase in profits of approximately 200 per cent.

Does war pay? It paid them. But they aren't the only ones. There are still others. Let's take leather.

For the three-year period before the war the total profits of Central Leather Company were $3,500,000. That was approximately $1,167,000 a year. Well, in 1916 Central Leather returned a profit of $15,000,000, a small increase of 1,100 per cent. That's all. The General Chemical Company averaged a profit for the three years before the war of a little over $800,000 a year. Came the war, and the profits jumped to $12,000,000. a leap of 1,400 per cent.

International Nickel Company - and you can't have a war without nickel - showed an increase in profits from a mere average of $4,000,000 a year to $73,000,000 yearly. Not bad? An increase of more than 1,700 per cent.

American Sugar Refining Company averaged $2,000,000 a year for the three years before the war. In 1916 a profit of $6,000,000 was recorded.

Listen to Senate Document No. 259. The Sixty-Fifth Congress, reporting on corporate earnings and government revenues. Considering the profits of 122 meat packers, 153 cotton manufacturers, 299 garment makers, 49 steel plants, and 340 coal producers during the war. Profits under 25 per cent were exceptional. For instance the coal companies made between 100 per cent and 7,856 per cent on their capital stock during the war. The Chicago packers doubled and tripled their earnings.

And let us not forget the bankers who financed the great war. If anyone had the cream of the profits it was the bankers. Being partnerships rather than incorporated organizations, they do not have to report to stockholders. And their profits were as secret as they were immense. How the bankers made their millions and their billions I do not know, because those little secrets never become public - even before a Senate investigatory body.

But here's how some of the other patriotic industrialists and speculators chiseled their way into war profits.

Take the shoe people. They like war. It brings business with abnormal profits. They made huge profits on sales abroad to our allies. Perhaps, like the munitions manufacturers and armament makers, they also sold to the enemy. For a dollar is a dollar whether it comes from Germany or from France. But they did well by Uncle Sam too. For instance, they sold Uncle Sam 35,000,000 pairs of hobnailed service shoes. There were 4,000,000 Soldiers. Eight pairs, and more, to a Soldier. My regiment during the war had only one pair to a Soldier. Some of these shoes probably are still in existence. They were good shoes. But when the war was over Uncle Sam has a matter of 25,000,000 pairs left over. Bought - and paid for. Profits recorded and pocketed.

There was still lots of leather left. So the leather people sold your Uncle Sam hundreds of thousands of McClellan saddles for the cavalry. But there wasn't any American cavalry overseas! Somebody had to get rid of this leather, however. Somebody had to make a profit in it - so we had a lot of McClellan saddles. And we probably have those yet.

Also somebody had a lot of mosquito netting. They sold your Uncle Sam 20,000,000 mosquito nets for the use of the Soldiers overseas. I suppose the boys were expected to put it over them as they tried to sleep in muddy trenches - one hand scratching cooties on their backs and the other making passes at scurrying rats. Well, not one of these mosquito nets ever got to France!

Anyhow, these thoughtful manufacturers wanted to make sure that no Soldier would be without his mosquito net, so 40,000,000 additional yards of mosquito netting were sold to Uncle Sam.

There were pretty good profits in mosquito netting in those days, even if there were no mosquitoes in France. I suppose, if the war had lasted just a little longer, the enterprising mosquito netting manufacturers would have sold your Uncle Sam a couple of consignments of mosquitoes to plant in France so that more mosquito netting would be in order.

Airplane and engine manufacturers felt they, too, should get their just profits out of this war. Why not? Everybody else was getting theirs. So $1,000,000,000 - count them if you live long enough - was spent by Uncle Sam in building airplane engines that never left the ground! Not one plane, or motor, out of the billion dollars worth ordered, ever got into a battle in France. Just the same the manufacturers made their little profit of 30, 100, or perhaps 300 per cent.

Undershirts for Soldiers cost 14¢ [cents] to make and uncle Sam paid 30¢ to 40¢ each for them - a nice little profit for the undershirt manufacturer. And the stocking manufacturer and the uniform manufacturers and the cap manufacturers and the steel helmet manufacturers - all got theirs.

Why, when the war was over some 4,000,000 sets of equipment - knapsacks and the things that go to fill them - crammed warehouses on this side. Now they are being scrapped because the regulations have changed the contents. But the manufacturers collected their wartime profits on them - and they will do it all over again the next time.

There were lots of brilliant ideas for profit making during the war.

One very versatile patriot sold Uncle Sam twelve dozen 48-inch wrenches. Oh, they were very nice wrenches. The only trouble was that there was only one nut ever made that was large enough for these wrenches. That is the one that holds the turbines at Niagara Falls. Well, after Uncle Sam had bought them and the manufacturer had pocketed the profit, the wrenches were put on freight cars and shunted all around the United States in an effort to find a use for them. When the Armistice was signed it was indeed a sad blow to the wrench manufacturer. He was just about to make some nuts to fit the wrenches. Then he planned to sell these, too, to your Uncle Sam.

Still another had the brilliant idea that colonels shouldn't ride in automobiles, nor should they even ride on horseback. One has probably seen a picture of Andy Jackson riding in a buckboard. Well, some 6,000 buckboards were sold to Uncle Sam for the use of colonels! Not one of them was used. But the buckboard manufacturer got his war profit.

The shipbuilders felt they should come in on some of it, too. They built a lot of ships that made a lot of profit. More than $3,000,000,000 worth. Some of the ships were all right. But $635,000,000 worth of them were made of wood and wouldn't float! The seams opened up - and they sank. We paid for them, though. And somebody pocketed the profits.

It has been estimated by statisticians and economists and researchers that the war cost your Uncle Sam $52,000,000,000. Of this sum, $39,000,000,000 was expended in the actual war itself. This expenditure yielded $16,000,000,000 in profits. That is how the 21,000 billionaires and millionaires got that way. This $16,000,000,000 profits is not to be sneezed at. It is quite a tidy sum. And it went to a very few.

The Senate (Nye) committee probe of the munitions industry and its wartime profits, despite its sensational disclosures, hardly has scratched the surface.

Even so, it has had some effect. The State Department has been studying "for some time" methods of keeping out of war. The War Department suddenly decides it has a wonderful plan to spring. The Administration names a committee - with the War and Navy Departments ably represented under the chairmanship of a Wall Street speculator - to limit profits in war time. To what extent isn't suggested. Hmmm. Possibly the profits of 300 and 600 and 1,600 per cent of those who turned blood into gold in the World War would be limited to some smaller figure.

Apparently, however, the plan does not call for any limitation of losses - that is, the losses of those who fight the war. As far as I have been able to ascertain there is nothing in the scheme to limit a Soldier to the loss of but one eye, or one arm, or to limit his wounds to one or two or three. Or to limit the loss of life.

There is nothing in this scheme, apparently, that says not more than 12 per cent of a regiment shall be wounded in battle, or that not more than 7 per cent in a division shall be killed.

Of course, the committee cannot be bothered with such trifling matters.

Chapter Three


Who provides the profits - these nice little profits of 20, 100, 300, 1,500 and 1,800 per cent? We all pay them - in taxation. We paid the bankers their profits when we bought Liberty Bonds at $100.00 and sold them back at $84 or $86 to the bankers. These bankers collected $100 plus. It was a simple manipulation. The bankers control the security marts. It was easy for them to depress the price of these bonds. Then all of us - the people - got frightened and sold the bonds at $84 or $86. The bankers bought them. Then these same bankers stimulated a boom and government bonds went to par - and above. Then the bankers collected their profits.

But the Soldier pays the biggest part of the bill.

If you don't believe this, visit the American cemeteries on the battlefields abroad. Or visit any of the veteran's hospitals in the United States. On a tour of the country, in the midst of which I am at the time of this writing, I have visited eighteen government hospitals for veterans. In them are a total of about 50,000 destroyed men - men who were the pick of the nation eighteen years ago. The very able chief surgeon at the government hospital; at Milwaukee, where there are 3,800 of the living dead, told me that mortality among veterans is three times as great as among those who stayed at home.

Boys with a normal viewpoint were taken out of the fields and offices and factories and classrooms and put into the ranks. There they were remolded; they were made over; they were made to "about face"; to regard murder as the order of the day. They were put shoulder to shoulder and, through mass psychology, they were entirely changed. We used them for a couple of years and trained them to think nothing at all of killing or of being killed.

Then, suddenly, we discharged them and told them to make another "about face" ! This time they had to do their own readjustment, sans [without] mass psychology, sans officers' aid and advice and sans nation-wide propaganda. We didn't need them any more. So we scattered them about without any "three-minute" or "Liberty Loan" speeches or parades. Many, too many, of these fine young boys are eventually destroyed, mentally, because they could not make that final "about face" alone.

In the government hospital in Marion, Indiana, 1,800 of these boys are in pens! 500 of them in a barracks with steel bars and wires all around outside the buildings and on the porches. These already have been mentally destroyed. These boys don't even look like human beings. Oh, the looks on their faces! Physically, they are in good shape; mentally, they are gone.

There are thousands and thousands of these cases, and more and more are coming in all the time. The tremendous excitement of the war, the sudden cutting off of that excitement - the young boys couldn't stand it.

That's a part of the bill. So much for the dead - they have paid their part of the war profits. So much for the mentally and physically wounded - they are paying now their share of the war profits. But the others paid, too - they paid with heartbreaks when they tore themselves away from their firesides and their families to don the uniform of Uncle Sam - on which a profit had been made. They paid another part in the training camps where they were regimented and drilled while others took their jobs and their places in the lives of their communities. The paid for it in the trenches where they shot and were shot; where they were hungry for days at a time; where they slept in the mud and the cold and in the rain - with the moans and shrieks of the dying for a horrible lullaby.

But don't forget - the Soldier paid part of the dollars and cents bill too.

Up to and including the Spanish-American War, we had a prize system, and Soldiers and Sailors fought for money. During the Civil War they were paid bonuses, in many instances, before they went into service. The government, or states, paid as high as $1,200 for an enlistment. In the Spanish-American War they gave prize money. When we captured any vessels, the Soldiers all got their share - at least, they were supposed to. Then it was found that we could reduce the cost of wars by taking all the prize money and keeping it, but conscripting [drafting] the Soldier anyway. Then Soldiers couldn't bargain for their labor, Everyone else could bargain, but the Soldier couldn't.

Napoleon once said,

"All men are enamored of decorations...they positively hunger for them."

So by developing the Napoleonic system - the medal business - the government learned it could get Soldiers for less money, because the boys liked to be decorated. Until the Civil War there were no medals. Then the Congressional Medal of Honor was handed out. It made enlistments easier. After the Civil War no new medals were issued until the Spanish-American War.

In the World War, we used propaganda to make the boys accept conscription. They were made to feel ashamed if they didn't join the army.

So vicious was this war propaganda that even God was brought into it. With few exceptions our clergymen joined in the clamor to kill, kill, kill. To kill the Germans. God is on our side...it is His will that the Germans be killed.

And in Germany, the good pastors called upon the Germans to kill the allies...to please the same God. That was a part of the general propaganda, built up to make people war conscious and murder conscious.

Beautiful ideals were painted for our boys who were sent out to die. This was the "war to end all wars." This was the "war to make the world safe for democracy." No one mentioned to them, as they marched away, that their going and their dying would mean huge war profits. No one told these American Soldiers that they might be shot down by bullets made by their own brothers here. No one told them that the ships on which they were going to cross might be torpedoed by submarines built with United States patents. They were just told it was to be a "glorious adventure."

Thus, having stuffed patriotism down their throats, it was decided to make them help pay for the war, too. So, we gave them the large salary of $30 a month.

All they had to do for this munificent sum was to leave their dear ones behind, give up their jobs, lie in swampy trenches, eat canned willy (when they could get it) and kill and kill and kill...and be killed.

But wait!

Half of that wage (just a little more than a riveter in a shipyard or a laborer in a munitions factory safe at home made in a day) was promptly taken from him to support his dependents, so that they would not become a charge upon his community. Then we made him pay what amounted to accident insurance - something the employer pays for in an enlightened state - and that cost him $6 a month. He had less than $9 a month left.

Then, the most crowning insolence of all - he was virtually blackjacked into paying for his own ammunition, clothing, and food by being made to buy Liberty Bonds. Most Soldiers got no money at all on pay days.

We made them buy Liberty Bonds at $100 and then we bought them back - when they came back from the war and couldn't find work - at $84 and $86. And the Soldiers bought about $2,000,000,000 worth of these bonds!

Yes, the Soldier pays the greater part of the bill. His family pays too. They pay it in the same heart-break that he does. As he suffers, they suffer. At nights, as he lay in the trenches and watched shrapnel burst about him, they lay home in their beds and tossed sleeplessly - his father, his mother, his wife, his sisters, his brothers, his sons, and his daughters.

When he returned home minus an eye, or minus a leg or with his mind broken, they suffered too - as much as and even sometimes more than he. Yes, and they, too, contributed their dollars to the profits of the munitions makers and bankers and shipbuilders and the manufacturers and the speculators made. They, too, bought Liberty Bonds and contributed to the profit of the bankers after the Armistice in the hocus-pocus of manipulated Liberty Bond prices.

And even now the families of the wounded men and of the mentally broken and those who never were able to readjust themselves are still suffering and still paying.

Chapter Four


WELL, it's a racket, all right.

A few profit - and the many pay. But there is a way to stop it. You can't end it by disarmament conferences. You can't eliminate it by peace parleys at Geneva. Well-meaning but impractical groups can't wipe it out by resolutions. It can be smashed effectively only by taking the profit out of war.

The only way to smash this racket is to conscript capital and industry and labor before the nations manhood can be conscripted. One month before the Government can conscript the young men of the nation - it must conscript capital and industry and labor. Let the officers and the directors and the high-powered executives of our armament factories and our munitions makers and our shipbuilders and our airplane builders and the manufacturers of all the other things that provide profit in war time as well as the bankers and the speculators, be conscripted - to get $30 a month, the same wage as the lads in the trenches get.

Let the workers in these plants get the same wages - all the workers, all presidents, all executives, all directors, all managers, all bankers -

yes, and all generals and all admirals and all officers and all politicians and all government office holders - everyone in the nation be restricted to a total monthly income not to exceed that paid to the Soldier in the trenches!

Let all these kings and tycoons and masters of business and all those workers in industry and all our senators and governors and majors pay half of their monthly $30 wage to their families and pay war risk insurance and buy Liberty Bonds.

Why shouldn't they?

They aren't running any risk of being killed or of having their bodies mangled or their minds shattered. They aren't sleeping in muddy trenches. They aren't hungry. The Soldiers are!

Give capital and industry and labor thirty days to think it over and you will find, by that time, there will be no war. That will smash the war racket - that and nothing else.

Maybe I am a little too optimistic. Capital still has some say. So capital won't permit the taking of the profit out of war until the people - those who do the suffering and still pay the price - make up their minds that those they elect to office shall do their bidding, and not that of the profiteers.

Another step necessary in this fight to smash the war racket is the limited plebiscite to determine whether a war should be declared. A plebiscite not of all the voters but merely of those who would be called upon to do the fighting and dying. There wouldn't be very much sense in having a 76-year-old president of a munitions factory or the flat-footed head of an international banking firm or the cross-eyed manager of a uniform manufacturing plant - all of whom see visions of tremendous profits in the event of war - voting on whether the nation should go to war or not. They never would be called upon to shoulder arms - to sleep in a trench and to be shot. Only those who would be called upon to risk their lives for their country should have the privilege of voting to determine whether the nation should go to war.

There is ample precedent for restricting the voting to those affected. Many of our states have restrictions on those permitted to vote. In most, it is necessary to be able to read and write before you may vote. In some, you must own property. It would be a simple matter each year for the men coming of military age to register in their communities as they did in the draft during the World War and be examined physically. Those who could pass and who would therefore be called upon to bear arms in the event of war would be eligible to vote in a limited plebiscite. They should be the ones to have the power to decide - and not a Congress few of whose members are within the age limit and fewer still of whom are in physical condition to bear arms. Only those who must suffer should have the right to vote.

A third step in this business of smashing the war racket is to make certain that our military forces are truly forces for defense only.

At each session of Congress the question of further naval appropriations comes up. The swivel-chair admirals of Washington (and there are always a lot of them) are very adroit lobbyists. And they are smart. They don't shout that "We need a lot of battleships to war on this nation or that nation." Oh no. First of all, they let it be known that America is menaced by a great naval power. Almost any day, these admirals will tell you, the great fleet of this supposed enemy will strike suddenly and annihilate 125,000,000 people. Just like that. Then they begin to cry for a larger navy. For what? To fight the enemy? Oh my, no. Oh, no. For defense purposes only.

Then, incidentally, they announce maneuvers in the Pacific. For defense. Uh, huh.

The Pacific is a great big ocean. We have a tremendous coastline on the Pacific. Will the maneuvers be off the coast, two or three hundred miles? Oh, no. The maneuvers will be two thousand, yes, perhaps even thirty-five hundred miles, off the coast.

The Japanese, a proud people, of course will be pleased beyond expression to see the united States fleet so close to Nippon's shores. Even as pleased as would be the residents of California were they to dimly discern through the morning mist, the Japanese fleet playing at war games off Los Angeles.

The ships of our navy, it can be seen, should be specifically limited, by law, to within 200 miles of our coastline. Had that been the law in 1898 the Maine would never have gone to Havana Harbor. She never would have been blown up. There would have been no war with Spain with its attendant loss of life. Two hundred miles is ample, in the opinion of experts, for defense purposes. Our nation cannot start an offensive war if its ships can't go further than 200 miles from the coastline. Planes might be permitted to go as far as 500 miles from the coast for purposes of reconnaissance. And the army should never leave the territorial limits of our nation.

To summarize: 3 steps must be taken to smash the war racket.

We must take the profit out of war.

We must permit the youth of the land who would bear arms to decide whether or not there should be war.

We must limit our military forces to home defense purposes.

Chapter Five


I am not a fool as to believe that war is a thing of the past. I know the people do not want war, but there is no use in saying we cannot be pushed into another war.

Looking back, Woodrow Wilson was re-elected president in 1916 on a platform that he had "kept us out of war" and on the implied promise that he would "keep us out of war." Yet, 5 months later he asked Congress to declare war on Germany.

In that five-month interval the people had not been asked whether they had changed their minds. The 4,000,000 young men who put on uniforms and marched or sailed away were not asked whether they wanted to go forth to suffer and die.

Then what caused our government to change its mind so suddenly?


An allied commission, it may be recalled, came over shortly before the war declaration and called on the President. The President summoned a group of advisers. The head of the commission spoke. Stripped of its diplomatic language, this is what he told the President and his group:

"There is no use kidding ourselves any longer. The cause of the allies is lost. We now owe you (American bankers, American munitions makers, American manufacturers, American speculators, American exporters) five or six billion dollars.

If we lose (and without the help of the United States we must lose) we, England, France and Italy, cannot pay back this money...and Germany won't.


Had secrecy been outlawed as far as war negotiations were concerned, and had the press been invited to be present at that conference, or had radio been available to broadcast the proceedings, America never would have entered the World War. But this conference, like all war discussions, was shrouded in utmost secrecy. When our boys were sent off to war they were told it was a "war to make the world safe for democracy" and a "war to end all wars."

Well, eighteen years after, the world has less of democracy than it had then. Besides, what business is it of ours whether Russia or Germany or England or France or Italy or Austria live under democracies or monarchies? Whether they are Fascists or Communists? Our problem is to preserve our own democracy.

And very little, if anything, has been accomplished to assure us that the World War was really the war to end all wars.

Yes, we have had disarmament conferences and limitations of arms conferences. They don't mean a thing. One has just failed; the results of another have been nullified. We send our professional Soldiers and our Sailors and our politicians and our diplomats to these conferences. And what happens?

The professional Soldiers and Sailors don't want to disarm. No admiral wants to be without a ship. No general wants to be without a command. Both mean men without jobs. They are not for disarmament. They cannot be for limitations of arms. And at all these conferences, lurking in the background but all-powerful, just the same, are the sinister agents of those who profit by war. They see to it that these conferences do not disarm or seriously limit armaments.

The chief aim of any power at any of these conferences has not been to achieve disarmament to prevent war but rather to get more armament for itself and less for any potential foe.

There is only one way to disarm with any semblance of practicability. That is for all nations to get together and scrap every ship, every gun, every rifle, every tank, every war plane. Even this, if it were possible, would not be enough.

The next war, according to experts, will be fought not with battleships, not by artillery, not with rifles and not with machine guns. It will be fought with deadly chemicals and gases.

Secretly each nation is studying and perfecting newer and ghastlier means of annihilating its foes wholesale. Yes, ships will continue to be built, for the shipbuilders must make their profits. And guns still will be manufactured and powder and rifles will be made, for the munitions makers must make their huge profits. And the Soldiers, of course, must wear uniforms, for the manufacturer must make their war profits too.

But victory or defeat will be determined by the skill and ingenuity of our scientists.

If we put them to work making poison gas and more and more fiendish mechanical and explosive instruments of destruction, they will have no time for the constructive job of building greater prosperity for all peoples. By putting them to this useful job, we can all make more money out of peace than we can out of war - even the munitions makers.

So...I say,


The National Security Act (NSA) of 1947 is Uber BS: USAF, USMC and CIA Abominations Concocted


Skyfall: How Ian Fleming's James Bond Warns us in Code about the New World Order

The new 007 James Bond movie Skyfall is the first to not use a title from Royal Navy Commander Ian Fleming's previous works; but its storyline--that of an entire spy network collapsing is straight from his life and work. In WW2, Fleming wrote the organizational plan for the extremely effective anti-Nazi Office of Strategic Services (OSS) for President Roosevelt's intelligence chief, General "Big Bill" Donovan; a 72-page memo that is still clouded in mystery--that no one claims to have a full copy of today. Here's the 3-page memo.


007 Commander Ian Fleming Memo to Donovan Creates OSS (1941) by James Gavin Jr.

This is no accident, at WW2's end, the "sky fell" when Roosevelt's pro-democracy Vice President Henry Wallace was suddenly replaced before the election and shortly thereafter, FDR "died"--resulting in the OSS being disbanded by the new President Truman while the Nazis were escaping with billions of dollars in stolen loot, high technologies and the very onset of the Cold War with our former allies, the Soviet and Chinese Communists--who we had armed to-the-teeth through lend-lease. To make matters worse, the effective OSS partner, the British Security Coordination spy organization lead by "Little Bill" Stephensen (aka the "Man Called Intrepid") was evicted from New York City whom Fleming went on operations with and was trained as a commando at their nearby secret Camp-X base in Canada. As America's anti-Nazi spy agencies were falling, Nazi war criminals were brought over to the U.S. to create a treasonous, disloyal Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) that mind control experiments on U.S. citizens and works on instigating right-wing dictatorships and wars for Wall Street profits--an actual gestapo on America's shores that Truman said on one side of his mouth that he didn't want to create--while the pen in his hand signed the disastrous 1947 National Security Act creating American Nazis into law.

As a man of conscience--still under threat of death by the Official Secrets Act, while working as a naval reservist and for Mi6 British Military Intelligence under cover as the foreign manager for Kelmsley newspapers, Fleming found a way to warn the world about these secret corporate and governmental groups in ostensibly straight-forward superhero-saves-girl-and-the-world spy novels and short stories we are all familiar with. What the world hasn't yet realized is that Fleming was also writing in code in those novels about actual secret threats. In his ground-breaking book, James Bond is Real: the Untold Story of the Political-Military Technological Threats Ian Fleming Warned Us About, we expand upon the work of Jim Marrs, Christopher Creighton, Greg Hallett and Phillip Gardiner--the latter of which showed how Fleming spoke in code about the supernatural occult in his 007 James Bond novels--to show the very tangible threats of the New World Order (NWO) that have been growing since 1945.


James Bond is Real: SNEAK PREVIEW by James Gavin Jr.

That America has become a fascist, Nazi-like bully for Wall Street profits by the dawn of the 21st century should come as no surprise since Fleming has warned us all along in his James Bond fiction of the very factual mentalities of evil men--and how to defeat them. If we want to avoid the skyfall of our country in ruins like Nazi Germany, then we need to decode and reboot Ian Fleming to figure out where they are hiding to stop their secret programs to terrorize the world into a NWO of evil conformity and groupthink. Disbanding the evil CIA would be a start; even the Russians got rid of their KGB.

America needs a MORAL spy agency that works for WE THE PEOPLE--not they the corporations and their NWO. As Adele's Skyfall theme song calls for; it's time we stand together and defeat this NWO evil...


First of all the Army and Navy had to share their aviation interests with a new branch of the service: the Air Force. That was one of the facts that the public recognized about this new law. We created then a single Department of Defense -- we hadn't had one before. Many of the officers, especially senior officers, who had fought World War II did not like this term, Department of Defense. There's a very basic distinction, especially in warfare, but also in athletics, in sports, in any competition between being on the offense and being on the defense. On the offense, you know what you're doing. On the offense, you're planning something. If you're on the offense with a Department of War, as we used to have, it doesn't mean you're planning to fight, but it means you're ready to fight. And you let everybody know that. If you're on the Department of Defense, you're waiting for somebody else to make a move, and then you react.

The philosophy of the entire military structure of this country changed with this business of the Department of Defense. And coming as it did, right when we were the most powerful nation in the world, with an enormous army, navy, and air force, and the nuclear weapon which nobody else had in that period -- to put all of that on the defense was an enormous oversight. Those of us who were close to all that felt it that way.

[Dulles was a Selfish Asshole] The Dulles-Jackson-Correa Report

In 1948, a rather important event happened: President Truman wanted to have a highly qualified group study how the CIA was moving along; how it was progressing, and whether or not it was becoming effective. So he established a committee, headed by Allen Dulles, a New York lawyer with the most prominent, largest law firm in New York City, Sullivan and Cromwell; a man named Mathias Correa, who I believe was also a lawyer, although I don't recall his career that closely; and then a man named William H. Jackson. Jackson had a lot of OSS experience. I think Correa did, and I certainly know that Dulles did.

This committee of three men -- primarily Allen Dulles -- made an extensive study of the activities of the CIA, and in their report to the President, they recommended a move more into the clandestine operations area, and more into the traditional deep intelligence area than the law had visualized.

There was a very interesting aspect about this committee. It was appointed by President Truman in his final year as president, as the successor to Roosevelt. Roosevelt died in '45 and Truman was the Vice-President, so he hadn't won an election yet. He was going to run for re election in late '48 for a new term beginning in '49. His opponent was Thomas E. Dewey.

Interestingly, Thomas Dewey's speech writer during the 1948 campaign against Truman was Allen Dulles. So you see Dulles was riding two horses across this stream. He was technically Truman's advisor with respect to intelligence matters -- he and Jackson and Correa while at the same time he was writing speeches for Thomas E. Dewey strongly opposing the re-election of Truman.

I don't know whether Truman knew he was writing speeches for Dewey or whether Dewey knew he was working for Truman. I have no way to solve that little problem. But it's important to understand the effect of that, and it helps you understand the mind of this man Dulles. Dulles would see nothing wrong in that sort of thing. He would see nothing wrong in working for Truman and trying to undercut him by helping Dewey or vice versa.

This had an influence on the report. Because (of course) Dulles was absolutely convinced, as were Jackson and Correa, along with most of the country, that Dewey was going to be elected president. So as he wrote this report, he saw that report as, you might say, his own Mein Kampf. It was his own idea of what CIA was going to become because he was positive that Dewey would make him the Director of Central Intelligence when Dewey became president. That designed and shaped the report.

As we know, Truman turned around and beat Dewey in a great surprise. And without much ado, the Dulles-Jackson-Correa report was slid under the White House door on the first of January, 1949, and we never heard much of it after that. Many of the elements within the report did appear years later, because when Eisenhower became President, John Foster Dulles became Secretary of State and General Walter Bedell Smith became his Deputy Secretary of State. In doing so, he stepped down from the CIA, and Allen Dulles became the Director of Central Intelligence. At that time Dulles pulled out his own Dulles-Jackson-Correa report and began to put it in effect. He remained the DCI for the next 9 years.

The single primary character of the CIA is Mr. Dulles. There's no question about it, it was his agency. Nobody else has left any mark like his. But you need to see that background to understand what the passage of the National Security Act really meant in 1947. What it says in law is what creates many of these controversies about intelligence today. Because there still is no law that says that the CIA is an intelligence organization -- it says that it is a coordinating agency. There is no law that says it is a covert operations agency.

So that's a fairly good summary as I've seen it through my own lifetime of the law itself, the effect of the law, and particularly how the CIA was an outgrowth of the law. It's important to understand what the CIA was trying to do, what the National Security Council was trying to do, and what the Congress was trying to do. This eventually led to the remarkable statement by President Truman, I believe in December 1963 when he wrote, as a columnist for a newspaper, that the greatest mistake he made in his entire career as President was to sign the National Security Act of 1947, and that portion of law which created the Central Intelligence Agency.[2]

Now we'll go back to Mr. Dulles and how he was able to circumvent the law. The best way is to say again that the report that he had written with Correa and with Jackson outlined his vision of how the CIA ought to be. He believed that. He thought that it ought to have a full intelligence power, including secret intelligence, and that it ought to have clandestine capability to carry out any operation directed by the National Security Council. He thought that could be started in '49. By the time he got to be the DCI in 1953, things hadn't worked that way.

The CIA had been kept rather quiet. It was coordinating intelligence, and it was doing very little in the covert activities field. He felt that should change, but he didn't have any lawful way to do it. So what he did was he would take a plan that they had made up because of some input from a foreign country or from one of his station chiefs around the world that was in response to some action. Then he would go to the National Security Council. They didn't direct him to go to X country and do something; they were approving something that he felt he ought to do in response to an action that some of his operators, some of his agents, had seen in a foreign country. That device enabled him to create activities that most of the time were reactions or responses.

So the NSC found itself not directing covert operations, but approving reactive covert operations. There's quite a bit of difference. When you're doing that with an organization like the CIA, under an ambitious leader like Allen Dulles, it's pretty hard to tell the difference because sometimes you can create a response by kicking somebody under the table and they pound you in the nose and then you point to your partner and say, `Look at that guy -- he just hit me!' But your partner didn't know that you kicked the other person from under the table.

MacNamara's THE FOG OF WAR


The best example of that tactic -- the absolute best example I know -- was the Gulf of Tonkin incident. The North Vietnamese that came out in the vicinity of the destroyers -- which the Navy now admits were never even hit by anything fired at them, probably not even fired at -- those very high-speed North Vietnamese Komar ships came out there was because they had been hit clandestinely. So the first act was by our own forces aided with South Vietnamese. Then when the North Vietnamese came out in response, they had been provoked. They did not initiate the attack. But in the discussion of that, both by President Johnson and in the Congress when they were discussing the Gulf of Tonkin resolution, they were only told that the attack had been made by the North Vietnamese upon our Navy without provocation.

So you can control covert activities by using that same device -- the kick under the table -- and then you can say, `Hey now, look what happened in the Congo,' or `Look what happened in Indonesia,' or `Look what happened in Tibet -- we've got to do something about it.' This was the Dulles technique. He tried to have the agency ready to be responsive anywhere in the world. And of course he had to do it that way because there were no plans. They didn't sit here and say, `Well, here's what we see happening in such-and-such a country, and here's what we think ought to be done, and here's how the United States should get in there with a covert operation to perform this or that.' There was none of that.

There was no planning shop. In fact, I've always thought -- and I worked very closely with them -- that one of the strangest devices they used was to call their covert operations the Deputy Director Plans, because there were no plans. I worked with them intimately for nine years. I never saw a single plan come out of the Deputy Director Plans. They would simply smile and say, `Well, that's just our euphemism for covert operations.' They could have used some other word than "plan".

But this is how Dulles worked. He was very effective. He had a lot of experience with OSS and the other side of it is that his brother was the Secretary of State and the dominant vote in the National Security Council. I don't think this would have been the same if he had been an individual with some neutral or objective Secretary of State. It made quite a bit of difference under the Eisenhower era to have the two Dulles' working together in the development of covert operations.

That's what this Manichaean devil does. I'd like to mention an interesting side-line about Vietnam. The Vietnam escalation modestly began in the Kennedy Era, and Kennedy was said to have around him the Irish Mafia. If you are familiar with the lore of old Ireland, you'll know that the Irish mother would tell her bothersome child, `If you aren't a good boy, the cong will get you.' The cong was a ghost in the closet. In Vietnam, the word for a beggar is a kha, and they were briefing about these beggars, these trouble-makers in Vietnam, and they were calling them the Viet Kha. Kennedy's young Irish Mafia men who did not know much about Vietnam thought they were talking about the Viet Cong, the devil-in-the-closet, and the word "Viet Cong" was created by mistake, by hearing the word "kha" as a Vietnamese word and "cong" as the Irish ghost. It just happened that in that era, we all of a sudden got Viet Cong phonetically out of the misapplication of the word right in an office in the Pentagon of Washington, and not out in the field. Ever after that, it was the Viet Cong. That's how we create our Manichaean devils, that's how we create our opposition, that's how we spend $6 trillion.

Lansdale was Focal Point Man for Dulles for the JFK Murder

As Mr. Dulles told me later, "I do not want various people from my agency going into the Pentagon and dealing with different people there and therefore exposing the activities of the CIA to a large number of people, because obviously such a ring would then proliferate to others and if they wanted submarines, they would have to bring in some navy people and if they wanted helicopters, they would have to talk to some army people." He said, "I want a focal point. I want an office that's cleared to do what we have to have done; an office that knows us very, very well and then an office that has access to a system in the Pentagon. But the system will not be aware of what initiated the request -- they'll think it came from the Secretary of Defense. They won't realize it came from the Director of Central Intelligence."

The Dulles philosophy was to control the focal point area. This then led to the creation of focal point offices everywhere. As I established this "Tab-6" organization, as we called it, in every major staff area within the Air Force (because that was my jurisdiction at the time), I would "clear" people -- another focal point, you might say a sub-focal point -- a person I could go to who had been given, ahead of time, the authority to do whatever it was that he was authorized to do. We stressed this was only for "authorized" business -- he would have to be sure he had orders, either from my office or directly up to the Chief of Staff, and that we knew what we were doing for CIA.

A few days later I got a call from General Lemay's office. He called me in and he had the list of men that the Air Force was promoting to general, and as I recall, it was 13 or 14 officers. General Lemay knew every one of them intimately except one. He said, "Prouty, I understood you know who this guy Lansdale is." He said, "I don't know who the hell he is. I'm not going to promote him to a general." And I said, "Well, don't you have a file on him?" He said, "Yes." He opened it up and the top letter was from Allen Dulles. I said, "He's a very important man for Allen Dulles." He said, "OK, I'll promote him." Just like that. That's a good way to get a promotion, you see. But that created a very important job within the structure of the office of the Secretary of Defense.

Here's the 1946 speech notes of the traitor and murderer Allen Dulles on the band wagon to create the CIA after he helped destroy the moral and effective, anti-Nazi OSS.


Nazi Traitor Dulles Calls for Fascist CIA by James Gavin Jr.

Allen Dulles was a pro-German traitor in both WW1 and WW2 whom knew nothing about intelligence-gathering--but everything about sabotaging America for the Rockefeller Illuminati. These are the notes for his post-OSS speech pontificating on intelligence-gathering using the another Pearl Harbor fear to get the fascist-run CIA he longed to operate. Dulles would later lead the conspiracy to murder President Kennedy as he is likely to have poisoned FDR who was going to expose him as a Nazi traitor when WW2 ended.


Cincinnatus on the U.S.' Failed War on Vietnam (and hence)

Cincinnatus knows in his gut that the stab-in-the-back theory of Westmoreland and others is wrong; and he knows the notion that "tying the hands of the military" by civilian leaders is what caused the Army's problems is also bankrupt. The author implies that the fundamental structure and values of the Army since 1960-modeled, as they are, after the business corporation and riddled with entrepreneurial values that enshrine self-interest and pursuit of career as the highest goals-are rotten and corrupt. It is, I feel, the system that corrupts those who serve it; it is the system that forces out the best and rewards only the sycophants. The Army does not realize that military organizations premised on economic assumptions and driven by entrepreneurial values cannot produce effective combat cohesion. Such system do in fact corrupt the human values and responsibilities on which unit cohesion, leadership, and ultimate sacrifice are based.

Anyone with Integrity in the USMIL Will be Targeted by the Corrupt Bureaucrats Within: U.S. Army Board of Corrections Lies and Makes Excuses Denying American Soldiers Justice


What the U.S. Army Should be Doing: Defending our Borders



That many of us are going to get injured in our fast-moving society and ALL of us are going to get old and die is apparently not enough "business" for the medical "profession".

In America, medical care is a costly and inefficient patch-up with many falling through the cracks--and dying---which is what the Illuminati want--America to be a DEATH MACHINE--both internally and externally. We should be transported by high speed trains across the country like the Euros do--but instead make the Rockefellers ever more rich and powerful buying their gasoline with which to crash and splash all over our bodies so we can burn up in unsafe car crashes to the tune of 50, 000 dead each year since the end of WW2.

Americans should decide as a people that complete medical care is a right of all Americans and pay for this by tax dollars in lieu of the current war machine. Something has to give--in this case, it's YOU. As Goldfinger responded to Bond on the cutting table....who asked, "Do you expect me to talk?"

Goldfinger: "No Mr. Bond, I expect you to die!"


Loving This Creates All Human Evil: What is Money, anyway?


Its a promise that you will get something if you give me something or; I-GET-YOU-GET. Or Igy-get. An Igy-get certificate. In the past, Igy-get certificates or coins would only be created according to how much gold or silver a nation-state had. However, since Igy-gets are more than just a metal but actually RECIPRICAL HUMAN BEHAVIOR, why not just print a lot of money and have people behave reciprocally a lot?

This is exactly what happens in the U.S., we are all massively spending consumers. Our food has MSG in it so we feel hungry so we eat more. Our cars are overly large so we need more fuel. Inefficiency at every level is driven by all participants to spend, spend, spend to rev the economy up. I call this the need/want cycle. Whatever we need we get. When we have the extra money, whatever we want, we get. The problem with this short-term instant gratification is that THERE IS NO MIND BEHIND IT THINKING THROUGH THE LONG-TERM CONSEQUENSES. There is no plan just unbound consumption and if you look down from an airplane or from google maps satellite you can see how we are covering America with uncontrolled urbanization and consumptive people.

Since Igy-gets are arbitrary means to get reciprocal human behavior, why not just have the government print out enough money so every citizen is a millionaire? If the people take the money and behave reciprocally, its valid. If everyone wants a Ford GT40 racing car they could order one from Detroit and they would gear up to supply them. We have the metal and the means to do this. First response from those protesting this idea will be inflation--people will know that everyone is "loaded" and that DEMAND for the Ford GT40s is at all-time levels and they can raise their prices to gouge those that want them. I reply that before the government issues out everyone their million Igy-gets wages and prices are frozen for say 1 year. So now what is the objection?

The problem is that if everyone had $1 million many would quit their jobs and stop working and producing anything. Everyone would want a GT40 but no one would actually show up in Detroit to work 8 hours a day to produce them. In other words, if everyone were rich with Igy-gets no one would work and everyone would suffer. For an example of this, look at the Arab nations sitting on top of oil and free money and how its corrupted them. A tax cut or a sudden gain in money only boosts an economy as long as it doesn't enrich the citizens to such a degree that they are smothered from having to go to work; in other words, a sophisticated society that requires a lot of weird but dirty jobs being done would collapse and everyone would suffer.

The conclusion here is that money--Igy-gets are a con job--a confidence game. Its all designed to CONnive you to get you up each day to go to work by not letting you at any point get too rich lest you stop working. When you get too old to work, then society will let you live like a rich person if you have prior to that been hoarding up your money.

GOLDFINGER 4REAL: The Secret of Oz (The Federal Reserve) is Printing Debt-Free Money


The key to success is debt-free money issued by governments under the control of the people--not money backed by precious metals under the control of the secret elites. WHO CONTROLS THE QUANTITY of money is the key.

So let's rephrase our thought experiment.

What would happen if instead of giving everyone $1M igy-gets which would smother the economy, it gives every citizen $10, 000? This is not enough money for everyone to stop working or to buy a Ford GT40. However, it is enough to get some significant things done (need) that the people are not wise enough yet to want to do, I'll call the need-but-not-wanted cycle. America needs energy independence to conserve our oil and restrain our foreign policy excesses to take oil from other parts of the world, and to put us in a position to transition away from fossil fuels long before they run out. IF the government decided to give everyone $10K it would not even need to print the money, only issue out the igy-get numbers into your bank account---IF you convert your home to solar/wind power. You can only get the money if you have an authorized contractor modify your home properly to attain the energy creating standard WE THE PEOPLE through our government set. If you find a contractor that can do it cheaper and more efficiently than $10K, you can keep the difference in your account.

What I'm suggesting is the concept of a NATIONAL PROJECT.

WE THE PEOPLE decide to do something through our government that the national will/consensus and resources are lacking to do voluntarily and individually because we simply as individuals have no disposable income to make it happen. Since all money is, is an agreement to co-operate beneficially and we are not giving people so much money that they will quit working/producing for society, we are just setting our minds and enabling our bodies to cooperate beneficially in a new direction.

Let's say the NATIONAL PROJECT for 2007-2009 is to solar/wind power EVERY home in America within 3 years. 2009 comes and it worked marvelously. For 2009-2011 the national project is to REPLACE EVERY AMERICAN CAR WITH A BIO-DIESEL CAR and the money alloted is $20K. Folks that want a snazzier bio-diesel car can add their funds to the $20K igy-get allotment from Uncle Sam and those that will meet the minimums and have money left over can keep it and turn it back into the economy for something else.

Let's say America needs a 300 mph train system (we do). The government under consent of WE THE PEOPLE "creates" 4 trillion dollars of debt-free, igy-gets (money) from thin air that will go to targeted companies to build the train system. The train builders will get milk, haircuts and pay their house payments from the igy-gets they got from the people of America who wanted the train system built.

Sadly, logic/reason usually doesn't over-ride racketeering

Connecting our money to scarce metals like Gold only empowers bankster assholes to more easily control the money supply while stealing money from us via money printed as DEBT TO THEM. This is the whole point of Fleming's warning in Goldfinger.



" Some see private enterprise as a predatory target to be shot, others as a cow to be milked, but few are those who see it as a sturdy horse pulling the wagon."

--Winston Churchill

Our founding fathers did not anticipate the industrial age corporation replacing the family farm as the social fabric of society; if not stopped, corporations feeding unbridled consumption will destroy the planet and all life on it

Rural Family Farms: 1776-1865

Original American Sociological Fabric



Family Farms------------------Small Businesses, Media



The self-sufficient family farm sustained life with little damaging foot print to the earth. Shelter: paid for. Water: you get it from the ground by your well. Energy: you use your own muscles or that of animals. Wind for water well pumping. Transportation: your own muscles walking or biking, or animal muscles. Information storage: books and newspapers. Defense: yourself, the police, militia.

The first deviation from this simple and sustainable existence that enabled people to think very deeply about the ultimate questions of life was ENERGY. The Industrial revolution is about harnessing controlled violence to create massive amounts of energy to make small and eventually larger and larger machines to do basic functions far better than humans could do with their bodies as the biomechanical machine. Wood then coal firing up steam engines. Then oil hydrocarbon liquid fuel found in the ground. Then, the harnessing of power into electricity by Edison and Tesla to turn half the day before shrouded in darkness into light to increase the time available to humans to play or think. All the physical mediums of housing, transportation, information storage also increased with mass production.

Governments but Corporations on the rise: 1865-1963



Large Businesses, Media------------Family Farms



Mass-produced widgets created immense pools of money which was used to IGYGET (bribe) politicians who then perverted government to give THEY THE CORPORATIONS control from WE THE PEOPLE. This process of wresting control of America's social fabric from WE THE PEOPLE began once corporations and governments began to collect pools of money to bribe and coerce people to work for them as defacto slaves and vote the latter in as elected officials. Martin Scorsesee's movie, The Gangs of New York illustrates this reality at the turn of the century, brilliantly.

Electricity is found to be able to propagate through the air in go directly into the home transferring information or worse---misinformation. The stranglehold of the family and church as the sorting mechanisms of reality are usurped by the radio and newspaper and magazine. Public Relations--actual brain-washing of the masses by these mass media means begins with Bernays based on Freudian psychology. The television--sound plus pictures now creates a mini-artificial reality constantly staged that pours into the home 24/7/365 to dominate the way reality is perceived by all, creating the "mythological scoreboard".


Impersonal Corporation Factories: 1963-Present

Today's American Sociological Fabric






The last President of the United States (POTUS) who actually operated as an agent of WE THE PEOPLE was John F. Kennedy. He actually though what was BEST for the American people was what he should steer the federal government to do. He was murdered by the racketeers in a well-executed conspiracy on November 22, 1963. From that day forward, the POTUS has been a figurehead and willing puppet of THEY THE CORPORATIONS, the racketeers in both the government and industry ever since.

At the impressionable age of 5, children enter the "Matrix" beginning with government brain-washing at the public school system. They remain under governmental control until they graduate, whereupon they join a corporation for feudal employment and sustenance with the mainstream media continuing the brain-washing on a daily, perpetual basis.


"The business of America is business"

---President Warren Harding, paid hack of corporations

Why do we tolerate corporation evils?

We are going to tell you why--the dirty secret why most people wink at and tolerate corporate misdeeds.

Because we need them---

---to provide the very and only social fabric of society. Corporations do the dirty work that American individual citizens don't want to do for themselves--which is to provide them a way to stay alive. On the farm, if you didn't provide for something like food, YOU DIE. Industrialized society in contrast offers the individual not just the illusion of something for nothing, but EVERYTHING for nothing---a stable food supply, all kinds of gadgets and wonders just as long as he shuts the fuck up and goes to work and buys what the corporations provide him. In short, its is EXACTLY the sales pitch Satan offered the Lord Jesus Christ at the garden of Gesthemane--the entire world if you sell your birthright---except WE THE PEOPLE took the hemlock.

After the civil war, corporations became the social fabric of America as millions left farms to work in factories and live in cities. Without the corporations playing mommy/daddy to the infantile citizens, they'd starve to death and riot in the streets. Without the corporations making "wealth" ie goods/services there'd be no tax money to fund local, state or federal government. There has to be SOME KIND OF SOCIAL structure regardless of the U.S. Constitution's undefined "freedom" saying its on us to make. With the collapse of agrarian America owned and operated by WE THE PEOPLE, we are totally in hock to THEY THE CORPORATIONS. The corporations know this.

Since without the corporations we would DIE, they get tremendous latitude to do all kinds of evils. If we have the government trust-bust as a Teddy Roosevelt and restrict business with a planned economy the go-getter, greedy, selfish assholes who are pig-headed and ruthless enough to create products/services are blocked and we have the Carter malaise of limits and massive unemployment.

The basic problem here is the U.S. Constitution's framers FAILED (yes, I say failed) to anticipate technological trends even though Benjamin Franklin was right there would eventually create factories and cities and pockets of wealth UNLESS WE BY CHOICE DECIDED A BETTER PATH THAT WOULD INSURE WE THE PEOPLE WOULD REMAIN IN CHARGE OF OURSELVES. Its not that corporations run our government layers, THEY RUN OUR LIVES. They are the social fabric. And the fatal failure of the U.S. Constitution is that it did not anticipate and stipulate a social fabric that would prevent elites from taking over that would keep the populace in charge. At the end of this book, we propose that that social fabric be THE FAMILY RUN SMALL BUSINESS (FACTORY).

1776 1900 2020?


Family Farms----->Elite Run Large Corporation Factories----->Family Factories

Rural vs. Urban American Realities

Urban Americans had to buy into a set of powerful lies in order to get where we are today. They are:

1. We need the Corporations, without them we die

2. If I play fair and conform to society, I will win in life--which is material success

3. Reality is what's presented by the media

4. The Federal Government is American society

5. America is the greatest nation and doesn't need reform

6. Don't think, only feel through experience

These lies have been foisted upon urban American citizenry through the public school system at the turn of the century in order to make them docile "sheeple" as each one of these lies enables racketeer elites to perpetuate and build myriad new rackets. Each one disarms the citizen from challenging a vital area of the status quo and basically sets him or her up as a victim for life.

In the next chapter, we delve into how the majority of Americans are conned into playing by a BS set of rules and fair play and long hours of work to keep them distracted and unable to interfere while evil men do sub-rosa "white collar" criminal acts just under the radar screen of violent crimes and get the competitive advantage over law-abiding rival firms, we call this using the "Wedge of Evil". The next lie and chapter in our book is that reality is what the media says it is because the press are allegedly honest observers of some sort of "mythological scoreboard" that we are watching on TV from our seats in a stadium of life. On the playing field of life is not you or I--the star players and only true actors are the Federal Government, the lie that Calamity (uncle) Sam is America which is covered in the succeeding chapter. Not surprisingly, the corporation racketeers run the local, state and federal governments and they have brain-washed journalism teachers to inculcate into their offspring that ONLY A GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL can give birth to a "STORY". The national narrative of reality itself cannot be described by you or I except as BS pandering "human interest" fluff, TRUTH is what the government says it is or its "not a story". We don't exist. Physical, external reality does not exist. Only what the government says exists, exists. So the "scoreboard" only shows scores the government says are scored regardless of what's really going on in reality on the playing field of life.

America (AKA the Federal Government) is great and has no serious sins or flaws, to say otherwise is to make you un-patriotically correct, a communist, etc. you fill-in-the-blank for the in-vogue insult. The racketeers invoke all kinds of emotional Abraham Lincoln, George Washington stuff to smokescreen that all that's going on today would be violently disapproved by them but their good name is juxtaposed with all kinds of evil misdeeds to lull everyone into thinking somehow we'll just muddle through.

The last lie is the one that is fatal; that you have no right to criticize a damn thing going on unless you are actively involved in it. You must take LSD to know its unhealthy. You must be a racketeer and "feel their pain" in order to "earn" the right to criticize---which means of course you must compromise yourself and become a racketeer at least for a time to do so. The racketeers know if you become one of them the chances are due to sunk costs of life effort you will become one of them and be disarmed. There is no COMMON sense because there's no way everyone can experience every walk of life---aka all the rackets to "earn" the right to have a sensibility about how that area of human life should be and should achieve for the BEST, greatest common denominator arrangement. Its the classic sin of PRIDE, the pride of life and godless French philosophers Sartre/Camus existentialistic narcissism.

Part 1


Part 2


Part 3


Part 4: evil corporate men poison people with chemicals, no one goes to prison, 1 out of every 2 men and 1 out of every 3 women get cancer in their lifetimes


Part 5: societies under delusion they are flying but really are hurtling towards destruction; Corporations have the psychology of psychopaths


Part 6: we are killing the planet with our factories


Part 7: Medieval society at least respected the land as stewards of God, privatization of land leads to rape of the land, corporate take-over of all functions of life means tyranny of corrupt profit-motive psychopaths who will kill us all as they profit racketeer, corporations target kids to nag parents to buy products


Part 8: corporations brain-wash consumers that they are benevolent patrons to glorious lifestyles


Part 9: undercover marketing


Part 10: asshole corporations are trying to claim patents on DNA


Part 11: fox news covers up Monsanto milk drugging story, news is what we say it is, tried to silence journalists with hush money


Part 12: IBM murders concentration camp victims with punch card machines they LEASED, Butler refuses to over-throw FDR


Part 13: corporations not loyal to anyone but stock holders, superficial gestures to appease the public not real social responsibility and actions, Kathy Lee Gifford boohoo about her stuff made in sweat shops


Part 14: corporations can be destroyed by state governments


Part 15: current industrial age is going to kill the planet, need renewable way of life using renewable energy


Part 16


Part 17


Part 18


Part 19


Part 20


Part 21


Part 22


Part 23


Corporations have been gutting America of our ability to actually manufacture things by out-sourcing overseas to people willing to work for slave wages.


When Truth Is Suppressed Countries Die - Paul Craig Roberts

March 14, 2013 | Categories: Articles & Columns | Tags: Jobs, Michael Porter, Michael Spence, offshoring, service economy |

Over a decade during which the U.S. economy was decimated by jobs offshoring, economists and other PR shills for offshoring corporations said that the U.S. did not need the millions of lost manufacturing jobs and should be glad that the "dirty fingernail" jobs were gone.

America, we were told, was moving upscale. Our new role in the world economy was to innovate and develop the new products that the dirty fingernail economies would produce. The money was in the innovation, they said, not in the simple task of production.

As I consistently warned, the "high-wage service economy based on imagination and ingenuity" that Harvard professor and offshoring advocate Michael Porter promised us as our reward for giving up dirty fingernail jobs was a figment of Porter's imagination.

Over the decade I repeated myself many times: "Innovation takes place where things are made. Innovation will move abroad with the manufacturing."

This is not what corporations or their shills such as Porter wanted to hear. Corporations were boosting their profits by getting rid of their American employees and replacing them with lowly paid foreigners. Porter's job was to reassure the sheeple so that no outcry would materialize against the greed that was hollowing out the U.S. economy.

Now comes a study conducted by 20 MIT professors and their graduate students that concludes on the basis of the facts that "the loss of companies that can make things will end up in the loss of research than can invent them." manufacturingnews.com/news/mit0305131.html

I am pleased to be vindicated by MIT. Of course, the professors are too late. The loss has already occurred. Nevertheless, it will be interesting to see if the MIT professors can be heard through the orchestrated disinformation.

Two years ago in 2011 a Nobel prize-winning economist, Michael Spence, confirmed my decade-old conclusion that the U.S. economy no longer had the capability to create any jobs except low-wage, domestic service jobs that do not produce tradable goods and services that can be exported to reduce the massive U.S. trade deficit. Spence validated my argument that the "new economy" was the offshored economy. Spence concluded that the outlook for the U.S. economy and U.S. employment is dire. The U.S. faces "a long-term structural challenge with respect to the quantity and quality of employment opportunities in the United States. A related set of challenges concerns the income distribution; almost all incremental employment has occurred in the non-tradable sector, which has experienced much slower growth in value added per employee. Because that number is highly correlated with income, it goes a long way to explain the stagnation of wages across large segments of the workforce." cfr.org/industrial-policy/evolving-structure-american-economy-employment-challenge/p24366

There has been no more public policy response to Spence's conclusion than to my identical conclusion.

We have heard all our lives that ideas are the most powerful force and prevail over material interests. Perhaps this was once true, but that would have been in previous times when material interests did not control the media, the universities, and the publishing companies along with the government. Voices such as mine, that of a high U.S. Treasury official, and that of Spence, a Nobel prize winner, cannot compete with the voices paid by Big Money. Today the bulk of the population knows nothing except the propaganda fed to them by the oligarchic interests. They sit in front of Fox News or CNN and ingest it all. Those who fancy themselves more sophisticated get the same dose of lies from the New York Times.

If those who speak truth cannot be bought off or shut up, they are ignored or demonized. Almost everything Americans need to know is off limits in public discussion. Anyone who broaches the truth becomes an "anti-American," a "terrorist sympathizer," a "commie-socialist," a "conspiracy theorist," an "anti-semite," a "kook," or some other name designed to scare Americans away from the message of truth.

The corrupt corporations, the corrupt media, and the corrupt U.S. government have insulated the country from truth. The result will be a massive crash. A country built on lies is like a house built on sand:

"Therefore everyone who hears these words of mine and puts them into practice is like a wise man who built his house on the rock. The rain came down, the streams rose, and the winds blew and beat against that house; yet it did not fall, because it had its foundation on the rock [truth]. But everyone who hears these words of mine and does not put them into practice is like a foolish man who built his house on sand [lies].The rain came down, the streams rose, and the winds blew and beat against that house, and it fell with a great crash." --Matthew 7:24-27

CHAPTER 4: The Wedge of Evil

Attorney Edward A. Clark, the JFK assassination coordinator was fired by U.S. Army in the middle of WW2 for embezzlement--yet goes to Texas and starts thriving as an attorney immediately, WHY?


Clearly, he was one of the 25% of any human population that had no conscience whatsoever!

These people have an advantage in life of having ANY action on the table for them to employ, a "Wedge of Evil" they use to get ensconced into positions to racketeer. The most vile of wedge of evil actions is the FALSE FLAG attack made upon your own countrymen to deceive them into an un-necessary war for the psycho/sociopath's racket as the bush administration did on September 11, 2001.


George W. Bush Authorized 9/11 Attacks Says Government Insider

Tuesday, 20 May 2008 06:20 Pakistan Daily

Keep in mind when reading this, that the man being interviewed is no two-bit internet conspiracy buff.

Stanley Hilton was a senior advisor to Sen Bob Dole (R) and has personally known Rumsfeld and Wolfowitz for decades. This courageous man has risked his professional reputation, and possibly his life, to get this information out to people.

The following is from his latest visit to Alex Jones' radio show.

Note: All honor to Stanley Hilton for risking his life so that we may know the truth of 9/11.

The Bush Junta Unmasked

"This (9/11) was all planned. This was a government-ordered operation. Bush personally signed the order. He personally authorized the attacks. He is guilty of treason and mass murder."

--Stanley Hilton

Alex Jones interview of Stanley Hilton, attorney for 911 taxpayers' lawsuit

AJ: He is back with us. He is former Bob Dole's chief of staff, very successful counselor, lawyer. He represents hundreds of the victims families of 9/11. He is suing Bush for involvement in 9/11. Now a major Zogby poll out - half of New Yorkers think the government was involved in 9/11. And joining us for the next 35 minutes, into the next hour, is Stanley Hilton. Stanley, it's great to have you on with us.

SH: Glad to be on.

AJ: We'll have to recap this when we start the next hour, but just in a nutshell, you have a lawsuit going, you've deposed a lot of military officers. You know the truth of 9/11. Just in a nutshell, what is your case alleging?

SH: Our case is alleging that Bush and his puppets Rice and Cheney and Mueller and Rumsfeld and so forth, Tenet, were all involved not only in aiding and abetting and allowing 9/11 to happen--but in actually ordering it to happen. Bush personally ordered it to happen. We have some very incriminating documents as well as eye-witnesses, that Bush personally ordered this event to happen in order to gain political advantage, to pursue a bogus political agenda on behalf of the neocons and their deluded thinking in the Middle East.


I also wanted to point out that, just quickly, I went to school with some of these neocons. At the University of Chicago, in the late '60s with Wolfowitz and Feith and several of the others and so I know these people personally. And we used to talk about this stuff all of the time. And I did my senior thesis on this very subject - how to turn the U.S. into a presidential dictatorship by manufacturing a bogus Pearl Harbor event. So, technically this has been in the planning at least 35 years.

AJ: That's right. They were all Straussian followers of a Nazi-like professor. And now they are setting it up here in America. Stanley, I know you deposed a lot of people and you've got your $7 million dollar lawsuit with hundreds of the victim's families involved.

SH: 7 billion, 7 billion

AJ: Yeah, 7 billion. Can you go over some of the new and incriminating evidence you've got of them ordering the attack?

SH: Yes, let me just say that this is a taxpayers' class action lawsuit as well as a suit on behalf of the families and the basic three arguments are they violated the Constitution by ordering this event. And secondly that they [garbled] fraudulent Federal Claims Act, Title 31 of the U.S. Code in which Bush presented false and fraudulent evidence to Congress to get the Iraq war authorization. And, of course, he related it to 9/11 and claimed that Saddam was involved with that, and all these lies.

AJ: Tell you what, stay there. Stanley, we've got to break. Let's come back and get into the evidence. BREAK

AJ: All right my friends, second hour, the anniversary of the globalist attack coming up. It's an amazing individual we have on the line. Bob Dole's former chief of staff, political scientist, a lawyer, he went to school with Rumsfeld and others, he wrote his thesis about how to turn America into a dictatorship using a fake Pearl Harbor attack. He's suing the U.S. government for carrying out 9/11. He has hundreds of the victims' families signing onto it - it's a $7 billion lawsuit. And he is Stanley Hilton. I know that a lot of stations just joined us in Los Angeles and Rhode Island and Missouri and Florida and all over. Please sir, recap what you were just stating and then let's get into the new evidence. And then we'll get into why you are being harassed by the FBI, as other FBI people are being harassed who have been blowing the whistle on this. So, this is really getting serious. Stanley, tell us all about it.

SH: Yeah, we are suing Bush, Condoleezza Rice, Cheney, Rumsfeld, Mueller, etc. for complicity in personally not only allowing 9/11 to happen--but in ordering it. The hijackers we retained and we had a witness who is married to one of them. The hijackers were U.S. undercover agents. They were double agents, paid by the FBI and the CIA to spy on Arab groups in this country. They were controlled. Their landlord was an FBI informant in San Diego and other places. And this was a direct, covert operation ordered, personally ordered by George W. Bush. Personally ordered. We have incriminating evidence, documents as well as witnesses, to this effect. It's not just incompetence - in spite of the fact that he is incompetent. The fact is he personally ordered this, knew about it. He, at one point, there were rehearsals of this. The reason why he appeared to be uninterested and nonchalant on September 11th - when those videos showed that Andrew Card whispered in his ear the [garbled] words about this he listened to kids reading the pet goat story, is that he thought this was another rehearsal. These people had dress-rehearsed this many times. He had seen simulated videos of this. In fact, he even made a Freudian slip a few months later at a California press conference when he said he had, quote, "seen on television the first plane attack the first tower." And that could not be possible because there was no video. What it was was the simulated video that he had gone over. So this was a personally government-ordered thing. We are suing them under the Constitution for violating Americans' rights, as well as under the federal Fraudulent Claims Act, for presenting a fraudulent claim to Congress to justify the bogus Iraq boondoggle war, for political gains. And also, under the RICO statute, under the Racketeering Corrupt Organization Act, for being a corrupt entity. And I've been harassed personally by the chief judge of the federal court who is instructing me personally to drop this suit, threatened to kick me off the court, after 30 years on the court. I've been harassed by the FBI. My staff has been harassed and threatened. My office has been broken into and this is the kind of government we are dealing with.

AJ: Absolutely and now it has come out - five separate drills of flying hijacked jets into buildings that morning - which you told us about before it even broke in the Associated Press. They were trying to get out ahead of you. You talked about how you interviewed military people who were told it was a drill that morning. Then to get out ahead of that, the news finally reported on it. Now, we've learned that all these operations - I want to get into that, I want to talk about the new incriminating evidence of ordering it and how they had drilled on this, how Cheney was in the bunker controlling this. That has even come out in the mainstream news but they won't release the details of that, Stanley. But what type of FBI harassment are you going through?

SH: First of all, my office was burglarized in San Francisco several months ago. Files were gone through and some files were seized - particularly the ones dealing with the lady that was married to one of the hijackers. Fortunately, I had spare copies in a hidden place so nothing disappeared permanently. But more significantly, FBI agents have been harassing one of my staff members and threatening them with vague but frightening threats of indicting them. And it's just total harassment. They have planted a spy, an undercover agent, in my organization, as we just recently discovered. In other words, these are Nazi Germany tactics. This is the kind of government you have in this country. This is what Bush is all about.

AJ: Stay there, Stanley, Bob Dole's former chief of staff. We'll come back after this quick break. Please stay with us. BREAK

AJ: All right, eight minutes, 25 seconds into the second hour. Stanley Hilton, political scientist, lawyer, Bob Dole's former chief of staff, is suing the government for 7 billion dollars for carrying out 9/11 and for racketeering. And he joins us now. During the break, I first really did the big interview with Stanley Hilton after I saw him attacked on Fox News. And that interview got massive attention. And then he kind of went underground for a while because a judge, we're going to talk about that, ordered him to not do any more interviews. And now he's back doing interviews. He's had his office broken into, FBI threats and harassment. Bottom line, he has deposed military individuals, wives of hijackers, you name it, it was a government operation. It has even come out in mainstream news, a piece here, a piece there. They had drills on 9/11, that's why NORAD stood down. Cheney was in control of the whole thing. Stanley Hilton has now gotten documents about how Bush ordered the whole operation. And I'll tell you right now, his life is in danger, folks. And he's got so much courage. He went to school with these neocons at the University of Chicago. He wrote his thesis on how the government could use terrorist attacks to set up martial law. He is the man for the time and folks wondered why he disappeared for a while and just did his lawsuit and wasn't doing interviews, it was because he was ordered to. Stanley, can you get into that for us?

SH: I did an interview with you, Alex, about a year and a half ago, and literally two weeks after that, I was contacted by the emissary of the chief judge of the federal court where I have the lawsuit. And I was warned not to publicize it but to keep it quiet and threatened with discipline. And it remained quiet until a couple of months ago and then I got on the air on some programs and some publicity and July 1st, I was threatened directly by the chief judge here, threatened with court discipline. This particular judge has been circulating communiqués to the other federal judges seeking anything negative she can get against me to try and discipline me after I've been on the court here for 30 years with no disciplinary problems at all. This is suddenly happening. And her assistants who are on the committee of the court met with me on July 1st in Palo Alto, California, and threatened me directly. They handed me a copy of the lawsuit and said that the judge wants me to dismiss this. What's this? She doesn't like the content of it. This is politically incorrect. This is outside the norm. I said I represented more than 400 plaintiffs, how am I going to dismiss this case? And they threatened me directly and they said, "the next time you'll be disciplined." And also they've threatened me not to go public, etc. And this is just outrageous.

AJ: It's all color of law. No direct orders, just all in your face.

SH: They sent a letter out, and of course they deny it's because of the political content of the suit but they told me directly on the phone that it is because of this suit and this judge is very, very angry, apparently has been in contact with Ashcroft's Justice Department. I got a call from Ashcroft's Justice Department a few months ago about this, demanding that I drop the suit, threatening sanctions and all kinds of things. I refused to drop it.

AJ: Now let's go back over, you had them break into your office, harassment. Let's go over that in detail.

SH: My office was broken into about 6 months ago. The file cabinets - it was obvious they had been rifled through. Files were stolen. Files dealing with this particular case and particularly with the documents I had regarding the fact that the - some of these hijackers, at least some of them were on the payroll of the U.S. government as undercover FBI, CIA, double agents. They are spying on Arab groups in the U.S. And, in effect, all this led up to the effect that al Qaeda is a creation of the George Bush administration, basically. That the entity that he called al Qaeda is directly linked to George Bush. And all this stuff was stolen. Fortunately, I had copies. But this was just part of the harassment. The FBI has also been harassing some of my assistants and has planted a spy in our midst. And it is just outrageous that these Nazi tactics are being used - and the obstruction of justice, these people are criminals. And that's what's happening under the tremendous pressure here to just drop it. Or to shut up now and just go away.

AJ: Now, let's talk about what they want you to drop. Let's talk about, without giving names, the people you deposed, what really happened, the picture you've got. You said earlier that Bush ordered this, they were simulating this which they now admit there were simulations on that morning. Let's go over what they don't want you to talk about, Stanley.

SH: We have evidence both documentary as well as witness sworn statements from undercover former FBI agents, FBI informants, etc., that other officials in the Pentagon and the military and the Air Force that deal with the fact that there were many drills, many rehearsals for 9/11 before it happened. Bush had seen this simulated on TV many times. He blurted this out at a press conference in California a few months after 9/11 where he said he had, quote, seen the first plane hit the first building on the video. And that's not possible because there was no official video of that. There was one of the second plane not the first one. He had seen the first one. We do have some incriminating documents that Bush personally ordered 9/11 events. It was well planned. A FEMA official has admitted on tape that he was there the night before - September 10th, that is

AJ: And now Mayor Giuliani, a few months ago in the 911 Commission, admitted that - Tripod II. They had their whole command post already moved out of Building 7. Now, this is very, very important. This is a key area of this whole event. You said months before it came out on the CIA's own website and the Associated Press, you said I deposed people. They said there were drills that morning and exactly what happened, happening - that was the smoke-screen for the stand-down. And then to get out ahead of it, the CIA comes out and said yeah we were running a drill that morning. Now, we've learned that five, possibly six, were confirmed. Five of these - one drill with the exact same thing happening that actually happened, at the exact same time in the morning. That's why NORAD stood down with 24 different blips on the screen. You've said this. You brought this up first. Now, I know you can't get too much into detail but can you tell us how you learned of this?

SH: I have interviewed individuals in NORAD and the Air Force. I personally toured NORAD many years ago around the time that I worked for Dole. I'm very familiar with the operations at Cheyenne Mountain at Colorado Springs, where NORAD is. Individuals that work in NORAD as well as the Air Force have stated this, off the record, but the point is, yes, this was not just five drills but at least 35 drills over at least two months before September 11th. Everything was planned, the exact location

AJ: But five drills that day.

SH: That day, that day, and Bush thought it was a drill. That's the only explanation for why he appeared nonchalant

AJ: We also had NORAD officers and civilian air traffic controllers going, "Is this part of the exercise? Is this a drill?"

SH: Yes.

AJ: On the tapes and in TV interviews, they thought it was, quote, a drill.

SH: That's right. That's exactly what I said long before it became public. I've known about this since earlier in March of '03, as I stated before. This was all planned. This was a government-ordered operation. Bush personally signed the order. He personally authorized the attacks. He is guilty of treason and mass murder. And now, obstruction of justice by attempting to use a federal judge and FBI agents to inhibit a legitimate civil lawsuit in this country, in federal court. Even a chief judge in this court tried to harass and threaten me personally for representing legitimate plaintiffs. And they got Clinton for allegedly lying under oath about Paula Jones and now - look what's happening now. And Ken Starr used to be across from me in Duke Law School in the early `70s and it´s interesting that he got away with trying to get Clinton impeached, so we have a far worse criminal sitting in the oval office today - somebody guilty of mass murder--as well as obstruction of justice.

AJ: Well, I mean look, they say they never heard of a plan to fly planes into buildings - said it all over television - Rice, Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld, Ashcroft. And then we find out they were running all these drills that morning. Even if they weren't involved, that proves they were liars about ever hearing of such a plan.

SH: Well, I'm trying to take their depositions - I've been trying to take their depositions for months. They've been trying to object to it. They will have to admit they were either lying then or now. It's clearly perjury either way. They are liars and perjurers; that's what they are. These are the people that we have running this government and, of course, they knew about it. How are they going to claim now that they didn't know about these drills? Their idea is that nobody knew anything. It's the old know-nothing mentality. And how anybody considers this believable is beyond me.

AJ: All right, now people ask how could a huge organization, how could the AWACs, how could the military let this happen; whereas before, if your Cessna got off course for five minutes, they would launch F-16s on you. It's real simple. It's what Stanley Hilton said here a year and a half ago. It's what came out in the news after that. The military, good people, were told this was all a drill. And it was not a drill. And ABC News admits that Cheney was in control of [?] out of the White House [?] and that he ordered the military to quote "do something." Our inside sources from Hilton and others say it was a stand down and they admit they will not release that under national security. Stanley?

SH: Well they are going to admit it, they're going to release it in the court case because if you demand it under subpoena powers and they must release it. And part of our lawsuit is brought in the name of the U.S. because under the federal fraudulent [Claims Act], we accuse the Bush Administration of presenting a fraudulent claim to Congress. And under the statutes of Title 31 of the U.S. code, they must release this information. That's why they are trying to threaten me, harass me, invade my office, steal my files, commit blatant obstruction of justice and other crimes to try and prevent a legitimate civil suit from exposing these criminals and their acts of treason and mass murder.

AJ: I think you need to publicly tell folks that you are not planning suicide. Would you like to tell folks that?

SH: (laughs) I'm not planning suicide. I've got family and I'm not planning that but I don't like the threats I'm under - but I can tell you this, it's taking a toll emotionally on me and my staff. And particularly, when you get a threat from the chief judge of your own court.

AJ: Why have you decided to go public again after a year of being under the radar?

SH: Because the more and more evidence that I've been adducing over a year and a half has made it so obvious to me that this was now without any doubt a government operation and that it amounts to the biggest act of treason and mass murder in American history. I mean George Bush makes Benedict Arnold look like a patriot. He makes Benedict Arnold look like George Washington. I mean that's what we have - a criminal and a traitor sitting in the White House pretending he's a patriot, wrapping himself in the flag. And it's pretty disgusting because the other side of the so-called opposition, the Kerry camp is just saying nothing because they're afraid to speak.

AJ: Stay right there. We'll be right back.


AJ: Stanley Hilton will be with us for another 15 or 16 minutes. Then he's got to go into court. Bob Dole's former chief of staff, political scientist, lawyer, represents 400 plus plaintiffs - most of them victims of 9/11. When I was in New York last week, everybody I was talking to, I mean 90 plus percent of them at ground zero - "I had family, I worked in the buildings, my son's a Navy SEAL - he called the night before and said don't go to work." You know, all of this, and then now they never had any idea - and it turns out they had all these drills - and one drill of hijacked jets flying into the World Trade Center and Pentagon at 8:30 in the morning. That morning - come on people! And Stanley Hilton brought all this out on this show before it was in the mainstream news. And I was talking to him during the break. I mean, the harassment, the moles, the threatening of his staff, the judge threatening him. Stanley, let's get specifically into the documents that you have now got that they have now been robbing you for, that you luckily, thank God had copies. Specifically, Bush ordering this. Can you get into that for us - ordering 9/11?

SH: National Security Council classified documents which [garbled] and it's was part of a series of documents that were involved with the drill documents. This was all planned - they had it on videotape. These planes were controlled by remote control, as I stated previously a year and a half ago, there's a system called Cyclops. There is a computer chip in the nose of the plane and it enables the ground control, the military ground control, to disable the pilot's control of the plane and to control it and to fly it directly into those towers. That's what happened. It's also a technology used on what's called the Global Hawk, which is an aircraft drone - a remote- controlled aircraft. And they were doing it. We are talking about National Security Council classified documents that clearly indicated that [garbled] had a green light to order this to go and this is no drill. These drills that were running were clearly a dress rehearsal and this was a government operation. You wonder why these people are trying to threaten people and trying to intimidate people who have written this suit, I guess if you murdered 3000 of your own citizens, in conjunction with the corrupt Royal family of Saudi Arabia as Bush did. And if you then waste billions more on a worthless garbage war in Iraq, I guess you've got something to worry about and you want to threaten people to prevent it from coming out.

AJ: I mean let's look at this. Not only are there dress rehearsals, they are smoke screens so the good military stands down and doesn't know what's happening. But it's now coming out, even in mainstream news, that yes these drills were going on. Yes, and some of these drills, quote, passenger-type jets were under remote control - this is decades old technology. In 1958, NORAD was [ ] old jets and using them for target practice. Decades ago they flew jumbo jets from LA to Sidney Australia. So since that's going on, everybody knows that. And it's the same MO. Just like the first World Trade Center [bombing] where they get two retarded men who followed this blind sheik who had a tiny mosque above a pizza parlor. And they set them up as the patsies. Then the FBI cooks the bomb, trains the drivers. This informant goes, "You're not going to bomb the building? They go 'Yeah, we're letting it go forward." He tapes them to protect themselves. The two retarded gentlemen, thank God, didn't park it up against the column, as the FBI instructed them to do, so it didn't bring down the tower - because you have to be right up against the column. That doesn't happen. Yet, it's the same thing with 9/11. You've got these CIA agents, these Arabs, who were trained at U.S. military bases, Pensacola Naval Air Station - mainstream media, out creating their legends for this background. They're on board the aircraft. My military sources say nerve gas kills everybody on board the plane - nerve gas packets. Then they fly the planes into buildings. From your inside sources, is that accurate?

SH: It's one of the things that we are looking into - that nerve gas or something else disabled people. It's possible. I can't say for sure to be honest with you.

AJ: All you know is they were government agents and they were on board and the planes were remote controlled.

SH: Yeah, it was basically a smokescreen. I mean, the events of the hijackings, how someone snuck in those cutters, it was a plant. It was like a classic decoy. I've got some military background. And it's called decoy. It's a decoy operation. You make the people focus on the decoy to avoid looking at the real criminals. So they are focusing on these so-called nineteen hijackers and saying, "Oh, it must have been these Arabs". When, in fact, the guilty person is at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue - sitting in the oval office. That's the guilty person. That's the one who authorized it. There is only one man who could have authorized this operation and that's Bush. And anyone at NORAD will tell you as I have been told personally at NORAD in the war control room, there is only one man who has the power to do this kind of thing and that's Bush. Even though many believe he's a puppet. And I think in many ways he is. The fact of the matter is where was [ ] Cheney, Rumsfeld and these other traitors. The fact is Bush personally ordered and he's guilty and liable and he's going to be re-elected apparently because the media's asleep and [garbled] for Bush.

AJ: Well, the media is owned by the same military industrial complex that carried out the attacks.

SH: Yeah, the media is only interested in maintaining the official government fantasy that this was a little lone Arab. These Arabs couldn't even steer that plane down a runway.

AJ: Stay there Stanley, final segment coming up. BREAK

AJ: Mr. Hilton, when you talk to these FBI agents, when you talk to these military men and women, what's their attitude? They've got to be pretty freaked out to have the big picture and know what actually happened on 9/11.

SH: Yes, you know it's like clouds just before a thunderstorm in the sense that they are sort of pregnant with rage. They are just enraged at the criminal politicians who have perverted and misused the government to murder its own citizens and pursue these dubious political ends. And many of them, in increasing numbers, are willing to talk and will talk under subpoena - but only under subpoena because the official party line of the government is shut up and don't talk to the trial lawyer. But more and more, they are very outraged that part of the government has done this to its own people, to its own people. I mean you have to go back to Stalin to see something - not even Hitler did this to his own people. You have to look at Stalin who murdered the Kulaks, the Russians for his own dubious gains. Also we've got - we have a Stalinist mentality in this country. And, if these people pose as patriots and wrap themselves in the flag, it's disgusting. I wanted also to point out that the Japanese television network, Asahi, is going to be airing a special on primetime tomorrow, on September 11th. They interviewed me for eight hours a couple of weeks ago. I'll be on that. I wish - of course, the America media don't care so they are not going to care. But in Japan, people are very serious in interviewing me and others. And we have a website now, called deprogram.info, if more people are interested: www.deprogram.info. But the other thing, I just wanted to say that if anything happens to me - and I don't know why - because I'm being threatened here now. And it seems you can't bring a case in this country anymore against criminals in power without being threatened. And this is how they operate. The stakes are pretty high when you've got a world historical level of treason and fraud by this government against it's own people. I guess this is what you have to expect.

AJ: Stanley, the globalists, the New World Order crowd, definitely intend to carry out more terror attacks. I know they would have carried out more attacks if we wouldn't have done what we've been up to, if you wouldn't have been out there boldly speaking out and many others. And then their electronic Berlin wall has a bunch of cracks in it now. Thanks to good people like yourself and many others who are speaking out and telling the truth. But do you think that they may carry out what they've been hyping - a suitcase nuke attack, a biological release to try to smokescreen all of this? I know it's a catch 22, you've got to expose the murderers. We've got to get the word out on this but some government people that I've talk to say, "Yeah, but if you do that, they are going to go even more hard core and must totally try to take over." But I say regardless, they are already doing that. So what do you say to that?

SH: Well, yeah, I think they have an agenda. They have contingency plans. I think they are laying low now because there are an increasing number of people, like myself, who are openly challenging them and accusing them of criminal conduct. I think they would have done it again if we had not spoken up. I think they're planning, what they would like to do is silence any dissenters. That's why we are trying to get the Patriot Act declared unconstitutional in this lawsuit also.

AJ: Let's talk about polls. In the beginning a patriot is a scarce man, hated and feared, but in time when his cause succeeds, the timid join him, because then it costs nothing to be a patriot. You are one of those guys who hit the barbwire for us, or figuratively jumped on the hand grenade for America. But when you've got a Zogby poll, who is highly respected, half of New Yorkers believe that the government was involved. When you have a Canadian poll, 63% on average believe that the U.S. government was involved. And some groups, as high as 76% in polls believe the government was involved. European polls, two- thirds show the same thing. We have German defense ministers and technology ministers and another member of their government now, three of them going public, known conservatives, and progressives. You have an environment minister, Michael Meacher, saying that if they didn't do it, they sure as hell knew what was going on. Look, if anybody who is a thinking person looks at the evidence, their official story is impossible. Then you investigate and they are involved in it. Comments to this massive awakening and what's happening.

SH: Well, I think that's why they want the Patriot Act to suppress political dissent. They have to, they're anticipating, they are not dumb individuals. I know these people personally, Wolfowitz. These are criminal individuals but they are smart and so they anticipated political dissent. And that's why, like the Nazis, their forebears, and their blood brothers, the Nazis and the Stalinists, they're all for political repression. Every corrupt and criminal government has done this - they suppress their own people: Nazi Germany, Communist Russia, Mao Tse-Tung, that's why we have the Patriot Act. So it's hand in hand. They had it planned to go right up to September 11th, this was all part of the plan. You have to do it. It was part of my senior thesis. You must follow through the terrorists attacks with a political suppression mechanism in the law. And that's why they want Patriot I and Patriot II and their plans are to continue launching more terrorist attacks to justify even more repression. The goal is to make this a one party dictatorship in this country, to pursue their dubious ends with their blood brothers like the Saudi Royal family. And also, historical blood brothers, such as the Nazi Germany and the Communist Russian. That's the goal

AJ: You've got to go in just a minute or two. But I wanted to also tell you about New York. Sound cannons that are used in Iraq, they're against us. Men in black ski masks. 41,000 police, accredited media being arrested randomly. Children being arrested, people in wheelchairs, 2000 plus people put in a camp with barbwire fences inside with no bathrooms. You had to have permission to go to the porta-potties. Police screaming at you. It had nothing to do with terrorism. They are openly setting the precedent for martial law.

SH: Well, that's right, the word "terrorist" is now being overly broad and overly defined [garbled] and also, you know, it's like the word communist was used for anything during the McCarthy witch hunt. And anybody can be called a terrorist by Bush's definition. But the irony is that the number one terrorist in the world is living at the White House at the oval office today. That's the real irony. For sheer hypocrisy, I think he deserves the world prize and ought to be in the Ripley book, Believe It or Not, and the Guinness book of world records for sheer brazen chicanery and fraud.

AJ: Let me ask you a question on this because this is the experience that I had. Watching television, watching the killers, watching those that are guilty, stand up there as our saviors is incredibly painful. It's like watching Ted Bundy being the judge at his own trial. I mean it is just painful to know who these people are. To see them putting America in a shredder. Now we are going to have forced psychological testing of every American, forced drugging, you know Pan-American unions, I mean it's just all happening, it's in-our-face, Stanley.

SH: Yeah, it's very disturbing and as one who has studied the theory and concept of dictatorships, I personally interviewed Albert Speer, who was Hitler's armaments minister. I interviewed him in 1981 in Munich. And I've studied the psychology and history of totalitarianism and there is no question that it's very frightening. And it has, today, with high technology, albeit for the first time in history, the chance of having a world empire dominated by corrupt, technologically oriented government - an elite government. And they've got now what people like Napoleon and Hitler didn't have, which is the technological means to dominate not only their own country but others - the world.

AJ: The answer is to expose them as the terrorists, to show how PNAC [Project for the New American Century] said we need helpful Pearl Harbor events, to show how NORTHWOODS called for the exact 9/11-style attacks, to show their own plans. And to force people to face this horror. What are they going to do in a year or two when 80% of us, not half of us, know the truth?

SH: Well, that's why they want repression and, then again, the ancient old diversion, launch another terrorist attack to get people to pitch it away. I mean who knows what they'll do next. I mean their capacity for ingenious creation of these events is sort of unraveled. I mean there is no limit. My guess is they are going to try another stunt - maybe a stunt just before the election to justify getting Bush reelected. Although it seems like he is running against a straw man or a ghost right now, anyway. But, my guess is they'll try some other tactic to get people's attention away from 9/11 if it gets to be too much attention. What you really want is for the public to just lose interest because the public - and it's like remember the Alamo, you know, people don't forget things like that. To me it's like the Alamo, remember 9/11, that ought to be the slogan for this outrageous act of treason. That's what it is. It's not

AJ: We are at a crossroads, I don't think they anticipated this much resistance, Stanley.

SH: Yeah, I hope they are truly wrong and as incompetent as they are corrupt and guilty. That means their incompetence is exceeded only by their corruption and their guilt. And eventually, if enough people are going to get outraged enough, these people in the bureaucracy and in the civil service and our military, and eventually we can get people under subpoena these individuals will be exposed.

AJ: Stanley, their whole operation hinges on us being naïve and not recognizing evil. This is what they got with Hitler and others. People couldn't recognize evil so they continued to repeat succumbing to it. We are recognizing it this time. We are putting our lives, our treasure, our future on the line for freedom because we cannot let these blood-thirsty control freak terrorists capture us and use us and turn us into the empire and have a draft and use us as their slaves to invade the planet. And that's their PNAC plan. Stanley Hilton, I know you've got to get to court. God bless you. I want to thank you for being here with us today. Can we get you back on next week?

SH: Sure, just give me a call.

AJ: God bless you my friend. Any closing comments?

SH: My closing comments would be, I think people ought to just think about the consequence of having someone like Bush in the White House and the danger for the future that these sorts of individuals pose. This is not just a historical event of the past. This is part of the plan and the camera is still rolling. They have an agenda. These individuals are extremely dangerous. They are armed and dangerous. They pose a clear and dangerous threat to every freedom-loving person not only American but in the whole world.

AJ: You are absolutely right Stanley Hilton. They have captured the government. They have not captured the peoples' minds and they are counting on us not facing up to it.

SH: And they are counting on the repressive Patriot Act and threats and chief judges and FBI agents threatening people who are exposing them. That's what they are counting on.

AJ: But you're not backing down are you, my friend.

SH: No, I'm not

AJ: Well, we all stand with you, my brother, and God bless you.

SH: All right. Thank you.

Last Updated (Tuesday, 20 May 2008 07:05)

2012 UPDATE: So Whatever Happened to the SH Law Suit?

WIKI notes:


"The case was dismissed on Dec. 30, 2004, with the judge ruling that U.S. citizens do not have any right to sue a sitting President, based on the Doctrine of Sovereign Immunity;"

That, my friends is a pile of evil bullshit. If the POTUS--or any USG employee commits TREASON, they must be TRIED not excused away.

Do you have any doubts anymore that the USA is somehow NOT the 4th Reich?

Soverign Immunity and Corporations being considered "persons" are uber crap that needs to be deleted from our law books. Until then, don't be boasting how "great" America is--when it isn't.

AT FACE VALUE--level the playing field before we play ball with the details

The 9/11 Attacks: The Assassination of America

1. Is it a Burden of Proof or a Burden of Reality?

Do I need to have the murderer in hand in order to prove an innocent man didn't do it?


You don't need to have a crime figured out to prove ONE EXPLANATION is false, either.

So all of those Tory fascists who want to default back to the status quo's absurd 9/11 conspiracy theory by demanding that the researchers must have all of the 9/11 details worked out and the guilty men in hand is hypocrisy of the highest order. If the only way innocent people could be acquitted is by the DEFENSE having to do the prosecutor's job on top of their own--it would be utter non-sense. 19 primarily Saudi middle eastern men did not hijack and fly airliners into buildings on 9/11 because we know 7-9 of them are ALIVE today. These men should be "acquitted" but how can they when no TRIAL of the event itself's evidence has even been held? Trials can be held to weigh in on the facts even if the guilty men are not in custody. Where is the trial for the 9/11 attacks? when are we going to give THE TRUTH its "day in court"? HBO mini-series, its John Adams getting an acquittal for British Soldiers in COURT and not a lynch mob. After 9/11, we went on a raghead lynching spree.

The burden of proof rests with the person trying to impose his COMPLETE EXPLANATION for ANY event--which rests on the U.S. Government to do (NOT conspiracy theorists)--but has failed to do so far. This lie that the establishment of society automatically gets a free pass to determine reality without providing proof in a fair court where ALL sides and evidences are presented is immoral and dangerous. The way the "news" is reported in America does not go through any truth-verifying process where the burden of proof is even begun to be met.

You don't need to have the murderer in custody to eliminate an innocent man from being guilty of a crime, but it certainly would be a slam-dunk. However, those that want to hold an innocent man guilty of a crime he didn't do until they get the murderer--are guilty of wanting to victimize and cling to a lie they know is not true. You don't need to have the 9/11 attacks figured out to know that the USG conspiracy theory is false.


2. What is the Solicitor General of the U.S. doing LYING to the world and giving out a false 9//11 cover story?

The entire USG conspiracy theory also collapses at the feet of Barbara and Solicitor General of the U.S. Ted Olson whose stories don't wash and their obvious, direct participation in the ACTUAL CONSPIRACY ties in the 9/11 attacks directly to President and Vice President George Bush and Dick Cheney who should either be impeached or prosecuted after they leave office for treason and mass murder. Bush is America's new Nero--he is even descended from him reports indicate. The first step would be to indict both Ted Olson and Barbara Olson (in absentia). A reward should be posted to locate Barbara all over the world.


Nominated by the President and confirmed by the Senate, the Solicitor General is the fourth-ranking officer in the United States Department of Justice, behind the Attorney General, the Deputy Attorney General, and the Associate Attorney General. Despite this formal "rank", the Solicitor General is removed from the administrative duties of the Justice Department, focusing instead on advocating for the federal government before the Supreme Court. Part of the Solicitor General's duty is to be the attorney representing U.S. federal government agents and agencies in cases appealed to the Supreme Court. While the Solicitor General's duty is defined as being to the Attorney General on behalf of the Constitution and the entire federal government, in practice the Solicitor General's "client" is the President of the United States.

3. We haven't Done anything TANGIBLE to better cope with any future terror attacks in America

In the aftermath of 9/11 WE THE PEOPLE have failed so far to get Congress to pass LAWS that in the future ANY large terrorist act on the U.S. homeland will be OBJECTIVELY INVESTIGATED BY THE FBI WITH AN OUTSIDE CITIZEN'S GROUP IN OVERSIGHT and CONCLUSIONS REACHED before the U.S. government wages war on ANYONE.

As a part of this LAW that terror attacks will be INVESTIGATED before we go off half-cocked in blood lust revenge sprees, ALL photographic, film and video EVIDENCES collected by American citizens will NOT be confiscated by government agencies who themselves are not cleared from being guilty parties to the crime. ONLY A COPY of such evidences will be submitted to government agencies and the originals will be not only kept by their owners they will be POSTED ON THE INTERNET as a safeguard so reality cannot be distorted by digital means by the government to foist lies upon WE THE PEOPLE.

Another prohibition must be to preserve the SANCTITY OF THE CRIME SCENE so we can actually find out what happened and by who. Mike Hoffman writes:


Hoffman: It's the same picture as in Oklahoma City where the Murrah building was demolished before any real investigation could begin.

This destruction of evidence- a felony - is committed by the felon in "our" own government. If 19 ragheads did everything WHY CLEAN-UP THE WTC CRIME SCENE? Government cover-up of the crime scene means the government is hiding their own participation in the 9/11 attacks, if others did it why cover up the evidences? Because the wreckage shows traces of high explosives = end of the government's raghead conspiracy theory.

4. The Two Rosetta Stones of 9/11

The first one is the obvious high explosives building implosion of the WTC buildings. The 9/11 research community has rightly made this indisputable fact their bedrock of reality and all the downstream considerations of whether Killtown is right and the planes are all optical TV fakeries concocted by the compliant corporate media or how actual planes with or without passengers were remote-controlled doesn't change the fact that the USG's 19-ragheads-with-knives conspiracy theory collapses just as fast as the buildings did in freefall because bombs-in-the-building means far more people were involved, people who were not the designated patsies on the planes.

However the building implosion reality doesn't give us tangible slam-dunk guilty person (yet) because it would require someone putting some legal heat on Bush's brother Marvin or greedy owner Silverstein to talk about their actions in more detail and the other conspirators. One thing researchers need to do is follow ideas to their ending conclusions--if Silverstein said they decided to "pull it"--demolishing building 7 impromptu on-the-spot, then ask DOES THE CITY OF NEW YORK HAVE DEMOLITIONS TEAMS THAT WALK INTO BUILDINGS ON FIRE AND RIG HIGH EXPLOSIVES?




So its not possible that WTC 7 was demolished as a last-second idea and it had to be RIGGED WITH EXPLOSIVES BEFORE 9/11 WHICH MEANS A DOMESTIC TERRORIST GROUP DID IT not foreign ragheads committing suicide in hijacked planes trying to bring down steel and concrete buildings with relatively small fires. If fire could implode unwanted buildings we wouldn't waste money on expert high explosive demolition companies to do it.

What is the 4th highest justice department official of the U.S. doing LYING to the world and giving out a false 9//11 cover story?

The slam-dunk that nails actual guilty 9/11 criminals is the RAGHEADS-WITH-BOX CUTTER LIES MADE by SOLICITOR GENERAL TED OLSON to CNN reporter Ted O'Brien as the 9/11 attacks were unfolding--when he should have been at home in tears having lost his wife in the alleged Flight 77 crash into the Pentagon. He clearly was under orders as a conspirator to report to the news media to deceive the American people about a cell phone conversations with his wife on the alleged flight 77 that were not possible. WHOEVER ORDERED HIM TO TELL THE COVER STORY INSTIGATED THE 9/11 ATTACKS. The FBI says he did not talk to anyone on the plane. American Airlines says that flight 77 did not even have air phones--so Olson's constantly-changing story about collect calls, missing credit cards and defaults back to Barbara's personal cell phone that could not and did not reach to people on the ground--explodes in his face as a LAWYER who should know better not to perjure himself to the American public he is supposed to serve. He didn't just lie over minor details out of any kind of innocent grief; he lied as the tragedy was happening with a full-blown cover story that can only have come by PRE-MEDITATION days beforehand. He is one of the 9/11 conspirators, period--regardless of whether he sent his wife to be an actual human barbecue or not. I think not; IMHO she's alive somewhere today living under a new false identity exploiting the witness protection methodology her and her husband are aware of having worked in the Justice Department. That Ted remarried in under 6 months doesn't show much grief, does it? The Olson's cover story collapsing demolishes the entire USG 19-raghead conspiracy theory and ties him in as a direct participant in the mass murder of 3, 000 Americans and complicity to the White House since it was he who argued Bush's case to get the Supreme court to disenfranchise the Florida voters to get the presidency in 2000. Let's go into details now of what I think really took place with the "Olson Tory fascist twins".

Profiles in Racketeering: Barbara Olson Faked Her Own Death on 9/11: Exposing Her & Her "Husband", Ted--Solicitor General of the United States Unravels the Entire Conspiracy

"If you want to see these monsters in action, you need to get two books by Barbara Olson, Hell to Pay and the Last Days or the Final Days, Barbara Olson got paid off when she vanished from Flight 77, we know if you look at the information that that plane never hit the Pentagon"

--"I Am Against the New World Order" video presentation by Former Joint Chiefs of Staff Action Officer retired U.S. Army Lieutenant Colonel Alexander Cuppet




A 65% majority of Americans are stupid by choice as the Milgen experiments prove. Being ignorant makes their lives easier than having to face off and fight powerful, evil men and women who are acting in the good name of our country or using its freedoms to rob, murder and enslave millions of people. As long as it doesn't affect them directly, they are content to buy into the 19 ragheads did-it U.S. Government conspiracy theory for the 9/11 attacks. The only thing that will force these moral cowards to admit that the 9/11 attacks were an inside job would be if A PROMINENT GUILTY PERSON CONFESSED IN PUBLIC TO DOING THE ATTACKS. Let's say if George W. Bush got terminal cancer and had a miraculous regeneration of conscience. Until this happens, the "Rosetta Stone" of the 9/11 attacks is the obvious high explosive IMPLOSION of the WTC towers--all 3 of them--by the Rockefeller Illuminati--which 9/11 researchers have delved into to such a degree that a growing number of thinking Americans say the 35% who have a moral compass now realize they have been had.

"The consciousness of being at war, and therefore in danger, makes handing-over of all power to a small caste seem the natural, unavoidable condition of survival...It does not matter whether the war is actually happening, and, since no decisive victory is possible, it does not matter whether the war is going well or badly. All that is needed is a state of war should exist. The war is waged by each ruling group against its own subjects, and the object of the war is not to make or prevent conquests of territory, but to keep the structure of society intact."

-- G. Orwell, 1984.

Fortunately, there is another "Achilles Heel" to the 9/11 attacks--the non-airliner attack on the Pentagon to take-out financial records showing $2.3 TRILLION dollars of miss-placed aka embezzled tax dollars. The conspirators really shouldn't have launched a drone plane/missile into the Pentagon as it puts the entire effort at extreme risk because the building obviously wasn't hit by a huge airliner...there were HUNDREDS of eye witnesses in the traffic jam around the Pentagon yet we only have a few dozen hear-say accounts that are hopelessly contradictory...

Excellent Web Pages on the PentaSham:




...and they PLACED A PROMINENT PUBLIC PERSON ON THE MYTHICAL FLIGHT 77 to fake her death: Barbara Olson--former U.S. government prosecutor and TV talking head critic of the liberal establishment and wife of the Solicitor General of the U.S., Ted Olson--[former Bush 2000 campaign attorney who argued Bush v. Gore on Bush's behalf at the Supreme Court gaining him the presidency] and was later rewarded with the post of SG and who also lied about receiving cell phone calls from his wife that were not possible from moving airliners in 2001, ESPECIALLY ONES THAT DIDN'T HAVE AIR PHONES.

Ted & Barbara Did 9/11


What is the 4th highest justice department official of the U.S. doing LYING to the world and giving out a false 9//11 cover story?

WHY HASN'T TED OLSON BEEN INDICTED FOR LYING? How about a polygraph exam? Why is he lying? Unless--he is absolutely, positively involved up to his damn neck in the 9/11 conspiracy. Since he didn't actually call Barbara, THEN HE PASSED ON MAKE-BELIEVE LIES. That AIN'T INNOCENT. And it can only be INTENTIONAL to put out a COVER STORY for the conspirators, which he is one.



Notice with traitor Olson says in REVERSE SPEECH! (RS)!

Late in the day on 9/11, CNN put out a story that began: "Barbara Olson, a conservative commentator and attorney, alerted her husband, Solicitor General Ted Olson, that the plane she was on was being hijacked Tuesday morning, Ted Olson told CNN." According to this story, Olson reported that his wife had "called him twice on a cell phone from American Airlines Flight 77," saying that "all passengers and flight personnel, including the pilots, were herded to the back of the plane by armed hijackers. The only weapons she mentioned were knives and cardboard cutters." [2] Ted Olson's report was very important. It provided the only evidence that American 77, which was said to have struck the Pentagon, had still been aloft after it had disappeared from FAA radar around 9:00 AM (there had been reports, after this disappearance, that an airliner had crashed on the Ohio-Kentucky border). Also, Barbara Olson had been a very well-known commentator on CNN. The report that she died in a plane that had been hijacked by Arab Muslims was an important factor in getting the nation's support for the Bush administration's "war on terror." Ted Olson's report was important in still another way, being the sole source of the widely accepted idea that the hijackers had box cutters. [3] However, although Ted Olson's report of phone calls from his wife has been a central pillar of the official account of 9/11, this report has been completely undermined.

Olson's Self-Contradictions

Olson began this process of undermining by means of self-contradictions. He first told CNN, as we have seen, that his wife had "called him twice on a cell phone." But he contradicted this claim on September 14, telling Hannity and Colmes that she had reached him by calling the Department of Justice collect. Therefore, she must have been using the "airplane phone," he surmised, because "she somehow didn't have access to her credit cards."[4] However, this version of Olson's story, besides contradicting his first version, was even self-contradictory, because a credit card is needed to activate a passenger-seat phone. Later that same day, moreover, Olson told Larry King Live that the second call from his wife suddenly went dead because "the signals from cell phones coming from airplanes don't work that well."[5] After that return to his first version, he finally settled on the second version, saying that his wife had called collect and hence must have used "the phone in the passengers' seats" because she did not have her purse.[6] By finally settling on this story, Olson avoided a technological pitfall. Given the cell phone system employed in 2001, high-altitude cell phone calls from airliners were impossible, or at least virtually so (Olson's statement that "the signals from cell phones coming from airplanes don't work that well" was a considerable understatement). The technology to enable cell phone calls from high-altitude airline flights was not created until 2004.[7] However, Olson's second story, besides being self-contradictory, was contradicted by American Airlines.

American Airlines Contradicts Olson's Second Version

A 9/11 researcher, knowing that AA Flight 77 was a Boeing 757, noticed that AA's website indicated that its 757s do not have passenger-seat phones. After he wrote to ask if that had been the case on September 11, 2001, an AA customer service representative replied: "That is correct; we do not have phones on our Boeing 757. The passengers on flight 77 used their own personal cellular phones to make out calls during the terrorist attack."[8] In response to this revelation, defenders of the official story might reply that Ted Olson was evidently right the first time: she had used her cell phone. However, besides the fact that this scenario is rendered unlikely by the cell phone technology employed in 2001, it has also been contradicted by the FBI.

Proving that Barbara Olsen had the psychological make-up as a Tory fascist to be a conspirator to stage a False Flag "New Pearl Harbor" to place her faction into immense political power is possible by scrutinizing her two books attacking the justifiably hated Clintons and Ted and her's foreknowledge that she would soon be offering up her public identity and life to the cause can be ascertained by reverse-speech analysis [Ken-Welch.com] of her last TV appearances before faking her own death and going into hiding in Europe as well as Ted's recent comments when the subject is close to 9/11. Its reasonable to assume she knew at least 30 days in advance so around August 11, 2001 there should be hidden in her and Ted's reverse speech "tells" of her coming faked death in videos.



On the last Sunday of her life, Barbara Olson was a guest on Washington Journal, a C-SPAN morning call-in program that is frequently civil. This time, it was not. The topic was the Thomas hearings, on their tenth anniversary, and the calls that came in were electric with fury, as if no time at all had passed. Names, charges, and threats were flung around wildly. At one point, Bill Press, Olson's co-panelist, became rattled, pleading for tolerance, saying that people could argue as friends. But the hate kept on coming. Close to the end, one woman called Olson "evil" and said she was "too filled with hate" to live long. On the very last point, she was only too accurate. Two days later, Barbara Olson was [EDITOR: ALLEGEDLY] killed when her plane hit the Pentagon, and that age, and its rancor, died with her. It is a great shame that she is no longer among us, to fight on in this braver new world.


The following disgraceful piece demonstrates how badly liberals detest any departure from their articles of faith. It was written the day after the 911 attacks that killed so many of us. While the vast majority of American citizens were numb with grief, shock and disbelief, Otto Ross Sauer of Sheboygan, Wisconsin, thought it would be appropriate to tell the world of his smug satisfaction at the death of Barbara Olson, whose jet had slammed into the Pentagon the day before, killing her and about 150 other Americans. Brace yourself for this one, folks.

Sept 12, 2001




Isn't it, "What goes around, comes around?"

Barbara Olson was a guest on CSpan's (sic) Washington Journal recently along with Bill Press.

Most of the callers who got through expressed their extreme displeasure of (sic) Mrs.Olson and her smarmy and dishonest tactics and her making a career of slandering the Clintons.

One caller, who appeared to be a black woman judging by her voice, firmly told Barbara just what a despicable woman she indeed was, and ended her call with, "You are evil. You won't be around much longer. You have too much of the Devil in you."

That was two days ago.

I do feel sorrow for Olson's family.

But to those other than the HCAAC club she will be remembered as a partisan who would say anything she wanted to slur Bill and Hillary Clinton.

(Barbara Olson was like Ann Coulter. In fact the two of them were good friends. A hyper-partisan hack, who made up whatever she wanted to about any of the Clintons.)

Indications that Barbara was going to cease being a public figure attack dog and go into private life where she couldn't attack anyone publicly:


Barbara Olson had evidently had, in the weeks before September 11, a change of heart about her life. She supposedly told colleagues that she was tired of the scorched earth dirty tricks coming out of the GOP, and was feeling remorse for her part in it. Some of you may remember her attack on Virginia Kelley Clinton, Bill Clinton's mom.

I found it more than odd that she would get on an airliner without her purse (according to her husband,) for a cross-country trip. It was even more odd to me that she supposedly called him on an Airphone without a credit card.

Without donning my tinfoil hat, let's consider the following: John Ashcroft was told to stay off commercial airliners. So was Colin Powell, and Mr. Powell would not allow immediate members of his family to fly, either. Ted Olson didn't get the memo?


all_hail_gwb (1000+ posts) Thu Jul-14-05 10:59 PM
Response to Original message

89. Well he probably knew about MIHOP and scheduled her to be on the flight

Probably all of 'em knew. And they all got a last call to get relatives on planes in WTC that they wanted to get rid of.

After her death, I saw him on Crossfire being interviewed about it and his sadness was like the fakest shit I ever seen in my life. He's such an insincere POS. He was probably having an affair when Babs died, so it was all he could do to hold back his giddiness in those interviews.

She was filth and he is the scum of the earth. May they both rot in hell.



To: ThomasMore
She was just on C-Span on Sunday morning with Bill Press.
Her eyes twinkled and she was, as usual, sharp, witty, and informed. We will all carry her spirit with us in the future battles ahead. God bless.

38 posted on Tuesday, September 11, 2001 4:16:56 PM by jayadams
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 31 | View Replies]


This is so strange. I was listening to the C-span morning call-in show (yesterday?) and some angry democrap woman called in attacking Mrs. Olsen. She called her evil and said she "wouldn't be around long". Did anyone else hear that caller?

39 posted on Tuesday, September 11, 2001 4:17:37 PM by Godebert
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]


To: Cyber Liberty
Barbara was a FReeper, named BKO.
She was also a friend. My wife and I cried upon hearing the news.

Thank you CL for the info...I knew she was on these threads, we are all going to miss her terribly....it's a tremendous loss....I miss her already.

40 posted on Tuesday, September 11, 2001 4:19:53 PM by KLT
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 10 | View Replies]

Barbara & Ted Together Video

There are two very short clips of Ted and Barbara and their very pretty Jaguar in a documentary about media control titled: Orwell Rolls in His Grave. you can order a copy from

It is interesting nevertheless. You can even get their license plate # from the video. I wonder
if Ted and Barbara did any "real property" transactions shortly before that fateful day? This can be checked at the county recorder's office.

Ted's Videos

Olson really pours on the BS here for co-conspirator former Mayor Guliani!!


Ted Olson video on CSPAN

Someone should wire-tap Ted Olson's phones and computers and physically surveil his actions to see if he makes contact with his wife through secure conduits. Be advised--both Olsons with experience working in the Justice Department would know exactly how the witness protection program works to allow people with false identities to make contact with loved ones. I know how this is done but cannot state this here. Ted Olson should be sued by someone who lost a loved one on 9/11 for civil damages since he's a conspirator.

Guilty demeanor

CNN telecast of reporter Tim O'Brien's Interview with Ted Olson


1:47: Barbara was not supposed to be on the flight but was going to fly to California the day before on the 10th, but wanted to not leave until the 11th because it was Ted's birthday?

CNN Aaron Brown's Live interview with Tim O'Brien on the Olsons


Says she stayed to "have breakfast with him" on his birthday

WTFO? So she leaves on the 11th early in the morning and spends no quality time with him on his birthday? WTFO? If she wanted to celebrate his birthday with a party she should have postponed leaving until the 12th. Ted told her about the two crashes in the WTC? Why didn't the people huddled in the back revolt if they were going to die anyway?


Apparently, Barbara was Olson's 3rd wife. What happened to wives #1 and #2? Why can't he keep a wife? Is he a lying asshole perhaps?

WTFO? Olson is already remarried to wife #4 within 6 months!

September 14, 2007



On Ted 'Perjurer General' and Barbara 'Paid Liar' Olson: "It's 'Ted and Barbara' just like it's Fred and Ginger, and George and Gracie. They were so perfect together."

-- Ann Coulter, National Review Online, September 2001

Note from Morrie: She forgot "Adolf and Eva", or "Bonnie and Clyde". And I've gotta say -- I've seen Ted and his brand new curvy blonde, over-made-up squeeze in a Washington eatery. They are SO perfect together...

Without the Olson Cell Phone Lie there'd Be No Ragheads with Box-Cutter Knives...the "Patsy" is offered


Without the "eminent" Barbara Olson and her alleged emotional telephone calls, there would never be any proof that humans played a role in the hijack and destruction of the four aircraft that day. Lookalike claims surfaced several days later on September 16 about passenger Todd Beamer and others, but it is critically important to remember here that the Barbara Olson story was the only one on September 11 and. 12. It was beyond question the artificial "seed" that started the media snowball rolling down the hill.

About the last thing on your mind [especially if you happened to be the U.S. Solicitor General], would be to pick up a telephone and call the CNN Atlanta news desk in order to give them a "scoop". As a seasoned politician you would already know that all matters involving national security must first be vetted by the National Security Council. Under the extraordinary circumstances and security overkill existing on September 11, this vetting process would have taken a minimum of two days, and more likely three.

The timing of the CNN news release about Barbara Olson, is therefore as impossible as the New Zealand press release back in 1963 about the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. As reported independently by Colonel Fletcher Prouty USAF (Retired), whoever set Kennedy up, accidentally launched a full international newswire biography on obscure "killer" Lee Harvey Oswald, without first taking the trouble to check his world clock.

It was still "yesterday" in New Zealand on the other side of the International Date Line when the biography was wired from New York, enabling the Christchurch Star newspaper was able to print a story about Oswald as the prime suspect in its morning edition, several hours before he was first accused of the crime by Dallas police.

If the CNN story about Ted Olson had been correct, and he really had called them about Barbara on September 11, then he would most surely have followed the telephone call up a few days later with a tasteful "one-on-one" television interview, telling the hushed and respectful interviewer about how badly he missed his wife, and about the sheer horror of it all.

There is no record of any such interview in the CNN or other archives. Indeed, if you key "Barbara Olson" into the CNN search engine, it returns only two related articles. The first is the creative invention on September 12 at 2.06 am EDT [0606 GMT], and the second is on December 12, about President Bush, who led a White House memorial that began at 8:46 a.m. EST, the moment the first hijacked plane hit the World Trade Center three months before. CNN includes this comment about Ted Olson:

"In a poignant remembrance at the Justice Department, U.S. Solicitor General Theodore Olson referred to "the sufferings we have all experienced." He made no direct reference to the death of his wife, Barbara Olson, who was a passenger aboard the American Airlines flight that crashed into the Pentagon..."

Regarding the same event, Fox News reports that, extraordinarily, Deputy Attorney General Larry Thompson then said Barbara Olson's call, made "in the midst of terrible danger and turmoil swirling around her," was a "clarion call that awakened our nation's leaders to the true nature of the events of Sept. 11."

So Ted Olson avoided making any direct personal reference to the death of his wife. Clearly this was not good enough for someone somewhere. By the sixth month anniversary of the attack, Ted Olson was allegedly interviewed by London Telegraph reporter Toby Harnden, with his exclusive story "She Asked Me How To Stop The Plane" appearing in that London newspaper on March 5, thereafter renamed and syndicated around dozens of western countries as "Revenge Of The Spitfire", finally appearing in the West Australian newspaper on Saturday March 23, 2002.

I have diligently tried to find a copy of this story in an American newspaper but have so far failed. The reasons for this rather perverse "external" publication of Ted Olson's story are not yet clear, but it seems fair to observe that if he is ever challenged by a Senate Select Committee about the veracity of his claims, the story could not be used against him because it was published outside American sovereign territory.

Theodore Olson's own words indicate that he would be prepared to do rather more than that On March 21, 2002 on its page A35, the Washington Post newspaper printed an article titled "The Limits of Lying" by Jim Hoagland, who writes that a statement by Solicitor General Theodore Olson in the Supreme Court has the ring of perverse honesty.

Addressing the Supreme Court of the United States of America, U.S. Solicitor General Theodore Olson said it is "easy to imagine an infinite number of situations . . . where government officials might quite legitimately have reasons to give false information out."

Hypothesis: Barbara Olson was lucky to be alive in 2001 as many (about 100) Clinton critics had ended up "suicides" by "multiple gunshot wounds to the head". However, she was and still is connected to the "vast, right-wing conspiracy"--the alternate fascist, ruling, ponerologic class which kept her alive and funded her polemic book writing against the "vast, left-wing conspiracy". However, such protection is not air-tight--Hillary would be running for president and would want Olsen out of the way. Consider how today because Olsen is allegedly "dead" her books are "dead" when they should be front and center in the debate over her lack of morality to be President of the U.S. Killing a prominent public person who threatened the establishment by PLANE CRASH has happened several times in the past (Congressmen Hale Boggs and Larry MacDonald, Former Senator John Tower, threat to Clinton presidential run John F. Kennedy Jr., Senator Paul Wellstone) as the recent Secretary of the Interior Ron Brown's political assassination shows.

Both Olsons had to be Psychopaths in order to belong to their Evil Group

But maybe Barbara's attack of conscience meant it was time for her to go?


Psychopath Definition

Imagine - if you can - not having a conscience, none at all, no feelings of guilt or remorse no matter what you do, no limiting sense of concern for the well-being of strangers, friends, or even family members. Imagine no struggles with shame, not a single one in your whole life, no matter what kind of selfish, lazy, harmful, or immoral action you had taken.

And pretend that the concept of responsibility is unknown to you, except as a burden others seem to accept without question, like gullible fools.

Now add to this strange fantasy the ability to conceal from other people that your psychological makeup is radically different from theirs. Since everyone simply assumes that conscience is universal among human beings, hiding the fact that you are conscience-free is nearly effortless.

You are not held back from any of your desires by guilt or shame, and you are never confronted by others for your cold-bloodedness. The ice water in your veins is so bizarre, so completely outside of their personal experience, that they seldom even guess at your condition.

In other words, you are completely free of internal restraints, and your unhampered liberty to do just as you please, with no pangs of conscience, is conveniently invisible to the world.

You can do anything at all, and still your strange advantage over the majority of people, who are kept in line by their consciences will most likely remain undiscovered.

How will you live your life?

What will you do with your huge and secret advantage, and with the corresponding handicap of other people (conscience)?

The answer will depend largely on just what your desires happen to be, because people are not all the same. Even the profoundly unscrupulous are not all the same. Some people - whether they have a conscience or not - favor the ease of inertia, while others are filled with dreams and wild ambitions. Some human beings are brilliant and talented, some are dull-witted, and most, conscience or not, are somewhere in between. There are violent people and nonviolent ones, individuals who are motivated by blood lust and those who have no such appetites. [...]

Provided you are not forcibly stopped, you can do anything at all.

If you are born at the right time, with some access to family fortune, and you have a special talent for whipping up other people's hatred and sense of deprivation, you can arrange to kill large numbers of unsuspecting people. With enough money, you can accomplish this from far away, and you can sit back safely and watch in satisfaction. [Sounds like Nazi NeroBush, doesn't it?]

Crazy and frightening - and real, in about 4 percent of the population....

The prevalence rate for anorexic eating disorders is estimated a 3.43 percent, deemed to be nearly epidemic, and yet this figure is a fraction lower than the rate for antisocial personality. The high-profile disorders classed as schizophrenia occur in only about 1 percent of [the population] - a mere quarter of the rate of antisocial personality - and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention say that the rate of colon cancer in the United States, considered "alarmingly high," is about 40 per 100,000 - one hundred times lower than the rate of antisocial personality.

The high incidence of sociopathy in human society has a profound effect on the rest of us who must live on this planet, too, even those of us who have not been clinically traumatized. The individuals who constitute this 4 percent drain our relationships, our bank accounts, our accomplishments, our self-esteem, our very peace on earth.

Bush Administration Full of Psychopaths

...questions being formulated by many psychologists and psychiatrists about the state of our world and the possibility that there is some essential difference between such individuals as George W. Bush and many so-called Neocons, and the rest of us.

Dr. Stout's book has one of the longest explanations as to why none of her examples resemble any actual persons that I have ever read. And then, in a very early chapter, she describes a "composite" case where the subject spent his childhood blowing up frogs with fire-crackers. It is widely known that George W. Bush did this, so one naturally wonders... "

We also began to realize that the profiles that emerged also describe rather accurately many individuals who seek positions of power in fields of authority, most particularly politics and commerce. That's really not so surprising an idea, but it honestly hadn't occurred to us until we saw the patterns and recognized them in the behaviors of numerous historical figures, and lately including George W. Bush and members of his administration.

Current day statistics tell us that there are more psychologically sick people than healthy ones. If you take a sampling of individuals in any given field, you are likely to find that a significant number of them display pathological symptoms to one extent or another. Politics is no exception, and by its very nature, would tend to attract more of the pathological "dominator types" than other fields. That is only logical, and we began to realize that it was not only logical, it was horrifyingly accurate; horrifying because pathology among people in power can have disastrous effects on all of the people under the control of such pathological individuals. And so, we decided to write about this subject and publish it on the Internet.

Even if different ponerogical groups are opposed to each other, they will still exclude "normal people" from their confidences. It is only the "normal" people who have been induced into their webs that provide the "leaks."

They are aware of being different as they obtain their life experience and become familiar with different ways of fighting for their goals. Their world is forever divided into "us and them" - their world with its own laws and customs and that other foreign world full of presumptuous ideas and customs in l #8, "called in her/their markers" for her/their dues paid to the Bush cause and insisted she be given x amount of dollars to go into hiding in Europe with a new identity with her public name sacrificed on the altar of get-the-ragheads.

Sub-Theory B:

Another option is the conspirators approached her with this offer with idea that they needed a public figure who would go along with NORTHWOODS Option #8 to meet a manipulate-the-public human interest profile of the mythical flight 77 victims and needed to fake the impossible cell phone exchange to generate sympathy and establish the ragheads-with-box-cutter-knives story line. They knew Ted would do it, too either by blackmail and/or his own willing Tory, fascist mentality.


Zakheim, a dual nationality Israeli-American and a rabid Zionist, had co-authored "Rebuilding America's Defenses", a position paper by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC) in 2000, which called for a new "Pearl Harbor" type of incident which would provide a pretext for U.S. military moves to boost its global hegemony. The other signatories on the document included neocons I Lewis "Scooter" Libby, Paul Wolfowitz, and William Kristol. Rabbi Zakheim's career included various posts at the Department of Defense (DoD), foreistice [for psychopaths]. They are prepared to fight and suffer for the sake of such a brave new world, and also of course, to inflict suffering upon others. Such a vision justifies killing people whose suffering does not move them to compassion because "they" are not quite conspecific.

And there it is. Lobaczewski has said outright that psychopaths - from a certain perspective - are a different type of human being, a type that is aware of its difference from childhood. Put this together with his statement that such individuals recognize their own kind, and consider normal people as completely "other," and we can begin to understand why and how conspiracies can and do exist among such individuals. They collect together, with similar worldviews, like fat floating on a bowl of soup. When one of them begins to rant, others like them - or those with brain damage that makes them susceptible - "rally round the flag," so to say. And what's more, they know this and know how it works.

Speaking of networks, we need to take a closer look at how psychopaths affect other human beings whom they use to create the basis for their rule in macro-social dynamics. This highlights the fact that the lack of psychological knowledge among the general public, not to mention the general neurosis of most people, make them vulnerable to such predators.

Lobaczewski: Subordinating a normal person to psychologically abnormal individuals has a deforming effect on his personality: it engenders trauma and neurosis. This is accomplished in a manner which generally evades sufficient conscious controls. [Wolves in Sheep's Clothing] Such a situation then deprives the person of his natural rights to practice his own mental hygiene, develop a sufficiently autonomous personality, and utilize his common sense. In the light of natural law, it thus constitutes a kind of illegality which can appear in any social scale although it is not mentioned in any code of law.

Now, just imagine that the almost 1 in 25 people mentioned by Martha stout: "The Sociopath Next Door," being the very ones who seek and achieve positions of power and authority in just about any field of endeavour where power can be had, and you begin to understand how truly damaging this can be to an entire society. Imagine school teachers with power over your children who are "covert-aggressives." Imagine doctors, psychologists, "ministers of the faith" and politicians in such positions.

With this understanding, we begin to get an even better idea of how psychopaths can conspire and actually pull it off: in a society where evil is not studied or understood, they easily "rise to the top" and proceed to condition normal people to accept their dominance, to accept their lies without question.

Here I want to comment that, if we speculate the actual number of psychopaths to be around 6 percent - or even just 4 percent as Stout claims - then these other "people" Lobaczewski is talking about could be as frequent as 12 to 18 percent of the population. That would mean that the total number of psychopaths plus "almost psychopaths" would be 16 to 24 percent of the total population.

SIDE BAR 1: No one should be eligible to hold public office if found mentally ill with Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD) or lacking a conscience. When the founding fathers formed our Constitution we were not aware of such things and had the means with which to test persons for these dangerous evils.

SIDE BAR 2: Bible codes say some "great evil will be revealed on July 4, 2008". Some predicted a PLANE CRASH instigated by the Clintons will murder Democratic presidential nominee Barack Obama. Certainly, the Clintons have NPD and are almost--if not full-fledged sociopaths. The question today is WHICH ILLUMINATI does POTUS Obama work for since he wasn't bumped off?


Sub-theory A:

The Olsons aware of the 9/11 attack plans to do an OPERATION NORTHWOODS False Flag Attack incident Option #8, "called in her/their markers" for her/their dues paid to the Bush cause and insisted she be given x amount of dollars to go into hiding in Europe with a new identity with her public name sacrificed on the altar of get-the-ragheads.

Sub-Theory B:

Another option is the conspirators approached her with this offer with idea that they needed a public figure who would go along with NORTHWOODS Option #8 to meet a manipulate-the-public human interest profile of the mythical flight 77 victims and needed to fake the impossible cell phone exchange to generate sympathy and establish the ragheads-with-box-cutter-knives story line. They knew Ted would do it, too either by blackmail and/or his own willing Tory, fascist mentality.


Zakheim, a dual nationality Israeli-American and a rabid Zionist, had co-authored "Rebuilding America's Defenses", a position paper by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC) in 2000, which called for a new "Pearl Harbor" type of incident which would provide a pretext for U.S. military moves to boost its global hegemony. The other signatories on the document included neocons I Lewis "Scooter" Libby, Paul Wolfowitz, and William Kristol. Rabbi Zakheim's career included various posts at the Department of Defense (DoD), foreign policy advisor to George W. Bush, and also in the private sector on defense and consultancy. In the years running up to 9/11, he was corporate vice president of System Planning Corporation (SPC) and chief executive officer of SPC International Corporation. SPC is a manufacturer of highly sophisticated military specification technology such as its "Flight Termination System". FTS includes SPC's Command Transmitter System. It enables remote operators to control up to eight planes simultaneously, from a single position either on the ground or airborne (or, say, in WTC Building 7). The technology provides the capability to take remote control of aircraft already in flight.

[Perhaps] Zionists had tricked the Bush Administration into carrying out a relatively small scale false-flag terrorist operation. An unmanned, remote-controlled plane would be crashed into a section of the Pentagon that was under renovation; hence, casualties would range from zero to very low. The remote control technology for the Pentagon incident would be provided by Raytheon. Since it was necessary to claim that "Arabs" had hijacked a passenger plane and the US government had not signed up to deliberately murder dozens of their own civilians as part of Operation PENTAGATE, the claimed flight that the "suicide pilots" had taken over would be one that ran fairly regularly, but was unscheduled on the particular day of the operation. The Bureau of Transportation Statistics (BTS) flight records could be falsified after the fact - unless, of course, the planners were to slip up, as they did...

The "dead passengers" were to be individuals linked to government (e.g. Barbara Olson), and the defense contractor Raytheon, who would be paid to fake their own deaths and provided with sanctuary in Israel. As confirmation of the official version of events, it would be claimed that the "passengers" had made cell phone calls to report a hijacking by men of "Arabic" appearance. (Never mind the fact that such cell phone calls were impossible with 2001 technology at cruising height and speed; the fact that it takes at least an hour and 30 kg of coke to cremate a cadaver had not stopped the indoctrination of millions of people with a physically impossible ludicrous conspiracy theory about a secret German plot to gas and cremate 11 million "undesirables".) If required, fictitious names could be concocted. In order to save on names, it would be claimed that the passenger count just happened to be unusually low that day, say, around one-third of capacity.

American Airlines Flight 77 from Washington Dulles to Los Angeles was scheduled on most days, but was not scheduled (and did not fly) on September 11, 2001. The date had been chosen from the U.S. "911" emergency number. Hence, the official Bush-Cheney story would claim this as the plane which hit the Pentagon. The Bush Administration would then have a pretext for invading Islamic oil-rich nations and looting their oil wealth, and for granting itself with authoritarian powers by introducing legislation such as the Patriot Act. More to the point, Rumsfeld and Cheney - along with other corrupt leaders who had been bribed or blackmailed into the scam - would have a pretext for doing the Zionist Mafia's bidding of supplying the servicemen of the U.S., U.K., Australia, Italy, Spain, etc, as Israel's proxy army to fight its enemy neighbours. I.e., the offering up of national armed forces as a supply of private mercenaries, or cannon fodder, or uranium-ingesting leukemia and cancer cases waiting to happen. These sacrifices were primarily for the personal profit of the avaricious Zionist Mafia, along with the corrupt Mafia-appointed government leaders who lapped up the few scraps and morsels tossed their way by their Zionist handlers

Wild Card if Ted has a Conscience: the main conspirators may have told Olson no one would be hurt in the 9/11 attacks because they'd happen early in the morning and high enough on the buildings so everyone would get out, the Pentagon would be hit on the reinforced side

Barbara Olson's Mind-Set

WHY are her books not being quoted during the Hillary run for president? Maybe it was she who had the conscience and Ted the psychopath who wanted to get rid of her? Her books are not being brought up today as they should...

Hell to Pay: the Unfolding Story of Hillary Clinton



The Final Days: The Last, Desperate Abuses of Power by the Clinton White House



Page 10

Political compass vs. moral compass awareness by Barb

Page 13

Co-presidency crap = Dick Cheney is FLOTUS, American people no oversight precedent handed to BushChen

Hillary: cold-blooded liar = psychopath

Page 14

Federalist Society might be where 9/11 conspirators abide

Page 16

Pardon Motive #1: Help Hillary for POTUS in the future

Some empathy for two boys left fatherless in FALN bombing

Page 17

Lists primarily political expedience and not right/wrong reasons for not granting pardons to FALN bombers

Page 19

Former AG says PR terrorists pardons to help Hillary's political career

Page 20

"Get away with it" as long as Americans are economically fat and happy...

Page 22

640 pounds of HE; awareness of bombs

Page 25

"Clinton needs people" = narcissistic supply

Clinton was gone from White House 1/8th of the time dodging controversy, Bush learnt same evasion; $500M cost

Page 28

Barb like a neocon buys into anti-commie Domino theory reason for Vietnam ignoring actual corporate greed cause, mentions word "psychotic"

Pro-Dubya marine guard fascist remark

How is our bombing of civilians propaganda and exploitation? Did we do it or did we not?

Page 31

Moral equivalence remarks by Barb shows ignorance that we refused to allow free elections in 1958 as promised causing the 2nd Indo-China war, very Stalinist of us, huh?

Ted Olson-Sociopath like George W. Bush?


They learn to recognize each other in a crowd as early as childhood, and they develop an awareness of the existence of other individuals similar to them.

Many of them can be found in white-collar professions where they are aided in their evil by the fact that most people expect certain classes of people to be trustworthy because of their social or professional credentials. Lawyers, doctors, teachers, politicians, psychiatrists and psychologists, generally do not have to earn our trust because they have it by virtue of their positions.

Psychopaths make their way by conning people into doing things for them; obtaining money for them, prestige, power, or even standing up for them when others try to expose them. But that is their claim to fame. That's what they do. And they do it very well. What's more, the job is very easy because most people are gullible with an unshakable belief in the inherent goodness of man which, I should add, has been programmed into normal people by psychopaths.

"As nightfall does not come at once, neither does oppression.
In both instances, there is a twilight when everything remains seemingly unchanged. And it is in such twilight that we all must be most aware of change in the air - however slight -lest we become unwitting victims of the darkness

-- William O Douglas, U.S. Supreme Court.




8. It is possible to create an incident which will demonstrate convincingly that a Cuban aircraft has attacked and shot down a chartered civil airliner enroute from the United States to Jamaica, Guatemala, Panama or Venezuela. The destination would be chosen only to cause the flight plan route to cross Cuba. The passengers could be a group of college students off on a holiday or any grouping of persons with a common interest to support chartering a non-scheduled flight.

a. An aircraft at Eglin AFB would be painted and numbered as an exact duplicate for a civil registered aircraft belonging to a CIA proprietary organization in the Miami area. At a designated time the duplicate would be substituted for the actual civil aircraft and would be loaded with the selected passengers, all boarded under carefully prepared aliases. The actual registered aircraft would be converted to a drone.

b. Take off times of the drone aircraft and the actual aircraft will be scheduled to allow a rendezvous south of Florida. From the rendezvous point the passenger-carrying aircraft will descend to minimum altitude and go directly into an auxiliary field at Eglin AFB where arrangements will have been made to evacuate the passengers and return the aircraft to its original status. The drone aircraft meanwhile will continue to fly the filed flight plan. When over Cuba the drone will being transmitting on the international distress frequency a "MAY DAY" message stating he is under attack by Cuban MIG aircraft. The transmission will be interrupted by destruction of the aircraft which will be triggered by radio signal. This will allow ICAO radio stations in the Western Hemisphere to tell the U.S. what has happened to the aircraft instead of the U.S. trying to "sell" the incident.

Cell Phones Don't Work


Ted Olson's Report of Phone Calls from Barbara Olson on 9/11: Three Official Denials

by David Ray Griffin

Global Research, April 1, 2008

David Ray Griffin

Late in the day on 9/11, CNN put out a story that began: "Barbara Olson, a conservative commentator and attorney, alerted her husband, Solicitor General Ted Olson, that the plane she was on was being hijacked Tuesday morning, Ted Olson told CNN." According to this story, Olson reported that his wife had "called him twice on a cell phone from American Airlines Flight 77," saying that "all passengers and flight personnel, including the pilots, were herded to the back of the plane by armed hijackers. The only weapons she mentioned were knives and cardboard cutters."[2]

Ted Olson's report was very important. It provided the only evidence that American 77, which was said to have struck the Pentagon, had still been aloft after it had disappeared from FAA radar around 9:00 AM (there had been reports, after this disappearance, that an airliner had crashed on the Ohio-Kentucky border). Also, Barbara Olson had been a very well-known commentator on CNN. The report that she died in a plane that had been hijacked by Arab Muslims was an important factor in getting the nation's support for the Bush administration's "war on terror." Ted Olson's report was important in still another way, being the sole source of the widely accepted idea that the hijackers had box cutters.[3]

However, although Ted Olson's report of phone calls from his wife has been a central pillar of the official account of 9/11, this report has been completely undermined.

Olson's Self-Contradictions

Olson began this process of undermining by means of self-contradictions. He first told CNN, as we have seen, that his wife had "called him twice on a cell phone." But he contradicted this claim on September 14, telling Hannity and Colmes that she had reached him by calling the Department of Justice collect. Therefore, she must have been using the "airplane phone," he surmised, because "she somehow didn't have access to her credit cards."[4] However, this version of Olson's story, besides contradicting his first version, was even self-contradictory, because a credit card is needed to activate a passenger-seat phone.

Later that same day, moreover, Olson told Larry King Live that the second call from his wife suddenly went dead because "the signals from cell phones coming from airplanes don't work that well."[5] After that return to his first version, he finally settled on the second version, saying that his wife had called collect and hence must have used "the phone in the passengers' seats" because she did not have her purse.[6]

By finally settling on this story, Olson avoided a technological pitfall. Given the cell phone system employed in 2001, high-altitude cell phone calls from airliners were impossible, or at least virtually so (Olson's statement that "the signals from cell phones coming from airplanes don't work that well" was a considerable understatement). The technology to enable cell phone calls from high-altitude airline flights was not created until 2004.[7]

However, Olson's second story, besides being self-contradictory, was contradicted by American Airlines.

American Airlines Contradicts Olson's Second Version

A 9/11 researcher, knowing that AA Flight 77 was a Boeing 757, noticed that AA's website indicated that its 757s do not have passenger-seat phones. After he wrote to ask if that had been the case on September 11, 2001, an AA customer service representative replied: "That is correct; we do not have phones on our Boeing 757. The passengers on flight 77 used their own personal cellular phones to make out calls during the terrorist attack."[8]

In response to this revelation, defenders of the official story might reply that Ted Olson was evidently right the first time: she had used her cell phone. However, besides the fact that this scenario is rendered unlikely by the cell phone technology employed in 2001, it has also been contradicted by the FBI.

Olson's Story Contradicted by the FBI

The most serious official contradiction of Ted Olson's story came in 2006 at the trial of Zacarias Moussaoui, the so-called 20th hijacker. The evidence presented to this trial by the FBI included a report on phone calls from all four 9/11 flights. In its report on American Flight 77, the FBI report attributed only one call to Barbara Olson and it was an "unconnected call," which (of course) lasted "0 seconds."[9] According to the FBI, therefore, Ted Olson did not receive a single call from his wife using either a cell phone or an onboard phone.

Back on 9/11, the FBI itself had interviewed Olson. A report of that interview indicates that Olson told the FBI agents that his wife had called him twice from Flight 77.10 And yet the FBI's report on calls from Flight 77, presented in 2006, indicated that no such calls occurred.

This was an amazing development: The FBI is part of the Department of Justice, and yet its report undermined the well-publicized claim of the DOJ's former solicitor general that he had received two calls from his wife on 9/11.

Olson's Story Also Rejected by Pentagon Historians

Ted Olson's story has also been quietly rejected by the historians who wrote Pentagon 9/11, a treatment of the Pentagon attack put out by the Department of Defense.[11]

According to Olson, his wife had said that "all passengers and flight personnel, including the pilots, were herded to the back of the plane by armed hijackers."[12] This is an inherently implausible scenario. We are supposed to believe that 60-some people, including the two pilots, were held at bay by three or four men (one or two of the hijackers would have been in the cockpit) with knives and boxcutters. This scenario becomes even more absurd when we realize that the alleged hijackers were all small, unathletic men (the 9/11 Commission pointed out that even "[t]he so-called muscle hijackers actually were not physically imposing, as the majority of them were between 5'5" and 5'7" in height and slender in build"[13]), and that the pilot, Charles "Chic" Burlingame, was a weightlifter and a boxer, who was described as "really tough" by one of his erstwhile opponents.[14] Also, the idea that Burlingame would have turned over the plane to hijackers was rejected by his brother, who said: "I don't know what happened in that cockpit, but I'm sure that they would have had to incapacitate him or kill him because he would have done anything to prevent the kind of tragedy that befell that airplane."[15]

The Pentagon historians, in any case, did not accept the Olson story, according to which Burlingame and his co-pilot did give up their plane and were in the back with the passengers and other crew members. They instead wrote that "the attackers either incapacitated or murdered the two pilots."[16]


This rejection of Ted Olson's story by American Airlines, the Pentagon, and especially the FBI is a development of utmost importance. Without the alleged calls from Barbara Olson, there is no evidence that Flight 77 returned to Washington. Also, if Ted Olson's claim was false, then there are only two possibilities: Either he lied or he was duped by someone using voice-morphing technology to pretend to be his wife.17 In either case, the official story about the calls from Barbara Olson was based on deception. And if that part of the official account of 9/11 was based on deception, should we not suspect that other parts were as well?

The fact that Ted Olson's report has been contradicted by other defenders of the official story about 9/11 provides grounds for demanding a new investigation of 9/11. This internal contradiction is, moreover, only one of 25 such contradictions discussed in my most recent book, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press.

6. Revelation of the Method (ROTM)

Americans have been destroyed by television. Turn off your TVs and tell everyone you know to do the same so we can THINK and FEEL again in direct connection to REALITY.

The ruling evil elites like to thumb our nose with their mis-deeds by messages in movies and TV by a "Revelation of the Method". Read Michael Hoffman's works on this. On June 5, 2006 the New York Times ran an article on how the U.S. Government did the 9/11 attacks yet this caused not even a stir among the brain-dead American populace. Had this been the non-TV, WW2 "greatest generation" Bush/Cheney would already be in prison.


What is the 4th highest Justice Department official of the U.S. doing LYING to the world and giving out a false 9//11 cover story?


Americans have to face some unpleasant realities of life NOT ADEQUATELY COVERED IN THE U.S. CONSTITUTION OF 1789 and overcome them or we as a nation are finished.

a. STOP WATCHING TV: watching is not doing and it is mind control for the masses

b. At least 1/4 of Americans have NO CONSCIENCE at all and are psychopaths; TESTS for this must disqualify ANYONE running for public office or getting a government job--to include the military. Public service must be an unselfish PROFESSION based on INDIVIDUAL CONSCIENCE not a yes-man, give-the-boss-what-he-wants bureaucracy that racketeers. REVERSE SPEECH ANALYSIS to discover the true intent of all public figures from their sub-conscious must be done daily by public watch dog groups and reported on the internet to act at least as a surprise-spoiling function and warning.

c. The MAJORITY OF AMERICANS will without question murder another human being if ordered by an AUTHORITY FIGURE

d. Only 35% of Americans are THINKERS with their own rock-hard internal moral compasses that will say NO even if authority tells them to do evil; the goal in a just society should be to create as many of these type people as possible by not watching TV, and avoiding public school brain-washing by private or home schooling

e. LAWS must be passed based on the realization that psychopaths gravitate to bureaucratic government service and will murder moral leaders with assassinations and false flag "terror" attacks that they will hide because conscience-less people also do the investigating:

* Citizens always keep original copies of crime acts on audio/video and post them on internet as safeguard against government bureaucratic destruction and distortion of the evidence

* Sanctity of the crime scene

f. Naivete' must end: political candidates must travel by bus and trains whenever possible since airplanes are too easy to sabotage to murder and their complexity offers ready-made excuses to hide the criminals who caused the killing

g. Psycho/Sociopath Ted Olson and conspirator must be indicted by a grand jury or civil sued by families who lost loved ones for his criminal behavior lying to the American people beginning on September 11, 2001. He has no possible innocent explanation for his guilty demeanor and clearly criminal public actions putting out a lying cover story for the WTC and Pentagon False Flag Attacks (FFAs). Pressure on him might make him talk via plea bargain to reveal that Bush/Cheney and others are the drivers of these crimes so they can also be indicted and prosecuted resulting in imprisonment so they can talk some more to put some more fellow psycho/sociopaths behind bars.


1. This essay is based on Chapter 8 ("Did Ted Olson Receive Calls from Barbara Olson?") of David Ray Griffin, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2008).

2. Tim O'Brien, "Wife of Solicitor General Alerted Him of Hijacking from Plane," CNN, September 11, 2001 (

3. This was pointed out in The 9/11 Commission Report, 8.

4. Hannity & Colmes, Fox News, September 14, 2001 (

5. "America's New War: Recovering from Tragedy," Larry King Live, CNN, September 14, 2001 (

6. In his "Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture," delivered November 16, 2001
Olson said that she "somehow managed . . . to use a telephone in the airplane to call." He laid out this version of his story more fully in an interview reported in Toby Harnden, "She Asked Me How to Stop the Plane," Daily Telegraph, March 5, 2002 (

7. I discussed the technical difficulties of making cell phone calls from airliners in 2001 in Debunking 9/11 Debunking: An Answer to Popular Mechanics and Other Defenders of the Official Conspiracy Theory (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2007), 87-88, 292-97.

8. See the submission of 17 February 2006 by "the Paradroid" on the Politik Forum (http://forum.politik.de/forum/archive/index.php/t-133356-p-24.html). It is quoted in David Ray Griffin, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2008), 75.

9. United States v. Zacarias Moussaoui, Exhibit Number P200054 (http://www.vaed.uscourts.gov/notablecases/moussaoui/exhibits/prosecution
/flights/P200054.html). These documents can be more easily viewed in "Detailed Account of Phone Calls from September 11th Flights"

10. FBI, "Interview with Theodore Olsen [sic]," "9/11 Commission, FBI Source Documents, Chronological, September 11," 2001Intelfiles.com, March 14, 2008,


11. Alfred Goldberg et al., Pentagon 9/11 (Washington DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2007).

12. O'Brien, "Wife of Solicitor General Alerted Him of Hijacking from Plane."

13. 9/11 Commission Staff Statement 16

14. Shoestring, "The Flight 77 Murder Mystery: Who Really Killed Charles Burlingame?" Shoestring911, February 2, 2008 (http://shoestring911.blogspot.com/2008/02/flight-77-murder-mystery-who-really.html).

15. "In Memoriam: Charles 'Chic' Burlingame, 1949-2001," USS Saratoga Museum foundation (available at http://911research.wtc7.net/cache/planes/analysis/chic_remembered.html).
16. Alfred Goldberg et al., Pentagon 9/11 (Washington DC: Office of the Secretary of Defense, 2007), 12.

17. Of these two possibilities, the idea that Ted Olson was duped should be seriously entertained only if there are records proving that the Department of Justice received two collect calls, ostensibly from Barbara Olson, that morning. Evidently no such records have been produced.

This article is based on Chapter 8 of Dr. Griffin's new book, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press, (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2008).

This book reframes the central events of 9/11 as a series of 25 internal contradictions. The only way that its readers will be able to continue to accept the official story is to accept mutually contradictory accounts.

"9/11 Contradictions" may have the best chance of any of DRG's books (or indeed any book) of opening up a new investigation into 9/11.

David Ray Griffin is a frequent contributor to Global Research. Global Research Articles by David Ray Griffin

Ted Olson


Theodore B. OlsonHome > Lawyers > Theodore B. Olson

T: (202) 955-8668
F: (202) 530-9575
Washington, D.C. Office
1050 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036-5306

Theodore B. Olson is a partner in Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher's Washington, D.C. office; a member of the firm's Executive Committee, Co-Chair of the Appellate and Constitutional Law Group and the firm's Crisis Management Team.

Mr. Olson was Solicitor General of the United States during the period 2001-2004. From 1981-1984 he was Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Office of Legal Counsel in the U.S. Department of Justice. Except for those two intervals, he has been a lawyer with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher in Los Angeles and Washington, D.C. since 1965.

Mr. Olson is one of the nation's premier appellate and United States Supreme Court advocates. He has argued 49 cases in the Supreme Court, including Bush v. Palm Beach County Canvassing Board and Bush v. Gore , stemming from the 2000 presidential election; prevailing in over 75% of those arguments. Mr. Olson's practice is concentrated on appellate and constitutional law, federal legislation, media and commercial disputes, and assisting clients with strategies for the containment, management and resolution of major legal crises occurring at the federal/state, criminal/civil and domestic/international levels. He has handled cases at all levels of state and federal court systems throughout the United States, and in international tribunals.

Mr. Olson's Supreme Court arguments have included cases involving separation of powers; federalism; voting rights; the First Amendment; the Equal Protection and Due Process Clauses; sentencing; jury trial rights; punitive damages; takings of property and just compensation; the Commerce Clause; taxation; immigration; criminal law; copyright; antitrust; securities; telecommunications; the internet; and other federal constitutional and statutory questions.

As Solicitor General, during the presidency of George W. Bush, Mr. Olson was the Government's principal advocate in the United States Supreme Court, responsible for supervising and coordinating all appellate litigation of the United States, and a legal adviser to the President and the Attorney General. As Assistant Attorney General for the Office of Legal Counsel during the Reagan Administration, Mr. Olson was the Executive Branch's principal legal adviser, rendering legal guidance to the President and to the heads of the Executive Branch departments on a wide range of constitutional and federal statutory questions, and assisting in formulating and articulating the Executive Branch's position on constitutional issues.

Mr. Olson has served as private counsel to two Presidents, Ronald W. Reagan and George W. Bush, in addition to serving those two Presidents in high-level positions in the Department of Justice. He has twice received the United States Department of Justice's Edmund J. Randolph Award, named for the first Attorney General, its highest award for public service and leadership. He has also been awarded the Department of Defense's highest civilian award for his advocacy in the courts of the United States, including the Supreme Court, on behalf of that Department. He was a visiting scholar at the National Constitution Center in 2007.

Mr. Olson is a Fellow of both the American College of Trial Lawyers and the American Academy of Appellate Lawyers. The National Law Journal has repeatedly listed him as one of America's Most Influential Lawyers. The American Lawyer and Legal Times have characterized Mr. Olson as one of America's leading advocates. In December of 2007, Washingtonian magazine listed him as number one on its list of finest lawyers in the nation's capital. The New York Times columnist William Safire has described Mr. Olson as this generation's "most persuasive advocate" before the Supreme Court and "the most effective Solicitor General" in decades.

Mr. Olson received his law degree in 1965 from the University of California at Berkeley (Boalt Hall) where he was a member of the California Law Review and Order of the Coif. He received his bachelor's degree from the University of the Pacific, where he was recognized as the outstanding graduating student in both forensics and journalism. Mr. Olson has written and lectured extensively on appellate advocacy, oral communication in the courtroom, civil justice reform, punitive damages, and constitutional and administrative law.

Selected Appellate Litigation [PDF]

Administrative Law and Regulatory Practice
Appellate and Constitutional Law
Crisis Management
Intellectual Property
Media and Entertainment
Public Policy
Securities Litigation
White Collar Defense and Investigations

University of California - Berkeley, 1965
Juris Doctor
University of the Pacific, 1962
Bachelor of Arts

District of Columbia

Ted doesn't look too upset about losing Barbara.


Ted Olsen Discussed Barbara and WOT - 11/16/01
Federalist Society | November 16, 2001 | Ted Olsen

Posted on Monday, September 22, 2003 10:50:13 AM by Peach

A friend and neighbor worked with Ted Olsen in the Reagan Justice Department and sent this via e-mail.

Although it is nearly two years old, the speech highlights excellent analysis regarding the war on terror and why the terrorists want to destroy America.

Ted Olson, 11/16/01:

"As you have been told, the Federalist Society envisions that the Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture each year will address the ideals and principles that the Federalist Society holds dear and that Barbara cherished: limited government, liberty and freedom.

I felt that it would be fitting to inaugurate this series with some words about Barbara, why she died, and how much of her life and death were interwoven with those very principles that will animate the lecture series in her name.

On September 11, 2001, Barbara Olson and thousands of other Americans were murdered.

There were victims from other nations that day as well, but they were accidental casualties. Barbara and her fellow Americans were the targets; selected at random to be slaughtered that day precisely because they were Americans.

And the places of their deaths were carefully chosen for what they meant to America, and to the world about Americans, and because they were unique symbols of America's vitality, prosperity and strength.

The World Trade Center Towers were an emblem of America's largest and most prosperous city and an internationally recognized symbol of America's leadership in commerce, free enterprise and international trade.

The Pentagon was an even more fitting target for the perverted minds that planned this day of terror. Construction on it had begun precisely 60 years earlier, on September 11, 1941, as America was awakening to the nightmare of Adolph Hitler and Nazi terror in Europe. Since its construction, the Pentagon has stood for the power, strength and seeming invincibility of a free people. It has been the place from which America, again and again, sent its men and women to fight and die to save not only our own citizens, but millions of others as well, from tyranny, oppression, brutality and murder.

One additional symbol of America, the Capitol I believe, was spared that day only because the brave Americans on that fourth aircraft did what Americans instinctively do when their lives and their country are threatened. They fought. They died, but they saved the lives of countless others and averted an even greater and barely imaginable tragedy.

Barbara Olson had less time, and maybe not as many resources, as the heroes on United Flight 93 that was brought down in Pennsylvania short of its target. But the moment her flight was hijacked, she began to try to save herself and her fellow passengers. She somehow managed (I think she was the only one on that flight to do so) to use a telephone in the airplane to call, not only for help from the outside, but for guidance for herself and the flight crew in the battle that she was already undertaking in her mind. She learned during those two telephone conversations that two passenger jumbo jets had already that morning been turned into instruments of mass murder at the World Trade Center. So she knew the unspeakable horror that she was facing -- and I know without the slightest doubt that she died fighting -- with her body, her brain and her heart -- and not for a moment entertaining the notion that she would not prevail. Barbara died therefore not only because she was an American, but as one more American who refused to surrender to the monstrous evil into whose eyes she and her fellow countrymen stared during those last hideous moments.

September 11, 2001 was unprecedented in our nation's history. Our country has been attacked before. Our soldiers and innocent citizens have been the victims of terrorism before. But never before in our history have so many civilian citizens, engaged in the routines of their daily lives, who neither individually nor collectively had done anything to provoke the savage attack that they were to experience that day, been brutally murdered for the simple reason that they were Americans, and because they stood, in their countless individual lives, for all the things that America symbolizes.

As President Bush immediately recognized, September 11 was an act of war. But, as he has also explained, it was much more than that. It was also a crime, an act of pure hatred and unmitigated evil. It was a ruthless, brutal, intentionally malignant attack on thousands of innocent persons.

Think of the sick calculation that gave birth to these acts. The victims were persons of all races, backgrounds, religions, ages and qualities. They had one thing in common. They were Americans, Americans who believed in the values that their country stands for: liberty, democracy, freedom and equality. Their lives were cruelly extinguished because they were the living embodiment of the aspirations of most of the world's peoples. The people who killed them, and who planned their death, hate America and Americans for that very reason. They despise America and the beacon that America holds out to people who are impoverished, enslaved, persecuted and subjugated everywhere in the world. The men who planned the savage acts of September 11 cannot prevail, they cannot even long exist, as long as American ideals continue to inspire the very people they hope to tyrannize and enslave. Hence they have declared war, in fact they have declared hatred, on this country and the values that we hold dearest.

It is a cynical lie that the animals that killed our loved ones two months ago were motivated by Islam, or because this nation of ours is anti-Islamic. Among our most cherished values, enshrined in the First Amendment to our Constitution, is freedom of conscience, liberty of expression and the free exercise of religion. This continent was populated by people who surrendered their homes and crossed a terrifying ocean to reach a rugged and inhospitable frontier in order to escape religious persecution and to seek religious freedom.

From its birth, this nation and the American people have offered sanctuary and shelter to persons of all faiths. Our Constitution -- always with the support of our people -- has again and again extended its embrace to the unpopular, the unusual, the unconventional and the unorthodox. We protect not only those who will not salute our flag, but those who would spit upon it or burn it. We regularly pledge our allegiance to a constitution that shelters those who refuse to pledge their allegiance to it.

Far from tyrannizing those who worship a particular God or embrace a particular religion, we protect those who worship any God - or no God. Indeed, Americans have defended with their lives persons whose religious convictions preclude them from taking up arms to defend the same Constitution that gives them the right to refrain from defending it.

It is true, I suppose, that there are many in the Middle East who hate this country for its support of Israel. But how tragic and misguided to despise us for extending comfort and defense to a people who have so long, and so recently, been the victims of indescribable ethnic persecution. Nor has America's support for Israel ever been rooted in or manifested by hostility to the Muslim faith or those who practice it. The terrorists and their apologists have lied about these things, but what is another lie when their goals and tactics are so vastly more evil?

So, while the terrorists of September 11 invoke the name of Islam, that is simply a mask for their hate, envy and despicable ambitions. The terrorists who seek to destroy us do so because America and Americans are everything that their hatred and motives prevent them from being. They are tyrants, and so they hate democracy. They are bigots and religious zealots who persecute Christians and Jews and Hindus and Buddhists and women. So they must hate America because America stands for tolerance and freedom and respect for all races, all religions, and all peoples, regardless of their sex, color, national origin or accent. They are despots who will not permit children to go to school. So they must hate the nation that commits vast resources to the education of its children, and whose Supreme Court has said that free public education cannot even be withheld from those who are in this country illegally.

These terrorists can succeed only through corruption, cruelty and brutality. Thus they hate and must tear down America and its system of laws which shields its people from those malevolent acts. And these terrorists can enslave the people they wish to subjugate only by keeping them poor and destitute, so they must undermine and discredit the one place in all the world that stands the most for the rule of law and individual liberty and that allows its people - and the people who flock here daily by the thousands -- the opportunity to rise above all those conditions.

Abraham Lincoln was paraphrasing our declaration of independence when he characterized our nation as having been "conceived in liberty and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal." That revolutionary document set down our collective belief in unalienable human rights to liberty, freedom and equality, the proposition that governments derive their powers from the consent of the governed, the principle that tyrants who would oppress their people are unfit to be rulers of a free people, and the right to the pursuit of happiness. How can these terrorists ever prevail if these American ideals are not only allowed to be expressed, but to succeed so dramatically, and to inspire so many people throughout the world for so many centuries?

The answer is simple, the terrorists of September 11 cannot prevail in a world occupied by the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and its Bill of Rights, the Emancipation Proclamation, the Gettysburg Address, the Statue of Liberty, the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, the Capitol, the Supreme Court, and the White House. They cannot co-exist with these ideals, these principles, these institutions and these symbols. So they cannot survive, much less prevail, in the same world as America and its people. So they must try to destroy America, and the principles for which it stands.

We do not claim that America has been or is today without imperfections and shortcomings. Our constitution was undeniably flawed at its origin. Implementation of our lofty ideals has never been without error, and some of our mistakes have been shameful. But the course of our history has been constant, if occasionally erratic, progress from the articulation of those lofty ideals to the extension of their reality to all our people - those who were born here and those, from hundreds of diverse cultures, who flock to the American soil because of those principles and the opportunities they promise.

Reflect on the fact that there is no segment or class of the world's peoples who have exclusive claim on the term "American," and no segment of the world's population to whom that claim has been denied. We welcome 100,000 refugees per year into this country. Over 650,000 people immigrated legally to America in the most recent year for which we have reliable statistics. Over 5,000,000 people are in this country today who were so desperate to come here that they did so illegally.

There are more Jews in New York city than in Israel. More Poles in Chicago then any city in the world except Warsaw. America is home to 39 million Irish-Americans, 58 million German-Americans, 39 million Hispanic-Americans and nearly a million Japanese-Americans. And there are seven million Muslims in America, nearly the population of New York City.

How tragic it is that the agents of the September 11th terrorist acts were people whom we welcomed to this country, and to whom we extended all of our freedoms, the protections of all of our laws, and the opportunities this country affords to everyone to travel, work and live. But, we welcome immigrants because nearly all of us are immigrants or descendants of immigrants who came here to enjoy America's freedoms, rights, liberties, and the opportunity, denied elsewhere, to pursue happiness and prosperity. People from all places on the globe give our country its identity, its diversity and its strength.

Ronald Reagan often said that "every once in a while, each of us native born Americans should make it a point to have a conversation with someone who is an American by choice." "A few years back," he said, "a woman who had fled Poland wrote a letter and said: 'I love America because people accept me for what I am. They don't question my ancestry, my faith, my political beliefs . . . . I love America because America trusts me.'"

President Reagan was also fond of quoting from a letter he had received from a man who wrote, "You can go to live in Turkey, but you can't become a Turk. You can't go to live in Japan and become Japanese, [and so on for Germany, France, etc.] But . . . Anyone from any corner of the world can come to America and be an American."

So it is particularly sad and a bitter irony that the 19 savages who took the lives of thousands of Americans on September 11 were able to come here because we welcomed them, and trusted them, and allowed them to learn to fly our airplanes and the freedom to travel. And they took these precious gifts and turned them into instruments of hatred and death. How perverse and twisted. How incredibly sick they must have been - that not one of them had a moment of conscience after all that time in this beautiful and free country. Everywhere they looked they saw Americans and immigrants to America, at work and at play exercising the freedoms and opportunities that this country offers unstintingly to everyone, including them. But their hatred was so intense, their malignancy so advanced, that they never, as far as we know, even for a moment, paused to reconsider the despicable, unconscionable and evil acts they planned to inflict on the people they were walking, working and living amongst.

It has, I suppose, always caused some resentment that we believe so passionately and so unquestioningly that freedom, equality, liberty, democracy and the rule of law are concepts and rights that should belong to all people. But how can that be seen as arrogance, as some have called it? I simply cannot accept that. What can possibly be wrong with the aspiration that moved the founders of this country to believe that people are entitled to self-determination, the right to chose their system of government, the right to freedom within an orderly and secure society, and the maximum liberty to pursue happiness and fulfillment? We know that these are enduring values. We can debate nearly everything else, but we don't need to debate that. We know that these principles lift everyone up. And we know that these principles are only questioned by those who would seek to advance their own twisted agendas by withholding freedom, liberty and prosperity from others.

We have now been reminded, in the most horrible way, that there are those who not only hate our principles, but who would dedicate their lives - and surrender their lives - to banish those ideals and the incentives they provide for tyrannized and impoverished people everywhere to do what Americans did in 1776.

We have tragically learned again, in the most unthinkable fashion, that our values and our principles are neither self-executing nor self-sustaining, and that we must sacrifice and fight to maintain what our forebears sacrificed and fought to bequeath to us.

And now the rest of the world is learning again that Americans will not flinch from that fight or tire of it. Americans will fight, they will sacrifice, and they will not give up or leave the job unfinished. This war is for all living Americans. It is for the parents, grandparents and great grandparents that fought and sacrificed to come here. And it is for our children and generations to come. And it is for those who choose to become Americans in the future.

America will not lose this war because we cannot tolerate, we cannot contemplate, we cannot even consider that we will lose what centuries of Americans fought to create, improve and maintain. We cannot, and we will not, betray the people who gave us this glorious heritage. We cannot and will not, dishonor or wash away the memories of those who somehow clawed their way out of poverty, tyranny and persecution to come to this country because it was America, and because they were willing to risk death to become Americans, and to give their children and grandchildren the opportunity and freedom and inspiration that makes this place America. Americans could no longer call themselves Americans if they could walk away from that legacy.

People who write regularly for newspapers and who offer opinions on television, or who send advice to us from other parts of the world, sometimes say that America is too rich, lazy, complacent, frightened, soft and enervated to fight this fight. That we have no stamina, strength, will, patience, or steel. That we will collapse.

They are so wrong. We will prevail for the very reason that we have been attacked. Because we are Americans. Because the values that made us free, make us strong; because the principles that made us prosperous, make us creative, resourceful, innovative, determined and fiercely protective of our freedoms, our liberties and our rights to be individuals and to aspire to whatever we choose to be. Those values and those characteristics will lift us and will defeat the black forces who have assaulted our ideals, our country and our people.

The very qualities that bring immigrants and refugees to this country in the thousands every day, made us vulnerable to the attack of September 11, but those are also the qualities that will make us victorious and unvanquished in the end. These dreadful, despicable people have hurt us, but they can never conquer us.

So let me return to Barbara Olson. So many people loved and admired Barbara. But whether you loved and admired her values, her spunk, her energy, her passion, her courage, her unconquerable spirit, or her incredible warmth, whether you knew it or not, underneath it all, you admired and were captivated by Barbara because she was pretty darn close to being a quintessential American.

Barbara was a Texan, from a family whose ancestors came to this country from Germany. She went to the all-American University of Texas and also a Catholic college, St. Thomas in Houston. She became a professional ballet dancer in San Francisco and New York because of the beauty of dance, the rigor of its discipline, and because you have to be extraordinarily tough and ambitious to do it. And Barbara was extraordinarily tough and ambitious.

But she always wanted to be a lawyer and to be involved in politics. In order to afford law school, she invented a career out of whole cloth in Hollywood because that, she determined, was the fastest way to earn the money she needed. It did not matter in the slightest to Barbara that when she went to Hollywood she knew absolutely nothing about the motion picture and television industry. And, in fact, it really didn't matter because, as she later explained to the unwitting producer who gave her her first job, she was a fast-learner.

And, of course, she succeeded. She turned down the last job she was offered in Hollywood because she had finally earned enough money to go to law school, and they were offering her so much money she did not want to be so tempted to forego her dream to be a lawyer.

She went to Cardozo Law School at Yeshiva University in New York, not necessarily the obvious choice for a blond Catholic girl from Texas. She was even told that she would never fit in, and that she would be miserable. But the people who told her that really did not know Barbara. She thrived at Cardozo as she had thrived at St. Thomas and in the ballet and in Hollywood. She loved the people, the classes, the professors, and she was a huge success, popping up for one reason or another with embarrassing frequency on the cover of Jewish Weekly.

Barbara created a Federalist Society chapter at Cardozo because she believed in the Society's principles - and it only served to goad her on that almost no one at Cardozo shared her political views. In her third year of law school, she somehow managed to finesse herself into an internship with the Office of Legal Counsel at the Department of Justice in Washington. And, as a very brassy and gusty intern, she managed to be the only employee of the government of the United States willing, feisty and fearless enough to personally serve the papers on the PLO mission to the United Nations in New York announcing that it was being expelled from this country -- because they were terrorists. How Barbara loved to tell that story to her friends at Cardozo!

She turned down jobs with the finest law firms in new York to come to Washington where, it seems, she was always destined ultimately to be. In rapid succession, she succeeded as a lawyer in private practice, as a hot and very successful federal prosecutor, as Deputy General Counsel to the House of Representatives, and as a top Congressional investigator, television personality and lobbyist.

It was typically Barbara that when Al Regnery suggested that she write a book about Hillary Rodham Clinton, she literally jumped at the chance. She told me at the time that she wasn't sure that she was a writer, but a friend of ours told her that she didn't have to be a writer to be an author. So, with her legendary energy and limitless self-confidence, she poured herself into the book, finished it in nine months and, against seemingly insurmountable odds, without any previous experience with serious writing, climbed onto the New York Times best seller list during the heaviest competitive time of the year, and stayed there for nine weeks. Ten days ago, her second book, written in about six months and finished just days before her death, opened at number two on the New York Times bestseller list, ahead of Bill O'Reilly, Jack Welch and Tiger Woods. Not bad.

Barbara was everywhere in Washington. A witness for Clarence Thomas at his confirmation, a co-founder of the Independent Women's Forum, hosting Federalist Society members from all over the country in her home, at the epi-center of the travel office and filegate investigations, and the China campaign contributions investigation, the second-most invited guest on "Larry King Live," appearing on MSNBC, FOX, "Meet the Press," "Cross-Fire," "Geraldo," "Politically Incorrect," you name it. Ready to talk about any subject, ready to face down any adversary. She always had an opinion. And she always had that smile.

I could tell you Barbara stories for hours, and I think that you would be glad to listen. But, in short, Barbara partook of everything life gave her. She saw no limits in the people around her and she accepted no limits on what she could accomplish. She could be charming, tough, indefatigable, ferocious and lovable. And all those things at once.

Barbara was Barbara because America, unlike anyplace in the world, gave her the space, freedom, oxygen, encouragement and inspiration to be whatever she wanted to be. Is there any other place on earth where someone could do all these things in forty-five years?

So, sadly, and ironically, Barbara may have been the perfect victim for these wretched, twisted, hateful people. Because she was so thoroughly and hugely an American. And such a symbol of America's values, ideals, and robust ambition. But she died as she lived. Fighting, believing in herself, and determined to succeed. And, if she was the perfect victim, she is also a perfect symbol of what we are fighting for now and for why we will prevail.

I know, and she knows, that her government and the people of America will win this war, however long it takes, whatever we have to do. We will never, ever forget or flinch. We will prevail for Barbara and all the other Americans we lost on September 11. And for the American spirit for which they stood and their lives embodied. And, most of all, we will defeat these terrorists because Barbara and those other American casualties of September 11, and our forebears, and our children, would never forgive us if we did not."


Barbara Olson

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Find out more about navigating Wikipedia and finding information

Jump to: navigation, search

http://en.wiki/Image:Barbra_Olson.jpg Barbara Olson (December 27, 1955 - September 11, 2001) was a conservative American television commentator who worked for Fox News Channel, CNN and several other outlets. She was a passenger on American Airlines Flight 77 en route to a taping of television show Politically Incorrect when it was flown into the Pentagon in the September 11, 2001 attacks.




[edit] Biography

Olson was born Barbara Kay Bracher in Houston, Texas. (Her older sister, Toni Bracher-Lawrence, has been a member of the Houston City Council since 2004.) She graduated from Waltrip High School[1] and earned a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Saint Thomas in Houston.

Olson became a professional dancer, performing with the San Francisco Ballet and the Harkness Ballet in New York City. She switched careers and went to Hollywood to work as an assistant producer for television and movies. As a newcomer, she achieved a surprising measure of success, working for HBO and Stacey Keach Productions. When she had raised enough money, she quit to pursue her dream. She earned a Juris Doctor degree from Yeshiva University's Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law. In the early 1990s, she worked as an associate at the Washington, D.C.-based law firm of Wilmer Cutler & Pickering where she did civil litigation for several years before becoming an assistant U.S. attorney. In 1994, she left to work for the United States House of Representatives, becoming chief investigative counsel for the House Government Reform and Oversight Committee. In that position, she led the Travelgate and Filegate investigations into the Clinton administration. She co-founded the Independent Women's Forum with Rosalie Silberman.[2] She was later a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of the Alabama law firm Balch & Bingham.

She married Theodore Olson in 1996.

She was a frequent critic of the Bill Clinton administration and wrote a book about First Lady Hillary Clinton, Hell to Pay: The Unfolding Story of Hillary Rodham Clinton (1999). Olson was working on her second book, The Final Days: The Last, Desperate Abuses of Power by the Clinton White House (published October 2001) at the time of her death. She was a resident of Great Falls, Virginia.

[edit] Death

Olson was a passenger on American Airlines Flight 77 on her way to a taping of Politically Incorrect in Los Angeles (host Bill Maher left a panel seat vacant during the first week the show aired after the attacks), when it was flown into the Pentagon in the September 11, 2001 attacks.

[edit] Memorial lectures

The Federalist Society has established the Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lectures, "an annual lecture on limited government and the spirit of freedom",[3] held every November. The first lecture was a eulogy for her by her husband.[4] Subsequent speakers have included Justice Antonin Scalia, Vice President Dick Cheney,[5] and Chief Justice John G. Roberts.

[edit] Books

  • Hell to Pay: The Unfolding Story of Hillary Rodham Clinton (November 1999; ISBN 0895262746)
  • The Final Days: The Last, Desperate Abuses of Power by the Clinton White House (October 2001; ISBN 0895261677)

[edit] Notes

  1. ^ "Waltrip Trivia Page," Waltrip High School
  2. ^ "Remembering IWF Founder Barbara Olson", Rosalie Silberman, Independent Women's Forum, December 1, 2001
  3. ^ Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture, Federalist Society website
  4. ^ First Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture, Theodore Olson, November 16, 2001
  5. ^ Barbara K. Olson Memorial Lecture - Past Lecturers, Federalist Society website

[edit] External links

Retrieved from "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbara_Olson"

Categories: 1955 births | 2001 deaths | American television personalities | American murder victims | American political writers | Murdered writers | Victims of aviation accidents or incidents in the United States | People from Houston, Texas | Victims of the September 11, 2001 attacks | Washington, D.C. lawyers | University of St. Thomas (Houston) alumni | American Airlines Flight 77

DaJews-Did-It Whining: Do the Anti-Zionist Nazis Have Anything Useful To Offer About the Olsons?


The following is some disinformation from the Zionist scapegoat-mongers (ZIHOP) to deflect scrutiny away from the Rockefeller Illuminati that did 9/11. There was some MOSSAD involvement so it would be accurate to refer to 9/11 as a "ROCKZIHOP" operation but we include the article below for information's sake even if its just to see what the disinfo types want us to believe.

Blaming DaJews for the majority of the 7 BILLION people on Earth's crimes is a common and convenient trick of the Illuminati. Jewish people tend to be intellectual and pushy because they know too much. As classic Type-A persons, they are often rich if they are selfish and this causes even more resentment. Dr. Antony Sutton explains:


Moveover, when statements and assertions are not supported by hard evidence and where attempts to unearth hard evidence lead in a circle back to the starting point - particularly when everyone is quoting everyone else - then we must reject the story as spurious. There is no concrete evidence that Jews were involved in the Bolshevik Revolution because they were Jewish. There may indeed have been a higher proportion of Jews involved, but given tsarist treatment of Jews, what else would we expect? There were probably many Englishmen or persons of English origin in the American Revolution fighting the redcoats. So what? Does that make the American Revolution an English conspiracy? Winston Churchill's statement that Jews had a "very great role" in the Bolshevik Revolution is supported only by distorted evidence. The list of Jews involved in the Bolshevik Revolution must be weighed against lists of non-Jews involved in the revolution. When this scientific procedure is adopted, the proportion of foreign Jewish Bolsheviks involved falls to less than [> 20%] twenty percent of the total number of revolutionaries - and these Jews were mostly deported, murdered, or sent to Siberia in the following years. Modern Russia has in fact, maintained tsarist anti-Semitism.

It is significant that documents in the State Department files confirm that the investment banker Jacob Schiff, often cited as a source of funds for the Bolshevik Revolution, was in fact against support of the Bolshevik regime.[5] This position, as we shall see, was in direct contrast to the Morgan-Rockefeller promotion of the Bolsheviks.

The persistence with which the Jewish-conspiracy myth has been pushed suggests that it may well be a deliberate device to divert attention from the real issues and the real causes. The evidence provided in this book suggests that the New York bankers who were also Jewish had relatively minor roles in supporting the Bolsheviks, while the New York bankers who were also Gentiles (Morgan, Rockefeller, Thompson) had major roles.

What better way to divert attention from the real operators than by the medieval bogeyman of anti-Semitism?

Has Barbara Olson been arrested?

Posted in the database on Saturday, October 08th, 2005 @ 18:18:23 MST (215 views)

by Eric Hufschmid iamthewitness.com

Several people have asked me what I think about Tom Flocco's latest article, and several people enthusiastically told me that the 9/11 case has been solved because Barbara Olson has been arrested. [EDITOR: faking one's death is a common intelligence agency tactic]

Unfortunately, his story about Barbara Olson is like his story about the grand jury indicting Bush and Cheney, and the story about the gunfight in the Chicago subway. Specifically, there is no way to verify anything he says.

Christopher Bollyn was living in Chicago at the time Flocco's story came out about the indictment and the gunfight. Bollyn called various people trying to figure out if there is any truth to either story. He found nothing.

Is it possible that what Flocco says is true? Sure, it is possible that Tom has received secret information far in advance of everybody else. But the only way he could have access to such secret, important information many weeks before the rest of us is if:

Flocco is part of the gang of criminals that gave us 9/11 and other crimes.

His source is part of that gang of criminals.

His source is an honest government employee who is leaking the information in order to keep his own identity a secret.

No normal person could possibly have access to such secret, information without inside contacts.

One problem with Flocco's stories is that they are never verified, even after months. If Flocco was getting information before anybody else, then eventually other people would have access to the information, thereby verifying Flocco's claims. But nothing he has ever said has been verified. He announced that Bush and Cheney were being indicted at the beginning of August 2005. How much longer do we have to wait before this information becomes public?

One of Flocco's sources of information is Tom Heneghan. On 19 July 2005, Tom Heneghan and Stew Webb posted a news report that four British secret agents were shot and killed as they were trying to put a bomb on the Chicago subway. Sure, it is possible that this event occurred, but that requires that somebody pick up the dead bodies, mop up the blood, and convince the families of the victims that their missing relatives must have run off to another nation to start a new life.

Examples of this story:




However, if four British secret agents were really shot to death, that means the murders were covered up extremely well. This in turn means we have to ask how Tom Heneghan and Stew Webb were provided with this information. Only somebody with inside information could possibly have access to such secret information.

Let's assume that Tom Heneghan, Stew Webb, and Tom Flocco are being provided with information by some honest government employees who are trying to expose the corruption in our government. In such a case, those government employees are wasting their time because there is no evidence to believe what they are saying. They may as well tell us that the crop circles in England are being created by Martians. Unless secret, insider information can be verified, it has no value.

Actually, unverifiable information does have value. Specifically, it has value for people who are trying to confuse, mislead, and deceive. For some examples, unverifiable information can be useful to:

Give a bad image to the "Barbara Olson is alive" reports

What if Barbara Olson really is alive and living in Europe? Tom Flocco has just created a story that is being ridiculed by thousands of people. If an honest person announces on the Internet that Barbara Olson is living next to him, most people will just laugh, "Oh no, another of those idiotic, Barbara Olson is alive stories!" In other words, Flocco's absurd story will cause people to disregard the truth.

Give a bad image to all conspiracy theories

Another possible reason for Flocco's story about Barbara Olson is to give all conspiracy theories a bad image.

Some people will notice that none of Flocco's stories can be verified, and they might come to the conclusion that the conspiracy theories are coming from sloppy investigators who are at the intellectual level of a teenager. They will be more likely to disregard other conspiracy theories, such as September 11, the USS Liberty, and the Oklahoma City bombing.

For an example of how this concept works, the enormous number of UFO and crop circle articles on the Internet seem to be an attempt to give the field of conspiracy theories a bad image.

For those of you who believe in UFOs, you've got to face the fact that if there are aliens on the earth, nobody has any serious evidence of them. All they have are photos that show mysterious blobs. And crop circles are real, but there is no evidence that Martians created them. The evidence suggest they come from humans, such as www.circlemakers.org

Send investigators down the wrong path

Another possible reason for Tom Flocco to produce false stories is to send us looking in the wrong direction. For example, in his article about JFK Jr., he blames the Bush family, the Clintons, and the CIA. But what if the Mossad and Army intelligence was involved in the killing? In such a case, the people who trust Tom Flocco will wander down the wrong path and never find anything.

The same may be true with Flocco's story about Barbara Olson. She may really be alive, but she may be in Australia. The people who trust Flocco might look for her in Poland, or in Europe, but that might be the wrong side of the planet.

Or, perhaps Barbara Olson has always wanted to be a man, and in return for her role in 9-11, she was provided with hormone treatment and surgery, in which case anybody looking for a woman would be looking forever.

Sacrifice Flocco for some other agent

Another possible reason for Flocco to create a false story is so that some other agent can expose Flocco. This will give credibility to that other agent.

To discredit Tom Flocco

Some of Flocco's supporters suggest that perhaps Tom is being fed false information in order to discredit him because his other stories are accurate. But which of his other stories are accurate?

It is true that when an investigator is providing information that the criminals don't want exposed, they might try to feed him false information in order to make them look like a fool. But this only happens to the investigators that actually provide dangerous information.

Christopher Bollyn is in this category. Bollyn often exposes important and verifiable information. Not surprisingly, he is frequently contacted by people who try to persuade him to report something stupid.

Tom Flocco's friends are suspicious

Everybody who Tom Flocco considers a source of information, and all the people associated with Flocco (e.g., Sherman Skolnick, Lenny Bloom, Mary Schneider, Tom Heneghan, Mae Brussell, Stew Webb, Stefan Grossmann) must be put into the same category as Flocco. In other words, all of them may be government agents, or members of the criminal gang, or useful idiots who are being fed false information.

Some people have accused Stew Webb of being a COINTELPRO agent. For example, there is a person named Ken Adachi who has a site full of articles where various people accuse one another of being government agents.

Take a look at Adachi's site, and see if you can figure out which people are the COINTELPRO agents. There are so many articles, and so many accusations, that no individual who must work for a living has time to research all of these people and all of their connections. For all we know, Ken Adachi is an COINTELPRO agent, also!

A tangled web of accusations

This brings up an issue that many people that I personally talked to have trouble understanding. Specifically, one way for the government to protect their agents is to create a lot of fights and accusations between them. If a hundred agents accuse one of or two of the others of being a government agent, they will create so many conflicting accusations that most people will be overwhelmed with the complexity. None of us ordinary citizens will have the time to figure out that all of them agents.

To further confuse the issue, some of the agents could accuse some honest, ordinary citizens of being agents. This causes people to be suspicious of those honest citizens. The honest citizens will likely react by accusing those particular agents of being agents. How will any ordinary citizen be able to figure out who is telling the truth?

To confuse the issue even further, some government agents could provide slightly inaccurate information to an honest citizen. The honest citizen will announce silly news items, such as the arrest of Barbara Olson. Other people will assume he is an agent, when he is actually what we would call a[n] "useful idiot". In this particular situation, the real agent is invisible to us; he is feeding false information to the honest citizen.

Is Flocco a[n] useful idiot? Or is he an honest agent who is trying to expose the truth? Or is he part of the criminal network?

My guess is that he knows he is lying to us, but what I do not know who he is working for?

Could Flocco be America's hero?

This brings up another interesting issue. Specifically, some of the people that we expose as liars may actually be trying to help America. They may have been fascinated by the James Bond movies and the Mission Impossible television shows, and they may believe that by running some secret, counter scam they will defeat the forces of evil and save the world. In other words, Tom Flocco and his friends may be honest government employees, and they may believe that my posting silly articles they are going to stop the evil doers.

If that is the case, we are in real trouble. If our government thinks they are going to defeat this criminal network with stories of Barbara Olson being arrested, we have no hope.

Or does Flocco work for the Zionists?

It is possible that Flocco and his friends are actually working for some group of Zionists. The reason I say this is that all of them avoid the issue of Zionism. Most of these "truth tellers" put the blame for the world's problems on the CIA, the Bush family, the Italian Mafia, Great Britain, and/or the Vatican. [EDITOR: As they should!]

For example, in this Skolnick article he avoids Israel, Zionists, and the Jewish Mafia and explains that 5 U.S. presidents were assassinated for the benefit of Great Britain and the Vatican / Jesuits.

Everything Skolnick writes seems to be accurate. However, he avoids certain issues, thereby giving us a distorted view. For example, in that particular article, he mentions the "French Mafia". However, there are more than just French involved in organized crime. There are also Russians, Canadians, and probably every other race, religion, and nationality. [EDITOR: what this writer wants is EVERYTHING in the world that is evil blamed on DaJews. No-Can-Do.]

There are also Israelis involved in organized crime. Meyer Lansky is one of them. In Michael Collins Piper's book, Final Judgment, he shows evidence that Meyer Lansky and many Israelis and Zionists were the masterminds in the assassination of President Kennedy. [EDITOR: this is AmeroNazi non-sense]

For another example, Skolnick doesn't mention that some of Britain's policies are due to Zionists within the British government, so they are more accurately described as Zionist policies, not British policies.

In Flocco's article about the murder of JFK Jr., he also avoids implicating Israelis or Zionists.[EDITOR: that pesky thing of preponderence of EVIDENCE implicating the CIA etc. might have something to do with it] Instead he blames Clinton and Bush. If Tom was truly an unbiased investigative reporter, wouldn't he at least mention that there are some people [EDITOR: anti-Semites] who believe that Zionists were also involved in that killing?

The evidence that Bush and Clinton killed JFK Jr. is no better than the evidence that Zionists were involved [EDITOR: Says who?], so why doesn't Flocco provide us with all of the information? Why is he restricting us to only the Zionist's side of this issue?

I think Flocco is trying to manipulate us. The people who trust Flocco will be fooled into looking at Clinton and Bush for the answers to JFK Jr's death, and they will get nowhere with their investigation because they will be on the wrong path. I would bet that Skolnick is also deliberately misleading us.

I also find it interesting that Skolnick sometimes put the following remarks in his articles:

The Middle-Finger News

Sticking It To The Poobahs

Example: click here

What is a Poobah? Perhaps he is referring to you and me.

While that may seem like an outrageous statement, consider the remark at the end of the television show "Dark Side Of The Moon":

No goy was mistreated during the filming

Or watch the Penn and Teller television episode about conspiracies in which they show a person drilling a hole in a Bible.

All of these people may be Zionists, and all of them may be making fun of us goys.

Zionists are not identical

Before I go on, I should point out that Zionism is not a group of people with identical goals and attitudes. Zionism is just like all other organizations. Specifically, what Zionism is depends on who is in control of the organization. Consider the Republican Party to understand this. There are Republicans who support abortions while other Republicans oppose abortions. Whether the Republican Party supports abortion depends on who gets control of it.

There are also Republicans who cover up the raping of boys at Boystown, and there are other Republicans who want to stop all forms of rape and pedophilia.

Zionism is the same. What Zionism becomes depends on who gets control of the movement. In the case of Zionism, it might depend on who in control of Israel, or the Mossad. Ariel Sharon, Sherman Skolnick, George Soros, and Senator Lieberman may all be Zionists, but each of them may have slightly different attitudes on what Zionism should be, and what the Zionists should do with us goys.

Just as Republicans fight among themselves for control of the Republican Party, the Zionists fight among themselves for control of Israel, America, Europe, and the horde of goys.

In fact, there are some Jews who do not support Israel, and who do not seem to care if goys live among them. Take a look: nkusa.org/

Did Al Gore win the presidency in the 2000 election?

An example of the fighting is the 2000 election between Al Gore and George Bush. Both Democrats and Republicans routinely cheat in elections, but in the 2000 elections, the Gore supporters wanted us to believe that the innocent, honest Democrats were being cheated in Palm Beach by the dishonest Republicans.

I think what was really happening was a fight between the Bush Zionists and the Lieberman Zionists. I think the 9/11 attack had already been planned at that point in time. The Lieberman Zionists desperately wanted Al Gore to be elected so that they could set up Al Gore to die in the 9-11 attack. Lieberman would then become president, and the Lieberman Zionists would have control of America, and then Israel.

Israel may not survive much longer

The Zionists and Israelis may not be laughing at the goys much longer. The American economy is deteriorating, and the result will be that the U.S. Military will soon discover that its weapons systems are less advanced than those of other nations, and their equipment is not properly maintained. The U.S. Military will also find it increasingly difficult to find American companies to produce their weapons and supplies.

Furthermore, each year Americans bring in millions of Mexicans, Chinese, and other people to become a low-cost source of labor. Already some parts of the Southwest are more than 50% Mexican. A nation will cannot survive when it has the attitude that it is acceptable to use other races for labor.

Once America is gone, Israel will be on its own. The Israelis will find themselves surrounded by angry Arabs, Persians, and other nations.

To summarize this, the Zionists may destroy America before they become established. This is as stupid as a horde of ticks sucking so much blood out of their host that the host dies.

Will the Zionists try to save the day for themselves with another fake terrorist attack? Will they make one final attempt to get control of America and destroy the Arabs?

Or are the Zionists planning to set Bush and Cheney up to take the blame for 9/11? Are the Zionists truly holding Barbara Olson in a jail somewhere? Will the Zionists soon provide their Flocco puppet with the actual location of Barbara Olson, thereby bringing down the Bush administration and the top US Military leaders? Will the Zionists then install other puppets in America?

Or will the situation become even worse for us? For example, George Soros might be a member of the gang that is running the sex slaves, or he might be a member of the Russian mafia, or the Jewish Mafia. What if the Soros Zionists gets control of America? How do we know that group of criminals will be better than what we have now?

For the past few years Soros has been trying to get control of the tens of millions of people who call themselves "liberals" or "Democrats". Do you think that Soros is doing this for the benefit of you or I? Do you think that Soros is truly interested in making America, or the world, a better place?

What if George Soros sets up Bush and Cheney to take the blame for 9/11, and then a Soros puppet, such as John Kerry, gets control of America?

Many of the supporters of Kerry and Soros that I have personally met are the failures of America; they are failures in their jobs, marriage, businesses, and other activities. They have a strong "feel sorry for me" attitude. Some of them are so hopeless that they depend on their girlfriends or wives for financial support.

Lots, probably most, of the supporters of Soros are mental nitwits, and they want handouts and pity, not skills, jobs, or responsibility. They remind me of the supporters of communism in Russia during the early 20th century. If Soros were to get control of America, he would have tens of millions of these nitwits supporting him. How is that an improvement over what we have now?

Most of the Kerry supporters are so incapable of thinking that they did not even notice that John Kerry was not the person they wanted as president. They had originally wanted Howard Dean. Obviously, these people are easily taken advantage of. How could such mindless people possibly make America a better nation?

Even when I point out to the Kerry supporters that Dean was their candidate, they ignore me and continue to support Kerry with such expressions as, "Anything is better than Bush!"

We must face the fact that most Kerry supporters are incapable of intelligent reasoning. I am not saying that Howard Dean is a good leader; rather, I am pointing out that the Kerry supporters are such nitwits that they cannot understand that they are being taken advantage of. Don't make excuses for them; don't feel sorry for them. People who are this easily manipulated are dangerous. And you should not be surprised when such people fail repeatedly in life. They are the losers, but feeling sorry for them will not help them, and it will not help you or me.

The anti-war and peace movements are frauds

The Zionists also seem to be getting control of the anti-war movement, the peace movement, and all other anti-Bush movements. I mentioned earlier in this document that Christopher Bollyn is often contacted by people who try to persuade him to believe something stupid. He is also frequently contacted by people who try to become his friends, or who try to recommend that he considers somebody else a friend.

For example, as of September 2005 (when I wrote this) he has been frequently contacted by a woman named Ilene Proctor, and she has been promoting a man named Brad Friedman. Friedman has such web sites as.



Why would Proctor want Bollyn to become friendly with Friedman? Is Friedman really interested in helping make America a better place? Or does Friedman want to manipulate Bollyn? Or does Friedman want to claim Bollyn as a friend in order to increase his credibility? Is Friedman just another Zionist in anti-war clothing?

One of the techniques the Zionists use to manipulate people is to become their friends, and after gaining a person's trust, they quietly stab them in the back. In fact, David Wolper makes a brief remark about this in his autobiography. I mention it here.

In the long run, the nitwits suffer

Life is a competitive struggle for all animals, plants, and humans. A nation needs intelligent, responsible leaders. Unfortunately, the American voters routinely select between one worthless puppet or another.

America is like a child in a boxing ring, and the Zionists are pounding this child so hard that he is about to fall unconscious. Blood is running down his face, his nose is smashed, and his legs are wobbling, but he thinks he is winning the contest because his coach, a Zionist, is telling him that he is the greatest boxer in the world, and that he is doing a great job.

For more on the issues of deception, consider how Jenna Orkin and other "truth tellers" hide the dangers of the dust at the World Trade Center.

Go to Original Article

The [Hate DaJews] views expressed herein are the writers' own and do not necessarily reflect those of Looking Glass News. Click the disclaimer link below for more information.

Email: editor@lookingglassnews.org.

The above anti-Jew rant was included only because its one of the few articles out there examining the report of Barbara Olson being alive. We apologize for the anti-Jew BS you had to wade through. Most of the 7 BILLION people on Earth are NON-JEWISH and they do the MAJORITY of the world's evil crimes.

CHAPTER 5: The Mythological Media Scoreboard


"don't trust anything in papers"

--President Thomas Jefferson "I know the secret of making the average American believe anything I want him to. Just let me control television.... You put something on the television and it becomes reality. If the world outside the TV set contradicts the images, people start trying to change the world to make it like the TV set images...."

--Hal Becker, media "expert" and management consultant, the Futures Group, in an interview in 1981 [1]

The evil elites have wanted the masses only able to read at a low-level of understanding so as to absorb their advertising to be programmed to consume. The advent of radio and then TV has eliminated the need to read altogether making the masses completely at their mercy when they tune out of reality and tune in to their 24/7/365 TV programming. In "Brainwashing: How The British Use the Media For Mass Psychological Warfare" by L. Wolfe for the The American Almanac, May 5, 1997 he notes:


In the 15 years since Becker's comment, Americans have become even more "wired" into a mass media network that now includes computer and video games, as well as the Internet--an all-surrounding network whose power is so pervasive that it is almost taken for granted. As the standup comic said, "We are really a media conscious people. I know a guy who was run over by a car in the street. He didn't want to go to the hospital. Instead, he dragged himself over to the nearest bar, to check out whether he made it onto the evening news. When it wasn't on, he said, 'What does a guy have to do, get killed, to get on television?'"

In the highest circles of the British monarchy and its Club of Isles, this great power is not taken for granted. Rather, it is carefully manipulated and directed, as Becker describes from a limited standpoint, to create and mold popular opinion. In a 1991 report published by the Malthusian Club of Rome, entitled "The First Global Revolution," Sir Alexander King, top adviser on science and education policy to the royal family and Prince Philip, wrote that new advances in communications technology will greatly expand the power of the media, both in the advanced and developing sectors. The media, he proclaimed, is the most powerful weapon and "agent of change" in the fight to establish a "one-worldist," neo-Malthusian order that will transcend and obliterate the concept of the nation-state.

"It is certainly necessary to engage in a broad debate with the journalists and the top media executives involved to study the conditions for them to be able to define this new role,"

The "Pictures-in-Your-Head"

In 1922, Walter Lippmann defined the term "public opinion" as follows:

"The pictures inside the heads of human beings, the pictures of themselves, of others, of their needs and purposes, and relationship, are their public opinions. Those pictures which are acted upon by groups of people, or by individuals acting in the name of groups, are Public Opinion, with capital letters."

Lippmann, who was the first to translate Sigmund Freud's works into English, was to become one of the most influential of political commentators. [4] He had spent World War I at the British psychological warfare and propaganda headquarters in Wellington House, outside of London, in a group that included Freud's nephew, Eduard Bernays. [5] Lippmann's book Public Opinion, published one year after Freud's Mass Psychology, which touched on similar themes, was a product of his tutelage by the Rees networks. It is through the media, Lippmann writes, that most people come to develop those "pictures-in-their-heads," giving the media "an awesome power."

The Rees networks had spent World War I studying the effects of war psychosis, and its breakdown of individual personality. From their work, an evil thesis emerged: Through the use of terror, man can be reduced to a childlike and submissive state, in which his powers of reason are clouded, and in which his emotional response to various situations and stimuli can become predictable, or in Tavistockian terms, "profilable." By controlling the levels of anxiety, it is possible to induce a similar state in large groups of people, whose behavior can then be controlled and manipulated by the oligarchical forces for whom Tavistock worked. [6]

Mass media were capable of reaching large numbers of people with programmed or controlled messages, which is key to the creation of "controlled environments" for brainwashing purposes. As Tavistock's researches showed, it was important that the victims of mass brainwashing not be aware that their environment was being controlled; there should thus be a vast number of sources for information, whose messages could be varied slightly, so as to mask the sense of external control. Where possible, the messages should be offered and reinforced through "entertainments," which could be consumed, without apparent coercion, and with the victim perceiving himself as making a choice between various options and outlets.

Lippmann observes in his book that people are more than willing to reduce complex problems to simplistic formulas, to form their opinion by what they believe others around them believe; truth hardly enters into such considerations. Appearance of reports in the media confer the aura of reality upon those stories: If they weren't factual, then why would they be reported? Lippmann says the average person believes. People whose fame is in turn built up by the media, such as movie stars, can become "opinion leaders," with as much power to sway public opinion as political figures.

Were people to think about this process too much, it might break down; but, he writes;

"the mass of absolutely illiterate, of feeble minded, grossly neurotic, undernourished and frustrated individuals is very considerable, much more considerable, there is reason to think, than we generally suppose. Thus a wide popular appeal is circulated among persons who are mentally children or barbarians, whose lives are a morass of entanglements, people whose vitality is exhausted, shut-in people, and people whose experience has comprehended no factor in the problem under discussion."

Stating that he saw a progression to ever-less-thought-provoking forms of media, Lippmann marvels at the power of the nascent Hollywood movie industry to shape public opinion. Words, or even a still picture, require an effort for the person to form a "picture-in-the-mind." But, with a movie, "the whole process of observing, describing, reporting, and then imagining has been accomplished for you. Without more trouble than is needed to stay awake, the result which your imagination is always aiming at is reeled off on the screen." Significantly, as an example of the power of movies, he uses the D.W. Griffith propaganda film for the Ku Klux Klan, "The Birth of a Nation"; no American, he writes, will ever hear the name of the Klan again, "without seeing those white horsemen." Popular opinion, Lippmann observes, is ultimately determined by the desires and wishes of an elite "social set." That set, he states, is a

"powerful, socially superior, successful, rich urban social set [which] is fundamentally international throughout the Western Hemisphere and in many ways, London is its center. It counts among its membership the most influential people in the world, containing as it does the diplomatic sets, high finance, the upper circles of the army and navy, some princes of the church, the great newspaper proprietors, their wives, mothers, and daughters who wield the scepter of invitation. It is at once a great circle of talk and a real social set."

In a typical elitist fashion, Lippmann concludes that coordination of public opinion is lacking in precision. If the goal of a one-worldist "Great Society" is to be realized, then "public opinion must be organized for the press, not by the press." It is not sufficient to rely on the whims of a "super social set" to manipulate the "pictures-in-people's-heads"; that job "can only be managed by a specialized class" which operates through "intelligence bureaus." [7]

John Pilger explains how corporations took over media outlets and created the "professional journalist" to attract advertisers who appears "respectable" and a "pillar of the community" who plays the role of being impartial but actually doesn't determine a story is a story unless the government says it is--of course the government is controlled by the corporations! Winston Churchill lived to 1965--I wonder what his opinion of the hypnotizing effect of TV on the sheeple was?

Part 1: Russian visitors marvel at how Americans all think alike without torture!


Part 2: journalists admit if they did their job there would have been no war in Iraq, people in dictatorship have advantage over those in west-they know media is all lies! subjugated knowledge--don't believe anything until its officially denied


Part 3: Media propaganda = fascism imperialism for corporations


Part 4: American government backed Taliban


The television has barged into the FAMILY and destroyed the influence of parent's because a TV show can present the corporation or governmental case audio-visually in a more convincing, base lust attracting manner than a verbal appeal from Mom/Dad. What Mom/Dad is going to place his son/daughter on a chair and give them a power point presentation or show a video to get their ideas/values across? If they did would it look as flashy and professional as TV?

No, the final arbitrator and last chance is what the children SEE THEIR PARENTS DOING. What they see their parents actually do is to them the final proof of what they actually believe is true and should be done. Personal example is a powerful convincing argument that gives one pause to at least consider it.

TV was actually created by Satanists derived from Occult Beliefs--the Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) by Crookes who wanted to use it like 007 John Dee's reflecting mirror--to communicate with demons--yikes! John Logie Baird then applied this fully.


CHAPTER 7: Calamity (uncle) Sam

The Secret Government PBS 1987 Bill Moyers


Moyer's documentary's fundamental liberal error is it plays too nice that the Secret Team was sincerely anti-Communist in good faith and just were too extreme and at times incompetent. Another fundamental error is whining about secrecy/lying when a secret intel agency is required--it needs to be a moral OSS not a Nazi CIA. Moyers admits CIA is Nazi-based but presents it in past-tense as aberation for Cold War expediency. Concept of national security findings--who fact-checks these?

The truth hinted at is that the Illuminati deliberately play off both sides for profits and depopulation goals as per Hegelian gamemanship. The Illuminati will stage false flag incidents like the Gulf of Tonkin non-incident. What is Moyers saying now about 9/11? Moyers pooh-poohs JFK's murder by this secret conspiracy and failed to identify Dulles owned stock in United Fruit and wanted Arbenz over-thrown. Former Kissinger aide Halperin now of ACLU...does he realize GWOT is bs and harming civil liberties? No Fly list = Political enemies list

Moyers summarizes anti-Communism as un-democratic--yes, if its fascist anti-Communism from the Illuminati. In 1987, its too early to convince that Amerotyranny is developing as long as Soviet bogeyman was still there for at least another 2 years. Without a bogeyman, the Illuminati conocted a new bogeyman in 2001 to continue march to tyranny. the people as time go on are less and less vigorous defending against tyranny as their memory weakens. So far there have been no Iran-Contra-type outrage hearings for 9/11; the sheeple have bought the lie. Moyers wants America to publicly reach consenus and this is naive and dangerous liberalism that plays right into the hands of the Illuminati who then take this unworkable idea and esconce themselves into the secret intel agency that results. Moyers does not understand that the problem is not a spy agency per say--its an immoral, Illuminati-controlled spy agency.

An Israeli Soldier told me that "America doesn't need a good military, its big". He is so right, there is no "constituency" for military excellence in America because we are 300, 000, 000 people with a 3, 000 mile long continental land mass that can throw men and materiel at any problem to smother it--if we want to. Smaller nations like Israel and England have less people and less land to work with and cannot racketeer with quantities, THEY MUST HAVE HIGH QUALITY MILITARIES. Today's British Army and IDF put any American military outfit to shame because their resource "necessity" is the "mother of invention". Hollywood British secret agent, James Bond, 007's gadgets are fact--not fiction. The French warrior-philosopher Jean Larteguy wrote of this in his famous "Two Armies" passage: there is a phony army of quantity and then the real one of enthusiasts with gadgets and tricks.

So America has a "fuck, you!" individualist culture based on the Horatio Alger myth that all one has to do is conform to the mass of society's social fabric--in this case--the corporations--and work hard and he will rise to the top on some kind of meritocracy. Being a lemming in a mass isn't being an actual independent individual its a FALSADE of individuality aimed at people not banding together and gaining enough strength to over-throw the corporations or a corrupt government---its a sucker ploy, a bait we have taken in hook, line and sinker. It embeds a LIE that all one has to do is be good--the BEST and he will be rewarded by free market forces or the wise government as if human natures of greed and envy in sophisticated racketeering do not exist. The Horatio Alger myth embeds the LIE that there are no conspiracies, no evil men, that the mass of society, corporations and government want you to succeed when we know for a fact they do not.

Military as meritocracy?

Generals think its their clubhouse to run as they want facts be damned, you STFU until you become a general; rank 'n file have no say in how they are mislead to their deaths, are not in this all together and can propose ideas on their own merits; STFU you haven't paid your dues, no one tells a guy having his existentialist ego dictator trip how to do anything; staffs act as yes-men to say naked emperors who have no clothes, no sense of community; the U.S. military is a mirror image of the fuck-you, earn-it-yourself American civilian culture of selfish consumerism, we are the effete French we so violently condemn when in truth the Euros see themselves as in same boat in life and care about Eachother which we see as "weakness".

Yet there has to be QUALITY in our individual lives--God is going to just us as INDIVIDUALS not as mere fascist wooden strips on a nation-state ax without moral responsibility for our actions. America sadly is no longer a collection of individual moral Citizen-Soldiers who do everything for what's QUALITATIVELY what's the moral BEST, we are now a herd of AmeroFascist lemmings who want to hide in the technoherd of QUANTITY. The problem is that low-quality quantity perpetuated by rackets has fatal weaknesses that can be exploited by something that focuses in a superior quality against it. Its the commandos hiding in the Trojan Horse "Greek gift" for appearing to end the war to get into the walled city that unlock the gates as the people asleep from the drunken part don't notice.

Pre-emptive war immoral: Gavin Nails the Neocons Before they were even CONceived

On pages 250-251 of his 1958 book, War and Peace in the Space Age [combatreform.org/warandpeaceinthespaceage.htm], U.S. Army General James M. Gavin explains liberal and conservative "Cold War" attitudes and thinking which amazingly predicts the sick attitudes of today's neo-conservatives (neocons) which are really Leo Strauss Nazis in democratic sheep's clothing. Since they don't give a damn about people in general; their attitude is kill them before they kill us (pre-emptive war); and have no interest whatsoever in security assistance or any assistance to prevent nation-states from falling into chaos by tangibly solving social ills. Straussians believe that the common people need to be fed a national myth to keep them docile as documented by BBC film maker Adam Curtis in his series "The Power of Nightmares" (PON).

Part 1: "Baby, Its Cold Outside"


Part 2: The Phantom Victory


Part 3: The Shadows in the Cave


In a previous Curtis series, "The Trap" he showed how the neocons to contain communism set up sham democracies to actually keep dictatorships in power while keeping the populace docile with consumerism. Curtis explains how consumerism is manipulated by corporations in his epic series "The Century of the Self" in 2002 broadcast by the BBC as a four-part series. The series tracks how American elites have aggressively used the modern behavioral sciences to persuade, coerce and manipulate the American public into accepting the corporate-government world's version of events as their own. Racketeering corporations see people as just emotional, irrational idiots not thinking citizens as per Freud, they go on a binge of consumption and great depression follows. FDR saves country but consumerism is re-engaged after WW2 to scare people into building MICC-TT, Freud's daughter stresses social conformity to suppress irrational desires, business provides social conformity products. The last video focuses on one of the most skillful and amoral expert of all the experts in mass manipulation, Edward Bernays. Bernays got his first taste of the power of propaganda during World War I. He advised U.S. presidents from Woodrow Wilson to Einsenhower and served numerous corporations and business associations. One of his biggest fans was Hitler's propaganda chief, Joseph Goebbels, a fact about which Bernays bragged proudly. In part 3, sick of conformity and manipulation by corporations, public wants their desires let loose during wild '60s, society's inhibitions are cause of misbehavior, self fulfillment becomes the goal, instead of society classes, corporations pander to the psychological categories of people. In the last part 4, we see a pattern that Bernays used over and over again: turn a harmless entity into a fearsome enemy through lies and manufactured news items. Then use the "threat" to justify attack. The subject of this video is Bernays campaign against the democratically elected government of Guatemala in 1953, but you'll have no trouble seeing that this very same method is being used today (Iraq). "Give the People What They Want"---Public deceived into thinking products will satisfy them, Corporations and Governments get Control; their elected officials are "products", too consumer-based politics pandering to the mob's primal desires, internally-driven bringing about greater and greater physical reality disconnect--possible ecological collapse as we over indulge and consume, destroying spaceship earth; irrational consumers no longer rational citizens abrogating their social fabric to corporations who have no loyalty to them to provide them jobs out-sources product construction to overseas slave labor to increase profits; disaster coming unless we BOYCOTT their products and make them produce ECOFRIENDLY PRODUCTS BUILT BY US and we demand what's BEST not racketeering thru government intervention thru elected officials we elect not bought by the corporations.

After this shamocracy failed in post-communist Russia, they installed a phony "democracy" in Iraq hoping that having an influx of outsider corporations coming in to govern would set up a consumerist society. The Iraqis are not satisfied with a Shia FACTIONOCRACY and certainly not with their nation being a vassal state to American corporations to exploit. Curtis focuses in on false democracy for Wall Street Illuminati profits in parts 3, 4, 5 and 6 of his later series, THE TRAP.

THE TRAP, Parts 3-6

Kissinger began his "career" as an Illuminati bureaucrat helping Nazis escape to the west as an Army intelligence NCO

Part 3: Kissinger backing of brutal dictators in order to contain communism, neocons think we should instead expand negative freedom at gunpoint to roll-back communism, armed struggle + bureaucratic Shia Islam = freedom? wtfo?, Reagen neocons export sham democracy (like in Iraq today), a facade placebo for the people

Part 4: Reagen admin lying about Sandinistas having chemo weapons from Sovs etc., liberal democracy hubris, Soviet collapse results in economic collapse

Part 5: Yeltsin restores order by force, corporations owned by racketeers have Yeltsin in hock, Putin takes charge, imprisons the robber barons, negative consumerism liberty failed in Russia, neocons back in power lying to America to get them to war

Part 6: Bremer fires all capable people like Pol Pot did except without murdering them to get clean slate, country given over to foreign corporations to be governed, massive corruption, typical falsade democracy like during Reagen era, no social contract, rebellion began, we become the French and start torturing/coercion, pre-emptive war manifests as pre-emptive crime arrests, our so-called freedom aka consumersim is not going to hack it in the future


Clearly, General Gavin did NOT advocate exporting shamocracy around the world but REAL, representative democracy that would result in American corporations losing their defacto colonial empires where resources are plundered and people work in sweat shops as slaves. This kind of "freedom" requiring real social change and reforms obviously took too much effort and harmed the corporate masters and mentality of the fuck-you neocons so they decided a sham form of freedom, based on consumerism is that all that is needed to placate the masses.

Gavin's brilliant and moral outlook on societal reform is best seen in his 1968 book, Crisis Now [combatreform.org/crisisnow.htm] which clearly advocates engaging in direct solving of people's problems not shutting them up with consumer goods.

The All Volunteer/Victim Force/Farce (AVVFF) was a work-around for corporations to get compliant victims for their wars for profit ("they volunteered for this!"). Obviously, the AVVFF is incompetent at sub-national conflicts since it longs for quick and easy nation-state wars that never happen and is entirely comfortable with garrison "From Here to Eternity" routine.

So to work around the AVVFF, the corporations created the Armies Of The Corporation eh, Potomac (AOTC) where business tries to do war itself using the profit motive. The profit motive doesn't generate moral military excellence since corporations are defined by their nature as sociopaths without any conscience let alone a social one--WE THE PEOPLE of America or THEY THE PEOPLE of the foreign lands don't pay them. AOTCs are mercenaries to do the corrupt and evil nation-state government puppets of the large corporation's bidding without public scrutiny and morality. We have scoundrels in the U.S. government creating illegals wars waged by illegal hirelings to WORK AROUND their Constitutional requirement to obey the will of the people through the Congress. Congress should stop funding these AOTCs.

November 19, 2007 Issue
2007 The American Conservative

Hired Guns

While the Volunteer Army struggles, the Business of War booms.

by Kelley Beaucar Vlahos

The armed security contractor in Iraq makes an appearance on the collective American radar only when events get so ugly they won't go away: the charred bodies of four Blackwater guards swinging from a Fallujah bridge in 2004, the 17 civilians reportedly killed by Blackwater men in a Baghdad square in September.

Mostly their presence-anywhere from 20,000- to 70,000-strong depending on who's counting-moves on a battlefield that, in the words of the 1980s television series "Tales of the Darkside," [EDITOR: Fleming's pal, RAF Wing Commander Roald Dahl was a writer of many of the series stories] is "just as real, but not as brightly lit" as the news we see every night. They kill, bleed on the side of the road, and recover with stumps and prostheses, just not at Walter Reed Medical Center.

Richard Zbryski put the shadowy existence of the private parallel army in cold, hard perspective when he described how the body of his brother, Walter Zbryski, a 56-year-old retired New York City firefighter, was shipped home from his job as a contracted truck driver in Iraq. "What really upset me was that he was laying there floating in 6 inches of his own body fluids," still wearing his bloodied clothes, with half of his head blown away, Zbryski told the Chicago Tribune.

His brother was one of the more than 1,000 civilian contractors killed since the war began. More than 180,000 remain in Iraq today. Most are unarmed, doing everything from feeding and providing basic services to the U.S. military to constructing bases, transporting equipment, and rebuilding Iraqi infrastructure.

But it's the hired guns and spooks-the tens of thousands of guards protecting diplomats and VIPs, government buildings, reconstruction projects and convoys, plus prison interrogators-who bring into focus the fate of the mission and the implications of privatizing the military. They have people wondering what new breed of mercenary super-soldier American money is buying.

"There are many questions as to how a myriad of heavily armed private armies can serve the purpose of the U.S. military and foreign policy," writes Robert Young Pelton, in Licensed to Kill: Hired Guns in the War on Terror.

Pelton has traveled with both military and private contractors in Afghanistan and Iraq throughout the conflict. He describes the new terrain shaped by outsourcing and reports that it bears little resemblance to the noble enterprise sold to the military years ago. Five years into operations, it is a darkly obscured landscape of violence, profiteering, and negligence. He senses that this parallel army is undermining the entire mission, leading to "blowback of extraordinary proportions."

"It strikes at the core of the entire American principle, the idea of the Citizen-Soldier," he tells TAC. "We've been fighting this war longer than World War II, and the military is absolutely dependent on the private sector."

Never in modern history has war privatization reached this level. The course was set as early as the 1980s, when post-Cold War military restructuring led to the first LOGCAP-the Army's Logistics Civil Augmentation Program-which furnished an open-ended, cost-plus contingency contract for private vendors to provide rapid support services to the Army in deployment operations. Military brass initially resisted the idea, write Dina Rasor and Robert Bauman in Betraying Our Troops: The Destructive Results of Privatizing War: "Military commanders, at the time, expressed considerable mistrust of a contractor's ability to supply troops on the battlefield because they would be too slow, unreliable, and uncontrollable."

But Dick Cheney, then defense secretary under President George H.W. Bush, was still able to secure a $3.9 billion LOGCAP contract for Brown & Root before leaving office and becoming the CEO of its parent company, Halliburton, in 1995. Privatization expanded throughout the Clinton administration, with the new Kellogg, Brown & Root (KBR) and Dyncorp International receiving lucrative service contracts to work in Somalia, Rwanda, Southeast Asia, Kuwait, Haiti, and the former Yugoslavia.

Some say Cheney was the midwife of the military-private sector alliance. With Donald Rumsfeld, a kindred spirit who has also enjoyed a lucrative public-private revolving-door career, he was able to nurture that alliance into its current mutation in the global war on terror.

"[Privatization] became a mantra, that the contractors could do so much better," said Rasor, whose book is an exhaustive account of "what happens when you introduce a for-profit motive into the battlefield." Rumsfeld, who famously said "you go to war with the Army you have, not the one you want," was "thinking like a businessman," said Rasor. "It's not working out."

After the Sept. 11 attacks, civilians-ex-Soldiers and spies mostly-were unleashed on Afghanistan under the CIA to look for Osama bin Laden, according to Pelton, while Blackwater got its first gig guarding military facilities and, later, new Afghan President Hamid Karzai, who still enjoys the best security detail American money can buy.

As the war grew more dangerous, so did the need for armed contractors. Paul Bremer, head of the Coalition Provisional Authority until it turned over the keys to the Iraqis in 2004, introduced the first private security detail into Iraq, hiring Blackwater to the tune of $21.3 million. In an astonishing display of firepower, Bremer was routinely surrounded by 36 civilian guards and "a fleet of SUVs, two bomb-sniffing canine teams with handlers, four pilots, four aerial gunners, a ground crew and three Boeing MD-530 'Little Bird' helicopters," Pelton reports. Later on, they would add three Mamba trucks with machine gun mounts and a Saracen armored carrier for transport.

Early news coverage of private contractors centered around the bravery of the truck drivers, servers, and technicians helping to rebuild Iraqi society and provide comforts never before experienced by American Soldiers in the field. To many, even today, that remains true.

But the good news was soon tempered by reports that KBR, the biggest contractor in Iraq, was overcharging the military for things like fuel and food, engaging in fraud, and using the largely no-bid LOGCAP contract like a teenager with a credit card. Soldiers began to complain back home about work stoppages, wasted and lost equipment, and jobs that didn't get done.

Worse than that emerging fiscal and logistical nightmare was the bad press generated by the guys with guns.

Outside of the tens of thousands of unarmed contractors on the ground, it is estimated that close to 200 security companies operate in Iraq today, ranging from the elite-Blackwater, Triple Canopy, and Dyncorp-to the low-paying and less impressively equipped "mom and pop" outfits. A minority are Americans and other Westerners. The rest are Iraqi and ex-military types from far-flung places like South Africa and Chile.

Billions of dollars in government and private money floating around have been a boon for the hired-gun business. But this might be one case in which the free market is not self-regulating. Unlike Main Street, the roiling pressures of danger and political instability in Baghdad won't wait for this particular market to self-correct.

"Guys with guns and no laws governing them-it was inevitable in a way," says Robert Greenwald, director of the documentary film "Iraq for Sale," a gritty take on the business of war. He thinks the latest Blackwater scandal might be the "tipping point" for American patience with hiring war out to private guns who play by wildly different rules than U.S Soldiers.

"They have had an extraordinary track record of keeping people alive," said (Ret.) Col. Gerald Schumacher, author of A Bloody Business: Contractors and the Occupation of Iraq. "They do it through intimidation. Bulldozing cars off the road. Varying degrees of aggressiveness." Plus, "the contractor has surmised, and I think rightly so, that they are immune to prosecution."

Iraqi anger at Blackwater is palpable. Local officials allege that contracted guards killed 17 civilians in the Sept. 16 shootout in Baghdad, including a child whose charred body was found fused to his mother's in the backseat of a burning car. Iraqis want the company tried in their courts and banned from their country, and it is not clear at this writing that Blackwater will survive the life of its $571-million contract with the State Department.

In 2006, a drunken off-duty Blackwater guard was accused of murdering the bodyguard of Vice President Adil Abdul Mahdi on Christmas Eve in the Green Zone. He was shuttled out of the country before he could be questioned by Iraqi police and was fired but never prosecuted. The family of the bodyguard was given $15,000 in compensation.

In 2005, an innocent bystander and father of six was fatally shot by Blackwater guards careening down a street in al-Hillah. Blackwater gave his family $5,000 after the State Department urged the company to "put this unfortunate matter behind us quickly," according to an e-mail supplied to the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee.

Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice has promised reforms, and on Oct. 25, Deputy Secretary for Diplomatic Security Richard Griffin tendered his resignation. Even Defense Secretary Robert Gates has said the contractors' job to protect their clients is at "cross purposes to our larger mission in Iraq," adding, "there have been instances where, to put it mildly, the Iraqis have been offended and not treated properly." DoD employs about 7,300 security contractors in Iraq and 1,000 in Afghanistan; around 2,500 work for the State Department.

Blackwater insists that on Sept. 16 its guards were ambushed and were shooting in self-defense. Founder and CEO Erik Prince-the politically connected son of Edgar Prince, the late billionaire who helped build the Family Research Council-went on a media charm offensive in October, giving television interviews and inviting reporters to Blackwater's 7,000-acre training facility in North Carolina.

"We don't get any advantages for the lack of accountability-we just end up getting hammered on the issue," said Doug Brooks, spokesman for the International Peace Operations Association, a trade group representing 40 companies in the private security industry. He and others say the assault on contractors is politically motivated and the stories of their abuses and excesses are greatly exaggerated.

But there is plenty of grist. Civilian interrogators were involved in the Abu Ghraib prison abuse scandal, and YouTube provides visuals of swaggering guards with heavy ammo, taking shots at unsuspecting Iraqis.

U.S Soldiers are the first to acknowledge that the "fog of war" sometimes invokes extraordinary measures, but the contractors' cocksure pose and seeming lack of conscience reflects on them all. "I feel that many of the contractors here have no respect for the locals and are doing a great deal of harm to our reputation," an Army lieutenant stationed in Afghanistan e-mailed.

"They don't have to explain themselves. We've all witnessed them shooting up cars, and then they just drive off in their SUVs, wearing their ballcaps, sunglasses, and full beards. If we shot up a car, we couldn't leave the scene for two days," said (Ret.) marine Sgt. Nick Benas, who served in Iraq from July 2004 to March 2005. Afterward, he turned down an $186,000 offer to train Iraqi police as a civilian contractor.

Advocates for contractors, like Jane Crowder, who started AmericanContractorsinIraq.com as a support network for the community of civilian workers, say most contractors don't earn that much and are in many cases victims, too, fighting for medical benefits and lacking the institutional support military veterans take for granted. "Most of them get injured or killed before they make $50,000, then they get sent home with no medical coverage or follow-up care," she told the Knoxville Voice in June. "Once you leave Iraq, you're alone."

Danger, burnout, injury and death have led to significant turnover. The elite former Navy Seals and Army Special Forces who formed the backbone of the security enterprise in its early days are a vanishing breed, replaced by less qualified profit-seekers, Third World commandos, and "ham and eggers"; looking to reinvent themselves into something worthy of bravado back home.

Pelton suspects that some with the new "skill set" honed in Iraq may never want to go home and will continue looking for action and money elsewhere. "It's going to have a significant impact" on the global security landscape, he said. "I already see guys doing bounty hunting or getting involved in questionable training programs overseas." If the military ever wanted to go all the way and start hiring mercenaries to do their fighting, there's probably a division ready to go.

The temptation is understandable, for it avoids the politically difficult decision to put more boots-on-the ground, calling up more National Guard and reserves, or appealing to the United Nations and NATO for help. "It is a predicament of [the U.S government's] own making. It has over-outsourced to the point that it is unable to imagine carrying out its most basic operations without them," war privatization expert Peter W. Singer suggests in Can't Win with 'Em, Can't Go to War without 'Em: Private Military Contractors and Counterinsurgency.

He goes on: "The use of private military contractors appears to have harmed, rather than helped the counterinsurgency efforts of the U.S mission in Iraq," which require winning over the local population. He hopes the military will take a long look at whether it can continue. "Will our leaders have the will to just say no?"

Dina Rasor considers that unlikely simply because there are so many lobbyists on Capitol Hill pushing the magic pill of privatization, and big firms always have influential ex-military and CIA on the payroll. Blackwater Vice Chairman Cofer Black led CIA operations in Afghanistan and is now serving as an adviser to GOP presidential candidate Mitt Romney.

After the 2004 incident in which four Blackwater guards were shot and hung from the bridge in Fallujah-a case in which the company is facing lawsuits from the victims' families for allegedly sending them out on a mission unprepared-Prince hired now-defunct Republican lobbying firm Alexander Strategy Group, tied to then-Majority Leader Tom DeLay and convicted lobbyist Jack Abramoff. According to Rasor, "Blackwater's investment in Alexander paid off quickly. By mid-November 2004, Blackwater reported a 600 percent growth in additional contract dollars." And the windfall isn't limited to Mideast operations: after Hurricane Katrina, Blackwater guards patrolled the streets of New Orleans under a new domestic contract.

Blackwater has received $1 billion from the U.S government since the start of the war. Erik Prince won't disclose Blackwater's profit margin, but he recently told Congress he made around $1 million last year.

"This new [war service] industry depends on hot wars, occupations and natural disasters (which can't always be counted on), to keep it going," Rasor writes. But Prince won't surrender to the cynicism, at least in public, calling most contractors "open, honest Americans trying to do a good job," in an October Washington Post interview. Then, according to the Post, came the rub: "If they don't like what we're doing," he declared, snapping his fingers, "then cut off the revenue stream right now."


"I'm just a patsy"

--Eastern European "Harvey" Oswald said this to reporters while in custody at the Dallas Police station before being murdered by mobster Jack Ruby to wrap-up the JFK assassination at his limp, dead body.

Individual Self-Delusion

Americans are anti-intellectual and have been since they conquered the west. Americans want to EXPERIENCE rather than THINK--and are thus prone to hedonism, violence and destruction. French philosophers Sarte/Camus say you have to EXPERIENCE something to know it, look up existentialism. No one has to be a victim to see and condemn obvious bullshit.

As the nation became more densely populated and people moved away from the family farms where some sobriety and self-control was in effect and into cities to work in factories, THEY THE CORPORATIONS discovered they could easily manipulate Americans through their urges since they are not rational thinkers with a national culture to effect collective, voluntary self-control. The BBC video documentary below by Adam Curtis explains how THEY THE CORPORATIONS learned how to control the American populace and turn them from an expectation of being thinking, rational citizens into irrational, emotional consumers who are easily manipulated for maximum corporate greed be it by buying their civilian life products or dying in their wars to increase the demand for war products.

The Age of the Self

In 2002, Adam Curtis and the BBC released a four-part series called "The Century of the Self." (TAOS). The TAOS series tracks how American elites have aggressively used the modern behavioral sciences to persuade, coerce and manipulate the American public into accepting the corporate-government world's version of events as their own.

Part 1: "Happiness Machines"


Racketeering corporations see people as just emotional, irrational idiots not thinking citizens as per Freud, they go on a binge of consumption and great depression follows

Part 2: "The Engineering of Consent"


FDR saves country from Nazi military conquest but consumerism is re-engaged after WW2 by the fascists who put Hitler into power to scare people into building MICC-TT, Freud's daughter stresses social conformity to suppress irrational desires, business provides social conformity products.

This video focuses on one of the most skillful and amoral expert of all the experts in mass manipulation, Edward Bernays. Bernays got his first taste of the power of propaganda during World War I. He advised U.S. presidents from Woodrow Wilson to Eisenhower and served numerous corporations and business associations. One of his biggest fans was Hitler's propaganda chief, Joseph Goebbels, a fact about which Bernays bragged proudly.

In this clip, we see a pattern that Bernays used over and over again: turn a harmless entity into a fearsome enemy through lies and manufactured news items. Then use the "threat" to justify attack. The subject of this video is Bernays' campaign against the democratically elected government of Guatemala in 1953, but you'll have no trouble seeing that this very same method is being used today (Iraq).

Part 3: "There is Policeman Inside all our Heads He Must Be Destroyed"


Sick of conformity and manipulation by corporations, public wants their desires let loose during wild 60s, society's inhibitions are cause of misbehavior, self fulfillment becomes the goal, instead of society classes, corporations pander to the psychological categories of people

Part 4: "Eight people sipping wine in Kettering"


Give the People What They Want---Public deceived into thinking products will satisfy them, Corporations and Governments get Control; their elected officials are "products", too consumer-based politics pandering to the mob's primal desires, internally-driven bringing about greater and greater physical reality disconnect--possible ecological collapse as we over indulge and consume, destroying spaceship earth; irrational consumers no longer rational citizens abrogating their social fabric to corporations who have no loyalty to them to provide them jobs out-sources product construction to overseas slave labor to increase profits; disaster coming unless we BOYCOTT their products and make them produce ECOFRIENDLY PRODUCTS BUILT BY US and we demand what's BEST not racketeering thru government intervention thru elected officials we elect not bought by the corporations

The Trap

What Happened To Our Dream Of Freedom?

Individual freedom is the dream of our age. It's what our leaders promise to give us, it defines how we think of ourselves and, repeatedly, we have gone to war to impose freedom around the world. But if you step back and look at what freedom actually means for us today, it's a strange and limited kind of freedom.

Politicians promised to liberate us from the old dead hand of bureaucracy, but they have created an evermore controlling system of social management, driven by targets and numbers. Governments committed to freedom of choice have presided over a rise in inequality and a dramatic collapse in social mobility. And abroad, in Iraq and Afghanistan, the attempt to enforce freedom has led to bloody mayhem and the rise of an authoritarian anti-democratic Islamism. This, in turn, has helped inspire terrorist attacks in Britain. In response, the Government has dismantled long-standing laws designed to protect our freedom.

The Trap is a series of three films by BAFTA-winning producer Adam Curtis that explains the origins of our contemporary, narrow idea of freedom.

It shows how a simplistic model of human beings as self-seeking, almost robotic, creatures led to today's idea of freedom. This model was derived from ideas and techniques developed by nuclear strategists during the Cold War to control the behaviour of the Soviet enemy.

Mathematicians such as John Nash developed paranoid game theories whose equations required people to be seen as selfish and isolated creatures, constantly monitoring each other suspiciously -- always intent on their own advantage.

This model was then developed by genetic biologists, anthropologists, radical psychiatrists and free market economists, and has come to dominate both political thinking since the Seventies and the way people think about themselves as human beings.

However, within this simplistic idea lay the seeds of new forms of control. And what people have forgotten is that there are other ideas of freedom. We are, says Curtis, in a trap of our own making that controls us, deprives us of meaning and causes death and chaos abroad.

Episode 1: "Fuck You, Buddy"


Part 1: Global consumerism "freedom", expanding the power of corporate elites. Economist Hayek says individual consumer self-interests should drive economies, Cold War game theory by RAND

Part 2: people only driven by self-interest, this can then be exploited, Hollywood-glorified RANDster John Nash's "Fuck You, Buddy" game, says balance point can be achieved where everyone gets what they want, The Prisoner's Dilemma, everyone wins if everyone is selfish so they can adjust their behaviors, if someone cooperates unpredictability reigns, the sucker pay-off you lose everything, "Nash Equilibrium" subsidizes Hayek's free-for-all

Part 3: Laing's theories of freedom, Family is first social institution where power and tyranny are exerted, he analyzed a group of families to see how they used game theory to manipulate eachother, authoritarian parents, public duty damned as hypocrisy and unworkable

Part 4: no agreed view of what the public good is everyone game theorized against each other,

Part 5: healthy people went to mental hospitals feigning illness and all were declared mentally ill and not allowed to leave to feed the racket in the THUD experiment, only released when they said they were ill but getting better. Mad, they said send some more fakes! Experiment director agreed, then hospitals said they caught 41 phonies. Experimentor said he sent no one! Psychiatry gives up trying to understand and cure mental illness! decides to just label symptoms!

Part 6: Concluding thoughts...

Episode 2: The Lonely Robot


Episode 3: We Will Force You To Be Free

The final program focussed on the concepts of positive and negative liberty introduced in the 1950s by Isaiah Berlin. Curtis briefly explained how negative liberty could be defined as freedom from coercion, and positive liberty as the opportunity to strive to fulfill one's potential. Tony Blair had read Berlin's essays on the topic, and wrote to him[4] in the late 1990s, arguing that positive and negative liberty could be mutually compatible. He never received a reply, as Berlin was on his deathbed.

The program began with a description of the Two Concepts of Liberty, reviewing Berlin's opinion that, since it lacked coercion, negative liberty was the "safer" of the two. Curtis then explained how many political groups who sought their vision of freedom ended up using violence to achieve it.

In essence, the programme suggested that following the path of negative liberty to its logical conclusions, as governments have done in the West for the past 50 years, resulted in a society without meaning populated only by selfish automatons, and that there was some value in positive liberty in that it allowed people to strive to better themselves.

The closing minutes directly state that if western humans were ever to find their way out of the "trap" described in the series, they would have to realise that Isaiah Berlin was wrong and that not all attempts at creating positive liberty necessarily ended in coercion and tyranny.

Part 1: Berlin warns against the schoolmaster approach, two types of freedom, negative seems lesser of two evils

Part 2: wars of liberation to get negative liberty, Sartre's existentialistic "freedom", terrorism against the ruling class justified?, Pol Pot massacred all middle class people to try to get clean slate...

Part 3: Kissinger backing of brutal dictators in order to contain communism, neocons think we should instead expand negative freedom at gunpoint to roll-back communism, armed struggle + bureaucratic Shia Islam = freedom? wtfo?, Reagen Neocons export sham democracy (like in Iraq today), a falsade placebo for the people,

Part 4: Reagen admin lying about Sandanistas having chemo weapons from Sovs etc., liberal democracy hubris, Soviet collapse results in economic collapse

Part 5: Yeltsin restores order by force, corporations owned by racketeers have Yeltsin in hock, Putin takes charge, imprisons the robber barons, negative consumerism liberty failed in Russia, neocons back in power lying to America to get them to war

Part 6: Bremer fires all capable people like Pol Pot did except without murdering them to get clean slate, country given over to foreign corporations to be governed, massive corruption, typical falsade democracy like during Reagen era, no social contract, rebellion began, we become the French and start torturing/coercion, pre-emptive war manifests as pre-emptive crime arrests, our so-called freedom aka consumersim is not going to hack it in the future


CHAPTER 9: Why do they need us? (They Don't, Illuminati want to Murder 6/7th of Us!)

"He who desires to reform the government of a state, and wishes to have it accepted and capable of maintaining itself to the satisfaction of everybody, must at least retain the semblance of old forms; so that it may seem to the people that there has been no change in the institutions, even though they are entirely different from the old ones. For the great majority of mankind are satisfied with appearances, as though they were realities, and are often even more influenced by the things that seem than those that are"

--Niccolo Machiavelli, Discourses on Livy, Chapter XXV

If the alleged ET aliens are so much more advanced in war technology than us, why don't they just land and take us over? Why pussy foot around? when you have such an advantage, use it. The same applies to THEY THE CORPORATIONS and the secret societies who control the world's governments. Why maintain a false pretense of WE THE PEOPLE having some control over our lives? Obviously, the alleged ETs/UFOs (demons masquerading coming from afar when they have been here on earth the whole time), secret societies and corrupt governments NEED US for something. They certainly don't like us, so its got to be something they truly NEED grudgingly.

What could this be?

The reasons they need us are as follows:

1. Mankind Demands a Metaphysical Verdict

2. Socio-Economic Contrast

3. Worker Bees make Honey for Beekeepers

4. Divided People are Easily Conquered

Earth as a Giant "LifeBoat"

Before the 20th century, mankind's numbers were less than a billion people and the focus of the elites had been a metaphysical solution to death and in the meantime power to foist for themselves a comfortable life. Its only been in this last century with the population explosion that the "life boat" fear has taken over that human beings will consume and consume as their numbers grow and grow until the earth is so polluted that it cannot sustain everyone. The evil ones who erected the Georgia (mis)guide stones in 1980 want to kill off the world population from the current 6 BILLION to 500 million, meaning they want to murder 5.5 BILLION people to make the earth a more comfortable life boat for themselves. Without a Judeao-Christian Holy Spirit, these evil people cannot see any way the masses can be controlled since they have no control over themselves--they project their own corrupt motives onto everyone else. It is to the shame of Christians that we have not offered and not fought for societal organizational solutions to compete with and prevail over the Satanic illuminati agendas.

Christian theologian, Francis Schaeffer always asked, "How shall we then live?". If Christians are forgiven by Christ's dying in their place, now what? Do we let the world around us go to hell in a hand basket? This is exactly what most Christians think and do, they don't give a crap about the world around them because that's "of this world" and "of the flesh" so they are just going to go to church and wait to die or "pray about it". How convenient to sit on one's ass.

Mankind as a Whole Demands a Metaphysical Verdict

Since the Christians are sitting on their asses and letting evil run rampant, why do the ruthless assholes who are going to take what they want need them and the less religious masses at all? Before the "life boat" mentality of the 20th Century began, the evil elites needed the masses to get a metaphysical verdict. Without our numbers they can't claim mankind is behind them. Any one of us and certainly a corrupt secret elite are not going to get a response from history as to the nature of reality as we are all a-drop-in-the-bucket since BILLIONS of us have died over mankind's history and life continues as it has. However, if the evil elites could gain control of ALL OF MANKIND and have their ideas run everyone, then there is sure to be a metaphysical response from the higher beings--one way or another. They are rightfully afraid of dying just like anyone else. They want a resolution. Its the classic Nimrod assembling everyone to build a Tower of Babel then shooting an arrow into the air to mock God, the Creator to get a response. To many others, even if ALL of mankind were to unite in one voice, they think we are nothing more than animals on a rock spinning around an empty galaxy and would not be heard because there's no Supreme Being listening. To them we are in a lifeboat with no place to land destined to die.

Weighing in on this issue, I believe that if mankind were to unite and say YES or NO to the Judeo-Christian God, Jesus Christ--we would indeed get a response because MANKIND as a whole demands a metaphysical verdict. Certainly. Taking this group petition idea further, at what point does this guaranteed response stop? If say the 300, 000, 000 Americans united as a nation-state, would God respond? We know from the Bible that God respects the nation-states since he created them for the very purpose of preventing world governmental unity/tyranny. It ends up becoming exactly like Abraham asking God how many righteous people in Sodom-Gomorrah would it take for him to spare his wrath? The number he got down to was 10 out of say 1, 000, 000. We certainly have more devout Christians today to exceed that ratio even amongst the 6 BILLION people alive today, and this explains probably why the world is not being punished now by God since he is still working with us.

The point here is that the evil elites want us, the masses because without them controlling us and being able to add our lives to their legal standing they are not going to get a guaranteed metaphysical verdict win, lose or draw on their goals. This is why WE THE PEOPLE ARE THE CENTER-OF-GRAVITY in this fight.

This is why evil hasn't just yet invaded and taken over and dropped all pretenses of democracy, if they did this now, the people would rebel and every time a human being REFUSES TO THINK LIKE THEM, that's one less mankind number that prevents them from having the guaranteed metaphysical verdict they must have. This is why NOT BUYING INTO NEW AGE THINKING is so important, even if we are imprisoned, being tortured and put to death. As long as the evil ones cannot say ALL of mankind buys into their BS, they cannot act as our representatives and get us all damned by rebellion against God when they are proven wrong. As long as there is even just ONE human being who doesn't go along with evil, good triumphs and God will rescue him/her. We have to start realizing that WHO WE ARE in the final analysis IS the ultimate and final battle. We must be like the British and insure we win it.

The Masses are Needed to Generate Comfort for the Elites during their Life Spans

Not all of the evil elites are concerned with getting the world under their world-think, which is at least a classic respect for God the Creator even if they reject him. We can work with that, show them that God is not their enemy and their half-way stance can be taken to a conclusion and a "win" for God's team. The person who has grievances with God is understandable and can be reasoned with and is even commendable. We as humans should not be happy to be born into a sin curse and should want a way out. Its getting the right facts and sorting them to join the right metaphysical team that is the ultimate battleground. However, the ones that think this is it, there is no life or reality hereafter, if they chose to then take their temporal lives to plunder and pillage from other human beings, their evil has the most severe nastiness. Very simply they take what they want and for the most part this means maximum comfort for them. So then why do they need us?

They don't want us, certainly but they need us for money and ego. Having poor people around makes the rich feel superior providing a "narcissistic supply". The masses are the mirrored pond for the evil elites to see their reflections by a socio-economic contrast.

The next reason the evil elites need we, the masses is to do their physical life sustaining dirty work on a large scale that they can live like royalty with accumulated IGYGET certificates aka money. They don't of late want too many of us around if we are going to pollute and over-crowd the planet for them, but they certainly want us to take their trash out, cook their meals, wash their clothes, maintain their sewer systems etc. Without our numbers even with paid slaves and servants--even in the thousands like serfs surrounding a medieval castle--will simply not be as all-powerful a synergism as the creative powers of MILLIONS at work making comfortable means for the elites. We'll call this, more worker bees make more honey for the beekeepers.

So you then say, OK, they need us as their worker bees.

Then why doesn't the elites want to see EVERYONE employed, no one in prisons, on welfare etc. since it would mean MORE COMFORT FOR THEM? LTG Gavin proposes this in his book, Crisis Now. As a great human being and humanitarian Gavin wants everyone to be whole. His governmental and corporate peers did not and do not feel the same about their fellow man because they are SNOBS. At face-value full employment sounds desirable for the rich man. However, if everyone was employed and making "good money" they'd also have TIME to THINK about LIFE and QUESTION what the ruling elites are DOING TO THEM. So the evil elites want a CRIMINAL CLASS of malcontents and criminals and a racket of courts, judges, lawyers and policemen with prisons to get a middle class income from this unrest so SOCIETY NEVER WAKES UP AND CHALLENGES THEIR RULE. We'll label this classic divide and conquer.

CHAPTER 10: The GOODFORU.S. Movement

Unchecked consumerism is going to destroy the life-support capabilities of our 66, 000 mph hurtling-through-space spaceship earth. The power elites want to kill of several billion people who they see as irrational emotional consumers by wars and planned man-made disasters. The other option is to tell Malthus to go fuck off and show that human beings are not mere craven animals and can exert SELF-control over our urges in light of what our consumerism is doing to the external reality around us. Business is not going to do this, they want to feed our urges and get rich in an inbred racketeering cycle. Government officials will not do this since they have been bought off by the corporate businesses and our system of government's checks & balances have been ruined by the direct election of senators, the surrender of money printing to private bankers and individual income taxes perverting the intent of the U.S. Constitution's framers.

What we can do is to refuse to participate in the evils around us. The one thing the racketeers need from us is to exist and consume, if we choose instead "Give me LIBERTY or give me death" and say we'd rather die than participate in their racket then rackets can be changed if not busted up entirely. If THEY THE CORPORATIONS want WE THE PEOPLE'S money they will have to produce GOODS and services not BADS and vices.

Before buying any product, American citizens need to ask the following questions:

1. Is it being made by psycho/sociopath criminals?

2. Is it being made overseas?

3. Is it harmful to the environment?

4. Is it harmful to others and myself?

5. Is it perpetuating a racket?

If the answer is yes to any of these questions, DON'T BUY IT.

Find some other product that is GOODFORUS.

American citizens need to buy what is good for us--WE THE PEOPLE and what is good for the United States (U.S.). This is consumerism that is based on MORAL, SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY to our neighbors and the planet God has entrusted us to live on and oversee.

Now you may say there are no GOODFORUS alternative products which to buy in lieu of the evil crap. The reason is that corrupt American corporations pay their executives so much money that the costs of goods made in America are too high to compete with products slave-produced in China/India. In fact, American psycho/sociopath executives can keep their selfish salaries and keep their markets for their products by having them made overseas by slave labor; THEY HAVE NO LOYALTY WHATSOEVER TO WE THE PEOPLE OF AMERICA. They do not see themselves as Americans, "the rich are another country". When Americans have no jobs and can't buy any more cheap products from China/India because they have no money and we have another economic collapse like the one in 1929 doesn't worry THEY THE CORPORATIONS. As people riot or kill themselves off they will be in some safe location as the population thins itself out so they can run the planet easier. Or so they think. Louis the XIV and Marie Antoinette found out otherwise.

The point here is that the social fabric of America--business---the corporations---making widgets has been turned over to small groups of greedy men instead of the family farm where at least some loyalty to each other was insured. This was the devastating unintended consequence of the Civil War of 1860-1865. Once the Federal Government usurped state's rights it was easy for the corporations making widgets once they got lots of cheap power to run machines to sell them and amass huge amounts of money to buy off politicians and then corrupt the U.S. Governmental system in their favor so THEY THE CORPORATIONS run everything, playing field tilted completely in their favor at nearly a 90 degree angle.

The American people are not innocent here--we let these self-made men create huge corporations making widgets and were content to let them play the role of surrogate mother/father and all we had to do was go to work for a set amount of time and get a set wage and be done with it. The greedy men took all the risks up front coming up with the products/services and so in their mind's they deserve whatever they damn well please. The answer here is clear--the SOCIAL FABRIC OF AMERICA MUST CHANGE TO SMALL BUSINESSES RUN BY FAMILIES that will have some loyalty to each other that will be GOODFORUS. The family farm must be replaced by the family factory. Had the U.S. Constitution saw the Industrial Age coming they might have insured this transition took place.

1776 1900 2020?


Family Farms----->Elite Run Large Corporation Factories----->Family Factories

General Gavin in Crisis Now in 1968 said that we live now in a "scientific age" superceding the industrial age of machines. What he is saying is that THOUGHT has increased in power and is available to everyone, so since the know how is there, what is stopping small family factories supplying all our needs?

Large corporations by volume can get price breaks that small family factories cannot attain in small production runs. True, but if we continue to fossil fuel our atmosphere tractor-trailer truck shipping widgets from centralized large corporation factories to Wal-Marts then by POVs to homes, WE ARE ALL GOING TO DIE FROM WARS and PHONY GLOBAL WARMING natural disasters. Die. As in DEAD. What we need to do is be more efficient at making the GOODFORUS widgets we need which means they need to be produced locally by small family factories and distributed to the local civilian populace to eliminate all this crazy fossil fuel transportation shuffling.

CHAPTER 11: The Brave American

Steps to Regain Your Freedom: Don't Consume = Don't be a Consumer Victim

WE THE PEOPLE are controlled and made powerless by a series of devices/practices that make our daily lives into frantic scrambles which is what THEY THE CORPORATIONS want. Refuse to be a victim.

VIDEO: The Non-Compliance Strategy to Deflate the Monied Elites


NOTICE the following civilian steps are NOT a part of any armed "militia" group or activity bent on restoring any governmental functions. Assholes in the USG are attempting to lie and smear common sense citizen disaster preparedness with "extremist" and other false labels that do not apply like "terraist" to actions the USG's own agency, FEMA says we should do. Having guns, ammo or food IS NOT using guns, ammo or food illegally to scare anyone for any political agenda. Again, if we gave more-of-a-damn about the TRUTH, details like this couldn't be distorted by assholes to lie and smear innocent Americans.

1. Drink more purified water, eat less, exercise more, get the sleep you want

2. Don't wear a watch unless as part of a military/civil defense/public service operation

3. Don't own or operate a cell phone with monthly service set to be on all-the-time

4. Don't watch government/corporation controlled TV!

5. Get your news by word-of-mouth and non-corrupt sources via your home computer/internet connection

6. Don't have a home phone number/land line; use internet phone service

7. Do not operate a gas-hogging SUV, operate a small economy car with as much safety features as possible to compensate for lack of mass

8. Don't send your kids to public schools, home school them

9. Find a goods/service income maker that has you not have to drive your car, walk or bike to its location: ideal would be start your own FAMILY-RUN FACTORY at your location

10. Do not join the U.S. military except for a short duration in the reserves to gain a necessary set of skills, do not go to an immoral corporate war of convenience

11. Do not buy products that are not GOODFORUS, make the corporations produce what is BEST for US not good for them at our cost

12. Don't use credit cards except in a bona fide emergency

13. Get COMPLETELY out of debt--if you don't have the money saved up to buy something, don't buy it

14. Gain energy independence by solar/wind and get off the power grid


15. Have at least a 2-week supply of water/food and other items to sit out an attack on the populace by the corporate government

16. Have an escape plan/location to continue living in event of societal collapse

17. Use your newly created FREEDOM to attack corporate-government corruption and strip away corporatism's perversions of our government and the playing field, restore U.S. Constitution back to its original condition


Guest Post: Five Tools To Protect Your Privacy Online

Submitted by Tyler Durden on 02/15/2013 18:23 -0500

Submitted by Simon Black of Sovereign Man blog,

We've discussed many times before - hardly a month goes by without some major action against Internet users... from Obama's "kill switch", to ACTA, SOPA and PIPA, to stasi tactics against people like Kim Dotcom.

Online privacy is becoming more important by the day. And nobody is going to give it to you, you have to take steps yourself to secure it.

Below are five different tools and services that will get you started:

1. Tor Browser

Tor is a great weapon in the fight for online anonymity as it allows you to surf the web without giving up your location and other personal data to the websites you visit.

The Tor Browser Bundle is the easiest and most secure way to get started; simply download it, and start surfing the web with the Tor Browser. It's available for Windows, Mac, and Linux.

Learn more about and download the Tor Browser Bundle here

2. Duck Duck Go

If you want privacy, don't search with Google.

Google store all of your searches to customize ads for you, but even worse, they can hand over the whole list of searches to any government agency that are curious about what you've been looking at for the last couple years.

A better alternative is Duck Duck Go, a completely anonymous search engine that does not store any information about you or your searches. The search results are essentially identical to Google's, so there's no loss of quality.

Search with Duck Duck Go here

3. HTTPS Everywhere

HTTPS Everywhere is a plug-in for Firefox and Google Chrome that tries to force a website to connect in secure mode, thus encrypting your traffic with the website you are visiting. This makes your browsing more secure because it prevents eavesdropping thieves or state-mafia from intercepting your unencrypted Internet traffic.

Download HTTPS Everywhere here

4. Cryptocat

Cryptocat is an encrypted chat that beats Facebook and Skype when it comes to security and privacy. If you want to chat in private then this is one simple solution. It's also open source, which means you can see the full code and be sure there are no government "backdoors" built in.

Read more about and download Cryptocat here

5. Silent Circle

Silent Circle is a new player on the market, but it is founded by "old" players in the security and encryption industry. One of the founders, Phil Zimmerman, is also the creator of PGP, one of the most-used encryption platforms in the world.

Silent Circle is a suite of products offering:

Encrypted email
Encrypted video chat
Encrypted phone calls
Encrypted text messaging

Silent Circle is the only service on this list that is not free. But having the gold standard of encryption may be worth it for you. It is for me.

Bottom Line

You can set up most of the tools we discussed in 5 minutes. Each of them will go a long way in securing your privacy online.

CHAPTER 12: So We Get an Efficiency Revolution. What Next?

"If you are going to go through hell, keep going."

--Winston Churchill

The first thing to do is get energy efficiency, say everyone gathers their own electricity by wind/solar. Everyone travels by high-speed trains powered by the same. This eliminates power plants and the oil and transportation rackets. We now have the wonder of electricity to power our computers to store and rearrange lots of information. We can get around the continent safely and efficiently. Having the widgets we need built by family owned and run businesses eliminates corporate feudal slavery. Our government layers are responsive to our needs and actually rehabilitates wrong doers as well as defends us from actual threats not goes about on money-making occupation's of other countries. The Brave American has no energy, water or transportation bill. He works for himself and his only necessary IGYGET money function is to buy FOOD which he lacks the land or sea surface area to create.

What will we do with all this vast amounts of IGYGET certificates and symbolic numbers of the same in electronic bank accounts?

This is the justified fear of not just the racketeers but of even the good reformers. With the past as our guide, we know that God gave fallen man WORK done inefficiently because the planet was cursed to not be 100% efficient to keep him busy and not acting on his darkened lusts. In the pre-flood age, people lived for hundreds of years and had the direct knowledge and technology gained directly from supernatural beings--and all hell broke loose. The wickedness of man sometimes inbred by fallen angels was horrific and God had to stop it by wiping out everyone except Noah and his immediate family in a world-wide flood.

The point here is that if we overthrow the inefficiency of basic life and stop racketeering, but do not change the WISDOM and nature of man to not then use these increased powers to unchecked hedonism and criminality we could end up at the pre-flood mess except we would have only 80-100 years to misbehave on a more hostile earth. Once a greater efficiency of life is established on the earth, the tendency will be to forget about how it got there and to use all this free time and money to misbehave. The struggle to collectively as humans to not racketeer can probably be done in only a few generations, leaving a new generation with nothing to do but consume more efficiently.

This is not what we want.

The answer is that we are here on earth to FIND OUT why we are here on the earth. To get off the earth and find out. Maybe before any of this efficiency revolution comes about, God, the Creator will return and clue us all in. We certainly hope so. However, in the best tradition of the Puritans, we should pray as it all depends on God--and work as if it all depends on US. This book is "PLAN B"--it all depends on us to take the leading action.



Bari, Judi. Timber Wars. Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994.

The FBI attempted to stop the political activity of Judi Bari and Daryl Cherney by exploding a bomb under their car. Daryl Cherney and Judi Bari filed a Civil lawsuit against the FBI and Oakland police. A jury awarded them $4.4 million dollars in 2003. see judibari.org

Bowen Roger. Innocence is Not Eough: The Life and Death of Herbert Norman New York USA M.E. Sharpe Inc,; 1988

Looks at FBI assassination of Herbert Norman, Canadian Ambassador to Egypt.

Buitrago, Ann Mari. FBI Files. Grove Press, 1981.

Covers the procedures for obtaining and interpreting your FBI file.

Burnham, David. Above The Law. Scribner, 1996.

Looks at secret deals and fixing of cases by the Justice Department for corporations. Burnham was the New York Times reporter who broke the story about New York City cop Serpico and Police corruption. He was the reporter on route to meet Karen Silkwood when she was found murdered. Read his other book A LAW UNTO ITSELF. It details how FBI agents collaborate with the IRS to target political activists. See his important website about the FBI here: http://trac.syr.edu

Burnham, David, A Law Unto Itself Vintage January 30, 1991 ISBN-10: 0679732837

Exposes FBI agents using the IRS to cripple political activists.

Carson, Clayborne. MALCOLM X: The FBI File. Carroll and Graf, 1991.

Looks at the evidence for the FBI assassination of Malcolm X.

Cashill,Jack, Sanders,James. First Strike Thomas Nelson Press, 2003

Overwhelming evidence presented by Dr. Cashill on the downing of TWA Flight 800 by a missle over Long Island and the ensuing cover-up by FBI agents. See their documentary about the same subject called SILENCED here: youtube.com/watch?v=44uu4zWQEEs

Charns, Alexander. Cloak and Gavel. University of Illinois Press. 1992.

After reviewing thousands of pages of FBI documents the attorney author exposes the FBI illegal phone-tapping of the Supreme Court and how the FBI fix court cases and work behind the scenes to get "their man" appointed to the Supreme Court. Written by a lawyer active in Human Rights.

Churchill, Ward. Agents of Repression. South End Press, 1988.

Professor Churchill gives first-hand accounts of FBI death squad activities. This book is a classic and is a must read along with THE COINTELPRO PAPERS

Churchill, Ward. The COINTELPRO Papers. South End Press, 1990.

Explores how the FBI disrupts legitimate political activities and engage in Death Squad activities.

Criley, Richard. The FBI vs. The First Amendment. First Amendment Foundation, 1990.

Looks at the destruction of the First Amendment by the FBI.

Davis, John. Mafia Kingfish: Carlos Marcello and the Assassination of John F. Kennedy. McGraw-Hill, 1989.

A must read book in understanding how the FBI has used the Mafia to carry out the assassination of President Kennedy.

De Camp, John. The Franklin Cover-up. AWT Publishers, 1992.

A former Republican state senator from Nebraska writes about a pedophile ring involved in the kidnaping, sexual torture and murder of children that went all the way to the Bush White House. Attorney DeCamp discusses the FBI role in the coverup of this case and the murder of a special prosecutor appointed to investigate the pedophile ring.This book will keep you awake at night and is an active barometer for evil indexing how the FBI crime family operates.

Dempsey, James X. and David Cole. Terrorism and the Constitution: Sacrificing Civil Liberties in the Name of 'National Security'. Los Angeles, CA: First Amendment Foundation, 1999.

Examines FBI campaign of terror to undermine civil liberties. Attorney Dempsey worked for Congressman Don Edwards who was a former FBI agent.

Diamond, Sigmund. Compromised Campus. Oxford University Press, 1992.

Professor Diamond attempts to get FBI files showing collaboration between FBI agents and professors at universities from 1945-1955. The FBI created the Patriot Act, in part, because of this book.

Donner, Frank. Protectors of Privelige. University of California Press, 1990.

Looks at the death squad collaboration between local police and FBI agents to stifle the Bill of Rights.

Dwyer, James. Two Seconds Under the World. Diane publishers 1997.

The most important book you will read on understanding FBI agents Floyd and Anticev creating the 1993 terrorist act at the World Trade Center. This book lays out in detail how the FBI engineered the 1993 World Trade Center explosion.

Edmonds, Sibel D., Classified Woman-The Sibel Edmonds Story: A Memoir, 2012 Sibel D. Edmonds publisher

In this startling new memoir, former FBI agent/analyst Sibel Edmonds-the most classified woman in U.S. history-takes us on a surreal journey that begins with the secretive FBI and down the dark halls of a feckless Congress to a stonewalling judiciary and finally, to the national security whistleblowers movement she spearheaded.

Emerson, Steven and Brian Duffy. The Fall of Pan Am 103. G.B. Putnam's Sons, 1990.

Oliver Revell was the number 2 man at the FBI until he was demoted by FBI Director William Sessions to the Dallas Field Office. His son Chris Revell had tickets for Pan Am 103, but he changed his flight two days before the plane exploded over Lockerbie, Scotland. See Ross Gelbspan's book, Break-Ins, Death Threats and the FBI to get a fuller picture of Oliver Revell.

Foerstel, Herbert. Surveillance in the Stacks. Greenwood Press, 1991.

Looks at attempts by the FBI to get librarians to spy on the American public .The FBI created the Library Clauses in the Patriot Act because of this book.

Gallagher, Dorothy. All The Right Enemies. Penguin Books, 1988.

The FBI utilized the Mafia to carry out its executions against Presidents and political activists from 1930 through 2000. Carlos Tresca was one of their victims.

Gelbspan, Ross. Break-in, Death Threats, and The FBI South End Press, 1991.

This Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter formerly with the Boston Globe, details the FBI death squad collaboration with the death squads in El Salvador and their attacks upon American groups opposed to those death squads.

Glick, Brian. War at Home. South End Press, 1989.

Attorney Glick details the FBI's covert war against political activists.

Goulet, Donald Chesuncook Author House 2008

Autobiography of a FBI agent plagued by mental illness.

Hoffman, David. The Oklahoma City Bombing and the Politics of Terror. Feral House, 1998.

Contains detailed evidence about the FBI alliance with the terrorist underworld; and how FBI agent provocateurs are behind many of the current bombings that have plagued the United States since the fall of the Berlin Wall. Some current thinking has FBI agents creating these acts to fill the void caused by the downfall of communism and replacing communism with the new boogeyman Islam.

Holland, Max. Leak: Why Mark Felt Became Deep Throat

Deep Throat FBI Supervisor Mark Felt; the number two guy in the FBI during Watergate, was leaking, not out of concern for public good but rather because he was angry he was not getting the top spot in the bureau University Press Kansas 2012

Hougan, Jim. Spooks. William Morrow, 1978.

Important book detailing the life of former FBI agent Robert Maheux and his relationship with the Mafia. Ground-breaking book in understanding FBI collaboration with the Mafia; using it to carry out assassinations on President Kennedy, Martin Luther King and others. Maheux was the liason between the Mafia and the FBI when the FBI assassinated President Kennedy and Martin Luther King.

Kaiser, Marty. Odyssey of an Eavesdropper(My Life in electronic countermeasures and my battle against the FBI) W. Carroll and Graf 2005

Author exposes wiretapping crimes committed by FBI agents as well as Business Fraud. He built the wiretapping devices for FBI agents that were later used in crimes committed against people like Martin Luther King and public officials. After exposing FBI agents' kickback schemes to Congress, the author became a target of retaliation by tax payer-funded FBI agents. see martykaiser.com/odyssey2.htm

Keith, Jim. OK BOMB. Illuminate, 1996.

Explores FBI cover-up in the Oklahoma City bombing investigation.

Kelly, John F. TAINTING EVIDENCE. The Free Press 1998.

The book is based on testimony of FBI lab Whistleblower Dr. Frederick Whitehurst, an employee of the FBI for 17 years. Shows how bad the FBI Lab is run. Dr. Whitehurst was the chemist who analyzed Timothy McVeigh's clothes for traces of ammonium nitrate and was removed from the case when he did not find any bomb residue. see whistleblowers.org/index.php?option=com_contentandtask=viewandid=65andItemid=108

Lehr, Dick and O'Neill, Gerard. Black Mass. Public Affairs, 2000.

Looks at the FBI's collaboration in Boston with the Mafia and Irish Mob between 1960 and 2001 in which they collaborated in the murder of 21 women,children and men. Important book showing how the FBI uses the Mafia to commit political and other assassinations. See thebrothersbulger.com

Lindauer, Susan; Extreme Prejudice: The Terrifying Story of the Patriot Act and the Cover-Ups of 9/11 and Iraq 2010 Susan Lindauer publisher More evidence showing the FBI, CIA and other government agencies created 911.

What if the government decided to invent a great lie to justify a disastrous war and a questionable anti-terrorism policy? What would happen to the people who know the truth? Extreme Prejudice delivers an explosive, high-tension expose of the real facts surrounding the CIA's advance warnings of 9/11 and an insider's look at Pre-War Intelligence, told by one of the very few U.S. Assets covering Iraq before the War.

McGhee, Millie; What's Done in the Dark Allen Morris 2005

The author is a Afro-American relative of FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover who is successful in presenting evidence that FBI Director Hoover is part African-American and related to her. The book details the research conducted by Ms. McGhee and how FBI agents tried to stop her from writing the book. Photographs show reunion of white and black relatives united by the research in this book. FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover was the descendant of Mississippi slaves.

Melanson, Phillip. The Murkin Conspiracy. Praeger, 1989.

Professor Melanson looks at the FBI's role in the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

Melanson, Phillip. The Robert Kennedy Assassination. Shapolsky, 1991.

Professor Melanson was in charge of the Robert Kennedy archives at the University of Massachusetts.

He detailed the FBI's role as one of the principal architects in the assassination of Robert Kennedy.

Messerschmidt, Jim. The Trial of Leonard Peltier. South End Press, 1983.

Looks at the miscarriage of justice in the FBI's handling of the Leonard Peltier case.

Morrow, Robert; First Hand Knowledge: How I Participated in the CIA-Mafia Murder of President Kennedy (New York: S.P.I. Books, 1992)

Oklahoma City Bombing Investigative Committee. THE FINAL REPORT. 2001.

The book providing evidence of FBI involvement in the Oklahoma City Bombing.

Navasky, Victor. Investigating the FBI; Doubleday, 1973.

Contains material presented at a major conference at Princeton University in 1971 investigating crimes committed by the FBI.

Neff, James. Mobbed Up. Dell Publishers 1988.

Important book in understanding FBI collaboration with the Mafia--especially how the Bureau uses the Mafia to carry out its political assassinations.

Nelson, Jack. The FBI and the Berrigans. Coward, McCann and Geoghegan, 1972.

Looks at FBI death squad directed against Nobel Peace Prize nominee Phil Berrigan and his brother, Jesuit priest Daniel Berrigan.

Olsen, Jack. Last Man Standing: The Tragedy and Triumph of Geronimo Pratt. Doubleday, 2000.

Provides supporting evidence for the idea of the FBI as a death squad. Examines the FBI acts of genocide against Afro-Americans.

Looks at how FBI agents framed Geronimo Pratt, an Afro American Vietnam vet who spent over 25 years in prison before a judge released him saying he was innocent and framed by FBI agents. Vermont filmaker has issued a 4 DVD collection of her films about the Black Panthers. She interviews retired FBI agent Wesley Swearingen who was part of the FBI Racial Squad in San Fransisco that put Pratt in prison see newsreel.us

O'Reilly, Kenneth. Racial Matters. Free Press, 1989.

Professor O'Reilly looks at a file called Racial Matters that the FBI is keeping on Black America.

Parenti, Michael. Dirty Truths. City Lights Books, 1996.

Dr. Parenti looks at the evidence for FBI involvement in the assassination of labor leader Walter Reuther while he was organizing protests against the Vietnam War. It includes the essay "Why the Left is Afraid to look at the Assassination of JFK".

Pepper, William. Orders to Kill. Carroll and Graf, 1995.

Attorney Pepper represented James Earl Ray in his bid for a new trial and won a landmark case in civil court in December 1999 for the Martin Luther King Jr. family. The jury in the case concluded hat the F.B.I. was involved in the assassination of King. His book details our government's involvement and provides photographic evidence of the FBI's role in this assassination.

Pepper, William. Act of State: The Execution of Martin Luther King Verso Press, 2003

The evidence from the 1999 Civil Trial in Memphis brought by the King family in which the jury concluded FBI agents were principal architects in the assassination of Martin Luther King. Written by the trial attorney William Pepper.

Powers, Richard Gid. Secrecy and Power. Free Press, 1987.

A biography of FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover and his quest for power.

Powers, Tyrone. Eyes to my Soul. Majority Press, 1996.

Professor Powers an Afro-American, talks about his 9 years working as an FBI agent, and the racism in the FBI. Powers discusses the FBI FRUHMENSCHEN program set up in the 1920's thru 2010 to target black politicians in sting operations without cause because the FBI feels blacks are incpable of governing. White agents tried to kill him when he was writing this book by blowing up his FBI-issued car--with him in it.

Ranalli, Ralph. Deadly Alliance. Harper Torch, 2001

Boston Globe reporter Ralph Rannali exposes FBI collaboration with the Boston Mafia from 1930-2009 where they ran a Murder Inc. President Bush asserted Executive Privilege in 2002 preventing Congress from seeing the Federal Prosecutor's Investigative files on this case.

Robbins, Natalie. Alien Link. William Morrow, 1992.

Ms. Robbins acquired the FBI files on the major writers and artists of the 20th century, and examines FBI agents neutralizing them and their freedom of expression.

Rosenfeld, Seth, The FBI's War on Student Radicals, and Reagan's Rise to Power (Farrar, Straus and Giroux, Hardcover August 21, 2012

Schultz, Bud and Ruth. It Did Happen Here. University of California Press, 1989. Contains interviews with human rights activists who survived FBI assassination attempts.

Schultz, Bud and Ruth. The Price of Dissent. University of California Press , 2001

The sequel to IT DID HAPPEN HERE with more interviews with civil rights activists, union organizers and anti-war protestors who survived FBI assassination attempts and with family members of people who were murdered.

Seymour, Sheri. Committee of the States. Self-published, 1989.

The FBI infiltrated the California Militia 10 years before the Oklahoma City bombing. The book illustrates how easy it was for the FBI to infiltrate the group and get it to make bombs. Shows how easy it was for a FBI agent provocteur to get Timothy McVeigh to make bomb and drive the truck. The exact same scenario occured in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. google floyd anticev salem

Sharkey, Joe. Above Suspicion. Simon and Schuster, 1993.

Looks at the FBI coverup involving one of its own agents Mark Putnam, who murdered his informant after he got her pregnant. FBI agent Putnam was eventually sentenced to prison for their murder--thanks to the dogged work of the Kentucky State Police. click link and scroll down to obituary of his wife. http://betrayedbylovemovie.blogspot.com

Sherill, Robert First Amendment Felon; Nation Books, 10/2005

The Story of Frank Wilkinson, His 132,000 Page FBI File and His Epic Fight for Civil Rights and Liberties

Suarez, Manuel. Requiem on Cerro Maravilla. Waterfront Press, 1987.

Looks at FBI collaboration with local police in the arrest, handcuffing, and death squad execution of two teenagers in Puerto Rico.

Summers, Anthony. Official and Confidential. G.B. Putnam and Sons, 1993.

This is the book on which the PBS Frontline documentary on J. Edgar Hoover and his friendship with the Mafia is based. This PBS program was the turning point in the good fortune the FBI has enjoyed for over 80 years.

Swearingen, Wesley. FBI Secrets: An Agents Expose'; South End Press 1994

Swearingen is a retired FBI agent currently living in the San Diego area who was a member of the FBI San Fransisco Office racial Squad. The FBI has Racial Squads in every major American City. The function of the FBI Racial Squad is to assassinate or neutralize black politicians and black activists who do not reflect the philosophy of American Corporations. Vermont filmaker Roz Payne has interviewed Swearingen and he is on her recently released 4 DVD about the Black Panthers see newsreel.us

Swearingen,Wesley, To Kill a President: Finally - an Ex-FBI Agent Rips Aside the Veil of Secrecy that Killed JFK; 2006. According to Swearingen, Lee Harvey Oswald did not act alone in assassinating Kennedy as was claimed by the FBI, the Warren Commission and other investigating bodies. Instead, he argues that rogue CIA agents acting in concert with the Mafia and certain Cuban exiles plotted to kill Kennedy. Swearingen contends that the conspiracy was covered-up by the FBI; an effort that continues to this day through the agency's unwillingness to disclose key details about the events surrounding Kennedy's death. see lewrockwell.com/pr/new-book-fbi-cia-jfk-killing.html

Theoharis, Athan. THE FBI; Garland Publishers, 1994.

Professor Theoharis has compiled a comprehensive listing of books and articles about the FBI up to 1994.

Thomas, Kenn. The Octopus. Feral House, 1996.

Investigates the FBI's role in the killing of investigative reporter Danny Casolero while he was investigating the October Surprise.

Turner, William. The Assassination of Robert Kennedy. Thunder Mouth Press, 1993.

Written by a former FBI agent, it looks at the FBI's involvement in the assassination of Robert Kennedy.

Turner, William. Rearward Mirror; foreword by Oliver Stone. Penmarin Books CA 2001.

More updated information on FBI involvement in President Kennedy, Robert Kennedy and Martin Luther King Assassination written by a former FBI agent.

U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Who is Guarding the Guardians?; A Report on Police Death Squad activities. 1981.

Williams , Kristian, Our Enemies in Blue Police and Power in America (Revised Edition) South End Press 2007

Wiener, Jon. Gimme Some Truth. University of California Press, 1999.

Professor Wiener looks at the 14-year battle with the FBI to get them to release their files on John Lennon. How many rock stars has the FBI assassinated?

Wise, David; Tiger Trap: America's Secret Spy War With China

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2011. Looks at how FBI agents were manipulated by Chinese spies after FBI agents started having sex with their Chinese informants






Conspiracy of Silence: The Franklin Cover UpConspiracy of Silence, a documentary listed for viewing in TV Guide Magazine was to be aired on the Discovery Channel, on May 3 1994. This documentary exposed a network of religious leaders and Washington politicians who flew children to Washington D.C. for sex orgies. Many children suffered the indignity of wearing nothing but their underwear and a number displayed on a piece of cardboard hanging from their necks when being auctioned off to foreigners in Las Vegas, Nevada, and Toronto, Canada.


Incontrovertible evidence showing FBI coverup of LOCKERBIE TWA Flight 800 explosion coverup.



One of the best documentaries ever made, period.


A NOBLE LIE 2012 Convicts the FBI of creating the Oklahoma City bombing


SILENCED Jack Cashill

Convicts the FBI of the coverup of TWA downing over Long Island by a missle



Convicts the U.S. Government of creating 911

In 6 parts see all six


TRUTHandLIES 911 Mike Ruppert

best evidence linking US Government to creating 911




WHAT WE WANT WHAT WE BELIEVE a 4 DVD set about the Black Panthers with an interview with FBI agent Wesley Swearingen discussing the FBI Racial Squad and their policy to assassinate black leaders


911 PRESS FOR TRUTH details the evidence for the FBI creating 911



"To stand in silence when they should be protesting makes cowards out of men."

- Abraham Lincoln

"Those who give up essential liberty to obtain a little temporary safety deserve neither liberty nor safety."

- Ben Franklin

"The price of freedom is eternal vigilance."

- Thomas Jefferson

"Dissent is the highest form of patriotism."

-Thomas Jefferson

"It is from numberless diverse acts of courage and belief that human history is shaped. Each time a man stands up for an ideal, or acts to improve the lot of others, or strikes out against injustice, he sends forth a tiny ripple of hope, and crossing each other from a million different centers of energy and daring, those ripples build a current that can sweep down the mightiest walls of oppression and resistance."

- Robert F . Kennedy

"It does not require a majority to prevail, but rather an irate, tireless minority keen to set brush fires in people's minds."

- Samuel Adams

"Patriotism means to stand by the country. It does not mean to stand by the president or any other public official save exactly to the degree in which he himself stands by the country. It is patriotic to support him insofar as he efficiently serves the country. It is unpatriotic not to oppose him to the exact extent that by inefficiency or otherwise he fails in his duty to stand by the country."

- Teddy Roosevelt

"To announce that there must be no criticism of the President, or that we are to stand by the President, right or wrong, is not only unpatriotic and servile, but is morally treasonable to the American public."

- Teddy Roosevelt

"The citizen who sees his society's democratic clothes being worn out and does not cry it out, is not a patriot, but a traitor."

- Mark Twain

"Liberty has never come from government. Liberty has always come from the subjects of government. The history of liberty is a history of resistance. The history of liberty is a history of limitations of government power, not the increase of it."

- Woodrow Wilson

"All tyranny needs to gain a foothold is for people of good conscience to remain silent"

- Thomas Jefferson

"This country, with its institutions, belongs to the people who inhabit it. Whenever they shall grow weary of the existing government, they can exercise their constitutional right of amending it, or their revolutionary right to dismember or overthrow it."

- Abraham Lincoln, First Inaugural

"In this point of the case the question is distinctly presented whether the people of the United States are to govern through representatives chosen by their unbiased suffrages or whether the money and power of a great corporation are to be secretly exerted to influence their judgment and control their decisions."

- Andrew Jackson

"I am more than ever convinced of the dangers to which the free and unbiased exercise of political opinion - the only sure foundation and safeguard of republican government - would be exposed by any further increase of the already overgrown influence of corporate authorities."

- Martin Van Buren, Eighth President of the United States

"As we view the achievements of aggregated capital, we discover the existence of trusts, combinations, and monopolies, while the citizen is struggling far in the rear or is trampled to death beneath an iron heel. Corporations, which should be the carefully restrained creatures of the law and the servants of the people, are fast becoming the people's masters."

- Grover Cleveland, 22nd and 24th President of the United States

"I again recommend a law prohibiting all corporations from contributing to the campaign expenses of any party.... Let individuals contribute as they desire; but let us prohibit in effective fashion all corporations from making contributions for any political purpose, directly or indirectly." Teddy Roosevelt added, "The fortunes amassed through corporate organization are now so large, and vest such power in those that wield them, as to make it a matter of necessity to give to the sovereign - that is, to the Government, which represents the people as a whole - some effective power of supervision over their corporate use. In order to insure a healthy social and industrial life, every big corporation should be held responsible by, and be accountable to, some sovereign strong enough to control its conduct."

- Theodore Roosevelt

"In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted."

- Dwight D. Eisenhower

"It was natural and perhaps human that the privileged princes of these new economic dynasties, thirsting for power, reached out for control over government itself. They created a new despotism and wrapped it in the robes of legal sanction. ...And as a result the average man once more confronts the problem that faced the Minute Man....

- Franklin Roosevelt

"A small group had concentrated into their own hands an almost complete control over other people's property, other people's money, other people's labor - other people's lives. For too many of us life was no longer free; liberty no longer real; men could no longer follow the pursuit of happiness."

- Franklin Roosevelt

"These economic royalists complain that we seek to overthrow the institutions of America. What they really complain of is that we seek to take away their power. Our allegiance to American institutions requires the overthrow of this kind of power. In vain they seek to hide behind the flag and the Constitution. In their blindness they forget what the flag and the Constitution stand for."

- Franklin Roosevelt

"Behind the ostensible government sits enthroned an invisible government owing no allegiance and acknowledging no responsibility to the people. To destroy this invisible government, to befoul the unholy alliance between corrupt business and corrupt politics is the first task of the statesmanship of the day."

- Theodore Roosevelt

"We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of Happiness. That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed. That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness."

-Thomas Jefferson, American Declaration of Independence